Merge PR #329: quality cycle

- Transport I/O vtable over TCP/TLS; TLS multithreaded sendfile fixed
- Symlink-xattr wire block (protocol 2.29.0; config frame unchanged)
- No-wire parity burn-down: --inc-recursive, in-root --temp-dir,
  --delete-before phase-0, rsync-interoperable --fake-super, --devices
  per-entry failure, rsyncd.conf key subset (read-only default)
- Protocol version: 2.29.0
- Tested: unit, integration, ASan, UBSan, valgrind, differential parity

.gitea/workflows/ci.yaml

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ on:
 jobs:
   lint:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
         uses: actions/checkout@11d5960a326750d5838078e36cf38b85af677262 # v4
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ jobs:
   # suite) run on merge to dev/main, so PR CI stays well under ~3 minutes.
   build-and-test:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     needs: lint
     steps:
       - name: Checkout
@@ -49,9 +49,50 @@ jobs:
         if: github.event_name == 'push'
         run: python3 -m pytest tests/integration/ -n 4 --dist=load -m "not setpriv" --durations=25 --tb=short -q
 
+  # Differential rsync-parity gate: runs real rsync 3.4.1 and FastSync over the
+  # same corpora and compares destinations + normalized output.  The fast subset
+  # guards the ✅ surface on every PR; the full set (with FASTSYNC_PARITY_STRICT
+  # so a fixed caveat must be removed from the allowlist) burns the documented
+  # ⚠️/❌ residuals down on push.  See tests/integration/README.md.
+  parity-fast:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
+    needs: lint
+    if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout
+        uses: actions/checkout@11d5960a326750d5838078e36cf38b85af677262 # v4
+
+      - name: Configure
+        run: cmake -B build -S . -DSTRICT_WARNINGS=ON
+
+      - name: Build
+        run: cmake --build build -j$(nproc)
+
+      - name: Differential parity (fast subset)
+        run: python3 -m pytest tests/integration/test_differential_parity.py -n 4 --dist=load -m parity_ci -q
+
+  parity-full:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
+    needs: lint
+    if: github.event_name == 'push'
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout
+        uses: actions/checkout@11d5960a326750d5838078e36cf38b85af677262 # v4
+
+      - name: Configure
+        run: cmake -B build -S . -DSTRICT_WARNINGS=ON
+
+      - name: Build
+        run: cmake --build build -j$(nproc)
+
+      - name: Differential parity (full set)
+        run: FASTSYNC_PARITY_STRICT=1 python3 -m pytest tests/integration/test_differential_parity.py -n 4 --dist=load -m parity -q
+
   sanitizers:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     needs: lint
     if: github.event_name == 'push'
     strategy:
@@ -72,7 +113,7 @@ jobs:
 
   fuzz-build:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     needs: lint
     if: github.event_name == 'push'
     steps:
@@ -94,7 +135,7 @@ jobs:
 
   coverage:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     needs: lint
     if: github.event_name == 'push'
     steps:
@@ -118,7 +159,7 @@ jobs:
 
   valgrind:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     needs: lint
     if: github.event_name == 'push'
     steps:

.gitignore

@@ -12,3 +12,12 @@ build_docker2/
 # Test/run artifacts
 root/
 test_partial_install_tmp/
+
+# Editor/tooling + test caches/artifacts
+.pytest_cache/
+*.gcda
+*.gcno
+*.gcov
+di/
+test_data-manual/
+*.log

.opencode/agents/cmake-expert.md

@@ -55,6 +55,16 @@ if(NOT ZSTD_LIBRARY)
   message(FATAL_ERROR "zstd library not found. Ensure it is in your nix-shell!")
 endif()
 
+find_library(ZLIB_LIBRARY z)
+if(NOT ZLIB_LIBRARY)
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "zlib library not found. Ensure zlib1g-dev / nix zlib is available!")
+endif()
+
+find_library(LZ4_LIBRARY lz4)
+if(NOT LZ4_LIBRARY)
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "lz4 library not found. Ensure liblz4-dev / nix lz4 is available!")
+endif()
+
 find_package(OpenSSL REQUIRED)
 
 file(GLOB SHARED_SRCS "src/shared/*.c")
@@ -64,15 +74,15 @@ file(GLOB TEST_SRCS "tests/*.c")
 
 add_executable(server ${SERVER_SRCS} ${SHARED_SRCS})
 target_include_directories(server PRIVATE src/shared src/server src/client)
-target_link_libraries(server PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
+target_link_libraries(server PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY} ${LZ4_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
 
 add_executable(client ${CLIENT_SRCS} ${SHARED_SRCS})
 target_include_directories(client PRIVATE src/shared src/server src/client)
-target_link_libraries(client PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
+target_link_libraries(client PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY} ${LZ4_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
 
 add_executable(tests ${TEST_SRCS} ${SHARED_SRCS} src/client/scanner.c)
 target_include_directories(tests PRIVATE tests src/shared src/server src/client)
-target_link_libraries(tests PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
+target_link_libraries(tests PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY} ${LZ4_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
 ```
 
 ### Source Layout
@@ -85,17 +95,23 @@ tests/integration/ — Python pytest integration tests
 ```
 
 ### Dependencies
-- **zstd** — found via `find_library(ZSTD_LIBRARY zstd)`
+- **zstd** — found via `find_library(ZSTD_LIBRARY zstd)` (default compression codec)
+- **zlib** — found via `find_library(ZLIB_LIBRARY z)` (the `zlib`/`zlibx` codecs)
+- **lz4** — found via `find_library(LZ4_LIBRARY lz4)` (the `lz4` codec)
 - **OpenSSL** — found via `find_package(OpenSSL REQUIRED)` (TLS 1.2+ transport)
 - **xxHash** — fetched via `FetchContent` from the upstream repository (delta transfer hashing, v0.8.3)
 - **pthreads** — found via `find_package(Threads REQUIRED)`
 - **C11 standard** — required
 - **CMake 3.22+** — minimum version
 
+The codec matrix (protocol 2.26.0) uses zstd/zlib/lz4 for compression and
+xxHash/OpenSSL for the `xxh128`/`xxh3`/`xxh64`/`md5`/`md4`/`sha1` checksums
+(`none` needs no library); both codec families are negotiated per transfer.
+
 ## Conventions
 
 - Use `file(GLOB ...)` for source collection (existing pattern).
-- All targets link `Threads::Threads`, `${ZSTD_LIBRARY}`, `OpenSSL::SSL`, `OpenSSL::Crypto`, and `xxhash`.
+- All targets link `Threads::Threads`, `${ZSTD_LIBRARY}`, `${ZLIB_LIBRARY}`, `${LZ4_LIBRARY}`, `OpenSSL::SSL`, `OpenSSL::Crypto`, and `xxhash`.
 - Include directories: `src/shared`, `src/server`, `src/client`, `tests` (for test target).
 - Sanitizer support: pass `-DSANITIZER=address`, `-DSANITIZER=thread`, or `-DSANITIZER=undefined` to cmake (live option in CMakeLists.txt).
 - Build with `cmake -B build -S . && cmake --build build -j$(nproc)`.

.opencode/agents/integrator.md

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The project uses Gitea Actions. Key jobs:
 jobs:
   new-job:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+    container: gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
     steps:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v4
       - name: Configure

.opencode/skills/release/SKILL.md

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Ask the user or determine from context:
 - **Minor** (x.Y.0) — new features, backward compatible
 - **Patch** (x.y.Z) — bug fixes, no protocol changes
 
-Current version: `PROTOCOL_VERSION "2.21.0"` in `src/shared/config.h`
+Current version: `PROTOCOL_VERSION "2.29.0"` in `src/shared/config.h`
 
 ### Step 2: Check Protocol Version
 

AGENTS.md

@@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ FastSync is a high-performance file synchronization system written in C11. It su
 
 ## Dependency installation
 
-**CI rule:** never add `apt-get install` / `pip install` steps to CI workflows — use the custom Docker image instead. The image is built from the repo-root `Dockerfile` and is the same image CI uses: `gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10`. It contains the full toolchain: gcc/g++, CMake, libzstd-dev, libssl-dev, make, git, cppcheck, clang-format, python3 + pytest + pytest-xdist, openssh-client, and Node.js.
+**CI rule:** never add `apt-get install` / `pip install` steps to CI workflows — use the custom Docker image instead. The image is built from the repo-root `Dockerfile` and is the same image CI uses: `gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11`. It contains the full toolchain: gcc/g++, CMake, libzstd-dev, zlib1g-dev, liblz4-dev, libxxhash-dev, libssl-dev, make, git, cppcheck, clang-format, python3 + pytest + pytest-xdist, openssh-client, Node.js, plus `rsync` 3.4.1 (with zstd/xxhash/lz4), `acl` and `attr` (setfacl/getfacl, setfattr/getfattr) for drop-in parity tests. (CMake hard-requires zstd, zlib, and lz4; xxHash is fetched via `FetchContent`.)
 
-**Host rule:** for local development, use `nix-shell` (see `README.md`) which provides zstd, OpenSSL, CMake, and gcc. The Docker image can also be used locally for CI parity.
+**Host rule:** for local development, use `nix-shell` (see `README.md`) which provides zstd, zlib, lz4, OpenSSL, CMake, and gcc. The Docker image can also be used locally for CI parity.
 
 ```bash
 # Use the prebuilt CI image directly (faster, guaranteed CI parity)
-docker pull gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10
+docker pull gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11
-docker tag gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10 fastsync-ci:local
+docker tag gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11 fastsync-ci:local
 
 # Or build the image from the repo-root Dockerfile
-# (Note: the prebuilt :v10 image reflects the previous Dockerfile state;
+# (Note: the prebuilt :v11 image is built from the current Dockerfile and
-#  rebuild from source to pick up any newly added packages like lcov/valgrind.)
+#  includes rsync 3.4.1 plus acl/attr; rebuild from source after changing
+#  the Dockerfile.)
 docker build -t fastsync-ci:local .
 
 # Build, run unit tests, and run integration tests inside the container
@@ -37,11 +38,12 @@ If a dependency is missing from the CI image, add it to the `Dockerfile` (and re
 When configuring for CI parity, use:
 ```bash
 cmake -B build -S . -DSTRICT_WARNINGS=ON        # -Wextra -Wpedantic -Werror
-cmake -B build -S . -DSANITIZER=address           # AddressSanitizer (ASan)
+cmake -B build -S . -DSANITIZER=address           # AddressSanitizer (ASan); in the CI matrix
-cmake -B build -S . -DSANITIZER=thread            # ThreadSanitizer (TSan)
+cmake -B build -S . -DSANITIZER=undefined         # UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer (UBSan); in the CI matrix
+cmake -B build -S . -DSANITIZER=thread            # ThreadSanitizer (TSan); local-only, NOT in CI
 ```
 
-The CI workflow (`.gitea/workflows/ci.yaml`) runs lint (clang-format, cppcheck), then a **fast PR gate** — build + unit + a representative subset of integration tests marked `@pytest.mark.ci`, parallelized with pytest-xdist (`-n 4 --dist=load`). The full coverage jobs (full integration suite as `-m "not setpriv"`, sanitizer, fuzz, coverage, valgrind) run **only on push to `dev`/`main`**; pull requests skip them to keep PR CI under ~3 minutes. The two `setpriv` privilege tests are excluded from CI via a marker because their result depends on the runner/container uid and host mount permissions.
+The CI workflow (`.gitea/workflows/ci.yaml`) runs lint (clang-format, cppcheck), then a **fast PR gate** — build + unit + a representative subset of integration tests marked `@pytest.mark.ci`, parallelized with pytest-xdist (`-n 4 --dist=load`). The full coverage jobs (full integration suite as `-m "not setpriv"`, the `address`+`undefined` sanitizer matrix, fuzz, coverage, valgrind) run **only on push to `dev`/`main`**; pull requests skip them to keep PR CI under ~3 minutes. TSan is not part of the CI matrix and is a local-only configuration. The `setpriv`-marked privilege tests (four decorated functions, collecting to eight instances because two are parametrized) are excluded from CI via a marker because their result depends on the runner/container uid and host mount permissions.
 
 ## Build
 
@@ -55,6 +57,21 @@ cmake -B build -S . && cmake --build build -j$(nproc)
 ./build/tests                # unit tests
 python3 -m pytest tests/integration/ -n 4 --dist=load -m "not setpriv"   # full integration suite (CI excludes env-dependent privilege tests)
 python3 -m pytest tests/integration/ -n 4 --dist=load -m ci   # PR-gate subset only
+
+# Differential rsync-parity gate (real rsync 3.4.1 vs FastSync)
+python3 -m pytest tests/integration/test_differential_parity.py -n 4 --dist=load -m parity_ci  # fast PR subset
+python3 -m pytest tests/integration/test_differential_parity.py -n 4 --dist=load -m parity     # full set
+```
+
+See `tests/integration/README.md` for the differential parity gate and its
+`parity_caveats.py` allowlist (the residual burn-down mechanism).
+
+Unit tests under valgrind must set `FASTSYNC_UNDER_VALGRIND=1` (CI does): the
+tests use it to skip fork-based tests, because valgrind 3.22 does not expose
+`vgpreload` in the guest's `/proc/self/maps`.
+
+```bash
+FASTSYNC_UNDER_VALGRIND=1 valgrind --leak-check=full --show-leak-kinds=definite --error-exitcode=1 ./build/tests
 ```
 
 ## CI Workflow — Waiting for Results
@@ -66,14 +83,14 @@ When running the CI workflow via `tea` (the task execution agent), always set a
 ### If lint (clang-format) fails
 Run clang-format in the CI Docker image to match the exact CI version:
 ```bash
-docker run --rm -v "$PWD:/workspace" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10 \
+docker run --rm -v "$PWD:/workspace" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11 \
   sh -c 'find src/ tests/ -name "*.c" -o -name "*.h" | xargs clang-format -i'
 ```
 
 ### If cppcheck fails
 Fix reported issues locally, then verify with:
 ```bash
-docker run --rm -v "$PWD:/workspace" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10 \
+docker run --rm -v "$PWD:/workspace" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11 \
   sh -c 'cppcheck --enable=warning,style,performance,portability --suppress=missingIncludeSystem --error-exitcode=1 --inline-suppr src/ tests/'
 ```
 
@@ -89,7 +106,7 @@ Two main branches: `dev` (integration) and `main` (stable releases).
 
 ### Rules
 - **All PRs target `dev`** — never target `main` directly
-- **`dev` is the default branch** in Gitea repo settings
+- **`dev` is intended to be the default branch** in Gitea repo settings — verify in the repo settings, since this clone's `origin/HEAD` still points at `main`
 - **`main` is protected** — only merged from `dev` via PR with 2 approvals + full CI pass
 - **Feature/bug branches** branch from `dev`, PR back to `dev`
 - **`dev` → `main` merges** happen on-demand or weekly, requiring full CI + review

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -4,6 +4,502 @@ All notable changes to FastSync are documented here. Versions match
 `PROTOCOL_VERSION` (printed by `fastsync --version`); the client and server must
 run the same version because the handshake is strict.
 
+## [Unreleased]
+
+Wire backlog cycle (protocol 2.29.0 → 2.30.0; config-frame layout unchanged).
+
+- **`--stderr=client` client-message channel (#313):** the client now accepts
+  `--stderr=client` (and maps the deprecated `--no-msgs2stderr` to it), routing
+  its own diagnostics over the new bounded `STATUS_CLIENT_MSG` client->server
+  frame instead of writing them locally; the server writes each received
+  message to its stderr (respecting the server log destination).  `errors`/`all`
+  behavior is unchanged.
+- **Receiver partial failures exit 23 (#320):** a per-entry receiver failure
+  that does not abort the stream (e.g. an unprivileged `--devices` mknod) now
+  sends the terminal `STATUS_PARTIAL`; the client exits 23 like rsync and, under
+  `--remove-source-files`, still removes the sources it successfully
+  transferred.  A clean run stays 0 and a fatal/connection error stays non-23.
+- **Directory/symlink destination-state itemize (#314):** when `report_dest_info`
+  is negotiated (now also for `--progress`), the receiver answers `STATUS_MKDIR`
+  and `STATUS_SYMLINK` with the entry's pre-transfer destination snapshot
+  (existence, type, perms/owner/group/time, and whether an existing symlink's
+  target already matches), and the sender probes every ancestor directory before
+  the receiver creates it implicitly.  A re-run over an unchanged tree no longer
+  emits per-directory `cd+++++++++` or unchanged-symlink lines, a changed
+  directory renders rsync's `.d..t......`, and a changed symlink renders
+  `cLc........` / `.L..t......`.  Directory/symlink time comparison uses whole
+  seconds (rsync's `cmp_time`).  The `STATUS_MKDIR` body gains a probe flag and
+  the `STATUS_DEST_INFO` record gains a symlink-target-match field; the
+  config-frame layout is unchanged.  Differential-tested against rsync 3.4.1.
+- **`--stats` deleted per-type breakdown (#316):** `STATUS_STATS` gains
+  `deleted_reg/dir/link/special`, tallied by the delete observers and rendered
+  as rsync's `Number of deleted files: X (reg: A, dir: B, link: C, special: D)`.
+  Differential-tested against rsync 3.4.1 for a mixed-type `--delete` tree.
+
+## [2.29.0] - 2026-09-23
+
+The rsync-parity cycle 2.29 (no wire change; `PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays 2.28.0).
+`RSYNC_COMPAT.md` moves from **116 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 27 ❌** to
+**120 ✅ / 10 ⚠️ / 27 ❌** of 157 rows.
+
+An audit cycle follows on the same wire version (`PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays
+2.28.0): a security-and-correctness pass over the parity-2.29 baseline, plus a
+set of audit follow-ups (filter merge modifiers, the `--inplace`/`--partial-dir`
+conflict, credential-file hardening, and small leak/log/test fixes). It fixes
+a `--temp-dir` symlink escape, gates client-controlled special permission bits,
+corrects `--partial-dir`/`--bwlimit`/`-z` behavior, handles unsupported filter
+modifiers, and tightens client and wire validation. The only parity
+reclassification is `--filter=RULE` moving ✅ → ⚠️, because its merge-only
+`e`/`n`/`w`/`-` modifiers are now accepted and consumed but their semantics
+remain unimplemented (accepted-but-ignored); the matrix is therefore **119 ✅ /
+11 ⚠️ / 27 ❌** of 157 rows. The affected rows' notes and the summary tally in
+`RSYNC_COMPAT.md` were updated. A following triage-fix cycle (see **Triage
+fixes** below) moves `-F` and `-i` to ⚠️, for a final **117 ✅ / 13 ⚠️ / 27 ❌**
+of 157 rows.
+
+A no-wire parity burn-down cycle follows on 2.28.0: it accepts
+`--inc-recursive`/`--no-inc-recursive` as inert no-ops, accepts an absolute
+`--temp-dir` that canonicalizes inside the receive root, closes the
+`--delete-before` phase-0 divergence (both the single-threaded and `--threads`
+data passes replay the pre-scan list), makes `--fake-super` interoperable with
+rsync's `user.rsync.%stat` key/grammar (regular files and char/block devices
+faked as regular files), turns a failed device `mknod` into a continuing
+per-entry failure, and accepts a practical subset of rsync's `rsyncd.conf`
+grammar (modules are read-only by default, and accepted-but-unenforced
+access-control keys emit a startup warning). The matrix moves to **119 ✅ /
+14 ⚠️ / 24 ❌** of 157 rows.
+
+A structural cycle then lands a transport I/O vtable over TCP/TLS (fixing the
+TLS-multithreaded sendfile path and making the per-thread SSL resolution
+explicit) and bumps the wire to **2.29.0**: the `STATUS_SYMLINK` frame grows an
+optional symlink-xattr block (captured no-follow with `llistxattr`/`lgetxattr`,
+applied no-follow with `lsetxattr`). Because the handshake is strict, 2.28.0 and
+2.29.0 peers are incompatible. Note: Linux refuses to associate xattrs with a
+symlink at all, so the symlink-xattr block is a no-op on Linux and is carried
+for correctness on platforms/filesystems that do support it; the config-frame
+layout is unchanged (golden length still 886).
+
+### Changed
+
+- **rsync-exact traversal order.** The sequential scanner now walks each
+  directory's entries in rsync 3.4.1's flist order (non-directories ascending,
+  then directories ascending, depth-first), so `--info=name`, the
+  `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay`/`-n` would-delete order and the partial
+  `--max-delete` survivor set match rsync byte-for-byte. `--threads` has no
+  rsync analogue and stays unordered.
+- **Delete timing.** The complete `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay`
+  per-directory plan set is transmitted before the first data frame, so a
+  mid-transfer abort has already removed every planned extra like rsync's
+  generator; `-d/--dirs` uses per-directory plans (shielded untraversed
+  subdirectories) instead of the end-of-transfer commit. `-n`, `--delete`,
+  `--del`/`--delete-during` and `--delete-delay` are now ✅ Parity.
+- **Basis directories.** A relative `--compare-dest`/`--copy-dest`/`--link-dest`
+  DIR resolves against the destination directory with the transfer-relative
+  name appended, exactly like rsync 3.4.1.
+- **`-y`/`--fuzzy`.** The candidate search no longer inherits the ordinary delta
+  engine's 16 KiB minimum or 10× size-ratio bound, so an oversized or
+  sub-16-KiB sibling is reused exactly as rsync reuses it.
+- `--info=mount` prints rsync's mount-point skip line (repeated `-xx` drops the
+  mount-point directory); `--info=stats` enables the `--stats` block; `-x` is
+  repeatable. `--stats` counts traversed directories for the `Number of files`
+  breakdown under a plain `-r` scan. `--debug` emits real output for
+  `flist`/`del`/`hash`/`deltasum`/`recv`/`filter`/`send`.
+
+### Known residuals
+
+- `--progress` and `--info` still need a receiver→sender event channel for the
+  root `./` line, ancestor-directory suppression, receiver-side `skip`/`backup`
+  wording, and symlink/empty-directory quick-checks.
+- `--delete-before`'s phase-0 late-file divergence remains (rsync's pre-scan
+  fixes the file list before the data pass).
+- A whole-file sender that cannot stream its codec (lz4's one-shot block
+  format) or a `--append`/delta source above the bound still buffers; the
+  default zstd/zlib and the uncompressed paths stream (see #318).
+- `--stats` byte totals and `--msgs2stderr` stay documented divergences.
+
+### Security
+
+- **`--temp-dir` symlink escape fixed.** The receiver's scratch directory was
+  opened with a bare `open()`, so a symlink planted under the receive root could
+  redirect receiver scratch files outside the authorized root. The opened
+  directory is now judged by the real path of its fd (`/proc/self/fd` via
+  `realpath`) and an escaping target is refused (`EACCES`, logged); an in-root
+  link to another filesystem (the `EXDEV` fallback case) still works.
+- **Client-controlled special bits masked when super-user activities are not
+  permitted.** Setuid/setgid/sticky bits (`--perms`, `--chmod`, the symlink and
+  special-node paths, and deferred directory modes) are now stripped when the
+  connection forbids super activities (`--no-super`, a non-opted daemon module,
+  a privileged listener without `--allow-super`); exact rsync semantics are
+  preserved wherever super activities are permitted.
+- **Daemon umask no longer forced to `0`.** `daemonize()` now sets the
+  conventional `022`, so implied parent directories created without `-p` are no
+  longer world-writable `0777`.
+- **Daemon modules are read-only by default.** A `--daemon` module is now
+  served read-only unless it sets `read only = no` (or rsync's `write only =
+  yes`), matching rsync: a real `rsyncd.conf` that omits `read only` is no
+  longer silently writable. A global `read only` still sets the default for
+  later modules, and an explicit module value wins. This is a behavior change
+  for existing FastSync-native configs that relied on the old writable default;
+  add `read only = no` to keep them writable. An rsync `write only = yes` is
+  mapped to writability (FastSync is push-only, so a module can never be read
+  from the network).
+- **Accepted-but-unenforced rsync security keys now warn at startup.** The
+  rsync keys FastSync recognizes but does not implement — `secrets file`,
+  `refuse options`, `exclude`/`include`/`filter`, `max size`/`min size`,
+  `pre-xfer exec`/`post-xfer exec`, `incoming chmod`/`outgoing chmod`,
+  `name converter`, `use chroot`, `uid`/`gid`, and the rest of the
+  access-control set — load for migration compatibility but now emit a
+  `WARN` naming the key (and module) so an operator does not believe the
+  restriction is enforced. `auth users`/`secrets file` stay fail-closed: a
+  module declaring `auth users` still requires a FastSync credential store.
+- **Credentials and signal handling hardened.** Secret files are opened with
+  `O_NOFOLLOW|O_NONBLOCK` (while allowing fd-backed store paths and bound-waiting
+  a FIFO read for ~3 s so a slow process substitution works but a connected-but-
+  silent FIFO cannot hang), and signal handlers use `sigaction` with
+  async-signal-safe bodies.
+
+### Fixed
+
+- **`-z` on 100–256 MiB files.** The decompressor's internal ceiling was 100 MiB
+  while the receiver advertises and the sender compresses whole files up to
+  `MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE` (256 MiB), so `-z` on a 100–256 MiB regular file
+  failed with `Declared decompressed size exceeds 104857600 bytes`. The ceiling
+  is now defined in terms of the protocol whole-file bound (still an
+  allocation-clamped bomb guard).
+- **`--bwlimit` now paces `--sendfile`.** The plaintext-TCP `--sendfile` fast
+  path bypassed the protocol's token bucket, so the limit was ignored there. It
+  now throttles through the same per-session leaky bucket as the TLS path.
+- **`--partial-dir` implies `--partial`.** Matching rsync 3.4.1 (which sets
+  `keep_partial` after option parsing), `--partial-dir=DIR` alone retains an
+  interrupted transfer's partial and wins over an explicit `--no-partial`;
+  `--inplace` still bypasses the partial machinery, and combining `--inplace`
+  with `--partial-dir` is now rejected up front with rsync's message
+  (`--inplace cannot be used with --partial-dir`).
+- **Filter modifiers handled.** The `x` xattr-name modifier is rejected with a
+  clear error everywhere. The merge-only `e`/`n`/`w` and `-` modifiers are now
+  accepted and consumed on `merge`/`dir-merge` rules (so they no longer leak
+  into the merge filename) while still being rejected on non-merge rules,
+  matching rsync; their semantics remain unimplemented (accepted-but-ignored).
+  Glued patterns (`-newfile`, `-e2e`) and mixed tokens (`H,!secret`) keep their
+  historical parsing.
+- **Credential-file reads hardened.** Secret files (`--password-file`/
+  `--early-input`/`--hash-credentials` input) are opened with `O_NOFOLLOW`, so a
+  symlinked credential path now fails closed (`ELOOP`) instead of being followed
+  before the owner/mode gate; literal fd-backed paths (`/dev/fd/<digits>`,
+  `/proc/self/fd/<digits>`) are exempt so process substitution still works. A
+  FIFO/process-substitution read now waits under a bounded ~3 s deadline for its
+  writer, so a slow producer works while a connected-but-silent FIFO fails
+  instead of hanging.
+- **Miscellaneous correctness fixes:** `--filter` rule count is checked
+  client-side against `MAX_FILTER_RULES` before any network I/O (the receiver
+  still re-checks the expanded count); unknown wire `Status` values are rejected
+  as protocol errors; a mutex leak on an init-failure path, an `errno` read
+  after `free()` in deferred delete application, `log_perror` misuse for
+  non-`errno` conditions, and a `NULL` `server_host`/`ssh_destination`
+  allocation path were fixed (the `config_create` failure now releases through
+  `config_delete`); the decompression-limit log now prints the effective bound
+  rather than the compile-time ceiling; the daemon umask and root test fixtures
+  were hardened; `SSL_read` length is clamped and `sendfile` `poll()` retries on
+  `EINTR`.
+
+### Refactored / Docs
+
+- Dropped dead `filter_rules_apply` and dead `--old-args` plumbing, unified
+  `set_error`, deduplicated `path_is_within` and shared constants, and added
+  printf format attributes (fixing format mismatches). `RSYNC_COMPAT.md`,
+  `CHANGELOG.md` and `HANDOFF.md` were updated for the audit cycle; the
+  `RSYNC_COMPAT.md` summary tally was corrected to match the rows.
+
+### Triage fixes
+
+- **`--dirs` directory xattrs applied inline.** A `-d/--dirs` transfer now
+  applies captured directory `-X`/`-A` xattrs fd-relative on the directory entry
+  instead of dropping them, so directory xattrs survive the non-recursive path
+  (`src/shared/file_save.c`, `tests/test_xattr.c`).
+- **Directory/root itemize and `--out-format` lines.** `-i`/`--itemize-changes`
+  and `--out-format` now emit the transfer-root `./` line and per-directory
+  `cd...`/`.d..t...` lines, rendered by the shared itemize code. This matches
+  rsync's fresh-transfer output; because the root line is unconditional and an
+  incremental re-run may itemize directories/symlinks that rsync's quick-check
+  leaves silent, `-i` is now a ⚠️ Caveat row.
+- **FROM name globs for identity maps.** `--usermap`/`--groupmap` `FROM` tokens
+  now accept `*`/`?`/`[...]` globs, expanded sender-side against the passwd/group
+  database and collapsed into bounded numeric ranges (`MAX_IDENTITY_MAP`),
+  matching rsync.
+- **Transport fallback unit tests.** Added unit coverage for the TCP/TLS
+  transport fallback paths (`tests/test_transport_tcp.c`,
+  `tests/test_transport_tls.c`).
+- **Docs corrections.** `RSYNC_COMPAT.md`/`README.md` corrected stale parity
+  claims for issues #286–#297: the `-F` and `-i` reclassifications, the
+  `--munge-links` direction, the accepted checksum/compression name sets,
+  `--bwlimit` parsing, `--stop-at` grammar, `--trust-sender`, symlink xattrs, and
+  the native/non-interoperable batch and credential notes. The summary tally is
+  now **117 ✅ / 13 ⚠️ / 27 ❌** of 157 rows.
+
+## [2.28.0] - 2026-09-20
+
+The rsync-parity cycle. `PROTOCOL_VERSION` moves `2.26.0 → 2.27.0 → 2.28.0`;
+client and server must run the same version (the handshake is strict). See
+`RSYNC_COMPAT.md` for the per-option matrix, now **116 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 27 ❌** of
+157 rows.
+
+### Added
+
+- **Differential rsync 3.4.1 parity gate** (`tests/integration/
+  test_differential_parity.py`, `parity_harness.py`, `parity_caveats.py`): runs
+  real `rsync` and FastSync over generated corpora and diffs the destination
+  tree, normalized stdout and exit code. A fast subset runs on pull requests and
+  the full strict set on push; the residual allowlist is empty.
+- FastSync-only long option **`--verify-basis`**: require a
+  `--compare-dest`/`--copy-dest`/`--link-dest` hit to match the source by
+  whole-file digest instead of trusting the size+mtime quick-check.
+- FastSync-only long option **`--delete-commit`** (implies `--delete`): the old
+  atomic late whole-tree commit.
+- `--bwlimit` now parses rsync's units exactly and paces like rsync's leaky
+  bucket; `--ignore-errors` reproduces rsync's skip-unreadable-subdir and
+  IO-error-suppressed deletion (exit 23).
+- `--info=name/flist/del/remove/nonreg/progress` emit rsync's line format,
+  including real-run `deleting`/`*deleting` lines carried by a new
+  `report_deletes` wire bool.
+- Receiver-observed `--stats` counters: `Number of created files` now carries
+  rsync's `(reg/dir/link/special)` breakdown and `Literal data` is exact for a
+  delta transfer (extended `STATUS_STATS`).
+- `--progress` uses an opt-in paths-only pre-count so the `to-chk` denominator
+  counts every entry like rsync, and emits per-directory/symlink/special names.
+- Receiver-side `protect`/`risk` filter engine (new bounded filter-rule wire
+  block): `--filter='P ...'` now shields a destination-only entry like rsync.
+- `auto` for `--compress-choice`/`--checksum-choice` honors
+  `RSYNC_COMPRESS_LIST`/`RSYNC_CHECKSUM_LIST`, and per-codec compression-level
+  defaults match rsync.
+- Empty source directories are recreated recursively; `-R --no-implied-dirs
+  --files-from` places listed files under missing implied parents; `--iconv`
+  matches rsync's push direction; `--delete-delay` reports actual removals and
+  recursively removes a refilled deferred directory.
+
+### Changed
+
+- **`--delete` now defaults to delete-during (rsync `--del`) timing.** With no
+  explicit timing flag, a plain `--delete` removes each directory's extras as
+  that directory is processed instead of committing one whole-tree deletion only
+  after the entire transfer succeeds. This matches rsync, frees destination
+  space progressively, and avoids the whole-old+new-tree peak that could
+  `ENOSPC` a tight destination. The client maps the default onto the existing
+  `delete_during` wire boolean, so `PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays `2.28.0`.
+- Basis directories (`--compare-dest`/`--copy-dest`/`--link-dest`) now default
+  to rsync's metadata quick-check (equal size and mtime; `--size-only` drops the
+  mtime leg) instead of FastSync's historical always-verify content hash.
+  `--copy-dest` re-applies the source attributes, and basis materialization is
+  streamed so the 256 MiB whole-file cap no longer applies to a basis hit.
+- The per-directory `STATUS_DELETE_PLAN` frame gained a one-int `apply` flag:
+  the one-shot per-run config block (protected prefixes, size-pruned mirrors,
+  `--delete-missing-args` exact paths) is now always transmitted first on a
+  config-only carrier (`apply=false`), fixing a latent bug where a
+  `--delete-missing-args` run whose `--files-from` list synchronized no directory
+  never sent its exact deletions.
+
+### Notes
+
+- `--delete`/`--delete-during` remain caveats for the mid-transfer abort
+  boundary (rsync's generator removes all planned extras ahead of its throttled
+  sender; FastSync removes only reached directories — final trees agree).
+  `--delete-before`, `--progress`, `--stats`, `--fuzzy` and the basis rows keep
+  their documented residuals in `RSYNC_COMPAT.md`; `--filter` and
+  `--delete-excluded` are now parity, including protection of a destination-only
+  excluded entry under default `--delete`.
+
+### Migration
+
+- Scripts that relied on plain `--delete` deleting nothing until the transfer
+  fully succeeded must pass **`--delete-commit`** (or `--delete-after`) to keep
+  that behavior. Plain `--delete` now removes reached directories' extras during
+  the transfer, exactly like rsync's default; on a completed run the final tree
+  is unchanged.
+- Deployments that relied on FastSync's stricter basis verification should pass
+  **`--verify-basis`**; the default now trusts the size+mtime quick-check like
+  rsync.
+
+## [2.26.0] - 2026-09-17
+
+
+### Added
+
+- **Parity-completion wave.** Closed the remaining rsync-parity gaps against
+  rsync 3.4.1 and reclassified the inherently non-rsync rows. It moved the wire
+  protocol three times (`2.23.0 → 2.24.0 → 2.25.0 → 2.26.0`).
+  - **Delete timing (2.24.0):** per-directory delete plans
+    (`STATUS_DELETE_PLAN`) for `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay`. An interrupted
+    during-transfer has already removed the reached directories' extras, while a
+    delayed transfer commits per directory only after the whole transfer
+    succeeds (a late-created extra survives `--delete-delay` but not
+    `--delete-after`). `-R --delete` is scoped to the transferred prefix; empty
+    in-scope source directories survive; dry-run never deletes.
+  - **Wire stats (2.25.0):** `STATUS_STATS` carries the receiver counters
+    (matched data, deleted files) and the dry-run would-delete list. `--stats`
+    prints rsync's protocol-independent lines; `--progress`/`-P` print per-file
+    blocks; `--out-format` gains `%b` (wire bytes), `%c` (block-sum bytes) and
+    `%C` (whole-file digest); `-n --delete` prints escaped `*deleting` lines in
+    the sequential and `--threads` paths.
+  - **Codecs (2.26.0):** `lz4`/`zlib`/`zlibx` compression and `md4`/`sha1`/
+    `none` checksums, with rsync-style `auto` negotiation (default `xxh128` +
+    `zstd`) and exit-4 rejection of unknown names; the resolved `compression_algo`
+    crosses the wire.
+  - General `-R`/`--relative` (including the `/./` cut) and `--no-implied-dirs`;
+    one-level `-d`/`--dirs` listing for `dir`, `dir/` and `.`; the full filter
+    grammar (`merge`/`dir-merge`/`hide`/`show`/`protect`/`risk`/`clear` and
+    modifiers) with `-f` bound to `--filter`; a single `-F` transfers
+    `.rsync-filter` and `-FF` excludes it.
+  - Receiver-side `--chown`/`--usermap`/`--groupmap` TO-name resolution; absolute
+    basis directories and a `--link-dest` relink of an up-to-date destination;
+    a receiver-side `--ignore-existing` short-circuit before any payload;
+    `--preallocate` now wins over `--sparse` via `fallocate(2)`.
+  - Client quick wins: `--iconv=.`/`-`/`--no-iconv`, a lone `-h` prints help, an
+    empty `--files-from` succeeds (exit 0), a broken referent under
+    `-L`/`--copy-unsafe-links` exits 23, the full `--info`/`--debug`
+    vocabularies, and the aliases `--ignore-non-existing`, `--protect-args`,
+    `--msgs2stderr`.
+
+### Changed
+
+- `PROTOCOL_VERSION` bumped `2.23.0 → 2.24.0` (delete plans),
+  `2.24.0 → 2.25.0` (`STATUS_STATS` + `report_stats`), and
+  `2.25.0 → 2.26.0` (codec negotiation + `md4`/`sha1`/`none`).
+- `--checksum-choice`/`--cc` now accepts `md4`, `sha1`, `none` and the two-name
+  form; the negotiated whole-file default is `xxh128`.
+- `--compress-choice`/`--zc` now accepts `lz4`, `zlib`, `zlibx`.
+- `RSYNC_COMPAT.md` reclassifies the matrix: 9 already-parity rows to ✅, 17
+  inherently non-rsync rows to ❌ (native daemon config/auth, batch, privileged
+  xattr namespaces, and the safe-subset device/privilege flags), and the genuine
+  fixes to ✅; new rows cover `--bwlimit`, `--partial`, `--partial-dir`,
+  `--no-whole-file`, `--inc-recursive`/`--no-inc-recursive`, `--protect-args`
+  and `--msgs2stderr`.
+- The client `--help` `--max-delete` text now describes the implemented partial
+  semantics (delete up to N, skip the rest, exit 25).
+
+### Notes
+
+- Remaining documented divergences include the `--stats` per-type file-count
+  breakdown, `%b`/`%c` being FastSync wire counts, `-n --delete` line ordering,
+  the default `--delete` timing (delete-after, not rsync's delete-during),
+  destination-only exclude protection (still sender-derived), `--temp-dir`
+  absolute paths, basis-dir attribute re-application and the 256 MiB whole-file
+  cap, `--fuzzy` tie-breaking, `--bwlimit=0`/decimal rates, `zlibx`==`zlib`, and
+  recursive empty-directory creation.
+- Build: adds zlib and lz4 as link dependencies.
+
+## [2.23.0] - 2026-09-16
+
+### Added
+
+- **Rsync-parity wave.** Closed the remaining CLI, filesystem, ownership,
+  deletion, and output gaps against rsync 3.4.1.
+  - Short options `-r` (`--recursive`), `-b` (`--backup`), `-L`
+    (`--copy-links`), and `-B` (`--block-size`/`--delta-block`); rsync
+    short-option clustering (`-av`, `-aAX`, `-rlpt`) and attached/inline values
+    (`--opt=value`, `-B1000`, `-essh`, `-MOPT`). A value that starts with `-`
+    is not mistaken for a cluster.
+  - `-c`/`--checksum` now implies the incremental checksum quick-check (and,
+    like rsync, does not imply `-t`).
+  - `--checksum-choice`/`--cc` accepts `xxh64`/`xxhash`/`xxh3`/`xxh128`/`md5`/
+    `auto` and rejects `md4`/`sha1`/`none` and the two-name form by name;
+    `--checksum-seed=0` (the default) is randomized per transfer and the chosen
+    seed is sent to the receiver.
+  - `--compress-choice`/`--zc` accepts `zstd`/`none`/`auto` and rejects
+    `lz4`/`zlib`/`zlibx` by name; `--skip-compress` defaults to rsync 3.4.1's
+    built-in suffix list; `--no-whole-file` is accepted.
+  - `--timeout` defaults to 0 (disabled) and `--contimeout` to 60 s (both `0`
+    disables), matching rsync; `--max-alloc=0` means no local limit.
+  - `--temp-dir` is confined to the receive root (absolute/`..` rejected by the
+    receiver) and an `EXDEV` install falls back to a non-atomic copy.
+  - `--numeric-ids` is documented as a mapping modifier only;
+    `--usermap`/`--groupmap` support inclusive `LOW-HIGH` ranges, `*`,
+    empty-`FROM` (unnamed ids), and receiver-resolved `TO` names; `--chown`
+    conflicts with a map on the same side are rejected.
+  - `--fake-super` records the *resolved* owner (never a real chown) and replays
+    mode/time; directory ownership and directory xattrs/ACLs are preserved.
+  - `-l`/`--links` stores symlink targets verbatim (absolute and `..`-bearing
+    included), matching rsync; `--safe-links`/`--copy-unsafe-links` are applied
+    sender-side and `--munge-links` uses rsync's `/rsyncd-munged/` marker;
+    `--trust-sender` no longer affects symlink targets.
+  - `--specials` recreates unix sockets with `mknod(S_IFSOCK)` (so `-D` covers
+    the full rsync node set).
+  - Deletion: the manifest carries a synchronized-directory section so
+    `--files-from` subsets no longer delete untransmitted paths;
+    `--delete-excluded` leaves size-pruned mirrors protected; extraneous
+    destination symlinks are unlinked (never followed); `--max-delete=N` is
+    partial (delete up to N, skip the rest, exit 25) and `--delete-missing-args`
+    removals draw from the same budget; `--force` is honored during
+    `--delay-updates` publication.
+  - `-x`/`--one-file-system` emits the mount-point directory entry; the
+    `--include`/`--exclude` layers are an ordered first-match rule list.
+  - `--chmod` is a faithful port of rsync 3.4.1 (numeric/symbolic, `D`/`F`/`X`,
+    `s`/`t`, append semantics, no `-p` implication, no sanitization).
+
+### Changed
+
+- `PROTOCOL_VERSION` bumped `2.22.0 → 2.23.0`: the delete manifest gains a
+  synchronized-directory section and the terminal status gains
+  `STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT` (client exit 25 on a `--max-delete`-capped commit).
+- **The 2.22.0 mode-masking divergence is removed.** Under `-p` the source mode
+  is copied exactly, including `S_IWGRP`/`S_IWOTH` and setuid/setgid/sticky;
+  `--chmod` no longer implies `-p`. New files without `-p` still use
+  `source_mode & ~umask` when metadata is present (else `0644`), and new
+  directories without `-p` still use the `0755` creation default.
+- `--protocol=NUM` accepts only the current `2.23.0` version string.
+
+### Notes
+
+- The rsync-compatibility matrix (`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`) now classifies every row
+  as **parity**, **caveat** (works with a documented divergence), or
+  **divergent** (not supported/no-op/impossible), replacing the previous
+  misleading "N implemented / 0 divergence" summary. Durable documented
+  divergences remain: receiver-side symlink target containment is not enforced
+  by default (verbatim storage is rsync parity; use `--safe-links`),
+  `--temp-dir` rejects absolute/foreign-filesystem paths, `--copy-devices`
+  reads a bounded `st_size`, a broken referent under `--copy-links` exits 0,
+  new directories without `-p` use `0755`, `--stats` receiver-only counters are
+  0, and `--password-file`/`--early-input`/`--hash-credentials`/`--iterations`
+  and the batch format are FastSync-native.
+
+## [2.22.0] - 2026-09-15
+
+### Added
+
+- **Per-attribute metadata preservation (protocol 2.22.0).** The former single
+  metadata bundle is split into four independent, rsync-compatible flags:
+  `-p/--perms`, `-t/--times`, `-o/--owner`, and `-g/--group`, each applied
+  independently on the receiver, with negations `--no-perms`/`--no-times`/
+  `--no-owner`/`--no-group` (short `--no-p`/`--no-t`/`--no-o`/`--no-g`) and
+  `--no-preserve` clearing all four. `-a/--archive` is now full rsync
+  `-rlptgoD` (owner and group included; their application stays
+  privilege-gated). `-A/--acls` and `--chmod` imply `-p`, `-X/--xattrs` does
+  not, `-E/--executability` sets only executability, and `-U`/`-N` do not imply
+  `-t`. `--incremental`/`--delta` still auto-preserve perms+times unless the
+  user explicitly negated them.
+- Receiver applies directory modes under `-p` (at the end of the transfer,
+  alongside the deferred directory times) and symlink mode under `-p`; `-O`
+  suppresses directory times only.
+
+### Changed
+
+- `PROTOCOL_VERSION` bumped `2.21.0 → 2.22.0`: the binary config frame gains
+  four appended booleans (`preserve_perms`/`preserve_times`/`preserve_owner`/
+  `preserve_group`) after `omit_link_times`. The fixed-width `FileMetadata`
+  layout is unchanged; the receiver derives the metadata-frame gate
+  (`use_metadata`) from the four attributes.
+
+### Notes
+
+- Documented divergences from rsync: a client-supplied mode never grants
+  group/other write (`S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH` are stripped for files, directories,
+  symlinks, and specials; rsync's `-p` preserves them exactly); a brand-new file
+  without `-p` gets `source_mode & ~umask` (sanitized) when metadata is present,
+  else the historical fixed `0644`; `--chmod` implies `-p` (rsync does not);
+  `-o`/`-g` map by name on the receiver with a raw-numeric fallback (only
+  numeric ids cross the wire); and a daemon module without `client owner = yes`
+  does not refuse a plain `-a`/`-o`/`-g` but forces super-user activities off,
+  applies no ownership, and logs a warning (explicit `--chown`/`--usermap`/
+  `--groupmap`/`--numeric-ids`/`--copy-as`/`--super` are still refused).
+
 ## [2.21.0] - 2026-09-14
 
 ### Added

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.22)
 
-project(FastFileTransfer VERSION 2.21.0)
+project(FastFileTransfer VERSION 2.30.0)
 
 set(CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS ON)
 set(CMAKE_C_STANDARD 11)
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ elseif(NOT SANITIZER STREQUAL "none")
 endif()
 
 # --- Strict warnings option ---
-option(STRICT_WARNINGS "Enable strict warnings (Wextra, Wpedantic, Werror)" OFF)
+option(STRICT_WARNINGS "Enable strict warnings (Wextra, Wpedantic, Wformat-signedness, Werror)" OFF)
 if(STRICT_WARNINGS)
-	add_compile_options(-Wextra -Wpedantic -Werror)
+	add_compile_options(-Wextra -Wpedantic -Wformat-signedness -Werror)
 endif()
 
 # --- Coverage option ---
@@ -68,6 +68,16 @@ if(NOT ZSTD_LIBRARY)
 	message(FATAL_ERROR "zstd library not found. Ensure it is in your nix-shell!")
 endif()
 
+find_library(ZLIB_LIBRARY z)
+if(NOT ZLIB_LIBRARY)
+	message(FATAL_ERROR "zlib library not found. Ensure zlib1g-dev / nix zlib is available!")
+endif()
+
+find_library(LZ4_LIBRARY lz4)
+if(NOT LZ4_LIBRARY)
+	message(FATAL_ERROR "lz4 library not found. Ensure liblz4-dev / nix lz4 is available!")
+endif()
+
 find_package(OpenSSL REQUIRED)
 
 # --- Explicit source lists ---
@@ -89,15 +99,21 @@ set(SHARED_SRCS
 	src/shared/daemon_limits.c
 	src/shared/data.c
 	src/shared/delay_updates.c
+	src/shared/delete.c
+	src/shared/delete_commit.c
+	src/shared/delete_plan.c
 	src/shared/delta.c
 	src/shared/file.c
 	src/shared/file_list.c
 	src/shared/file_receive.c
+	src/shared/file_save.c
 	src/shared/file_send.c
 	src/shared/file_store.c
 	src/shared/filter.c
+	src/shared/format.c
 	src/shared/hardlink.c
 	src/shared/identity.c
+	src/shared/incremental_check.c
 	src/shared/log.c
 	src/shared/metadata.c
 	src/shared/motd.c
@@ -124,9 +140,14 @@ set(SERVER_MAIN_SRCS src/server/server.c)
 # Client implementation (no main): everything except the CLI entry point.
 set(CLIENT_CORE_SRCS
 	src/client/change_list.c
+	src/client/client_manifest.c
+	src/client/client_report.c
+	src/client/client_scan.c
 	src/client/client_send.c
 	src/client/client_validation.c
 	src/client/scanner.c
+	src/client/scanner_filter.c
+	src/client/scanner_parallel.c
 	src/client/usage.c
 )
 set(CLIENT_MAIN_SRCS src/client/client_cli.c)
@@ -134,8 +155,8 @@ set(CLIENT_MAIN_SRCS src/client/client_cli.c)
 # --- Library targets ---
 add_library(fastsync_shared STATIC ${SHARED_SRCS})
 target_include_directories(fastsync_shared PUBLIC src/shared)
-target_link_libraries(fastsync_shared PUBLIC Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL
+target_link_libraries(fastsync_shared PUBLIC Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY}
-											OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
+											${LZ4_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
 
 add_library(fastsync_client_core STATIC ${CLIENT_CORE_SRCS})
 target_include_directories(fastsync_client_core PUBLIC src/client)
@@ -209,10 +230,13 @@ set(TEST_SRCS
 	tests/test_daemon_limits.c
 	tests/test_data.c
 	tests/test_delay_updates.c
+	tests/test_delete_plan.c
 	tests/test_delta.c
 	tests/test_file.c
 	tests/test_file_list.c
 	tests/test_file_sendfile.c
+	tests/test_filter.c
+	tests/test_format.c
 	tests/test_fuzz_smoke.c
 	tests/test_glob.c
 	tests/test_hardlink.c
@@ -273,7 +297,7 @@ if(ENABLE_FUZZ)
 		target_include_directories(${FUZZ_NAME} PRIVATE tests src/shared src/server)
 		target_compile_options(${FUZZ_NAME} PRIVATE -fsanitize=fuzzer,address,undefined -fno-omit-frame-pointer)
 		target_link_options(${FUZZ_NAME} PRIVATE -fsanitize=fuzzer,address,undefined)
-		target_link_libraries(${FUZZ_NAME} PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL
+		target_link_libraries(${FUZZ_NAME} PRIVATE Threads::Threads ${ZSTD_LIBRARY} ${ZLIB_LIBRARY}
-												  OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
+												  ${LZ4_LIBRARY} OpenSSL::SSL OpenSSL::Crypto xxhash)
 	endforeach()
 endif()

Dockerfile

@@ -2,8 +2,22 @@ FROM ubuntu:24.04
 RUN apt-get update && apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
     gcc g++ make libc6-dev cmake libzstd-dev libssl-dev git ca-certificates curl cppcheck clang-format \
     python3 python3-pip python3-venv openssl openssh-client \
-    lcov valgrind clang libclang-rt-18-dev && \
+    lcov valgrind clang libclang-rt-18-dev \
+    acl attr zlib1g-dev liblz4-dev libxxhash-dev && \
     pip3 install --break-system-packages pytest pytest-xdist && \
     curl -fsSL https://deb.nodesource.com/setup_20.x | bash - && \
     apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends nodejs && \
     rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
+
+# rsync is used as the reference implementation for drop-in parity tests.
+# Ubuntu 24.04 ships 3.2.7, so build the pinned 3.4.1 reference from source.
+ARG RSYNC_VERSION=3.4.1
+ARG RSYNC_SHA256=2924bcb3a1ed8b551fc101f740b9f0fe0a202b115027647cf69850d65fd88c52
+RUN curl -fsSL "https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/src/rsync-${RSYNC_VERSION}.tar.gz" -o /tmp/rsync.tar.gz && \
+    echo "${RSYNC_SHA256}  /tmp/rsync.tar.gz" | sha256sum -c - && \
+    tar -xzf /tmp/rsync.tar.gz -C /tmp && \
+    cd "/tmp/rsync-${RSYNC_VERSION}" && \
+    ./configure --enable-zstd --enable-xxhash --enable-lz4 && \
+    make -j"$(nproc)" && \
+    make install && \
+    rm -rf "/tmp/rsync-${RSYNC_VERSION}" /tmp/rsync.tar.gz

HANDOFF.md

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+# FastSync — Session Handoff (2026-09-21)
+
+## Current status
+- **Release `v2.28.0`** is tagged and merged to `main`: tag `v2.28.0` points at
+  `ee6523a`, and the PR #304 merge commit `b4d54504` is on `main`.
+- **`dev` is at `0fbb9de`** — the merge of parity cycle 2.29 (PR #305). The old
+  `558782d` (incremental-check flake fix) is an ancestor.
+- **`PROTOCOL_VERSION` = `"2.28.0"`** (`src/shared/config.h`); CMake
+  `project(FastFileTransfer VERSION 2.28.0)`.
+- **Parity cycle 2.29 is merged to `dev`** (PR #305), no wire change. It closed
+  the scanner-order, delete-timing, relative-basis and fuzzy-eligibility
+  residuals and improved the `--info`/`--stats`/`--debug` partials. Parity
+  matrix: **120 ✅ / 10 ⚠️ / 27 ❌ = 157**. Remaining ⚠️ rows: `--info`,
+  `--debug`, `--msgs2stderr`, `--stats`, `--progress`, `--delete-before`, the
+  three basis-dir options, and `-y`/`--fuzzy`.
+- **Audit cycle complete on branch `fix/audit-cycle`** (branched from `dev` @
+  `0fbb9de`), integration PR to `dev` pending. No wire change
+  (`PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays 2.28.0). It lands the receiver/client security and
+  correctness fixes — `--temp-dir` symlink-escape confinement, special-bit
+  masking under a super-off policy, daemon `umask(022)`, the `-z` decompression
+  ceiling raised to the 256 MiB whole-file bound, `--bwlimit` pacing the
+  plaintext `--sendfile` path, `--partial-dir` implying `--partial`, rejection
+  of unsupported filter modifiers (`x`/`e`/`n`/`w`), client-side
+  `MAX_FILTER_RULES` enforcement, unknown wire `Status` rejection, and the
+  accompanying refactors/docs. The parity matrix is unchanged at
+  **120 ✅ / 10 ⚠️ / 27 ❌ = 157**; this docs pass (worktree `fix/audit-docs2`)
+  corrects the `RSYNC_COMPAT.md` summary tally to match the rows.
+
+
+## What landed this session
+1. **Wave 8 (refactors):** Config X-macro wire table; single-owner `authorized_root`;
+   daemon per-module/per-host caps + cross-process auth lockout (`daemon_limits.[ch]`);
+   `Data` charge returns to its owning `ProtocolSession`.
+2. **Wave 9 (protocol 2.21.0):** optional `STATUS_ERROR_DETAIL` rejection reasons;
+   server-contacting `--dry-run` (`STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER`, receiver mutates nothing).
+3. **Security wave:** ran 5 parallel audits (wire parsing; daemon/transport/TLS/auth;
+   receiver confinement; client/CLI/SSH; crypto/memory/limits). Fixed all HIGH and the
+   confirmed MEDIUMs:
+   - SSH `-o ProxyCommand=…` argument injection (RCE) — reject leading `-`, insert `--`.
+   - Truncated zstd frame infinite CPU loop (remote DoS).
+   - FIFO receiver opens lacked `O_NONBLOCK` (indefinite hang).
+   - `--inplace` could write a FIFO/device (bypass of `--write-devices` gate).
+   - `--force` not gated by server `--allow-delete`.
+   - Privileged standalone server defaulted super activities on; added `--allow-super`
+     (never honored with `--stdio`).
+   - `--dry-run` content/hash oracle on `read only`/basis files removed.
+   - Empty `hosts allow`/`deny`/`auth users` now rejected.
+   - TLS: AEAD-only 1.2 + server preference, TOCTOU-safe key load, IP-SAN verify,
+     CN-truncation guard. Glob backtracking bounded; line reads bounded; ACL xattrs
+     gated on `--acls`; decompression/chunk memory charged; pre-auth `basis_count`
+     NULL-deref fixed.
+4. **Tooling:** benchmark accuracy (data mix, verification, percentiles, `tc`,
+   `build-bench/`, `--warm` mode); `shell.nix` full toolchain and no build-on-entry;
+   docs state push-only / remote-source unsupported.
+5. **Preserve-attribute split (protocol 2.22.0)** landed on `feat/preserve-attr-split`: per-attribute `-p/-t/-o/-g` + `--no-*` negations, `-a` = `-rlptgoD`, and the 2.21.0 → 2.22.0 wire bump.
+6. **Rsync-parity wave (protocol 2.23.0)** on `feat/rsync-parity`: rsync short options/clustering/attached values (`-r`/`-b`/`-L`/`-B`, `-av`, `-aAX`, `-B1000`, `-essh`, `-MOPT`), `-c` checksum quick-check, `--checksum-choice`/`--compress-choice` validation and seed randomization, rsync timeout/max-alloc defaults, temp-dir confinement + `EXDEV` fallback, ownership/mapping parity (numeric-ids modifier, map ranges/`*`/empty-FROM, `--chown`+map conflicts, fake-super resolved-owner record), verbatim symlink storage with rsync `--safe-links`/`--munge-links`, socket recreation under `--specials`, `--chmod` 3.4.1 semantics, and delete scoping + `--max-delete` partial/exit-25. Wire: appended delete-manifest synchronized-directory section and `STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT`.
+7. **Parity-completion wave (protocol 2.24.0 → 2.26.0)** on `feat/parity-completion`: per-directory delete plans (`STATUS_DELETE_PLAN`) for `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay`; receiver `STATUS_STATS` counters feeding `--stats`/`--progress` and `--out-format %b/%c/%C`, plus `-n --delete` lines; `lz4`/`zlib`/`zlibx` compression and `md4`/`sha1`/`none` checksums with `auto` negotiation (default `xxh128`/`zstd`); general `-R`/`--no-implied-dirs`/`-d`; the full filter grammar (`merge`/`dir-merge`/`hide`/`show`/`protect`/`risk`/`clear` + modifiers) and corrected `-F`/`-FF`; receiver-side `--chown`/map TO-name resolution; absolute basis dirs + `--link-dest` relink; receiver-side `--ignore-existing` short-circuit; `--preallocate` over `--sparse` via `fallocate(2)`; `--iconv=.`/`-`/`--no-iconv`; lone `-h` help; aliases `--ignore-non-existing`/`--protect-args`/`--msgs2stderr`; and the full `--info`/`--debug` vocabulary. `RSYNC_COMPAT.md` reclassifies the matrix to 106 ✅ / 27 ⚠️ / 23 ❌; the later rsync-parity-stats pass (`fix/parity-stats`) moves it to 107 ✅ / 25 ⚠️ / 24 ❌ (see item 8).
+8. **rsync-parity-stats pass** on `fix/parity-stats` (no wire change, `PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays `2.26.0`): `--delete-delay` now reports only entries it actually removes, while the `--max-delete` budget is charged at plan/snapshot time (`planned`, via `defer_add`) to bound the deferred list (a refilled deferred directory that survives `ENOTEMPTY` is not reported but still consumes budget); `--stats` gained the `(reg/dir/link/special)` `Number of files` breakdown and now counts only regular files actually stored for `Number of regular files transferred`/transferred size/literal data (up-to-date re-runs report 0); `Total file size` includes symlink target lengths; `--progress` prints the leading `./` root line and counts it in `to-chk` so a single-file transfer matches rsync; and `%C` uses the selected transfer checksum with `checksum_digest_file` supporting md4/sha1/none, byte-identical to rsync for every algorithm. `--out-format` reclassified ❌ (`%b`/delta-`%c` are protocol-specific). Differential + regression tests added; full suite + ASan + clang-format + cppcheck clean.
+9. **Option-parity wave (protocol 2.26.0 → 2.27.0, on `fix/parity-options`):**
+   `--bwlimit` now ports rsync 3.4.1's units/quantization and paces like its
+   leaky bucket; `--ignore-errors` reproduces rsync's default (an I/O error
+   skips deletion unless the flag is set; the readable tree still transfers and
+   the run exits 23) across every delete timing; the `--info` categories with a
+   FastSync event (`name`/`flist`/`del`/`remove`/`nonreg`/`progress`) emit
+   rsync's line format, with real-run `deleting`/`*deleting` lines carried over
+   the new trailing config bool `report_deletes` (golden wire updated by
+   `tests/test_config.c`). Two residuals were reclassified **divergent**: `-M`
+   over daemon/TCP (no argv channel in FastSync's binary config handshake;
+   rsync-daemon differential pins the rsync behavior) and receiver-side
+    `protect`/`risk` re-derivation for destination-only entries (would need a
+    receiver filter engine; differential pins the divergence — **reversed by
+    track 4a below**, which adds that engine). The options pass
+    stands at **110 ✅ / 21 ⚠️ / 26 ❌**. New `tests/integration/test_option_parity.py`
+   holds the rsync differentials (bwlimit parse+rate, info lines, real-setpriv
+   `--ignore-errors`, rsync-daemon `-M`, filter-protect pin).
+
+10. **rsync-parity-fs pass** on `fix/parity-fs` (no wire change of its own; integrated
+   on top of the 2.27.0 options wave): recursive transfers now recreate empty source directories (and
+   `-m/--prune-empty-dirs` still suppresses them), a directory entry replaces a
+   blocking destination regular file, and `-R --no-implied-dirs --files-from`
+   places a listed file under a missing implied parent with default attributes
+   instead of refusing (real rsync 3.4.1 parity, differential-tested). `--iconv`
+   now reproduces rsync's push direction (destination charset = the spec's REMOTE
+   half; a server `--iconv` overrides), and `-T/--temp-dir` relative semantics are
+   confirmed identical while the absolute-path confinement is a deliberate
+   divergence. The basis-dir options, `--delay-updates` and `--dry-run` were
+   reclassified to ❌ after a differential test reproduced each exact residual
+   (basis content verification, fixed staging-name collision, and dry-run
+   would-delete over-report). `--fuzzy` was also reclassified to ❌ (deterministic
+   heuristic with a 10× size window, not rsync's matcher), but its residual is the
+   candidate-selection heuristic itself: the final tree is byte-exact by design, so
+   it is pinned by the `TestFuzzy` threshold suite rather than a byte-level rsync
+   differential. (Track 5b later found the name heuristic is rsync's own and moved
+   the row ❌ → ⚠️, leaving only the narrower delta size window; see entry 15.) The parity-review pass then moved `--delete-delay` to ⚠️ (the
+   plan-time `--max-delete` charge and non-recursive deferred removal differ from
+   rsync when a snapshotted entry fails removal). Differential-gate allowlist
+   entries `min_size`/`empty_dirs_recursive`/`dirs_plain` were removed. The
+   integrated stats+options+fs branch stands at **111 ✅ / 13 ⚠️ / 33 ❌ = 157**;
+   full suite + ASan + clang-format + cppcheck clean.
+
+11. **No-wire parity track 1** on `feat/parity-2.28` (no protocol change):
+    `-n --delete` now sends the same filter-excluded + size-pruned protected
+    prefixes and synchronized-directory scope as a real run (dry-run would-delete
+    matches rsync for source-derived protections; the destination-only exclude
+    residual was later closed by track 4a, readdir ordering remains);
+    `--delete-delay` now charges
+    `--max-delete` on actual removals and re-scans a queued directory at commit
+    to remove content created after the plan, with an independent deferred-list
+    cap (only partial-delete ordering remains); and `--info=name2` emits `NAME is
+    uptodate` plus the leading `./` root name line for `--info=name` (only the
+    root-line trigger condition and receiver-side `skip` wording remain). Matrix
+    now **111 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 32 ❌ = 157**; differential + unit tests added in
+    `test_features.py`, `test_option_parity.py`, the unit test
+    `tests/test_delete_plan.c`,
+    `test_delete_delay_budget_parity.py`, `test_delete_timing_parity.py`.
+12. **No-wire parity track 2b** on `feat/parity-2.28` (no protocol change):
+    `--progress`/`-P`/`--info=progress` (when not `--quiet`) now run an opt-in
+    paths-only metadata pre-count (no file reads/hashing) that supplies rsync's
+    full file-list total for the `to-chk` denominator and the directory names,
+    and emits per-directory/symlink/special name lines, in both the sequential
+    and `--threads` paths. `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay` reuse their
+    keep-set pre-scan instead of a second walk; non-progress runs are
+    unaffected. Differential tests (`progress`/`progress_threads` over a new
+    `multidir` corpus) match rsync's name set and `to-chk` denominator on a
+    fresh transfer, and the single-file byte-identical test still passes;
+    emission order (rsync's sorted depth-first vs FastSync's readdir/BFS stream)
+    plus re-run over-naming (unconditional `./`, ancestor dirs named with a
+    transferred child, and no quick-check for symlinks/empty dirs) remain the
+    caveats, so the row stays ⚠️ and the matrix is unchanged at
+    **111 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 32 ❌ = 157**.
+
+13. **Wire parity track 4a** on `feat/parity-2.28` (`PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays
+    `2.28.0`): the receiver now has a delete-time filter engine. The sender
+    compiles its root-level selection rules exactly as the scanner does
+    (`filter_base_build`) and streams them as one bounded, self-describing
+    config-frame block (action, sides, anchored, dir-only, negate, owner,
+    pattern; bounded rule count and pattern bytes, unknown action/sides is a
+    protocol error). The receiver reconstructs `protect_rules` and applies them
+    first-match-wins to each extraneous destination path in every delete timing
+    (the whole-tree commit walker, the `--delete-during`/`--delete-delay`
+    per-directory plans, and the `-n` would-delete enumeration), so a
+    `P *.log` rule protects a destination-only `extra.log` like rsync (with
+    `risk` cancelling); the sender-derived protected-prefix behavior is
+    preserved when no rules are sent and `--delete-excluded` semantics are
+    unchanged. Per-directory merge (`:`/`.`) receiver re-derivation remains the
+    residual. `TestFilterProtect` (real + dry-run) plus differential cases
+    `filter_protect`, `filter_protect_during`, `filter_protect_delay` added and
+    the `--filter=RULE` row moves ❌ → ✅: matrix now
+    **115 ✅ / 11 ⚠️ / 31 ❌ = 157**; unit tests, the three named integration
+    files, clang-format and cppcheck clean.
+
+14. **Wire parity track 5a** on `feat/parity-2.28` (`PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays
+    `2.28.0` by project decision): the three basis-dir options now default to
+    rsync's metadata quick-check (equal size + equal mtime, or size alone under
+    `--size-only`; `-I` disables matching) instead of FastSync's historical
+    xxHash64 content equality, so a same-size/different-content basis is trusted
+    exactly as rsync trusts it. A new FastSync-only, long-only `--verify-basis`
+    flag restores the strict whole-file content equality; its bool is appended to
+    the basis block of the config frame (golden wire frame 882 → 886 bytes).
+    `--verify-basis` streams the confined basis descriptor to hash it, and a
+    basis hit is no longer capped at the 256 MiB whole-file payload bound:
+    `--copy-dest` streams the basis through a bounded buffer and `--link-dest`'s
+    copy fallback streams from the basis, so an over-limit hit materializes (a
+    basis MISS still falls back to the normal transfer and keeps its own bound).
+    A `--copy-dest` hit re-applies the SOURCE attributes (the sender transmits
+    the source metadata with the basis check frame), matching rsync's
+    "copy then fix attributes"; a `--link-dest` success keeps the shared inode's
+    attributes (writing through it would mutate the basis). Differential cases
+    `copy_dest` and `verify_basis` added; `test_basis_dir_size_only_content_residual`
+    converted to a passing parity assertion; `TestBasisDestDirs` updated for the
+    new default + `--verify-basis`; unit tests cover the quick-check/verify
+    decision and the same-size/different-content handshake. The
+    `--compare-dest`/`--copy-dest`/`--link-dest` rows move ❌ → ⚠️ (relative-DIR
+    resolution base and over-limit MISS refusal): matrix now
+    **116 ✅ / 13 ⚠️ / 28 ❌ = 157**.
+
+15. **No-wire parity track 5b** on `feat/parity-2.28` (`PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays
+    `2.28.0` by project decision): `-y`/`--fuzzy` reclassified ❌ → ⚠️. A probe
+    against real rsync 3.4.1 (pinned `-B8192`, repeated-content 64 KiB corpus)
+    showed the name heuristic is already rsync's (`util1.c fuzzy_distance` /
+    `find_filename_suffix` + the exact size+mtime pass) and the output is always
+    byte-exact; the only residual is candidate ELIGIBILITY, because FastSync's
+    `delta_should_attempt` gate caps the size ratio at 10× and requires both
+    files ≥ 16 KiB while rsync will reuse a basis from 0.25× to 10000× and below
+    16 KiB. The choice is observable only as `--stats` bandwidth counters. Added
+    differential case `fuzzy_basis` (same-suffix sibling, one name edit,
+    identical content, block size pinned) asserting tree **and** normalized
+    `--stats` parity where the choices coincide, plus `TestFuzzy` pinning the
+    window boundary on both sides (>10× and <16 KiB siblings declined by
+    FastSync while rsync uses them, both trees byte-identical). Matrix now
+    **116 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 27 ❌ = 157**.
+
+16. **Lockstep delete-default track 6** on `feat/parity-2.28` (`PROTOCOL_VERSION`
+    stays `2.28.0`): plain `--delete` now defaults to rsync's delete-during
+    (`--del`) timing, normalized on the client onto the existing `delete_during`
+    wire bool. The old late whole-tree commit is opt-in via `--delete-after` or
+    the FastSync-only long `--delete-commit` (identical `delete_after` timing).
+    `-d/--dirs` still falls back to the end commit, `--delay-updates` still
+    deletes before publication, and `--files-from`/`-R` scope is unchanged. The
+    `STATUS_DELETE_PLAN` frame gained a one-int `apply` flag so the per-run
+    config block (including `--delete-missing-args` exact paths) is always
+    transmitted, on a config-only carrier when the scope allows no directory
+    plan — fixing a latent bug with a file-only `--files-from` list. Differential
+    cases `delete`/`delete_commit`/`filter_protect_after` plus the extended
+    `test_delete_timing_parity.py` (plain `--delete` mid-abort removes reached
+    extras, `--delete-commit` defers) pass; full `-m "not setpriv"` suite,
+    clang-format and cppcheck clean. Matrix unchanged at
+    **116 ✅ / 14 ⚠️ / 27 ❌ = 157** (the `--delete`/`--delete-during` rows stay
+    ⚠️ for the abort boundary; `--delete-after` stays ✅).
+
+17. **Audit cycle** on `fix/audit-cycle` (from `dev` @ `0fbb9de`;
+    `PROTOCOL_VERSION` stays `2.28.0`): a security/correctness pass over the
+    parity-2.29 baseline. It raises the decompression ceiling to the 256 MiB
+    protocol whole-file bound (`-z` on 100–256 MiB files now works), paces the
+    plaintext-TCP `--sendfile` path with `--bwlimit`, confines the `--temp-dir`
+    scratch dir by the fd's real path (symlink escape refused), masks
+    client-controlled setuid/setgid/sticky bits when super activities are not
+    permitted, sets the daemon umask to `022`, makes `--partial-dir` imply
+    `--partial`, rejects the unsupported filter modifiers (`x`/`e`/`n`/`w`),
+    enforces `MAX_FILTER_RULES` client-side, rejects unknown wire `Status`
+    values, and hardens credentials/signal handling (with the accompanying
+    refactors and docs). No row changes classification, so the matrix stays
+    **120 ✅ / 10 ⚠️ / 27 ❌ = 157**. This docs pass is on `fix/audit-docs2`.
+
+## Next steps
+1. **Open and merge the audit-cycle PR** (`fix/audit-cycle`, including this
+   `fix/audit-docs2` docs pass) into `dev` once reviewed. `dev` is the default
+   branch; all PRs target `dev`, never `main` directly.
+2. **Remaining deferred items:**
+   - **Large structural refactors:** delete-engine consolidation
+     (`delete_extras_fd`/`manifest_delete_extras`/the delete-plan path),
+     god-function splits, and translation-unit splits.
+   - **`--progress`/`--info` receiver→sender event channel:** the root `./`
+     line, ancestor-directory suppression, receiver-side `skip`/`backup` echo,
+     and symlink/empty-dir quick-check feedback.
+   - **`--delete-before` phase-0 keep-set** (rsync fixes the file list before
+     the data pass; FastSync keeps its pre-scan snapshot race).
+   - ~~**>256 MiB single-file streaming** (B4, the general whole-file limit).~~
+     Closed by #318: the whole-file payload, the basis read/verify and the fuzzy
+     basis are streamed through bounded buffers (lz4/append remain buffered).
+   - **Wire native-size framing:** lengths are native `size_t` and the protocol
+     assumes homogeneous word size/endianness — document or move to fixed-width
+     framing.
+   - **SCRAM-like daemon auth channel binding:** no TLS channel binding today
+     (and it is not RFC 5802).
+   - Still-open security nits: the pre-auth config/daemon-auth handshake has no
+     aggregate wall-clock deadline (per-message timeout only — slowloris holds
+     connection slots); the per-source registry fails open when the shared table
+     is full (per-module/global caps and host ACLs still apply).
+3. **Out of scope / intentional:** pull (remote source) mode is **not** planned —
+   FastSync is push-only; see `RSYNC_COMPAT.md#direction`.
+
+## Key facts / commands
+- CI image: `gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11` (alias `fastsync-ci:local`).
+- Build/test: `cmake -B build -S . -DSTRICT_WARNINGS=ON && cmake --build build -j$(nproc) && ./build/tests`
+  then `python3 -m pytest tests/integration/ -n 4 --dist=load -m "not setpriv"`.
+- Dev shell: `nix-shell` (provides clang-format, cppcheck, pytest-xdist, openssh,
+  rsync, iproute2, valgrind, lcov; does not build on entry).
+- Gitea API token: supplied out-of-band via the `TOKEN` environment variable; it is
+  intentionally **not** recorded in this file.
+- CI polling: `GET /api/v1/repos/TapTap/FastSync/actions/runs?limit=N`, match `head_sha`,
+  then `/actions/runs/<id>/jobs`.

README.md

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ multithreading, streaming zstd compression, chunking, zero-copy TCP transfers,
 and native TCP/TLS transports.
 
 The release version is FastSync's client/server protocol version (printed by
-`fastsync --version`); client and server must match. See
+`./build/client --version`); client and server must match. See
 [CHANGELOG.md](CHANGELOG.md) for the history.
 
 The compatibility target is straightforward:
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ FastSync uses a producer-consumer transfer pipeline and can combine several
 optimizations for large or high-latency transfers:
 
 - Multithreaded scanning, loading, and sending.
-- Streaming zstd compression with levels 1 through 22.
+- Streaming compression (zstd by default, plus lz4/zlib/zlibx) with levels 1 through 22.
 - Configurable file chunking and compact chunk serialization.
 - `sendfile()` zero-copy transfers over TCP.
 - Batched incremental checks to reduce round trips.
@@ -51,28 +51,52 @@ replacement for every rsync feature or protocol mode.
 - Rsync-style source and destination arguments.
 - SSH transport using `user@host:destination` paths below the remote authorized root.
 - TCP client/server transfers.
-- Dry runs, excludes, includes, size filters, backups, statistics, and
+- Dry runs (server-contacting since protocol 2.21.0 for server-routed targets),
-  bandwidth limiting.
+  excludes, includes, size filters, backups, statistics, and bandwidth
-- Incremental size/mtime checks and optional xxHash64 content checks.
+  limiting.
+- Incremental size/mtime checks and optional content checks (`xxh128` by
+  default, selectable with `--checksum-choice`).
 - FastSync-native delta transfer for changed files.
 - Optional mode and timestamp preservation.
 - Delete manifests with server-side delete authorization.
 - Temporary-file writes with atomic rename by default.
 - Path traversal checks and destination-root confinement.
 
-### Not yet equivalent to rsync
+### Boundaries and documented divergences
+
+The items below summarize FastSync's rsync compatibility status — recently
+closed gaps and the remaining known divergences. Each row of the detailed
+matrix is classified as parity, caveat, or divergent in
+[`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md).
 
 - The FastSync wire protocol is not the rsync wire protocol.
 - SSH mode requires `fastsync-server` on the remote host.
-- Archive mode does not yet provide all of rsync's `-rlptgoD` behavior.
+- Archive mode covers rsync's `-rlptgoD` behavior — links, permissions, times,
-- Symlink transfer is incomplete; link targets are not yet recreated in all
+  owner, group, devices, and special files — and does not imply compression or
-  modes.
+  multithreading (see [Client](#client)). Ownership application is still
-- Owner/group, ACL, xattr, and hard-link handling is incomplete or
+  privilege-gated: a receiver that cannot `chown` logs a warning and skips it.
-  unavailable.
+  Under `-p` the source mode is copied exactly, including group/other-write
+  bits; setuid/setgid/sticky bits are copied only when super-user activities are
+  permitted, and are masked under `SUPER_MODE_OFF`/`--no-super` (see
+  [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)).
+- Symlink transfer stores targets **verbatim** (`-l`/`--links`), including
+  absolute and `..`-bearing targets, matching rsync. The receiver does not
+  enforce a containment predicate by default; `--safe-links` drops unsafe
+  targets on the sender, and `--munge-links` rewrites them with rsync's
+  `/rsyncd-munged/` marker. `--trust-sender` does not affect symlink targets.
+  A destination later consumed by a link-following tool can therefore follow a
+  link outside the receive root — use `--safe-links` for untrusted sources.
+- Hard links (`-H`/`--hard-links`), extended attributes (`-X`/`--xattrs`), and
+  POSIX ACLs (`-A`/`--acls`) are preserved; owner/group is applied through
+  `-o`/`-g` (or an `-a`/`--archive` transfer), through the opt-in identity flags
+  (`--chown`/`--usermap`/`--groupmap`/`--numeric-ids`/`--copy-as`), and only when
+  the receiver has permission. See
+  [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md) for the exact semantics and documented
+  divergences.
 - Device and special-file preservation is implemented with documented
   divergences: recreated device nodes require `CAP_MKNOD` on the receiver (a
-  non-root receiver skips the entry), and sockets cannot be recreated (FIFOs
+  non-root receiver skips the entry), while FIFOs **and unix sockets** are
-  are).
+  recreated (`--specials`).
 - Sparse-file hole preservation (`-S`, `--sparse`) is implemented receiver-side:
   long all-zero runs are written as holes (no wire change; the full file image
   is already in memory).
@@ -80,78 +104,164 @@ replacement for every rsync feature or protocol mode.
   the write atomic (temp + rename). With `--partial`, a failed/interrupted write
   now retains the already-written temp at the destination path (best-effort) so
   a later `--append`/`--append-verify` run can resume it.
-- `--dirs` is not implemented. Its compatibility aliases `--old-dirs` and
+- `-d`/`--dirs` and its aliases `--old-dirs`/`--old-d` transfer the named
-  `--old-d` are recognized but rejected explicitly rather than silently using
+  directory entries without recursing into their contents.
-  FastSync's recursive directory behavior.
 - Short-option names are now rsync-parity (Phase 7 Wave A): FastSync's former
   collisions were renamed (`-j`/`--threads`, `--preserve`, `--sendfile`,
   `--chunk-serialization`, `--timeout`, `--ssh-port`), so `-m`, `-M`, `-f`,
-  `-s`, `-T`, `-p`, `-c`, `-a`, and `-z` follow rsync. See `RSYNC_COMPAT.md`.
+  `-s`, `-T`, `-p`, `-c`, `-a`, and `-z` follow rsync.
+- Short-option clustering (`-av`, `-aAX`, `-rlpt`) and attached values
+  (`-B1000`, `-essh`, `-MOPT`, `--opt=value`) are accepted, matching rsync.
+- `-r`, `-b`, `-L`, and `-B` are parsed with the rsync short names.
+- `--stats` prints the counters FastSync can observe plus the receiver-only
+  counters reported over the wire (`Matched data`, deleted files, and the
+  created/literal counters); `Number of files` and `Number of created files`
+  carry rsync's per-type breakdown. `--progress` prints rsync-style per-file
+  blocks including the leading `./` line, and (when progress is requested) a
+  paths-only pre-count supplies rsync's `to-chk` denominator.
+- Codecs match rsync 3.4.1: `zstd`/`lz4`/`zlib`/`zlibx` compression and
+  `xxh128`/`xxh3`/`xxh64`/`md5`/`md4`/`sha1`/`none` checksums. `auto` honors
+  `RSYNC_COMPRESS_LIST`/`RSYNC_CHECKSUM_LIST` and otherwise follows rsync's
+  compiled-in order. An omitted `--compress-level` uses the codec's rsync
+  default (zstd 3, zlib/zlibx 6, lz4 ignored); `zlib`/`zlibx` share the
+  literal-only zlib path (rsync's zlibx semantics), and the transfer checksum is
+  not separately selectable.
 
 The detailed flag matrix is maintained in
-[`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md). It distinguishes implemented,
+[`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md). It reports each row as **parity**,
-partial, alternate, and planned behavior.
+**caveat** (works with a documented divergence), or **divergent** (not
+supported), rather than treating "parsed" as parity.
 
 ## Quick Start
 
 ### Build
 
-`compile_commands.json` is a symlink to `build/compile_commands.json` and is used by clangd/editor tooling; its target is generated by the build, so it dangles until the first build.
+```bash
+cmake -B build -S .
+cmake --build build -j$(nproc)
+```
+
+This produces `./build/client` and `./build/server`. `compile_commands.json` is a symlink to `build/compile_commands.json` and is used by clangd/editor tooling; its target is generated by the build, so it dangles until the first build.
 
 ### Client
 
 | Argument | Description |
 |----------|-------------|
 | Positional | `<source> <dest>` — automatic SSH detection if dest contains `:` |
-| `-c, --checksum` | Verify content by checksum instead of size+mtime |
+| `-c, --checksum` | Verify content by checksum instead of size+mtime (implies the incremental checksum quick-check) |
-| `-z, --compress [level]` | Enable streaming zstd compression (level 1–22, default 5) |
+| `--checksum-choice <alg>` | Whole-file checksum algorithm: `xxh128` (default), `xxh3`, `xxh64`/`xxhash`, `md5`, `md4`, `sha1`, `none`, or `auto` (plus rsync's two-name `transfer,pre-transfer` form) |
-| `-a, --archive` | rsync archive mode (`-rlptgoD`): links, metadata, devices and specials (not compression/multithreading) |
+| `-z, --compress [level]` | Enable streaming compression (default `zstd`; level 1–22, default 5) |
+| `--compress-choice <alg>` | Compression algorithm: `zstd` (default), `lz4`, `zlib`, `zlibx`, `none`, or `auto` |
+| `--skip-compress <list>` | Skip compression for suffixes (`/`- or `,`-separated); defaults to rsync 3.4.1's built-in suffix list |
+| `-a, --archive` | rsync archive mode (`-rlptgoD`): links, perms, times, owner, group, devices and specials; ownership application stays privilege-gated (not compression/multithreading) |
 | `-j, --threads[=N]` | Multithreading mode; `N` (1–256) sets the parallel scanner worker count, bare `-j`/`--threads` uses the default |
 | `-m` | rsync `--prune-empty-dirs` (short form now rsync-parity) |
+| `-r, --recursive` | Recurse into directories (FastSync is always recursive; accepted for rsync compatibility) |
+| `-d, --dirs` | Transfer the named directory entries without recursing into their contents; aliases `--old-dirs`/`--old-d` |
+| `-R, --relative` | Use rsync's relative path semantics (including the `/./` cut); with `--files-from`, preserve each listed entry's relative path below the destination root |
 | `--chunk-serialization` | Chunk serialization (batch all files per chunk; long form only) |
 | `-s` | rsync `--secluded-args` compatibility no-op (remote SSH argv is already injection-safe) |
 | `--sendfile` | Sendfile zero-copy. Incompatible with compression / chunk serialization. TCP only. Long form only. |
-| `--preserve` | Preserve supported file metadata (mode and mtime; ownership and atime are unsupported) |
+| `--preallocate` | Allocate destination file space up front (fail-fast on a full disk) |
-| `-n, --dry-run` | Scan and print what would be transferred |
+| `--append` | Resume a shorter destination by appending only its tail (prefix not verified; requires `--incremental`) |
-| `-p, --perms` | Preserve permission bits (part of the metadata bundle) |
+| `--append-verify` | Like `--append`, but verifies the retained prefix checksum first (falls back to a full transfer on mismatch) |
-| `--ssh-port <port>` | SSH port (default: 22) |
+| `-W, --whole-file` | Transfer changed files without delta processing; `--no-whole-file` clears it |
-| `-v, --verbose` | Enable debug logging |
+| `-B <n>, --block-size <n>` | Delta block size in bytes (alias `--delta-block`) |
-| `-q, --quiet` | Suppress non-error output |
+| `--checksum-seed <n>` | Seed for the whole-file xxHash digest; an unset/`0` seed is randomized per transfer, matching rsync |
-| `--progress` | Show real-time transfer speed |
+| `-I, --ignore-times` | Transfer files even when size and mtime match |
-| `-P` | Enables partial-transfer mode + progress output; interrupted writes retain the already-written temp for resumption |
+| `--size-only` | Skip incremental files matching in size, ignoring mtime |
-| `--delete` | Delete files on receiver not present in source (default timing: delete-after, i.e. only after the whole transfer succeeded) |
+| `--preserve` | Preserve mode and mtime (`-p` + `-t`; add `-o`/`-g` for owner/group or `-U`/`--atimes` for atime; `-N`/`--crtimes` captures birth time but cannot apply it) |
+| `-U, --atimes` | Preserve access times. Captured with the metadata payload; does not enable ownership. |
+| `-N, --crtimes` | Capture birth time; cannot be applied (documented divergence) |
+| `-p, --perms` | Preserve permission bits. The source mode is copied exactly, including group/other-write bits; setuid/setgid/sticky are copied only when super-user activities are permitted (`SUPER_MODE_OFF`/`--no-super` masks them) |
+| `-t, --times` | Preserve modification times |
+| `-o, --owner` | Preserve the source owner (privilege-gated; mapped by name on the receiver with a numeric fallback) |
+| `-g, --group` | Preserve the source group (privilege-gated; mapped by name on the receiver with a numeric fallback) |
+| `--no-perms`, `--no-times`, `--no-owner`, `--no-group`, `--no-preserve` | Negate the per-attribute flags (short `--no-p`/`--no-t`/`--no-o`/`--no-g`; `--no-preserve` clears all four) |
+| `-E, --executability` | Preserve executable permission bits |
+| `-X, --xattrs` | Preserve user `user.*` extended attributes |
+| `-A, --acls` | Preserve POSIX ACLs |
+| `--chmod <changes>` | Modify transferred permissions (rsync syntax) |
+| `--chown=USER:GROUP` | Override the ownership of transferred files |
+| `--usermap=MAP` | Map usernames when applying ownership |
+| `--groupmap=MAP` | Map group names when applying ownership |
+| `--numeric-ids` | Apply source numeric uid/gid directly instead of mapping by name |
+| `--copy-as=USER[:GROUP]` | Force every written entry to USER[:GROUP] (requires a privileged receiver) |
+| `--fake-super` | Record the resolved owner plus full mode/rdev in rsync's reserved `user.rsync.%stat` xattr (rsync 3.4.1 grammar) and replay the permission bits; never performs a real chown |
+| `--super` | Permit the receiver to attempt confined super-user activities (device nodes) |
+| `-D` | Preserve device and special files (implies `--devices --specials`) |
+| `--devices` | Recreate device nodes on the destination (privileged; skipped without `CAP_MKNOD`) |
+| `--specials` | Recreate special files: FIFOs and unix sockets |
+| `--remove-source-files` | Remove regular source files after a successful transfer |
+| `--exclude <pattern>` | Exclude files matching glob pattern (repeatable) |
+| `--exclude-from <file>` | Read exclude patterns from a file (one per line) |
+| `--include <pattern>` | Only transfer files matching glob pattern (repeatable, whitelist) |
+| `--include-from <file>` | Read include patterns from a file |
+| `--files-from <file>` | Read the source file list from FILE (paths relative to the source root) |
+| `--max-size <n>` | Skip files larger than n bytes |
+| `--min-size <n>` | Skip files smaller than n bytes |
+| `-x, --one-file-system` | Do not cross filesystem boundaries; the mount-point directory entry is emitted (empty at the destination) without descending |
+| `--max-alloc <SIZE>` | Maximum single allocation (binary units: B, K, M, G, T, P, E; default 1G; `0` = no local limit, matching rsync) |
+| `-u, --update` | Skip files newer than the source on the receiver |
+| `--incremental` | Skip files unchanged since last transfer (size + mtime). Auto-enables `--preserve`. Incompatible with `--chunk-serialization`. |
+| `--existing` | Skip files not already present at the destination; update existing files normally. |
+| `--ignore-existing` | Skip files that already exist on the receiver; like rsync it does not apply to directories or symlinks. |
+| `--compare-dest <dir>` | Extra comparison basis: unchanged files are not transferred (requires/implies `--incremental`; a basis of any size is supported, streamed in bounded chunks — see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)) |
+| `--copy-dest <dir>` | Like `--compare-dest`, but copies the unchanged file from DIR into the destination (the copy is streamed, so a basis of any size works; see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)) |
+| `--link-dest <dir>` | Like `--copy-dest`, but hard-links the unchanged file from DIR (repeatable; earlier DIRs win; a basis of any size works; see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)) |
+| `--verify-basis` | FastSync-only: require a basis hit (`--compare-dest`/`--copy-dest`/`--link-dest`) to match the source by whole-file digest instead of trusting the size+mtime quick-check (default matches rsync) |
+| `--delete` | Delete files on receiver not present in source (default timing: delete-during, matching rsync, so destination space is freed progressively). Scoped to the synchronized directories, so `--files-from` subsets are safe |
 | `--delete-before` | Delete extras before the transfer starts (implies `--delete`) |
 | `--delete-during`, `--del` | Delete extras once the keep-set is known, before data is applied (implies `--delete`) |
 | `--delete-delay` | Delete extras only after a successful transfer (implies `--delete`) |
 | `--delete-after` | Explicit delete-after timing (implies `--delete`) |
-| `--exclude <pattern>` | Exclude files matching glob pattern (repeatable) |
+| `--delete-commit` | FastSync-only: keep the pre-2.28 atomic timing — delete only after the whole transfer succeeded (identical timing to `--delete-after`) |
-| `--exclude-from <file>` | Read exclude patterns from a file (one per line) |
+| `--delete-excluded` | Also delete filter-excluded destination mirrors (size-pruned mirrors stay protected) |
-| `--include <pattern>` | Only transfer files matching glob pattern (repeatable, whitelist) |
+| `--max-delete <n>` | Delete at most n destination entries; the rest are skipped and the run exits 25 (partial), matching rsync |
-| `--max-size <n>` | Skip files larger than n bytes |
+| `--delay-updates` | Put updated files into place only at the end of the transfer (`--force` is honored at publication; the fixed `.fastsync-stage` staging name diverges from rsync — see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)) |
-| `--min-size <n>` | Skip files smaller than n bytes |
+| `-T, --temp-dir <dir>` | Scratch directory for temp files before the atomic install; confined to the receive root (a relative path resolves below it; an absolute path is accepted only when it canonicalizes inside it), with an `EXDEV` non-atomic copy fallback |
-| `--max-alloc <SIZE>` | Maximum single allocation (binary units: B, K, M, G, T, P, E; default 1G) |
+| `-n, --dry-run` | Report what would be transferred without mutating the destination. Since protocol 2.21.0 a server-routed target contacts the receiver and reports would-transfer based on receiver state; a plain local destination keeps the client-side scan. Never mutates or deletes. |
-| `--incremental` | Skip files unchanged since last transfer (size + mtime). Auto-enables `--preserve`. Incompatible with `--chunk-serialization`. |
+| `-v, --verbose` | Enable debug logging |
-| `--existing` | Skip files not already present at the destination; update existing files normally. |
+| `-q, --quiet` | Suppress non-error output |
-| `--bwlimit <KB/s>` | Bandwidth limit in kilobytes per second |
+| `--progress` | Show rsync-style per-file progress blocks from the receiver's wire counters; the root `./` line is printed whenever progress is active (rsync prints it only when the transfer root is created) |
-| `--chunk-size <n>` | Chunk size in bytes (default: 10485760) |
+| `-P` | Enables partial-transfer mode + progress output; interrupted writes retain the already-written temp for resumption |
-| `--timeout <sec>` | Positive I/O timeout in seconds, applied to both the socket (`SO_RCVTIMEO`/`SO_SNDTIMEO`, built-in default 30 s) and the per-message protocol poll deadline (built-in default 60 s). Omit the option to keep both built-ins; `0` is rejected. The server side keeps the built-in 60 s protocol window (the value is not sent on the wire). |
+| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics at end (bytes, files, timing), including the receiver-only counters reported over the wire; `Number of files` and `Number of created files` carry rsync's per-type breakdown (deleted files are reported as a single total) |
-| `--contimeout <sec>` | Connection timeout in seconds (default: 10) |
+| `-i, --itemize-changes` | Print an rsync-style per-file change line |
-| `--backup` | Backup existing destination files before overwriting |
+| `--out-format=FORMAT` | Output format for changed files (`%f %n %l %b %c %C %i %M %%`) |
-| `--backup-dir <dir>` | Target directory for backups (requires `--backup`) |
+| `--list-only` | List source files instead of transferring |
-| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics at end (bytes, files, timing) |
+| `--fsync` | Fsync every written file before publication |
-| `-h, --human-readable` | Format transfer byte sizes with binary units |
+| `-h, --human-readable` | Format transfer byte/rate counts with rsync's decimal (base-1000) units |
 | `--max-depth <n>` | Maximum directory depth to recurse (0 = unlimited, default: 0) |
 | `--log-file <path>` | Write log messages to file instead of stderr |
+| `--write-batch=FILE` | Run the normal live transfer and also emit a self-contained batch file of the source tree (FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable) |
+| `--only-write-batch=FILE` | Emit the batch file only (no destination, no server); FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable |
+| `--read-batch=FILE` | Apply a batch file to the destination (no source, no server); FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable |
 | `--source-dir <path>` | Source directory (overrides `FASTSYNC_SOURCE_DIR`) |
 | `--dest-dir <path>` | Server destination directory (overrides `FASTSYNC_DEST_DIR`) |
 | `--save-to-disk` | Write received files to disk |
 | `--server-host <ip>` | Server IP address (default: `127.0.0.1`) |
 | `--server-port <n>` | Server port (default: `8080`) |
+| `--ssh-port <port>` | SSH port (default: 22) |
+| `-e, --rsh <command>` | Remote shell to launch for the SSH transport (default: `ssh`; may include arguments, e.g. `-e "ssh -p 2222"`) |
+| `-M, --remote-option=OPT` | Append OPT to the remote server invocation over SSH (repeatable) |
+| `--address <ip>` | Bind the outgoing client socket to this source address |
+| `-4, --ipv4` | Force IPv4 for destination resolution |
+| `-6, --ipv6` | Force IPv6 for destination resolution |
+| `--sockopts=OPTS` | Comma-separated OPT=VAL socket options applied before connect (`TCP_NODELAY`, `SO_KEEPALIVE`, `SO_RCVBUF`, `SO_SNDBUF`, `SO_REUSEADDR`) |
+| `--bwlimit <RATE>` | Bandwidth limit, using rsync's exact `parse_size_arg` grammar: a bare value is KiB/s; `K`/`M`/`G`/`T`/`P` are binary suffixes; `KB`/`MB` are decimal and `KiB`/`MiB` binary; decimals are accepted and quantized to whole KiB; `0` (or empty) means no limit. Also paces `--sendfile` transfers |
+| `--chunk-size <n>` | Chunk size in bytes (default: 10485760) |
+| `--timeout <sec>` | I/O timeout in seconds, applied to both the socket (`SO_RCVTIMEO`/`SO_SNDTIMEO`) and the per-message protocol poll deadline. Default `0` = disabled (matching rsync); `0` disables it. `--no-timeout` is the negation. The value is not sent on the wire; the server side keeps its own safe floor. |
+| `--contimeout <sec>` | Connection timeout in seconds (default: 60, matching rsync); `0` disables it (`--no-contimeout` is the negation) |
+| `--stop-after=MINS` | Stop the transfer after MINS minutes (a positive integer); whatever was already transferred is kept |
+| `--stop-at=TIME` | Stop at an absolute time. Accepts rsync's `parse_time` forms (`Y-M-DTh:m`, `Y/M/DTh:m`, `Y-M-D`, `M-D`, `D`, `h:m`, `:m`, `T h:m`; omitted fields resolve to the next matching point in the local timezone), plus `now+N[smhd]` and FastSync's `HH:MM`/`HH:MM:SS` clock-time spelling. An early stop skips the late `--delete` keep-set |
+| `-b, --backup` | Backup existing destination files before overwriting |
+| `--backup-dir <dir>` | Target directory for backups (requires `--backup`) |
 | `--tls` | Enable TLS encryption |
 | `--cert <path>` | TLS certificate file (PEM) |
 | `--key <path>` | TLS private key file (PEM) |
 | `--ca <path>` | TLS CA certificate file for verification (PEM) |
-| `--client-cn <name>` | TLS client certificate common name; mandatory with `--tls` (a TLS connection always verifies the client CN) |
+
+The exhaustive rsync flag matrix is in [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md).
 
 **Per-message vs. connection timeouts.** `--timeout` bounds each individual protocol
 send/receive (the `poll()` deadline), so a peer that stops mid-frame is dropped. It
@@ -190,60 +300,70 @@ transfer is never aborted.
 | `FASTSYNC_SOURCE_DIR` | — | Source directory fallback |
 | `FASTSYNC_DEST_DIR` | — | Destination directory fallback |
 | `FASTSYNC_SAVE_TO_DISK` | `false` | Disk persistence fallback |
-| `FASTSYNC_SSH_PORT` | `22` | Default SSH port |
+| `FASTSYNC_MAX_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE` | `268435456` | Receiver-only test hook: a byte count that lowers the whole-file streaming bound. Payloads above it are streamed through a bounded buffer. Values are clamped to the 256 MiB protocol ceiling, so it can only lower, never raise, the bound. |
-| `FASTSYNC_SERVER_HOST` | `127.0.0.1` | Default server host |
-| `FASTSYNC_SERVER_PORT` | `8080` | Default server port |
-| `FASTSYNC_TLS_CERT` | — | Default TLS certificate path |
-| `FASTSYNC_TLS_KEY` | — | Default TLS private key path |
-| `FASTSYNC_TLS_CA` | — | Default TLS CA certificate path |
 
 ## Implementation Details
 
 ### Data Structures
-1. **Chunk** — collection of files (~10 MB total by default)
+
-2. **File** — path, content (`Data`), optional `FileMetadata` pointer
+1. **Chunk** — collection of files (~10 MB total by default).
-3. **FileMetadata** — `mode`, `uid`, `gid`, `mtime_sec`, `mtime_nsec`;
+2. **File** — path, content (`Data`), optional `FileMetadata` pointer.
-uid / gid are advisory wire fields and are never applied by the receiver;
+3. **FileMetadata** — `mode`, `uid`, `gid`, `mtime_sec`, `mtime_nsec` (plus
-atime is unsupported
+   atime/crtime fields). `uid`/`gid` are applied only through the opt-in
-4. **Config** — runtime parameters (transported over wire, TLS settings excluded). Includes `timeout`, `contimeout`, `quiet`, `backup`, `backup_dir`, `stats`, `max_depth`, `log_file`.
+   identity path; atime is preserved with `-U`/`--atimes`; crtime is captured
-5. **Queue** — thread-safe bounded queue with condition variables
+   but cannot be set on the destination.
-6. **DirectoryScanner** — recursive BFS traversal with exclude and include pattern support, max-depth enforcement
+4. **Config** — runtime parameters. Most cross the wire (TLS settings
+   excluded); `backup` and `backup_dir` are in the serialized wire table, while
+   `timeout`, `contimeout`, `quiet`, `stats`, `max_depth`, and `log_file` are
+   client-only.
+5. **Queue** — thread-safe bounded queue with condition variables.
+6. **DirectoryScanner** — recursive traversal that buffers and sorts each
+   directory (non-directories ascending, then directories ascending) and walks
+   depth-first in rsync flist order, with exclude and include pattern support and
+   max-depth enforcement.
 
 ### Key Algorithms
-1. **File scanning** — BFS directory traversal;
+
-entries matched against exclude and include patterns,
+1. **File scanning** — sorted depth-first traversal in rsync flist order (each
-    max - depth enforced 2. * *Chunking ** — files accumulated until `chunk_size` threshold,
+   directory's non-directories ascending, then its directories ascending);
-    then flushed 3. *
+   entries matched against exclude and include patterns, with max-depth
-            *Compression ** — streaming zstd
+   enforced. The `--threads` parallel scanner remains unordered.
-                via `ZSTD_compressStream2` / `ZSTD_decompressStream` 4. *
+2. **Chunking** — files accumulated until the `chunk_size` threshold (default
-            *Network protocol ** — status -
+   10 MiB) is reached, then flushed.
-        code - driven exchange with metadata packing,
+3. **Compression** — streaming zstd via `ZSTD_compressStream2()` /
-    keep - alive,
+   `ZSTD_decompressStream()`, with lz4 and zlib/zlibx codecs also supported
-    and abort support 5. * *Incremental check ** — client sends `STATUS_CHECK` + path + size +
+   (selectable with `--compress-choice`).
-        mtime and,
+4. **Network protocol** — status-code-driven exchange with metadata packing,
-    with `--checksum`, XXH64 content checksum; server compares against destination. Can be batched via `STATUS_CHECK_BATCH` for reduced round-trips.
+   keep-alive, and abort support.
-6. **Bandwidth limiting** — token-bucket algorithm with `nanosleep` throttling on 64 KB write chunks
+5. **Incremental check** — the client sends `STATUS_CHECK` + path + size +
-7. **Metadata restoration** — `chmod()`, `chown()`, `utimensat()` on the receiving side
+    mtime and, with `--checksum`, a whole-file content checksum (`xxh128` by
-8. **`--delete`** — sender tracks all sent paths;
+    default; selectable via `--checksum-choice`/`--cc`, seeded by
-receiver walks destination tree and removes unlisted files / directories 9. *
+    `--checksum-seed`); the server compares against the destination. Can be
-        *SSH transport *
+    batched via `STATUS_CHECK_BATCH` for reduced round-trips.
-            * — `socketpair()` + `fork()` + `execvp("ssh",
+6. **Bandwidth limiting** — token-bucket algorithm with sleep throttling on
-                                                    ...)` with `ControlMaster` and port support
+   64 KiB write chunks.
-                                                10. *
+7. **Metadata restoration** — mode via `chmod()`/`fchmod()`, times via
-                                                *TLS transport ** — OpenSSL `SSL_CTX` with TLS
+   `utimensat()`/`futimens()`, and ownership only with an identity flag via
-                                                1.2 minimum,
+   fd-relative `fchown()`/`fchownat()`.
-    mutual CA verification,
+8. **`--delete`** — the sender tracks all sent paths; the receiver walks the
-    transparent `SSL_read`/`SSL_write` via `io_set_ssl()` 11. *
+   destination tree and removes unlisted files and directories.
-        *Path traversal protection ** — `has_path_traversal()` rejects any file path
+9. **SSH transport** — `socketpair()` + `fork()` + `execvp("ssh", ...)` with
-         containing `..` components,
+   `ControlMaster` and port support.
-    preventing directory escape attacks 12. *
+10. **TLS transport** — OpenSSL `SSL_CTX` with TLS 1.2 minimum, mutual CA
-            *Connection limiting ** — server tracks active connections and rejects
+    verification, and transparent `SSL_read()`/`SSL_write()` via
-            new ones beyond `max_connections` (default 100)13. *
+    `io_set_ssl()`.
-            *Keep
+11. **Path traversal protection** — `has_path_traversal()` rejects any file
-        - alive ** — idle connections receive periodic `STATUS_KEEPALIVE` to detect half
+    path containing `..` components, preventing directory escape attacks.
-        - open TCP connections 14. * *Abort handling ** — `SIGINT` sets an abort flag; the next protocol operation sends `STATUS_ABORT` for clean server cleanup
+12. **Connection limiting** — the server tracks active connections and rejects
-15. **Atomic writes** — files are written to a `.tmp` suffix then atomically renamed via `rename()`, preventing partial files
+    new ones beyond `max_connections` (default 100).
-16. **Backup** — before overwriting, existing files are moved to `--backup-dir` (or same directory with `~` suffix) preserving the original
+13. **Keep-alive** — idle connections receive periodic `STATUS_KEEPALIVE` to
+    detect half-open TCP connections.
+14. **Abort handling** — `SIGINT` sets an abort flag; the next protocol
+    operation sends `STATUS_ABORT` for clean server cleanup.
+15. **Atomic writes** — files are written to a `.tmp` suffix then atomically
+    renamed via `rename()`, preventing partial files.
+16. **Backup** — before overwriting, existing files are moved to `--backup-dir`
+    (or the same directory with a `~` suffix), preserving the original.
 
 ## Security Features
 
@@ -267,6 +387,8 @@ Received files are written to a temporary path (suffixed with `.tmp`) and then a
 - C11 compiler
 - CMake >= 3.22
 - zstd library
+- zlib library
+- lz4 library
 - OpenSSL (development headers and libraries)
 - pthreads
 - SSH client (for SSH transport mode only)
@@ -275,12 +397,12 @@ Received files are written to a temporary path (suffixed with `.tmp`) and then a
 
 **Ubuntu/Debian:**
 ```bash
-sudo apt install cmake build-essential libzstd-dev libssl-dev openssh-client
+sudo apt install cmake build-essential libzstd-dev zlib1g-dev liblz4-dev libssl-dev openssh-client
 ```
 
 **Nix:**
 ```bash
-nix-shell  # provides zstd, openssl, cmake, gcc
+nix-shell  # provides zstd, zlib, lz4, openssl, cmake, gcc
 ```
 
 ## Building
@@ -300,7 +422,8 @@ cmake --build build -j$(nproc)
 
 ### SSH transfer
 
-The remote host must have `fastsync-server` available in `PATH`, or use
+The remote host must have `fastsync-server` available in `PATH` (install or
+copy the built `./build/server` there as `fastsync-server`), or use
 `--fastsync-server-path`. SSH starts `fastsync-server --stdio` in its remote
 working directory, so use a destination below that directory unless the
 remote server is otherwise configured with a matching authorized root.
@@ -341,8 +464,13 @@ Plain TCP requires the explicit `--allow-unauthenticated` server option. Use TLS
 authenticated network connections.
 
 ### TLS transfer
+
+Server TLS requires `--cert`, `--key`, `--ca`, and `--client-cn`; the client
+requires `--cert`, `--key`, and `--ca`.
+
 ```bash
-./build/server --destination-root /path/to --tls --cert server.pem --key server-key.pem -p 8443
+./build/server --destination-root /path/to --tls --cert server.pem --key server-key.pem \
+  --ca ca.pem --client-cn client -p 8443
 ./build/client --tls --cert client.pem --key client-key.pem --ca ca.pem \
   --server-host example.com --server-port 8443 \
   --source-dir /path/to/source --dest-dir /path/to/destination \
@@ -393,11 +521,11 @@ features without changing the meaning of ordinary compatibility options.
 | Option | Purpose |
 |---|---|
 | `-j`, `--threads[=N]` | Enable the multithreaded scanner/loader/sender pipeline. `N` (1–256) sets the parallel scanner worker count; bare `-j`/`--threads` uses the default. |
-| `-z [level]`, `--compress [level]` | Enable streaming zstd compression, levels 1-22. |
+| `-z [level]`, `--compress [level]` | Enable streaming compression (default `zstd`), levels 1-22. |
-| `--compress-level <n>` | Set the zstd compression level. |
+| `--compress-level <n>` | Set the compression level (1-22). Omitted, each codec uses its rsync default: zstd 3, zlib/zlibx 6, lz4 ignored. |
-| `--zc <alg>` | Alias for `--compress-choice`. FastSync supports `zstd` and `none`. |
+| `--zc <alg>` | Alias for `--compress-choice`. FastSync supports `zstd` (default), `lz4`, `zlib`, `zlibx`, `none`, and `auto`; `zlib`/`zlibx` share the same literal-only zlib path. |
 | `--zl <n>` | Alias for `--compress-level`. |
-| `--skip-compress <list>` | Skip compression for comma-separated suffixes; incompatible with `--chunk-serialization`. |
+| `--skip-compress <list>` | Skip compression for `/`- or `,`-separated suffixes; defaults to rsync 3.4.1's built-in list. Incompatible with `--chunk-serialization`. |
 | `--compress-threads <n>` | Use `n` zstd compression workers. Requires compression and a zstd build with threaded support; the setting affects sender CPU work only. |
 | `--chunk-size <bytes>` | Set the transfer chunk size. |
 | `--chunk-serialization` | Enable FastSync chunk serialization (long form only; `-s` is rsync's `--secluded-args`). |
@@ -408,11 +536,11 @@ features without changing the meaning of ordinary compatibility options.
 | `--server-host <host>` | Select the TCP server host. |
 | `--server-port <port>` | Select the TCP server port (`--port <port>` and `--port=<port>` are rsync-friendly aliases). |
 | `--tls` | Enable TLS for TCP transport. |
-| `--bwlimit <KB/s>` | Apply token-bucket bandwidth limiting. |
+| `--bwlimit <RATE>` | Apply token-bucket bandwidth limiting with rsync's exact `parse_size_arg` grammar (bare = KiB/s, `K`/`M`/`G`/`T`/`P` binary, `KB`/`MB` decimal, `KiB`/`MiB` binary, decimals quantized to whole KiB, `0`/empty = no limit; also paces `--sendfile` transfers). |
-| `--progress` | Show transfer progress and throughput. |
+| `--progress` | Show rsync-style per-file progress blocks from the receiver's wire counters; the root `./` line is printed whenever progress is active (rsync prints it only when the transfer root is created). |
-| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics. |
+| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics, including the receiver-only counters reported over the wire; `Number of files`/`Number of created files` carry rsync's per-type breakdown (deleted files are a single total). |
-| `--timeout <seconds>` | Set the socket **and** per-message protocol I/O timeout (positive seconds). Omit to keep the built-in 30 s socket / 60 s protocol defaults. |
+| `--timeout <seconds>` | Set the socket **and** per-message protocol I/O timeout. Default `0` = disabled (matching rsync); `0` disables it. |
-| `--contimeout <seconds>` | Set connection timeout. |
+| `--contimeout <seconds>` | Connection timeout (default 60, matching rsync); `0` disables it. |
 
 Short-option conflicts with rsync have been resolved for the CLI namespace
 (Phase 7): `-c` is now rsync's `--checksum`, `-m` is `--prune-empty-dirs`, `-M`
@@ -421,7 +549,8 @@ is `--remote-option`, `-f` is `--filter`, `-s` is `--secluded-args`, `-p` is
 long-form-only or new shorts: multithreading is `-j`/`--threads`, metadata
 is `--preserve`, sendfile is `--sendfile`, chunk serialization is
 `--chunk-serialization`, timeout is `--timeout`, and SSH port is `--ssh-port`.
-`-a`/`--archive` is now real rsync archive (`-rlptgoD`).
+`-a`/`--archive` is now rsync archive `-rlptgoD` (owner/group implied, but the
+receiver still needs privilege to apply them).
 
 `--secluded-args` (and its short form `-s`) is accepted as a compatibility
 no-op. It does not change FastSync's transport or protocol behavior, because
@@ -433,42 +562,103 @@ remote SSH argv is already built injection-safe.
 
 | Option | Description |
 |---|---|
-| `-a`, `--archive` | rsync archive mode (`-rlptgoD`): links, metadata, devices and specials. |
+| `-a`, `--archive` | rsync archive mode (`-rlptgoD`): links, perms, times, owner, group, devices and specials; ownership application stays privilege-gated. |
-| `-n`, `--dry-run` | Scan and report without writing files. |
+| `-n`, `--dry-run` | Report what would be transferred without mutating the destination. Since protocol 2.21.0 a server-routed target contacts the receiver and reports would-transfer based on receiver state; a plain local destination keeps the client-side scan. Never mutates or deletes. |
-| `--delete` | Request removal of destination entries absent from the source. The server must allow deletion. Default timing is delete-after: extras are removed only after the whole transfer succeeded. |
+| `--remove-source-files` | Remove regular source files after a successful transfer. |
+| `--incremental` | Skip files matching destination size and mtime. Auto-enables `--preserve`. Incompatible with `--chunk-serialization`. |
+| `-c, --checksum` | Verify content by checksum (implies the incremental quick-check). Algorithm selectable with `--checksum-choice`. |
+| `--checksum-choice <alg>` | Whole-file checksum algorithm: `xxh64`/`xxhash` (default), `xxh3`, `xxh128`, `md5`, or `auto`. |
+| `--checksum-seed <n>` | Seed for the whole-file xxHash digest; an unset/`0` seed is randomized per transfer, matching rsync. |
+| `--size-only` | Skip incremental files matching in size, ignoring mtime. |
+| `-I, --ignore-times` | Transfer files even when size and mtime match. |
+| `-u, --update` | Skip files newer than the source on the receiver. |
+| `--ignore-existing` | Skip files that already exist on the receiver; like rsync it does not apply to directories or symlinks. |
+| `-@, --modify-window <sec>` | Modification-time tolerance (seconds) for the incremental/basis quick-check; `0` requires an exact mtime match. |
+| `-W, --whole-file` | Transfer changed files without delta processing (`--no-whole-file` clears it). |
+| `-B <n>, --block-size <n>` | Delta block size in bytes (alias `--delta-block`). |
+| `-d, --dirs` | Transfer the named directory entries without recursing into their contents (aliases `--old-dirs`/`--old-d`). |
+| `-R, --relative` | Use rsync's relative path semantics (including the `/./` cut); with `--files-from`, preserve each listed entry's relative path below the destination root. |
+| `--files-from <file>` | Read the source file list from FILE (paths relative to the source root). |
+| `-0, --from0` | Treat entries in `--files-from` files as NUL-delimited instead of newline-delimited. |
+| `--delay-updates` | Put updated files into place only at the end of the transfer (the fixed `.fastsync-stage` staging name diverges from rsync; see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)). |
+| `--compare-dest <dir>` | Extra comparison basis: unchanged files are not transferred (requires/implies `--incremental`; a basis of any size is supported, streamed in bounded chunks — see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)). |
+| `--copy-dest <dir>` | Like `--compare-dest`, but copies the unchanged file from DIR into the destination (the copy is streamed, so a basis of any size works; see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)). |
+| `--link-dest <dir>` | Like `--copy-dest`, but hard-links the unchanged file from DIR (repeatable; earlier DIRs win; a basis of any size works; see [`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md)). |
+| `--verify-basis` | FastSync-only: require a basis hit to match the source by whole-file digest instead of trusting the size+mtime quick-check (default matches rsync). |
+| `--preallocate` | Allocate destination file space up front (fail-fast on a full disk). |
+| `--append` | Resume a shorter destination by appending only its tail (prefix not verified; requires `--incremental`). |
+| `--append-verify` | Like `--append`, but verifies the retained prefix checksum first (falls back to a full transfer on mismatch). |
+| `--delete` | Request removal of destination entries absent from the source. The server must allow deletion. Default timing is delete-during (matching rsync's `--del`): extras are removed per directory as the transfer proceeds, so destination space is freed progressively. Scoped to the synchronized directories, so `--files-from` subsets are safe. |
 | `--delete-before` | Delete extras before the transfer starts (implies `--delete`). |
-| `--delete-during`, `--del` | Delete extras once the keep-set manifest is known, before data is applied (implies `--delete`; early mode, same engine behaviour as `--delete-before`). |
+| `--delete-during`, `--del` | Delete each directory's extras as that directory is processed (implies `--delete`). Since protocol 2.24.0 the sender streams a per-directory `STATUS_DELETE_PLAN` frame as it reaches each source directory; this is also the default timing of a plain `--delete`. |
-| `--delete-delay` | Delete extras only after a successful transfer (implies `--delete`; commit mode, same behaviour as `--delete-after`). |
+| `--delete-delay` | Record extras per directory during the scan but remove them only after a successful transfer (implies `--delete`). Uses the same per-directory `STATUS_DELETE_PLAN` frames as `--delete-during`, applied late. |
+| `--delete-commit` | FastSync-only: atomic delete-after timing (only after the whole transfer succeeded). |
 | `--delete-after` | Explicit delete-after timing: delete only after the transfer succeeded (implies `--delete`). |
+| `--delete-excluded` | Also delete filter-excluded destination mirrors (size-pruned mirrors stay protected). |
+| `--max-delete <n>` | Delete at most n destination entries; the rest are skipped and the run exits 25 (partial), matching rsync. |
+| `--force` | Allow an incoming file/symlink to replace a destination directory (also during `--delay-updates` publication). |
 | `--exclude <pattern>` | Exclude matching paths. Repeatable. |
 | `--include <pattern>` | Include matching paths. Repeatable. |
 | `--exclude-from <file>` | Read exclude patterns from a file. |
 | `--include-from <file>` | Read include patterns from a file. |
+| `-f, --filter=RULE` | Add an rsync-style filter rule (`+`/`-`, `include`/`exclude`, `merge`/`.`, `dir-merge`/`:`, `hide`/`H`, `show`/`S`, `protect`/`P`, `risk`/`R`, `clear`/`!`, and modifiers; repeatable). |
 | `--max-size <bytes>` | Skip files larger than the limit. |
 | `--min-size <bytes>` | Skip files smaller than the limit. |
-| `--max-depth <n>` | Limit recursive scanning depth;
+| `--max-alloc <SIZE>` | Maximum single allocation (binary units; default 1G; `0` = no local limit). |
-zero means unlimited.| | `--incremental` | Skip files matching destination size and mtime.|
+| `--max-depth <n>` | Limit recursive scanning depth; zero means unlimited. |
-    | `--checksum` | Include xxHash64 content checks in incremental comparisons.| | `--backup` |
+| `-b, --backup` | Back up overwritten files. |
-    Back up overwritten files.| | `--backup - dir<dir>` | Store backups under a separate directory.|
+| `-T, --temp-dir <dir>` | Scratch directory for temp files before the atomic install (confined to the receive root: relative resolves below it, absolute must canonicalize inside it; `EXDEV` falls back to a non-atomic copy). |
-| `--suffix<suffix>` | Set the backup filename suffix.| | `--partial` |
+| `--backup-dir <dir>` | Store backups under a separate directory (requires `--backup`). |
-     Select partial - transfer handling. On failed/interrupted writes the
+| `--suffix <suffix>` | Set the backup filename suffix (default: `~`). |
-     already-written temp file is retained (best-effort) for resumption.|
+| `--partial` | Select partial-transfer handling. On failed/interrupted writes the already-written temp file is retained (best-effort) for resumption. With `--partial --partial-dir <dir>`, completed files are written under the partial directory and installed atomically. |
-     With `--partial --partial-dir <dir>`, completed files are written under the
+| `--partial-dir <dir>` | Set a relative partial-transfer directory below the server destination root. Implies `--partial`. Rejected together with `--inplace` (`--inplace cannot be used with --partial-dir`, matching rsync), because the inplace path bypasses partial/temp staging. |
-     partial directory and installed atomically. | | `--partial - dir<dir>` |
+| `--inplace` | Write directly to the destination instead of using a temporary file. Cannot be combined with `--partial-dir`. |
-     Set a relative partial - transfer directory below the server destination root.
+| `--fsync` | Fsync every written file before publication. |
-     Use with `--partial`. |
+| `--write-batch=FILE` | Run the normal live transfer and also emit a self-contained batch file of the source tree (FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable). |
-| `--inplace` | Write directly to the destination instead of using a temporary file. |
+| `--only-write-batch=FILE` | Emit the batch file only (no destination, no server); FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable. |
+| `--read-batch=FILE` | Apply a batch file to the destination (no source, no server); FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable. |
+| `--stop-after=MINS` | Stop the transfer after MINS minutes; whatever was already transferred is kept. |
+| `--stop-at=TIME` | Stop at an absolute time. Accepts rsync's `parse_time` forms (`Y-M-DTh:m`, `Y/M/DTh:m`, `Y-M-D`, `M-D`, `D`, `h:m`, `:m`, `T h:m`; omitted fields resolve to the next matching point in the local timezone), plus `now+N[smhd]` and FastSync's `HH:MM`/`HH:MM:SS` clock-time spelling. An early stop skips the late `--delete` keep-set. |
 
 ### Metadata and links
 
 | Option | Description |
 |---|---|
-| `--preserve` | Preserve supported file metadata, currently mode and modification time (long form only). |
+| `--preserve` | Preserve mode and mtime (long form only; equivalent to `-p` + `-t`). Add `-o`/`-g` for owner/group, `-U`/`--atimes` for atime, or an identity flag (`--chown`/`--usermap`/`--groupmap`/`--numeric-ids`/`--copy-as`) for mapped ownership. |
-| `-l`, `--links` | Request symlink preservation;
+| `-U`, `--atimes` | Preserve access times. Captured with the metadata payload; does not enable ownership. |
-link-target transfer remains incomplete. |
+| `-N`, `--crtimes` | Capture birth time and transmit it; it cannot be applied because no portable filesystem call can set a birth time (documented divergence). |
-| `--copy-links` | Copy symlink referents. |
+| `-p`, `--perms` | Preserve permission bits. One of the four per-attribute preserve flags (with `-t`/`-o`/`-g`); under `-p` the source mode is copied exactly (group/other-write included; setuid/setgid/sticky included only when super-user activities are permitted, masked under `SUPER_MODE_OFF`/`--no-super`), matching rsync otherwise. |
-| `--safe-links` | Skip symlinks that point outside the transfer tree. |
+| `-t`, `--times` | Preserve modification times. Independent of the other attributes; `-O`/`--omit-dir-times` suppresses directories only. |
+| `-O`, `--omit-dir-times` | Do not apply modification times to directories. |
+| `-J`, `--omit-link-times` | Do not apply times to symlinks. |
+| `--open-noatime` | Open source files with `O_NOATIME` so reading for a transfer does not update their access time (client-only). |
+| `-o`, `--owner` | Preserve the source owner (uid). Mapped by name on the receiver with a raw-numeric fallback (only numeric ids cross the wire); application is privilege-gated. |
+| `-g`, `--group` | Preserve the source group (gid). Same name-mapping/numeric-fallback and privilege gating as `-o`. |
+| `--no-perms`, `--no-times`, `--no-owner`, `--no-group` | Negate each per-attribute flag (also `--no-p`/`--no-t`/`--no-o`/`--no-g`); `--no-preserve` clears all four. |
+| `-E`, `--executability` | Preserve executable permission bits. |
+| `-X`, `--xattrs` | Preserve user `user.*` extended attributes. |
+| `-A`, `--acls` | Preserve POSIX ACLs. |
+| `--chmod <changes>` | Modify transferred permissions (rsync syntax, including `D`/`F`/`X` selectors and `s`/`t`); does not imply `-p`. |
+| `--chown=USER:GROUP` | Override the ownership of transferred files (`USER:GROUP`, `USER`, or `:GROUP`); conflicts with `--usermap`/`--groupmap` on the same side. |
+| `--usermap=MAP` | Map usernames when applying ownership (`FROM:TO` rules; names, ids, `LOW-HIGH` ranges, `*`, empty-`FROM`). |
+| `--groupmap=MAP` | Map group names when applying ownership (same syntax as `--usermap`). |
+| `--numeric-ids` | Mapping modifier: apply the source numeric uid/gid directly instead of mapping by name (combine with `-o`/`-g`, `-a`, or a map). |
+| `--copy-as=USER[:GROUP]` | Force every written entry to USER[:GROUP]; requires a privileged receiver. |
+| `--fake-super` | Record the resolved owner plus full mode/rdev in rsync's reserved `user.rsync.%stat` xattr (rsync 3.4.1 grammar) and replay the permission bits; never performs a real chown. |
+| `--super` | Permit the receiver to attempt confined super-user activities (device nodes). |
+| `--no-super` | Forbid those super-user activities even when the receiver is root. |
+| `-l`, `--links` | Copy symlinks as symlinks; the target is stored verbatim (absolute and `..`-bearing targets included), matching rsync. |
+| `-L`, `--copy-links` | Copy symlink referents (a broken referent makes the run exit 23, matching rsync). |
+| `--safe-links` | Skip symlinks whose target points outside the transfer tree (applied on the sender). |
 | `--copy-unsafe-links` | Copy unsafe symlink referents. |
+| `--munge-links` | Rewrite stored symlink targets with rsync's `/rsyncd-munged/` marker. |
+| `-k`, `--copy-dirlinks` | Treat a symlink to a directory as a real directory on the sender. |
+| `-K`, `--keep-dirlinks` | Follow an existing destination symlink-to-directory (confined to the receive root). |
+| `-H`, `--hard-links` | Preserve hard-link relationships across the transfer. |
+| `-D` | Preserve device and special files (implies `--devices --specials`). |
+| `--devices` | Recreate device nodes on the destination (privileged; skipped without `CAP_MKNOD`). |
+| `--specials` | Recreate special files: FIFOs and unix sockets. |
+| `--copy-devices` | Copy a source device's content as an ordinary regular file on the destination (rsync's non-privileged safe mode) instead of recreating the device node. |
 | `-S`, `--sparse` | Sparse-file handling: receiver preserves holes (zero runs are written as holes; no wire change). |
 
 ### Output and logging
@@ -476,9 +666,18 @@ link-target transfer remains incomplete. |
 | Option | Description |
 |---|---|
 | `-v`, `--verbose` | Enable debug logging. |
-| `--progress` | Show live transfer progress. |
+| `-q`, `--quiet` | Suppress non-error output. |
-| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics. |
+| `--progress` | Show rsync-style per-file progress blocks; the root `./` line is printed whenever progress is active (rsync prints it only when the transfer root is created). |
+| `--stats` | Print transfer statistics, including the receiver-only counters reported over the wire; `Number of files`/`Number of created files` carry rsync's per-type breakdown (deleted files are a single total). |
+| `-i, --itemize-changes` | Print an rsync-style per-file change line. |
+| `--out-format=FORMAT` | Output format for changed files (`%f %n %l %b %c %C %i %M %%`). |
+| `--list-only` | List source files instead of transferring. |
+| `--outbuf=MODE` | stdout/stderr buffering: `N` (none/unbuffered), `L` (line-buffered), or `B` (block-buffered, default). |
 | `--log-file <path>` | Write log output to a file. |
+| `--log-file-format=FORMAT` | Per-file log-line format (requires `--log-file`). |
+| `--stderr=MODE` | Route logging: `errors` (default), `all`, or `client` (forward the client's diagnostics to the server's stderr over the client-message channel). |
+| `--msgs2stderr` | Route all messages to stderr (deprecated spelling of `--stderr=all`). |
+| `--no-msgs2stderr` | Forward the client's diagnostics to the server (deprecated spelling of `--stderr=client`). |
 | `-V`, `--version` | Print the FastSync protocol version. |
 | `--help` | Print command usage. |
 
@@ -487,31 +686,61 @@ link-target transfer remains incomplete. |
 | Option | Description |
 |---|---|
 | `--ssh-port <port>` | SSH port for the SSH transport (default: 22). Note the short `-p` is now rsync's `--perms`. |
-| `--fastsync-server-path <path>` | Remote FastSync server path for SSH mode. |
+| `-e`, `--rsh <command>` | Remote shell to launch for the SSH transport (default: `ssh`; may include arguments). |
+| `--fastsync-server-path <path>` | Remote FastSync server path for SSH mode (client-only; never crosses the wire). |
+| `--rsync-path <path>` | Alias for `--fastsync-server-path`. |
+| `-M`, `--remote-option=OPT` | Append OPT to the remote server invocation over SSH (repeatable; rejected for daemon/TCP destinations). |
+| `--trust-sender` | Receiver-local: trust the remote sender's file list and skip path re-validation (does not affect symlink targets). **On the client this flag alone is inert** — it is never sent on the wire; the server must be started with its own `--trust-sender`, or the client must forward it with `-M--trust-sender` (SSH only). |
+| `--timeout <sec>` | Socket + per-message I/O timeout; default `0` = disabled. |
+| `--contimeout <sec>` | Connection timeout; default 60; `0` disables. |
 | `--source-dir <path>` | Set the source directory explicitly. |
 | `--dest-dir <path>` | Set the destination directory explicitly. |
 | `--save-to-disk` | Enable server-side disk persistence. |
 | `--server-host <host>` | TCP server address. |
 | `--server-port <port>` | TCP server port. `--port <port>` / `--port=<port>` is an alias. |
-| `--tls` | Enable TLS. Requires `--cert` and `--key`. |
+| `--address <ip>` | Bind the outgoing client socket to this source address. |
+| `-4`, `--ipv4` | Force IPv4 for destination resolution. |
+| `-6`, `--ipv6` | Force IPv6 for destination resolution. |
+| `--sockopts=OPTS` | Comma-separated OPT=VAL socket options applied before connect. |
+| `--blocking-io` | SSH transport only: leave the socket without read/write timeouts so it blocks naturally (no effect on TCP). |
+| `--protocol=NUM` | Force the wire protocol version; must equal the current `PROTOCOL_VERSION` (FastSync cannot speak older/virtual wire formats). |
+| `--old-args` | Accepted for rsync CLI compatibility; no effect (the remote server path is always safely quoted). |
+| `--iconv=LOCAL[,REMOTE]` | Convert file-name charsets at the wire boundary (`LOCAL` is our names' charset, `REMOTE` the peer's, defaulting to `LOCAL`). |
+| `--no-iconv` | Disable `--iconv` charset conversion (same as `--iconv=-`). |
+| `--tls` | Enable TLS. Requires `--cert`, `--key`, and `--ca`. |
 | `--cert <path>` | TLS certificate file. |
 | `--key <path>` | TLS private key file. |
-| `--ca <path>` | CA file for peer verification. |
+| `--ca <path>` | CA file for peer verification (always required with `--tls`). |
 
 ## Server Options
 
 | Option | Description |
 |---|---|
 | `--stdio` | Serve one SSH connection over standard input/output. |
-| `-p <port>` | TCP listen port. |
+| `--daemon` | Run as a persistent daemon listener using a module config file; the daemon default port is 873 (unlike `-p`, which defaults to 8080). |
+| `--config=FILE` | Daemon config file (default: `~/.config/fastsync/fastsyncd.conf`, else `/etc/fastsyncd.conf`). Requires `--daemon`. |
+| `--dparam=KEY=VALUE` | Override one global config key on the command line. Requires `--daemon`. |
+| `--no-detach` | Stay in the foreground (default detaches to the background when running `--daemon`). |
+| `-p, --port <port>` | TCP listen port (default: 8080, range: 1–65535). |
 | `--tls` | Enable TLS. |
-| `--cert <path>` | TLS certificate file. |
+| `--cert <path>` | TLS certificate file (PEM). |
-| `--key <path>` | TLS private key file. |
+| `--key <path>` | TLS private key file (PEM). |
-| `--ca <path>` | CA file for peer verification. |
+| `--ca <path>` | CA file for peer verification (PEM). |
-| `--destination-root <path>` | Confine received files to this server-side root;
+| `--client-cn <name>` | TLS client certificate CN; mandatory with `--tls` (the server verifies the client CN). |
-defaults to the current directory. |
+| `--destination-root <path>` | Confine received files to this server-side root; defaults to the current directory. |
+| `--address <addr>` | Bind the listening socket to this address. |
+| `-4`, `--ipv4` | Bind an IPv4 socket (default). |
+| `-6`, `--ipv6` | Bind an IPv6 socket. |
 | `--allow-delete` | Permit client delete manifests. Deletion is refused by default. This also gates `--force` (which can recursively replace/remove a destination directory tree). |
 | `--allow-super` | Standalone TCP listener only: keep super-user activities enabled for a **root** receiver. Without it a root standalone server forces `SUPER_MODE_OFF`, so client `--devices`/`--write-devices`/`--super` and client-chosen ownership requests are skipped/refused. Rejected with `--stdio` (the SSH remote argv is client-composed; use a forced command if the default must hold). No effect when not root. Daemon modules opt in per module with `client owner = yes`. |
+| `--trust-sender` | Trust the remote sender's file list: skip the receiver's up-front path-traversal re-validation (fewer checks, faster, potentially unsafe; off by default). It does not affect symlink targets, which are stored verbatim either way. A client `--trust-sender` is never sent over the wire — the server must set this flag itself, or the client must forward it via `-M--trust-sender`. |
+| `--no-super` | Operator veto: never attempt super-user activities (ownership, device nodes) even as root, and refuse any client `--copy-as`/`--super` request. |
+| `--allow-unauthenticated` | Permit plaintext/anonymous network clients; an auth-required module still accepts only opted-in loopback plaintext. |
+| `--iconv=LOCAL[,REMOTE]` | Declare this server's LOCAL charset for file-name conversion. |
+| `--password-file=FILE` | Credential store for modules that declare `auth users`. Requires `--daemon`. FastSync-native SCRAM/PBKDF2 format, not rsync-interoperable. |
+| `--early-input=FILE` | Second credential store layered over `--password-file`. Requires `--daemon`. FastSync-native format, not rsync-interoperable. |
+| `--hash-credentials <file>` | Read `<file>`'s `user:password` lines and print PBKDF2 credential-store lines to stdout, then exit. Cannot be combined with `--daemon` or `--stdio`. FastSync-native, not rsync-interoperable. |
+| `--iterations N` | PBKDF2 iteration count for `--hash-credentials` (default 600000, range 100000–10000000). Requires `--hash-credentials`. FastSync-native, not rsync-interoperable. |
 | `-v`, `--verbose` | Enable debug logging. |
 | `--help` | Print server usage. |
 
@@ -540,8 +769,17 @@ and `address`, the global section accepts:
 - `hosts allow` / `hosts deny` — comma- and/or whitespace-separated host access
   patterns.
 
-A `[module]` may also set `max connections` (0 = unlimited; enforced per module
+A `[module]` requires `path`, and may also set `read only`, `write only`,
-across all connection children) and its own `hosts allow`/`hosts deny`.
+`client owner`, `auth users`, `max connections` (0 = unlimited; enforced per
+module across all connection children), and its own `hosts allow`/`hosts deny`.
+
+Like rsync, a module is **read-only by default**: a bare `[module]` with only a
+`path` refuses a write transfer. Opt a module into writability explicitly with
+`read only = no` or `write only = yes`; a global `read only` value in the
+section before the first `[module]` sets the default for later modules, and a
+module's own `read only`/`write only = yes` always wins over it. An
+rsync-style `write only = yes` is mapped to writability because FastSync is
+push-only (a module can never be read from the network).
 
 The per-host cap and the shared auth lockout identify a source by its numeric
 peer IP. **Loopback peers (127.0.0.0/8, IPv6 `::1`) are exempt**: every local
@@ -595,7 +833,7 @@ before the module list, before authentication, and the connecting peer address
 
 ## Protocol and Security
 
-FastSync protocol version `2.21.0` is shared by the client and server. The
+FastSync protocol version `2.30.0` is shared by the client and server. The
 current protocol is sender-driven and includes configuration negotiation,
 including the maximum allocation limit, incremental checks, checksums,
 manifests, keep-alives, abort handling, per-file remove-source results, and
@@ -647,10 +885,9 @@ mandates `--client-cn`, so a TLS connection to an auth-required module always
 has its client CN verified (`--client-cn` matches the certificate's CN only, not
 a subjectAltName, which is acceptable for a private CA).
 
-TLS provides encrypted TCP transport. Supplying `--ca` enables certificate
+TLS provides encrypted TCP transport. Both the client and the server require
-verification; without it, traffic is encrypted but peer identity is not
+`--ca` together with `--tls`, so peer certificates are always verified
-verified. Use certificate verification for deployments where authentication
+(`SSL_VERIFY_PEER`, depth 4). The default TCP transport is not encrypted.
-matters. The default TCP transport is not encrypted.
 
 The receiver protects its destination root with path validation, `openat()`
 directory traversal, `O_NOFOLLOW`, temporary files, and atomic renames. Delete
@@ -661,18 +898,29 @@ operations require the server's explicit `--allow-delete` policy.
 The project will reach the drop-in replacement goal in stages:
 
 1. Correct rsync option meanings, including short options, combined options,
-   and `--option=value` syntax.
+   and `--option=value` syntax — **done** in the rsync-parity wave: `-r`/`-b`/
+   `-L`/`-B`, short-option clustering (`-av`, `-aAX`, `-rlpt`), and attached
+   values (`-B1000`, `-essh`, `-MOPT`) all parse.
 2. Add differential tests that compare FastSync and rsync contents, metadata,
-   links, deletes, filters, dry runs, and exit codes.
+   links, deletes, filters, dry runs, and exit codes — **done** for the
-3. Make `-a` implement the expected recursive, links, permissions, times,
+   completion wave's scope; the tests live in `tests/integration/` and skip
-   owner/group, and supported special-file behavior.
+   cleanly when rsync is unavailable.
-4. Complete symlink, sparse-file, metadata, delete-policy, and resumable-write
+3. `-a` implements full rsync `-rlptgoD`; under `-p` the source mode is copied
-   semantics.
+   exactly, including group/other-write bits, with setuid/setgid/sticky copied
+   only when super-user activities are permitted (masked under
+   `SUPER_MODE_OFF`/`--no-super`). Ownership application stays privilege-gated,
+   as in rsync.
+4. Symlink (verbatim storage), sparse-file, metadata, delete-policy (including
+   `--max-delete` partial + exit 25, per-directory `--delete-during`/
+   `--delete-delay`), codecs, and resumable-write semantics are implemented;
+   remaining work is the documented edge cases, which the **Parity Completion
+   Wave** section of `RSYNC_COMPAT.md` enumerates honestly.
 5. Add rsync remote-shell and daemon protocol interoperability.
 6. Keep FastSync performance options as negotiated, optional extensions.
 
 The exhaustive implementation matrix and compatibility notes are in
-[`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md).
+[`RSYNC_COMPAT.md`](RSYNC_COMPAT.md); each row is classified as parity, caveat,
+or divergent.
 
 ## Testing
 
@@ -709,10 +957,13 @@ rsync protocol or filesystem-semantic compatibility.
 
 ## Performance Guidance
 
-- Use `-m` for workloads with many files or enough CPU parallelism.
+- Use `-j`/`--threads` for workloads with many files or enough CPU parallelism
-- Use `-c` or `-z` when network bandwidth is more constrained than CPU.
+  (`-m` is `--prune-empty-dirs`).
+- Use `-z` when network bandwidth is more constrained than CPU (`-c` is
+  `--checksum`, not a bandwidth option).
 - Tune `--chunk-size` for file sizes, memory limits, and network latency.
-- Use `-f` for large uncompressed TCP transfers where zero-copy I/O helps.
+- Use `--sendfile` for large uncompressed TCP transfers where zero-copy I/O
+  helps (`-f` is `--filter`).
 - Use `--incremental` to avoid retransmitting unchanged files.
 - Use `--delta` for changed files when both endpoints are FastSync peers.
 - Use `--bwlimit` when sharing a link with other traffic.

pytest.ini

@@ -8,3 +8,6 @@ markers =
     daemon_detach: real double-fork backgrounding path (--daemon without
         --no-detach); slower/fragile, so it runs in the full suite but not the
         fast PR gate
+    parity: differential rsync-parity case (full set; runs on push to
+        dev/main)
+    parity_ci: fast differential rsync-parity subset (runs on the PR gate)

rc/a.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+top

rc/link

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+b.txt

rc/sub/b.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+nested

rd/a.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+top

rd/link

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+b.txt

rd/sub/b.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+nested

shell.nix

@@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ pkgs.mkShell {
 
   buildInputs = with pkgs; [
     zstd
+    zlib
+    lz4
     openssl
   ];
 
@@ -54,6 +56,6 @@ pkgs.mkShell {
     echo "FastSync dev shell ready."
     echo "  Build:      cmake -B build -S . && cmake --build build -j\$(nproc)"
     echo "  Unit:       ./build/tests"
-    echo "  CI parity:  docker run --rm --user \"\$(id -u):\$(id -g)\" -v \"\$PWD:/workspace\" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v10 ..."
+    echo "  CI parity:  docker run --rm --user \"\$(id -u):\$(id -g)\" -v \"\$PWD:/workspace\" -w /workspace gitea.tap-tap.win/taptap/fastsync-ci:v11 ..."
   '';
 }

src/client/change_list.c

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 #include "change_list.h"
+#include "checksum.h"
+#include "log.h"
 #include "utils.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -7,21 +10,7 @@
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <time.h>
-
+#include <unistd.h>
-/* Itemize code emitted for a transferred regular file.
- *
- * Layout (rsync-compatible 11-char item): `>f` marks a regular file that was
- * transferred to the remote host; the trailing nine markers are, in order,
- * c(hecksum) s(ize) t(ime) p(erms) o(wner) g(roup) u(ser/acl) a(ttrs) x(attrs).
- * Every marker is `+` (FastSync does not compare each attribute on the
- * receiving side, so a sent file is reported as fully updated).  Files that
- * are already up to date print no line at all, matching rsync's single -i
- * which only itemizes changes.
- *
- * Because the scanner only yields regular-file transfer candidates, `>d`
- * (directory) lines are never produced; directories are not transferred as
- * items by FastSync. */
-#define ITEMIZE_SENT_FILE ">f+++++++++"
 
 typedef struct {
   char* data;
@@ -80,103 +69,23 @@ static bool strbuf_append(StrBuf* buf, const char* text) {
   return true;
 }
 
-static bool strbuf_append_ull(StrBuf* buf, unsigned long long value) {
-  char digits[32];
-  int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%llu", value);
-  if (written < 0 || (size_t)written >= sizeof(digits))
-    return false;
-  return strbuf_append(buf, digits);
-}
-
-static bool strbuf_append_longlong(StrBuf* buf, long long value) {
-  char digits[32];
-  int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%lld", value);
-  if (written < 0 || (size_t)written >= sizeof(digits))
-    return false;
-  return strbuf_append(buf, digits);
-}
-
 bool change_list_enabled(const Config* config) {
   return config != NULL && (config->itemize_changes || config->out_format != NULL ||
-                            (config->log_file != NULL && config->log_file_format != NULL));
+                            (config->log_file != NULL && config->log_file_format != NULL) ||
+                            (config->info_level & LOG_INFO_NAME) != 0);
 }
 
-char* change_render_itemize(const ChangeEvent* event) {
+/* Emitted once, lazily, ahead of the first --info=name entry: rsync prints the
-  if (event == NULL || event->decision != CHANGE_SENT)
+ * transfer-root `./` name line when the root directory is (re)created. */
-    return str_dup("");
+static bool name_root_printed = false;
-  const char* code = event->is_directory ? ">d+++++++++" : ITEMIZE_SENT_FILE;
+
-  StrBuf line = {0};
+void change_reset_name_root(void) {
-  bool ok = strbuf_append(&line, code) && strbuf_append(&line, " ") &&
+  name_root_printed = false;
-            strbuf_append(&line, event->path != NULL ? event->path : "");
-  if (!ok) {
-    strbuf_free(&line);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  return line.data;
 }
 
-static const char* leaf_name(const char* path) {
+/* ---- Itemize code ---- */
-  if (path == NULL)
-    return "";
-  const char* slash = strrchr(path, '/');
-  return slash != NULL && slash[1] != '\0' ? slash + 1 : path;
-}
 
-char* change_render_format(const char* format, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+/* Format the permission bits as an `ls -l` string, e.g. `-rw-r--r--`. */
-  if (format == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-  StrBuf line = {0};
-  bool ok = true;
-  for (const char* p = format; *p != '\0' && ok;) {
-    if (*p != '%') {
-      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, *p);
-      p++;
-      continue;
-    }
-    char token = p[1];
-    if (token == '\0') {
-      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%');
-      break;
-    }
-    switch (token) {
-    case '%':
-      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%');
-      break;
-    case 'f':
-      ok = strbuf_append(&line, event->path != NULL ? event->path : "");
-      break;
-    case 'n':
-      ok = strbuf_append(&line, leaf_name(event->path));
-      break;
-    case 'l':
-      ok = strbuf_append_ull(&line, event->size);
-      break;
-    case 'b':
-      ok = strbuf_append_ull(&line, event->bytes_sent);
-      break;
-    case 'M':
-      ok = strbuf_append_longlong(&line, (long long)event->mtime_sec);
-      break;
-    default:
-      /* Unknown escape sequences are preserved verbatim. */
-      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%') && strbuf_append_char(&line, token);
-      break;
-    }
-    p += 2;
-  }
-  if (!ok) {
-    strbuf_free(&line);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  if (line.data == NULL) {
-    line.data = str_dup("");
-    if (!line.data)
-      return NULL;
-  }
-  return line.data;
-}
-
-/* Format a mode as an `ls -l` permission string, e.g. `-rw-r--r--`. */
 static void mode_to_ls_string(mode_t mode, char out[11]) {
   out[0] = S_ISDIR(mode)    ? 'd'
            : S_ISLNK(mode)  ? 'l'
@@ -198,29 +107,138 @@ static void mode_to_ls_string(mode_t mode, char out[11]) {
   out[10] = '\0';
 }
 
-char* change_render_list_line(mode_t mode, unsigned long long size, time_t mtime,
+static char itemize_type_char(const ChangeEvent* event) {
-                              const char* path) {
+  if (event->is_directory)
-  char permission[11];
+    return 'd';
-  mode_to_ls_string(mode, permission);
+  if (event->is_symlink)
-  char date[32];
+    return 'L';
-  struct tm broken_down;
+  if (event->is_special) {
-  if (localtime_r(&mtime, &broken_down) != NULL) {
+    if (S_ISCHR(event->mode) || S_ISBLK(event->mode))
-    if (strftime(date, sizeof(date), "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S", &broken_down) == 0)
+      return 'D';
-      snprintf(date, sizeof(date), "?");
+    return 'S';
-  } else {
-    snprintf(date, sizeof(date), "?");
   }
+  return 'f';
+}
+
+static bool times_match(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (!event->dest.known || !event->dest.existed)
+    return false;
+  if (event->mtime_sec == event->dest.mtime_sec) {
+    /* A regular file's sub-second mtime IS preserved by the receiver, so an nsec
+       difference is a real change.  A directory or symlink has no preserved
+       sub-second mtime (rsync's quick-check compares whole seconds there), so a
+       nanosecond-only difference must not render a spurious `.d..t` / `.L..t`. */
+    if (event->is_directory || event->is_symlink || event->is_special)
+      return true;
+    return event->mtime_nsec == event->dest.mtime_nsec;
+  }
+  long long delta = (long long)event->mtime_sec - (long long)event->dest.mtime_sec;
+  if (delta < 0)
+    delta = -delta;
+  return delta <= (long long)config->modify_window;
+}
+
+/* Fill the 11-character itemize code (10 chars + NUL).  `created` means the
+ * destination entry did not exist, so every attribute marker is `+`. */
+static void itemize_code(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event, char code[12]) {
+  bool known = event->dest.known;
+  bool created = !known || !event->dest.existed;
+  char update;
+  if (event->is_hardlink)
+    update = 'h';
+  else if (created)
+    update = (event->is_directory || event->is_symlink || event->is_special) ? 'c' : '>';
+  else if (event->is_directory)
+    /* rsync: an existing directory that only has attribute changes carries no
+       transfer, so the update column is `.` rather than `>`. */
+    update = '.';
+  else if (event->is_symlink)
+    /* rsync: an existing symlink whose target is unchanged is a `.` update
+       (attributes only); a changed target is `c` (the link value changed). */
+    update = event->dest.target_matches ? '.' : 'c';
+  else
+    update = '>';
+  code[0] = update;
+  code[1] = itemize_type_char(event);
+  if (created) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < 9; i++)
+      code[2 + i] = '+';
+    code[11] = '\0';
+    return;
+  }
+  /* rsync's value/checksum column: `c` for a symlink whose target changed (the
+     link value is the compared content); no destination digest is available for
+     a regular file. */
+  bool value_diff = event->is_symlink && !event->dest.target_matches;
+  /* rsync itemizes size only for regular files: a directory's st_size and a
+     symlink's target length are not compared. */
+  bool size_diff = !event->is_directory && !event->is_symlink && !event->is_special &&
+                   event->size != event->dest.size;
+  /* rsync itemizes the time column only when -t/--times is in effect. */
+  bool time_diff = config->preserve_times && !times_match(config, event);
+  bool perms_diff = (event->mode & 07777) != (event->dest.mode & 07777);
+  bool owner_diff = event->uid != (uid_t)event->dest.uid;
+  bool group_diff = event->gid != (gid_t)event->dest.gid;
+  code[2] = value_diff ? 'c' : '.';
+  code[3] = size_diff ? 's' : '.';
+  code[4] = time_diff ? 't' : '.';
+  code[5] = (config->preserve_perms && perms_diff) ? 'p' : '.';
+  code[6] = (config->preserve_owner && owner_diff) ? 'o' : '.';
+  code[7] = (config->preserve_group && group_diff) ? 'g' : '.';
+  code[8] = '.'; /* reserved */
+  code[9] = '.'; /* acl: not compared */
+  code[10] = '.';
+  code[11] = '\0';
+}
+
+/* True when the itemized destination entry is unchanged, i.e. rsync would print
+ * no line at all.  Reuses itemize_code so suppression is exactly consistent
+ * with what would have been rendered: the update column must be `.` and every
+ * attribute column must be `.`. */
+static bool itemize_is_unchanged(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (!event->dest.known || !event->dest.existed)
+    return false;
+  char code[12];
+  itemize_code(config, event, code);
+  if (code[0] != '.')
+    return false;
+  for (int i = 2; i < 11; i++) {
+    if (code[i] != '.')
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* rsync %n: the transfer-relative name, with a trailing slash for directories.
+ * The transfer root is `.` (so `%n` renders `./`), matching rsync's root entry. */
+static bool append_name(StrBuf* buf, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  const char* name = event->name != NULL ? event->name : "";
+  if (event->is_directory && name[0] == '\0')
+    return strbuf_append(buf, "./");
+  if (!strbuf_append(buf, name))
+    return false;
+  if (event->is_directory && name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
+    return strbuf_append_char(buf, '/');
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* rsync %L: " -> target" for a symlink, " => target" for a hard link, else "". */
+static bool append_link_suffix(StrBuf* buf, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (event->is_symlink && event->symlink_target != NULL)
+    return strbuf_append(buf, " -> ") && strbuf_append(buf, event->symlink_target);
+  if (event->is_hardlink && event->hardlink_target != NULL)
+    return strbuf_append(buf, " => ") && strbuf_append(buf, event->hardlink_target);
+  return true;
+}
+
+char* change_render_itemize(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (event == NULL || event->decision != CHANGE_SENT)
+    return str_dup("");
+  char code[12];
+  itemize_code(config, event, code);
   StrBuf line = {0};
-  char size_field[32];
+  bool ok = strbuf_append(&line, code) && strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') &&
-  int written = snprintf(size_field, sizeof(size_field), "%llu", size);
+            append_name(&line, event) && append_link_suffix(&line, event);
-  if (written < 0 || (size_t)written >= sizeof(size_field)) {
-    strbuf_free(&line);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  bool ok = strbuf_append(&line, permission) && strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') &&
-            strbuf_append(&line, size_field) && strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') &&
-            strbuf_append(&line, date) && strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') &&
-            strbuf_append(&line, path != NULL ? path : "");
   if (!ok) {
     strbuf_free(&line);
     return NULL;
@@ -228,6 +246,276 @@ char* change_render_list_line(mode_t mode, unsigned long long size, time_t mtime
   return line.data;
 }
 
+/* rsync's `--info=name` line for an updated entry: the transfer-relative name
+ * (trailing slash for directories) plus the ` -> target` / ` => target` link
+ * suffix.  `--info=name` does not alter an itemize/out-format run. */
+static char* change_render_name(const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  StrBuf line = {0};
+  bool ok = append_name(&line, event) && append_link_suffix(&line, event);
+  if (!ok) {
+    strbuf_free(&line);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (line.data == NULL) {
+    line.data = str_dup("");
+    if (!line.data)
+      return NULL;
+  }
+  return line.data;
+}
+
+/* rsync's `--info=name2` line for an unchanged entry: `NAME is uptodate`. */
+static char* change_render_name_uptodate(const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  char* name = change_render_name(event);
+  if (name == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  size_t length = strlen(name);
+  char* line = malloc(length + sizeof(" is uptodate"));
+  if (line == NULL) {
+    free(name);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  memcpy(line, name, length);
+  memcpy(line + length, " is uptodate", sizeof(" is uptodate"));
+  free(name);
+  return line;
+}
+
+/* ---- --out-format / --log-file-format ---- */
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1's `%C` uses the negotiated TRANSFER checksum (the first name of a
+ * two-name "transfer,pre-transfer" --checksum-choice), not the pre-transfer
+ * whole-file digest FastSync compares against on the wire.  The default "auto"
+ * resolves to xxh128, so an explicit selection and the default both render the
+ * selected algorithm's digest. */
+static ChecksumAlgo out_format_checksum_algo(const Config* config) {
+  return (ChecksumAlgo)config->cli.checksum_transfer_algo;
+}
+
+/* Render a digest as rsync's sum_as_hex: xxh128 prints the HIGH 64-bit half
+ * before the low half, and xxh64/xxh3 print their 64-bit value big-endian; every
+ * other algorithm prints its bytes in order. */
+static void digest_to_hex(ChecksumAlgo algo, const uint8_t* digest, size_t len, char* out) {
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128 && len == 16) {
+    uint64_t low = 0;
+    uint64_t high = 0;
+    memcpy(&low, digest, sizeof(low));
+    memcpy(&high, digest + 8, sizeof(high));
+    snprintf(out, len * 2 + 1, "%016llx%016llx", (unsigned long long)high, (unsigned long long)low);
+    return;
+  }
+  if ((algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 || algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3) && len == 8) {
+    uint64_t value = 0;
+    memcpy(&value, digest, sizeof(value));
+    snprintf(out, len * 2 + 1, "%016llx", (unsigned long long)value);
+    return;
+  }
+  static const char hex[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+    out[i * 2] = hex[(digest[i] >> 4) & 0xf];
+    out[i * 2 + 1] = hex[digest[i] & 0xf];
+  }
+  out[len * 2] = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool format_uses_checksum(const char* format) {
+  if (format == NULL)
+    return false;
+  for (const char* p = format; *p != '\0';) {
+    if (*p != '%') {
+      p++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    char token = p[1];
+    if (token == '\0')
+      break;
+    if (token == 'C')
+      return true;
+    p += 2;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Fill event->checksum/checksum_known for a transferred regular file.  A
+ * non-regular entry (or a hard-link sibling) leaves checksum_known false, which
+ * renders as spaces like rsync. */
+static void fill_event_checksum(const Config* config, const File* file, ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (file == NULL || file->is_dir || file->is_symlink || file->is_special ||
+      (file->link_group != 0 && !file->link_first))
+    return;
+  if (!format_uses_checksum(config->out_format) && !format_uses_checksum(config->log_file_format))
+    return;
+  if (file->path == NULL)
+    return;
+  ChecksumAlgo algo = out_format_checksum_algo(config);
+  /* rsync renders `--checksum-choice=none` as a blank 2-character column. */
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE)
+    return;
+  uint8_t digest[CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+  size_t len = 0;
+  /* rsync's %C is the transfer checksum, which is always seeded with 0 (it is
+   * independent of --checksum-seed, as rsync 3.4.1 demonstrates). */
+  if (!checksum_digest_file(algo, 0, file->path, digest, sizeof(digest), &len))
+    return;
+  digest_to_hex(algo, digest, len, event->checksum);
+  event->checksum_known = true;
+}
+
+char* change_render_format(const char* format, const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  if (format == NULL || event == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  StrBuf line = {0};
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (const char* p = format; *p != '\0' && ok;) {
+    if (*p != '%') {
+      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, *p);
+      p++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    char token = p[1];
+    if (token == '\0') {
+      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%');
+      break;
+    }
+    switch (token) {
+    case '%':
+      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%');
+      break;
+    case 'i': {
+      if (event->deleted) {
+        /* rsync's ITEM_DELETED itemize code: `*deleting  ` (11 chars). */
+        ok = strbuf_append(&line, "*deleting  ");
+        break;
+      }
+      char code[12];
+      itemize_code(config, event, code);
+      ok = strbuf_append(&line, code);
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'f':
+      ok = strbuf_append(&line, event->path != NULL ? event->path : "");
+      break;
+    case 'n':
+      ok = append_name(&line, event);
+      break;
+    case 'L':
+      ok = append_link_suffix(&line, event);
+      break;
+    case 'l': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%llu", event->size);
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    case 'b': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%llu", event->bytes_sent);
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    case 'c': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%llu", event->bytes_read);
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    case 'C': {
+      if (event->checksum_known) {
+        ok = strbuf_append(&line, event->checksum);
+      } else {
+        /* rsync pads a non-regular / untransferred / `none` entry with spaces;
+           `none` renders as a blank 2-character column. */
+        ChecksumAlgo algo = out_format_checksum_algo(config);
+        int width = algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE ? 2 : checksum_digest_len(algo) * 2;
+        for (int i = 0; i < width && ok; i++)
+          ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ');
+      }
+    } break;
+    case 'M': {
+      char when[32];
+      if (format_rsync_datetime(event->mtime_sec, true, when, sizeof(when)))
+        ok = strbuf_append(&line, when);
+    } break;
+    case 't': {
+      char when[32];
+      if (format_rsync_datetime(time(NULL), false, when, sizeof(when)))
+        ok = strbuf_append(&line, when);
+    } break;
+    case 'o':
+      ok = strbuf_append(&line, "send");
+      break;
+    case 'p': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%ld", (long)getpid());
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    case 'B': {
+      char permission[11];
+      mode_to_ls_string(event->mode, permission);
+      ok = strbuf_append(&line, permission + 1);
+    } break;
+    case 'U': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%u", (unsigned)event->uid);
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    case 'G': {
+      char digits[32];
+      int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%u", (unsigned)event->gid);
+      ok = written >= 0 && (size_t)written < sizeof(digits) && strbuf_append(&line, digits);
+    } break;
+    default:
+      /* Unknown escape sequences are preserved verbatim. */
+      ok = strbuf_append_char(&line, '%') && strbuf_append_char(&line, token);
+      break;
+    }
+    p += 2;
+  }
+  if (!ok) {
+    strbuf_free(&line);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (line.data == NULL) {
+    line.data = str_dup("");
+    if (!line.data)
+      return NULL;
+  }
+  return line.data;
+}
+
+/* ---- --list-only ---- */
+
+char* change_render_list_line(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
+  (void)config;
+  if (event == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  char permission[11];
+  mode_to_ls_string(event->mode, permission);
+  char date[32];
+  if (!format_rsync_datetime(event->mtime_sec, false, date, sizeof(date)))
+    snprintf(date, sizeof(date), "?");
+  StrBuf line = {0};
+  char size_field[40];
+  char grouped[32];
+  if (!format_big_num(event->size, false, grouped, sizeof(grouped))) {
+    strbuf_free(&line);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  int written = snprintf(size_field, sizeof(size_field), "%15s", grouped);
+  if (written < 0 || (size_t)written >= sizeof(size_field)) {
+    strbuf_free(&line);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  const char* name = event->name != NULL && event->name[0] != '\0' ? event->name : ".";
+  bool ok = strbuf_append(&line, permission) && strbuf_append(&line, size_field) &&
+            strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') && strbuf_append(&line, date) &&
+            strbuf_append_char(&line, ' ') && strbuf_append(&line, name);
+  if (!ok) {
+    strbuf_free(&line);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return line.data;
+}
+
+/* ---- Event emission ---- */
+
 static void print_escaped_line(FILE* stream, const char* line, bool eight_bit_output) {
   char* escaped = output_escape(line, eight_bit_output);
   if (escaped != NULL) {
@@ -242,20 +530,49 @@ static void print_escaped_line(FILE* stream, const char* line, bool eight_bit_ou
 void change_emit(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
   if (event == NULL || !change_list_enabled(config))
     return;
-  if (event->decision == CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE)
-    return;
   bool to_stdout = config->itemize_changes || config->out_format != NULL;
   bool to_log = config->log_file != NULL && config->log_file_format != NULL;
+  bool progress_active = config->show_progress || (config->info_level & LOG_INFO_PROGRESS);
+  if (event->decision == CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE) {
+    /* --info=name2 prints `NAME is uptodate` for entries the receiver already
+       had.  An itemize/out-format run reports them through its own format (or
+       not at all), the progress stream has no frame for them, and neither the
+       itemize nor the log-file stream previously reported an up-to-date entry,
+       so nothing else here changes. */
+    if (!to_stdout && (config->info_level & LOG_INFO_NAME_UPTODATE) != 0 && !progress_active) {
+      char* line = change_render_name_uptodate(event);
+      if (line != NULL) {
+        print_escaped_line(stdout, line, config->eight_bit_output);
+        free(line);
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
   if (to_stdout) {
-    char* line = config->out_format != NULL ? change_render_format(config->out_format, event)
+    char* line = config->out_format != NULL
-                                            : change_render_itemize(event);
+                     ? change_render_format(config->out_format, config, event)
+                     : change_render_itemize(config, event);
+    if (line != NULL) {
+      print_escaped_line(stdout, line, config->eight_bit_output);
+      free(line);
+    }
+  } else if ((config->info_level & LOG_INFO_NAME) != 0 && !progress_active) {
+    /* --info=name without -i/--out-format: print the updated entry's name.  The
+       --progress path owns the name line when progress output is active (it
+       emits the same names before the progress frames), so do not duplicate.
+       The transfer-root `./` line precedes the first such name. */
+    if (!name_root_printed) {
+      name_root_printed = true;
+      fputs("./\n", stdout);
+    }
+    char* line = change_render_name(event);
     if (line != NULL) {
       print_escaped_line(stdout, line, config->eight_bit_output);
       free(line);
     }
   }
   if (to_log) {
-    char* line = change_render_format(config->log_file_format, event);
+    char* line = change_render_format(config->log_file_format, config, event);
     if (line != NULL) {
       print_escaped_line(config->log_file, line, config->eight_bit_output);
       free(line);
@@ -266,9 +583,6 @@ void change_emit(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event) {
 static bool format_uses_mtime(const char* format) {
   if (format == NULL)
     return false;
-  /* Mirror change_render_format's tokenizer: "%%" is a literal percent (so
-   * "%%M" does NOT expand %M) and unknown "%X" escapes consume both chars.
-   * This keeps the optional stat() fallback below in step with the renderer. */
   for (const char* p = format; *p != '\0';) {
     if (*p != '%') {
       p++;
@@ -284,46 +598,202 @@ static bool format_uses_mtime(const char* format) {
   return false;
 }
 
-void change_emit_file_sent(const Config* config, const File* file) {
+/* Relative path of an entry below the transfer root (no leading slash).  Uses
+ * the sender-side send_path override when present (bare-relative -R layout). */
+static char* relative_name(const Config* config, const File* file) {
+  const char* full = file_wire_path(file);
+  if (file->send_path != NULL)
+    return str_dup(full != NULL ? full : "");
+  const char* root = config->send_directory;
+  if (root == NULL || full == NULL)
+    return str_dup(full != NULL ? full : "");
+  size_t root_len = strlen(root);
+  while (root_len > 1 && root[root_len - 1] == '/')
+    root_len--;
+  if (strncmp(root, full, root_len) == 0) {
+    if (full[root_len] == '\0')
+      return str_dup("");
+    if (full[root_len] == '/')
+      return str_dup(full + root_len + 1);
+  }
+  return str_dup(full);
+}
+
+/* rsync %f long form: the source argument as typed (leading '/' removed,
+ * trailing '/' removed, leading "./" removed) joined to the relative name. */
+static char* display_name(const Config* config, const char* name) {
+  const char* root = config->send_directory;
+  if (root == NULL)
+    return str_dup(name != NULL ? name : "");
+  const char* p = root;
+  while (*p == '/')
+    p++;
+  if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '/')
+    p += 2;
+  size_t root_len = strlen(p);
+  while (root_len > 0 && p[root_len - 1] == '/')
+    root_len--;
+  size_t name_len = name != NULL ? strlen(name) : 0;
+  if (root_len == 0 && name_len == 0)
+    return str_dup("");
+  char* out = malloc(root_len + (root_len > 0 && name_len > 0 ? 1 : 0) + name_len + 1);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  size_t offset = 0;
+  if (root_len > 0) {
+    memcpy(out, p, root_len);
+    offset = root_len;
+  }
+  if (root_len > 0 && name_len > 0)
+    out[offset++] = '/';
+  if (name_len > 0)
+    memcpy(out + offset, name, name_len);
+  out[offset + name_len] = '\0';
+  return out;
+}
+
+static void fill_event_from_file(const Config* config, const File* file, ChangeEvent* event,
+                                 char** name_out, char** path_out) {
+  char* name = relative_name(config, file);
+  char* path = display_name(config, name);
+  event->name = name;
+  event->path = path;
+  *name_out = name;
+  *path_out = path;
+  if (file->metadata != NULL) {
+    event->mtime_sec = file->metadata->mtime_sec;
+    event->mtime_nsec = file->metadata->mtime_nsec;
+    event->mode = file->metadata->mode;
+    event->uid = file->metadata->uid;
+    event->gid = file->metadata->gid;
+  } else if (format_uses_mtime(config->out_format) || format_uses_mtime(config->log_file_format)) {
+    struct stat st;
+    if (file->path != NULL && stat(file->path, &st) == 0) {
+      event->mtime_sec = st.st_mtime;
+      event->mtime_nsec = st.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void change_emit_file_sent_bytes(const Config* config, const File* file,
+                                 unsigned long long bytes_sent, unsigned long long bytes_read) {
   if (file == NULL || !change_list_enabled(config))
     return;
   ChangeEvent event;
   memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
-  /* The displayed path is the one transmitted (with -R + --files-from this is
-     the bare relative destination path); the metadata fallback below still
-     stats the local absolute path. */
-  event.path = file_wire_path(file);
   event.decision = CHANGE_SENT;
   event.is_directory = false;
+  event.is_symlink = false;
+  event.is_special = false;
+  event.is_hardlink = false;
   event.size = file->data != NULL ? file->data->size : 0;
-  /* FastSync has no wire-byte counter yet, so %b reports the source length
+  event.dest = file->dest_state;
-   * that had to be delivered (always equal to %l); the actual bytes written
+  if (file->is_symlink) {
-   * to the socket (compressed/delta) are not measured. */
+    event.is_symlink = true;
-  event.bytes_sent = event.size;
+    event.symlink_target = file->symlink_target;
-  if (file->metadata != NULL) {
+    event.size = file->symlink_target != NULL ? strlen(file->symlink_target) : 0;
-    event.mtime_sec = file->metadata->mtime_sec;
+    event.bytes_sent = 0;
-  } else if (format_uses_mtime(config->out_format) || format_uses_mtime(config->log_file_format)) {
+  } else if (file->is_special) {
-    /* Best-effort fallback for %M when no metadata was captured (no -M): the
+    event.is_special = true;
-     * path is stat()ed just to fill the field, and any failure leaves 0. */
+    event.bytes_sent = 0;
-    struct stat st;
+  } else if (file->link_group != 0 && !file->link_first) {
-    if (file->path != NULL && stat(file->path, &st) == 0)
+    event.is_hardlink = true;
-      event.mtime_sec = st.st_mtime;
+    event.hardlink_target = file->hardlink_target;
+    event.bytes_sent = 0;
+  } else {
+    event.bytes_sent = bytes_sent;
+    /* rsync's %c is the block-checksum bytes received for the file.  Even a
+     * whole-file transfer (no basis; --append/--inplace included) receives
+     * rsync's 16-byte sum header, so rsync reports 16; a dry run transfers
+     * nothing and reports 0.  FastSync's whole-file path has no sum header, so
+     * report rsync's value for parity.  With delta enabled the real received
+     * bytes are kept, but FastSync's signature framing differs from rsync's so
+     * those stay numerically divergent. */
+    bool delta_active = config->use_delta && !config->whole_file;
+    event.bytes_read = (!config->dry_run && !delta_active) ? 16 : bytes_read;
   }
+  char* name = NULL;
+  char* path = NULL;
+  fill_event_from_file(config, file, &event, &name, &path);
+  if (file->is_symlink) {
+    /* Output parity (protocol 2.30.0): an unchanged symlink is silent, like
+       rsync's quick check.  The itemize/log stream suppresses it only when every
+       attribute matches; the name stream suppresses it whenever the link target
+       is unchanged (rsync names a symlink only when it relinks or creates it). */
+    bool itemize_output = config->itemize_changes || config->out_format != NULL ||
+                          (config->log_file != NULL && config->log_file_format != NULL);
+    bool suppress = itemize_output
+                        ? itemize_is_unchanged(config, &event)
+                        : (event.dest.known && event.dest.existed && event.dest.target_matches);
+    if (suppress)
+      event.decision = CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE;
+  }
+  if (name != NULL && path != NULL) {
+    fill_event_checksum(config, file, &event);
     change_emit(config, &event);
   }
+  free(name);
+  free(path);
+}
+
+void change_emit_file_sent(const Config* config, const File* file) {
+  if (file == NULL)
+    return;
+  unsigned long long payload = file->data != NULL ? file->data->size : 0;
+  change_emit_file_sent_bytes(config, file, payload, 0);
+}
+
+void change_emit_file_uptodate(const Config* config, const File* file) {
+  if (file == NULL || !change_list_enabled(config))
+    return;
+  ChangeEvent event;
+  memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+  event.decision = CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE;
+  event.is_directory = false;
+  event.is_symlink = file->is_symlink;
+  event.is_special = file->is_special;
+  event.is_hardlink = file->link_group != 0 && !file->link_first;
+  event.symlink_target = file->symlink_target;
+  event.hardlink_target = file->hardlink_target;
+  event.size = file->data != NULL ? file->data->size : 0;
+  event.dest = file->dest_state;
+  char* name = NULL;
+  char* path = NULL;
+  fill_event_from_file(config, file, &event, &name, &path);
+  if (name != NULL && path != NULL)
+    change_emit(config, &event);
+  free(name);
+  free(path);
+}
 
-/* Build and emit a CHANGE_SENT event for an explicit directory entry (-d). */
 void change_emit_dir_sent(const Config* config, const File* file) {
   if (file == NULL || !change_list_enabled(config))
     return;
   ChangeEvent event;
   memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
-  event.path = file_wire_path(file);
   event.decision = CHANGE_SENT;
   event.is_directory = true;
   event.size = 0;
   event.bytes_sent = 0;
-  if (file->metadata != NULL)
+  event.dest = file->dest_state;
-    event.mtime_sec = file->metadata->mtime_sec;
+  char* name = NULL;
+  char* path = NULL;
+  fill_event_from_file(config, file, &event, &name, &path);
+  /* Output parity (protocol 2.30.0): suppress a directory rsync would leave
+     silent.  The itemize/log stream suppresses it only when every attribute
+     matches (`.d.........`); the name stream suppresses any pre-existing
+     directory (rsync names a directory only when it is created). */
+  bool itemize_output = config->itemize_changes || config->out_format != NULL ||
+                        (config->log_file != NULL && config->log_file_format != NULL);
+  bool suppress = itemize_output ? itemize_is_unchanged(config, &event)
+                                 : (event.dest.known && event.dest.existed);
+  /* The transfer root's line is an unconditional FastSync residual (rsync keys
+     it off the root's own attribute change); keep emitting it. */
+  bool is_root = event.name != NULL && event.name[0] == '\0';
+  if (suppress && !is_root)
+    event.decision = CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE;
+  if (name != NULL && path != NULL)
     change_emit(config, &event);
+  free(name);
+  free(path);
 }

src/client/change_list.h

@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@
 #define CHANGE_LIST_H
 
 #include "config.h"
+#include "checksum.h"
 #include "file_types.h"
+#include "format.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <time.h>
@@ -26,42 +28,59 @@ typedef enum {
 } ChangeDecision;
 
 typedef struct {
-  const char* path; /* full source path */
+  const char* path; /* long-form display path (rsync %f) */
+  const char* name; /* transfer-relative path (rsync %n), no trailing slash */
   ChangeDecision decision;
   bool is_directory;
+  bool is_symlink;
+  bool is_special;
+  bool is_hardlink; /* a hard-link sibling (linked, no data sent) */
+  bool deleted;     /* a would-delete report (-n --delete); no source file */
+  const char* symlink_target;
+  const char* hardlink_target;
   unsigned long long size;       /* source file length in bytes */
-  /* The number of bytes reported for a sent file. FastSync has no wire-byte
+  unsigned long long bytes_sent; /* wire bytes actually transferred (rsync %b) */
-   * counter, so this is always the source length (== size / %l); actual
+  unsigned long long bytes_read; /* wire bytes read back for this file (rsync %c) */
-   * post-compression/delta bytes on the wire are not counted. */
+  /* rsync %C: whole-file checksum hex for a transferred regular file.  Only
-  unsigned long long bytes_sent;
+   * filled when the active format uses %C (checksum_known == false otherwise,
-  time_t mtime_sec; /* 0 when unknown */
+   * which renders as spaces like rsync for non-regular entries). */
+  bool checksum_known;
+  char checksum[CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN * 2 + 1];
+  time_t mtime_sec;
+  long mtime_nsec;
+  mode_t mode;
+  uid_t uid;
+  gid_t gid;
+  /* Receiver-reported pre-transfer destination state (OutputDestState.known is
+   * false when no report was requested/received). */
+  OutputDestState dest;
 } ChangeEvent;
 
 /* True when any output mode is active and per-file events matter. */
 bool change_list_enabled(const Config* config);
 
-/* Render the rsync-style itemize line for a transferred file:
+/* Render the rsync-style itemize line for a transferred item
- *   `>f+++++++++ <path>`
+ * (`%i %n%L`): `>f+++++++++ sub/b.txt`.  Caller frees the result. */
- * The 11-char code is `>f` (regular file transferred to the remote host)
+char* change_render_itemize(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event);
- * followed by c/s/t/p/o/g/u/a/x markers that are all `+` (value will be set
- * / differs) because FastSync does not separately compare checksums, size,
- * mtime, perms, owner, group, uid, acl, or xattr on the receiving side, so a
- * sent file is reported as fully updated.  Up-to-date files print no line
- * (rsync single `-i` only shows changes).  Caller frees the result. */
-char* change_render_itemize(const ChangeEvent* event);
 
-/* Expand an --out-format/--log-file-format template.  Tokens:
+/* Expand an --out-format/--log-file-format template.  Supported tokens:
- *   %f  full source path        %b  "bytes sent" == the source length (%l);
+ *   %i  itemize code            %n  transfer-relative name (dir: trailing /)
- *   %n  leaf (base) name            actual post-compression/delta wire bytes
+ *   %f  long display path       %l  file length in bytes
- *   %l  file length in bytes        are not counted
+ *   %b  wire bytes transferred  %c  block-checksum bytes received (rsync: 16
- *   %M  mtime in whole seconds      %%  a literal percent sign
+ *                                   for a whole-file transfer, 0 for a dry run)
+ *   %C  whole-file checksum hex (xxh128 by default; spaces for non-regular)
+ *   %M  mtime (YYYY/MM/DD-HH:MM:SS)
+ *   %t  current time            %o  operation ("send"/"del.")
+ *   %p  pid                     %B  permission bits without the type char
+ *   %U  uid                     %G  gid
+ *   %L  " -> target" / " => target"    %%  a literal percent sign
  * Unknown %X sequences are preserved verbatim.  Caller frees the result. */
-char* change_render_format(const char* format, const ChangeEvent* event);
+char* change_render_format(const char* format, const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event);
 
 /* Render one --list-only long-listing entry:
- *   `-rw-r--r--           12 2026/09/06 10:00:00 <path>`
+ *   `-rw-r--r--           12 2026/09/06 10:00:00 sub/b.txt`
  * (ls -l style columns; mtime in the local time zone).  Caller frees it. */
-char* change_render_list_line(mode_t mode, unsigned long long size, time_t mtime, const char* path);
+char* change_render_list_line(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event);
 
 /* Emit an event to every active destination:
  *   stdout: --itemize-changes line, or the --out-format expansion when set;
@@ -69,10 +88,27 @@ char* change_render_list_line(mode_t mode, unsigned long long size, time_t mtime
  * CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE events produce no output. */
 void change_emit(const Config* config, const ChangeEvent* event);
 
-/* Build and emit a CHANGE_SENT event for a file the client just sent. */
+/* Build and emit a CHANGE_SENT event for a file the client just sent.  `bytes_sent`
+ * is the process-wide wire-byte delta for this file (rsync's %b) and `bytes_read`
+ * the received bytes used for the delta handshake; pass 0 when unknown.  For a
+ * whole-file transfer %c is pinned to rsync's 16-byte sum header regardless. */
+void change_emit_file_sent_bytes(const Config* config, const File* file,
+                                 unsigned long long bytes_sent, unsigned long long bytes_read);
+
+/* Build and emit a CHANGE_SENT event for a file the client just sent, deriving
+ * the wire byte counts from the source payload length. */
 void change_emit_file_sent(const Config* config, const File* file);
 
 /* Build and emit a CHANGE_SENT event for an explicit directory entry (-d). */
 void change_emit_dir_sent(const Config* config, const File* file);
 
+/* Build and emit a CHANGE_UP_TO_DATE event for a file the receiver already had.
+ * With --info=name2 it renders rsync's "NAME is uptodate" line (no output
+ * otherwise). */
+void change_emit_file_uptodate(const Config* config, const File* file);
+
+/* Reset the lazy transfer-root `./` line emitted ahead of the first
+ * --info=name entry.  Call once at the start of a transfer. */
+void change_reset_name_root(void);
+
 #endif

src/client/client_manifest.c

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+#include "client_send_internal.h"
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "change_list.h"
+#include "charset.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "data.h"
+#include "delta.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include "transport_tls.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* True when --dry-run should contact a receiver rather than running the
+ * client-side local manifest.  Any target a real run would reach over the wire
+ * selects the server-contacting path: a remote (SSH host:path), a daemon
+ * (host::module/path), an explicit --server-host, --server-port/--port, TLS, or
+ * a source-bind --address.  A plain local destination (none of these) keeps the
+ * original client-side behavior, which never dials the default 127.0.0.1:8080. */
+bool dry_run_targets_server(const Config* config) {
+  if (!config)
+    return false;
+  if (config->transport == TRANSPORT_SSH)
+    return true;
+  if (config->module && config->module[0] != '\0')
+    return true;
+  if (config->cli.server_host_set || config->cli.server_port_set)
+    return true;
+  if (config->use_tls)
+    return true;
+  if (config->address != NULL)
+    return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool add_chunk_to_manifest(ArrayList* manifest, const Chunk* chunk) {
+  if (!manifest)
+    return true;
+  for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+    const char* path = file_wire_path(chunk->items[i]);
+    if (*path == '/')
+      path++;
+    char* entry = str_dup(path);
+    if (!entry) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Failed to allocate manifest entry");
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (!array_list_add(manifest, entry)) {
+      free(entry);
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Print dry-run manifest showing files that would be transferred. Returns 0 on success. */
+int send_dry_run_manifest(const Config* config) {
+  int skipped = 0;
+  ArrayList* missing_dest = NULL;
+  if (!client_prepare_files_from(config, &missing_dest, &skipped))
+    return -1;
+  PreparedScanner prepared;
+  if (!prepare_scanner(config, 0, &prepared)) {
+    if (missing_dest)
+      array_list_delete(missing_dest);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  DirectoryScanner* scanner =
+      directory_scanner_create_with_options(config->send_directory, &prepared.options);
+  if (!scanner) {
+    prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+    if (missing_dest)
+      array_list_delete(missing_dest);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  Chunk* chunk;
+  int file_count = 0;
+  unsigned long long total_bytes = 0;
+  char size_buffer[32];
+  if (!config->quiet)
+    printf("Dry run: files to be transferred\n");
+  while ((chunk = directory_scanner_next(scanner)) != NULL) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+      if (!config->quiet) {
+        char* escaped_path =
+            output_escape(file_wire_path(chunk->items[i]), config->eight_bit_output);
+        if (!escaped_path) {
+          chunk_destroy(chunk);
+          directory_scanner_destroy(scanner);
+          prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+          if (missing_dest)
+            array_list_delete(missing_dest);
+          return -1;
+        }
+        if (config->human_readable)
+          printf(
+              "  %s (%s)\n", escaped_path,
+              display_bytes(chunk->items[i]->data->size, true, size_buffer, sizeof(size_buffer)));
+        else
+          printf("  %s (%zu bytes)\n", escaped_path, chunk->items[i]->data->size);
+        free(escaped_path);
+      }
+      total_bytes += chunk->items[i]->data->size;
+      file_count++;
+    }
+    chunk_destroy(chunk);
+  }
+  directory_scanner_destroy(scanner);
+  prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+  /* --delete-missing-args: the missing entries' destination mirrors render as
+     would-be deletions (rsync's dry-run also lists its *deleting lines). */
+  if (missing_dest && !config->quiet) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < missing_dest->size; i++) {
+      char* escaped = output_escape((char*)missing_dest->items[i], config->eight_bit_output);
+      printf("  %s (missing; would be deleted)\n", escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+      free(escaped);
+    }
+  }
+  if (missing_dest)
+    array_list_delete(missing_dest);
+  if (!config->quiet) {
+    if (config->human_readable)
+      printf("Total: %d files, %s\n", file_count,
+             display_bytes(total_bytes, true, size_buffer, sizeof(size_buffer)));
+    else
+      printf("Total: %d files, %.1f MB\n", file_count, (double)total_bytes / (double)BYTES_PER_MIB);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+  char* name; /* transfer-relative name ("" == the source root) */
+  mode_t mode;
+  unsigned long long size;
+  time_t mtime;
+  long mtime_nsec;
+  bool is_dir;
+  bool is_symlink;
+  char* link_target;
+} ListEntry;
+
+static void list_entries_destroy(ListEntry* entries, size_t count) {
+  if (entries == NULL)
+    return;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    free(entries[i].name);
+    free(entries[i].link_target);
+  }
+  free(entries);
+}
+
+static int compare_list_entries(const void* left, const void* right) {
+  const ListEntry* a = (const ListEntry*)left;
+  const ListEntry* b = (const ListEntry*)right;
+  return strcmp(a->name, b->name);
+}
+
+/* Relative path of an entry below `root` ("" for the root itself).  Mirrors
+ * change_list's relative_name for list-only rendering. */
+static char* list_relative_name(const char* root, const char* full) {
+  if (root == NULL || full == NULL)
+    return str_dup(full != NULL ? full : "");
+  size_t root_len = strlen(root);
+  while (root_len > 1 && root[root_len - 1] == '/')
+    root_len--;
+  if (strncmp(root, full, root_len) == 0) {
+    if (full[root_len] == '\0')
+      return str_dup("");
+    if (full[root_len] == '/')
+      return str_dup(full + root_len + 1);
+  }
+  return str_dup(full);
+}
+
+/* --list-only: print an ls-style listing of the entries that WOULD be
+ * transferred and exit without contacting the server or writing anything.
+ * Names are transfer-relative (rsync prints `a.txt`, `sub/b.txt`, `.`) and
+ * directory entries are included.  Returns 0 on success, 1 on error. */
+int send_list_only(const Config* config) {
+  int skipped = 0;
+  if (!files_from_list_check(config, NULL, &skipped))
+    return 1;
+  PreparedScanner prepared;
+  if (!prepare_scanner(config, 0, &prepared))
+    return 1;
+  prepared.options.use_metadata = true; /* capture mode + mtime for the listing */
+  prepared.options.list_dirs = true;
+  DirectoryScanner* scanner =
+      directory_scanner_create_with_options(config->send_directory, &prepared.options);
+  if (!scanner) {
+    prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  ListEntry* entries = NULL;
+  size_t count = 0;
+  size_t capacity = 0;
+  bool oom = false;
+
+  /* rsync lists the source root itself (as ".").  Only when the source is a
+   * directory and no --files-from subset is in effect. */
+  if (config->files_from_set == NULL && config->send_directory != NULL) {
+    struct stat st;
+    if (stat(config->send_directory, &st) == 0 && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+      capacity = 64;
+      entries = calloc(capacity, sizeof(ListEntry));
+      if (entries == NULL) {
+        oom = true;
+      } else if ((entries[0].name = str_dup("")) == NULL) {
+        /* A NULL name would be dereferenced by qsort/render: fail the listing. */
+        oom = true;
+      } else {
+        entries[0].mode = st.st_mode;
+        entries[0].mtime = st.st_mtime;
+        entries[0].mtime_nsec = st.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
+        entries[0].size = (unsigned long long)st.st_size;
+        entries[0].is_dir = true;
+        count = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  Chunk* chunk;
+  while (!oom && (chunk = directory_scanner_next(scanner)) != NULL) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+      File* f = chunk->items[i];
+      if (f == NULL)
+        continue;
+      if (count == capacity) {
+        size_t new_capacity = capacity > 0 ? capacity * 2 : 64;
+        if (new_capacity <= capacity) {
+          oom = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        ListEntry* grown = realloc(entries, new_capacity * sizeof(ListEntry));
+        if (!grown) {
+          oom = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        entries = grown;
+        memset(entries + capacity, 0, (new_capacity - capacity) * sizeof(ListEntry));
+        capacity = new_capacity;
+      }
+      char* name = list_relative_name(config->send_directory, file_wire_path(f));
+      if (!name) {
+        oom = true;
+        break;
+      }
+      mode_t mode = 0;
+      time_t mtime = 0;
+      long mtime_nsec = 0;
+      if (f->metadata != NULL) {
+        mode = f->metadata->mode;
+        mtime = f->metadata->mtime_sec;
+        mtime_nsec = f->metadata->mtime_nsec;
+      } else {
+        struct stat st;
+        if (lstat(f->path, &st) == 0) {
+          mode = st.st_mode;
+          mtime = st.st_mtime;
+          mtime_nsec = st.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
+        }
+      }
+      entries[count].name = name;
+      entries[count].mode = mode;
+      entries[count].mtime = mtime;
+      entries[count].mtime_nsec = mtime_nsec;
+      if (f->is_symlink)
+        entries[count].size = f->symlink_target != NULL ? strlen(f->symlink_target) : 0;
+      else if (f->is_dir) {
+        struct stat dir_st;
+        entries[count].size = stat(f->path, &dir_st) == 0 ? (unsigned long long)dir_st.st_size : 0;
+      } else
+        entries[count].size = f->data != NULL ? f->data->size : 0;
+      entries[count].is_dir = f->is_dir;
+      entries[count].is_symlink = f->is_symlink;
+      entries[count].link_target =
+          f->is_symlink && f->symlink_target ? str_dup(f->symlink_target) : NULL;
+      count++;
+    }
+    chunk_destroy(chunk);
+  }
+  bool failed = oom || directory_scanner_failed(scanner) || directory_scanner_had_io_error(scanner);
+  directory_scanner_destroy(scanner);
+  prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+  if (failed) {
+    list_entries_destroy(entries, count);
+    if (oom)
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "memory allocation failed while listing");
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if (count > 1)
+    qsort(entries, count, sizeof(ListEntry), compare_list_entries);
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    ChangeEvent event;
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+    event.name = entries[i].name;
+    event.path = entries[i].name;
+    event.mode = entries[i].mode;
+    event.size = entries[i].size;
+    event.mtime_sec = entries[i].mtime;
+    event.mtime_nsec = entries[i].mtime_nsec;
+    event.is_directory = entries[i].is_dir;
+    event.is_symlink = entries[i].is_symlink;
+    event.symlink_target = entries[i].link_target;
+    char* line = change_render_list_line(config, &event);
+    if (line != NULL) {
+      char* escaped = output_escape(line, config->eight_bit_output);
+      printf("%s\n", escaped != NULL ? escaped : line);
+      free(escaped);
+      free(line);
+    }
+  }
+  list_entries_destroy(entries, count);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Send the delete manifest to the server.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on
+   failure.  It carries FOUR path sections (keep-set paths, protected excluded
+   prefixes, --delete-missing-args exact-delete paths, and the destination-
+   relative directories the sender synchronized this run) followed by the
+   protocol-2.30.0 per-directory filter-rule block (`per_dir_rules`, the rules
+   the scan compiled from each directory's merge files).
+   When --delete-excluded is given `protected` is empty: excluded destination
+   mirrors are then ordinary extras and are removed.  When
+   --delete-missing-args is active `missing_args` holds the destination mirrors
+   of missing --files-from entries: each is an explicit receiver-side deletion
+   request, independent of the extras walk.  `synced_dirs` confines the extras
+   walk to entries directly inside a synchronized directory.  A NULL
+   keep-set / protected / missing / dirs list transmits an empty section.  All
+   four sections are unbounded on the sender; the receiver enforces
+   MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES per section and a single MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES budget
+   shared across the sections, rejecting (with STATUS_ERROR) an over-budget
+   frame.  A heavily filtered source whose exclusion list is large therefore
+   fails the run cleanly on the receiver rather than being truncated. */
+int send_delete_manifest(int fd, ArrayList* manifest, ArrayList* protected_prefixes,
+                         ArrayList* size_skipped, ArrayList* missing_args, ArrayList* synced_dirs,
+                         const FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules) {
+  if (!send_status(fd, STATUS_MANIFEST))
+    return -1;
+  int keep_count = manifest ? manifest->size : 0;
+  if (!send_int(fd, keep_count))
+    return -1;
+  for (int i = 0; i < keep_count; i++) {
+    if (!send_wire_str(fd, (char*)manifest->items[i]))
+      return -1;
+  }
+  /* The receiver has ONE protected-prefix section; filter-excluded prefixes
+     (dropped under --delete-excluded) and size-pruned prefixes (always
+     protected) are concatenated into it. */
+  int protected_count =
+      (protected_prefixes ? protected_prefixes->size : 0) + (size_skipped ? size_skipped->size : 0);
+  if (!send_int(fd, protected_count))
+    return -1;
+  if (protected_prefixes) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < protected_prefixes->size; i++) {
+      if (!send_wire_str(fd, (char*)protected_prefixes->items[i]))
+        return -1;
+    }
+  }
+  if (size_skipped) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < size_skipped->size; i++) {
+      if (!send_wire_str(fd, (char*)size_skipped->items[i]))
+        return -1;
+    }
+  }
+  int missing_count = missing_args ? missing_args->size : 0;
+  if (!send_int(fd, missing_count))
+    return -1;
+  for (int i = 0; i < missing_count; i++) {
+    if (!send_wire_str(fd, (char*)missing_args->items[i]))
+      return -1;
+  }
+  int dirs_count = synced_dirs ? synced_dirs->size : 0;
+  if (!send_int(fd, dirs_count))
+    return -1;
+  for (int i = 0; i < dirs_count; i++) {
+    if (!send_wire_str(fd, (char*)synced_dirs->items[i]))
+      return -1;
+  }
+  /* Protocol 2.30.0: the receiver-side per-directory filter rules discovered by
+     the sender's scan, so the whole-tree commit walker can shield a
+     destination-only entry that matches only a per-directory merge rule. */
+  if (!delete_filter_dir_rules_send(fd, per_dir_rules))
+    return -1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Transmit the keep-set manifest and wait for the receiver's verdict.  Used by
+   --delete-before/--delete-during, where the extras are removed on the receiver
+   BEFORE the first byte of file data is sent: the receiver acknowledges with
+   STATUS_OK once the bounded delete committed, or STATUS_ERROR if it could not
+   (in which case the sender aborts without streaming any data).  The ACK may
+   take much longer than an ordinary per-message round trip because the receiver
+   performs the whole bounded deletion walk (up to MAX_SERVER_DELETE_COUNT
+   unlinks) before replying, so the wait uses a generous explicit deadline
+   instead of the default 60 s receive window. */
+#define DELETE_ACK_TIMEOUT_SEC 3600
+/* While waiting for the (potentially slow) receiver-side deletion, send a
+ * STATUS_KEEPALIVE at most this often so the connection is demonstrably alive
+ * and neither side's per-message timeout trips. */
+#define DELETE_ACK_KEEPALIVE_SEC 10
+
+bool send_delete_manifest_early(Client* client, ArrayList* manifest, ArrayList* protected_prefixes,
+                                ArrayList* size_skipped, ArrayList* missing_args,
+                                ArrayList* synced_dirs, const FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules) {
+  if (!client || !manifest)
+    return false;
+  if (send_delete_manifest(client->file_descriptor, manifest, protected_prefixes, size_skipped,
+                           missing_args, synced_dirs, per_dir_rules) != 0)
+    return false;
+  Status ack;
+  /* The wait is long (up to an hour) and runs inline on this thread: a helper
+   * thread would race the non-thread-safe protocol send path, so keepalives are
+   * emitted from this wait loop itself.  A Ctrl-C/SIGTERM abort flag also ends
+   * the wait; the caller then best-effort sends STATUS_ABORT. */
+  if (!receive_status_keepalive(client->file_descriptor, &ack, DELETE_ACK_TIMEOUT_SEC,
+                                DELETE_ACK_KEEPALIVE_SEC, client_abort_pending)) {
+    /* A Ctrl-C/SIGTERM abort ends the wait above; tell the receiver before the
+       caller tears the connection down (best-effort). */
+    if (client_abort_pending()) {
+      log_info_message(LOG_INFO_MISC,
+                       "Abort requested while awaiting delete ack; sending STATUS_ABORT");
+      send_status(client->file_descriptor, STATUS_ABORT);
+    }
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (ack != STATUS_OK) {
+    log_server_rejection("Server failed to delete files before the transfer");
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Server-contacting --dry-run.  Connects to the configured remote/daemon and
+ * runs the normal per-file incremental decision WITHOUT transmitting any file
+ * data: the receiver (which also sees dry_run=true on the wire) answers
+ * STATUS_OK for an up-to-date file and STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER for a file it
+ * would otherwise write, mutating nothing on either side.  The would-transfer
+ * set and the same trailer as the local dry-run are printed.  A
+ * --compare-dest exact basis hit with no destination copy is reported as a
+ * skip by the receiver.
+ *
+ * Only regular files take the receiver-consulted check; directory / symlink /
+ * special / hard-link-sibling entries have no per-file content check, so they
+ * are reported conservatively as would-transfer and their frames are never
+ * sent (which is what keeps the receiver mutation-free).  --delete* is
+ * deliberately NOT transmitted in dry-run, so no deletion can occur; the
+ * would-delete manifest report is a documented follow-up.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, 1 on error. */
+int send_dry_run_remote(Config* config) {
+  int from_skipped = 0;
+  ArrayList* missing_args = NULL;
+  if (!client_prepare_files_from(config, &missing_args, &from_skipped))
+    return 1;
+  if (missing_args)
+    array_list_delete(missing_args);
+  /* A live session may follow, so arm graceful abort handling. */
+  client_set_abort_armed(true);
+  ProtocolSession session;
+  Client* client = client_connect_and_bind_session(config, &session);
+  if (!client) {
+    client_set_abort_armed(false);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  int ret = 1;
+  bool partial = false;
+  time_t dry_start = time(NULL);
+  ReceiverStats dry_stats;
+  memset(&dry_stats, 0, sizeof(dry_stats));
+  PreparedScanner prepared;
+  memset(&prepared, 0, sizeof(prepared));
+  DirectoryScanner* scanner = NULL;
+  ArrayList* dry_manifest = NULL;
+  ArrayList* dry_dirs = NULL;
+  ArrayList* dry_excluded = NULL;
+  ArrayList* dry_size_skipped = NULL;
+  FilterRuleList* dry_per_dir = NULL;
+  if (!config_send(client->file_descriptor, config))
+    goto dry_fail;
+  receive_daemon_motd(client, config);
+  if (!prepare_scanner(config, 0, &prepared))
+    goto dry_fail;
+  /* -n --delete: build the same keep-set manifest, protected prefixes, and
+     synchronized-directory scope a real run would send, so the receiver's
+     read-only extras walk enumerates exactly the deletions a real run makes. */
+  if (config->use_delete) {
+    dry_manifest = array_list_create(free);
+    dry_dirs = array_list_create(free);
+    dry_size_skipped = array_list_create(free);
+    dry_per_dir = filter_rule_list_create();
+    if (!dry_manifest || !dry_dirs || !dry_size_skipped || !dry_per_dir)
+      goto dry_fail;
+    prepared.options.per_dir_rules = dry_per_dir;
+    if (!config->delete_excluded) {
+      dry_excluded = array_list_create(free);
+      if (!dry_excluded)
+        goto dry_fail;
+      prepared.options.excluded_paths = dry_excluded;
+    }
+    prepared.options.size_skipped_paths = dry_size_skipped;
+    /* A --files-from subset confines the extras walk to the directories the
+       scan synchronized; a full recursive transfer marks the root itself. */
+    if (config->files_from_set == NULL) {
+      char* root_marker = delete_scope_root_marker(config);
+      if (!root_marker || !array_list_add(dry_dirs, root_marker)) {
+        free(root_marker);
+        goto dry_fail;
+      }
+    } else {
+      prepared.options.synced_dirs = dry_dirs;
+    }
+  }
+  scanner = directory_scanner_create_with_options(config->send_directory, &prepared.options);
+  if (!scanner)
+    goto dry_fail;
+
+  int file_count = 0;
+  unsigned long long total_bytes = 0;
+  char size_buffer[32];
+  if (!config->quiet)
+    printf("Dry run: files to be transferred\n");
+  Chunk* chunk;
+  while ((chunk = directory_scanner_next(scanner)) != NULL) {
+    if (dry_manifest && !add_chunk_to_manifest(dry_manifest, chunk)) {
+      chunk_destroy(chunk);
+      goto dry_fail;
+    }
+    for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+      File* f = chunk->items[i];
+      if (!f)
+        continue;
+      unsigned long long fsize = f->data ? f->data->size : 0;
+      bool would;
+      if (f->is_dir || f->is_symlink || f->is_special ||
+          (f->link_group != 0 && !f->link_first && f->hardlink_target != NULL)) {
+        /* No receiver-side content check exists for these frame types; a real
+           run would (re)create them, so report would-transfer and send no
+           frame (the receiver must stay mutation-free). */
+        would = true;
+      } else if (fsize > MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE && !config->use_incremental &&
+                 !config_has_basis(config)) {
+        /* A non-incremental run streams a >whole-file-limit source without the
+           STATUS_CHECK handshake, so no read-only receiver decision is possible
+           (and none is needed: a real run would transfer it). */
+        would = true;
+      } else {
+        DeltaSignature* sig = NULL;
+        unsigned long long resume_offset = 0;
+        int rc = incremental_check(client, f, config, &sig, &resume_offset);
+        delta_signature_destroy(sig);
+        if (rc < 0) {
+          chunk_destroy(chunk);
+          goto dry_fail;
+        }
+        if (rc == 1)
+          continue; /* up to date; nothing to report */
+        if (rc != 4) {
+          log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Unexpected receiver reply during dry-run");
+          chunk_destroy(chunk);
+          goto dry_fail;
+        }
+        would = true;
+      }
+      if (would) {
+        if (!config->quiet) {
+          char* escaped_path = output_escape(file_wire_path(f), config->eight_bit_output);
+          if (!escaped_path) {
+            chunk_destroy(chunk);
+            goto dry_fail;
+          }
+          if (config->human_readable)
+            printf("  %s (%s)\n", escaped_path,
+                   display_bytes(fsize, true, size_buffer, sizeof(size_buffer)));
+          else
+            printf("  %s (%llu bytes)\n", escaped_path, fsize);
+          free(escaped_path);
+        }
+        total_bytes += fsize;
+        file_count++;
+      }
+    }
+    chunk_destroy(chunk);
+  }
+  bool io_error = directory_scanner_had_io_error(scanner);
+  if (directory_scanner_failed(scanner))
+    goto dry_fail;
+  if (io_error)
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "source scan hit an unreadable directory");
+  /* Send the keep-set manifest (no data frames) so the receiver can enumerate
+     the destination extras; an early-timing delete ACKs before it will accept
+     the terminal FINISHED. */
+  bool early_delete = config->use_delete && config_delete_timing_early(config);
+  if (dry_manifest) {
+    if (send_delete_manifest(client->file_descriptor, dry_manifest, dry_excluded, dry_size_skipped,
+                             NULL, dry_dirs, dry_per_dir) != 0)
+      goto dry_fail;
+    if (early_delete) {
+      Status ack;
+      if (!receive_status_keepalive(client->file_descriptor, &ack, DELETE_ACK_TIMEOUT_SEC,
+                                    DELETE_ACK_KEEPALIVE_SEC, client_abort_pending) ||
+          ack != STATUS_OK)
+        goto dry_fail;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Terminate the stream so the receiver emits its success frame; no data frame
+     is ever sent in dry-run. */
+  if (!send_status(client->file_descriptor, STATUS_FINISHED))
+    goto dry_fail;
+  Status status;
+  if (!receive_status(client->file_descriptor, &status))
+    goto dry_fail;
+  if (status == STATUS_STATS) {
+    ArrayList* would_delete = array_list_create(free);
+    if (!would_delete)
+      goto dry_fail;
+    if (!receive_stats_record(client->file_descriptor, &dry_stats, would_delete)) {
+      array_list_delete(would_delete);
+      goto dry_fail;
+    }
+    print_delete_reports(config, would_delete);
+    array_list_delete(would_delete);
+    if (!receive_status(client->file_descriptor, &status))
+      goto dry_fail;
+  }
+  /* A per-entry receiver failure is rsync's PARTIAL transfer (exit 23), not a
+     hard failure: a dry run transfers nothing, but keep the verdict consistent
+     with the normal path instead of treating it as a protocol error. */
+  if (status == STATUS_PARTIAL) {
+    partial = true;
+  } else if (status != STATUS_OK) {
+    goto dry_fail;
+  }
+  if (!config->quiet) {
+    if (config->human_readable)
+      printf("Total: %d files, %s\n", file_count,
+             display_bytes(total_bytes, true, size_buffer, sizeof(size_buffer)));
+    else
+      printf("Total: %d files, %.1f MB\n", file_count, (double)total_bytes / (double)BYTES_PER_MIB);
+  }
+  {
+    TransferStats dry_transfer;
+    memset(&dry_transfer, 0, sizeof(dry_transfer));
+    dry_transfer.flist_reg = (unsigned long long)file_count;
+    dry_transfer.total_file_size = total_bytes;
+    dry_transfer.transferred_regular = (unsigned long long)file_count;
+    dry_transfer.transferred_file_size = total_bytes;
+    dry_transfer.literal_data = total_bytes;
+    report_transfer_stats(config, &dry_transfer, dry_start, &dry_stats);
+  }
+  ret = io_error ? 1 : (partial ? 23 : 0);
+
+dry_fail:
+  if (dry_manifest)
+    array_list_delete(dry_manifest);
+  if (dry_dirs)
+    array_list_delete(dry_dirs);
+  if (dry_excluded)
+    array_list_delete(dry_excluded);
+  if (dry_size_skipped)
+    array_list_delete(dry_size_skipped);
+  if (dry_per_dir)
+    filter_rule_list_free(dry_per_dir);
+  if (scanner)
+    directory_scanner_destroy(scanner);
+  prepared_scanner_destroy(&prepared);
+  disconnect_transfer_client(client);
+  protocol_session_unbind();
+  client_set_abort_armed(false);
+  return ret;
+}

src/client/client_scan.c

@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+#include "client_send_internal.h"
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "charset.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "file_list.h"
+#include "filter.h"
+#include "hardlink.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Build the scanner options for one scan. Returns false and logs on failure. */
+bool prepare_scanner(const Config* config, int num_threads, PreparedScanner* out) {
+  if (!out)
+    return false;
+  out->base_filters = NULL;
+  out->hardlinks = NULL;
+  out->relative_prefix = NULL;
+  memset(&out->options, 0, sizeof(out->options));
+
+  int rule_count = config->filters ? config->filters->size : 0;
+  const char** texts = NULL;
+  if (rule_count > 0) {
+    texts = malloc((size_t)rule_count * sizeof(char*));
+    if (!texts) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "memory allocation failed for filter rules");
+      return false;
+    }
+    for (int i = 0; i < rule_count; i++)
+      texts[i] = (const char*)config->filters->items[i];
+  }
+  if (rule_count > 0 || config->cvs_exclude) {
+    char err[160];
+    out->base_filters = filter_base_build(texts, rule_count, config->cvs_exclude,
+                                          config->delete_excluded, err, sizeof(err));
+    free(texts);
+    if (!out->base_filters) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "invalid filter rule: %s", err);
+      return false;
+    }
+  } else {
+    free(texts);
+  }
+
+  ScannerOptions* options = &out->options;
+  options->use_metadata = config->use_metadata;
+  options->preserve_atimes = config->preserve_atimes;
+  options->preserve_crtimes = config->preserve_crtimes;
+  options->preserve_xattrs = config->preserve_xattrs;
+  options->preserve_acls = config->preserve_acls;
+  options->chunk_size = config->chunk_size;
+  /* --exclude/--include are compiled, in command-line order, into the SAME
+   * ordered filter rule list as --filter/-f (see config_add_selection_rule), so
+   * the legacy per-kind arrays are deliberately NOT passed to the scanner:
+   * doing so would re-apply them with the old "excludes first, then includes as
+   * a mandatory whitelist" precedence and defeat rsync's first-match-wins
+   * ordering.  The arrays remain populated purely for the Config API surface. */
+  options->exclude_patterns = NULL;
+  options->exclude_count = 0;
+  options->include_patterns = NULL;
+  options->include_count = 0;
+  options->max_size = config->max_size;
+  options->min_size = config->min_size;
+  options->max_depth = config->max_depth;
+  options->num_threads = num_threads;
+  options->follow_symlinks = config->follow_symlinks;
+  options->copy_links = config->copy_links;
+  options->safe_links = config->safe_links;
+  options->copy_unsafe_links = config->copy_unsafe_links;
+  options->copy_dirlinks = config->copy_dirlinks;
+  options->munge_links = config->munge_links;
+  options->checksum = config->checksum;
+  options->one_file_system = config->one_file_system;
+  options->preserve_devices = config->preserve_devices;
+  options->preserve_specials = config->preserve_specials;
+  options->copy_devices = config->copy_devices;
+  options->file_list = (const FileListSet*)config->files_from_set;
+  options->base_filters = out->base_filters;
+  options->per_dir_filters = config->per_dir_filter;
+  options->delete_excluded = config->delete_excluded;
+  options->exclude_per_dir_filter_files = config->per_dir_filter_count >= 2;
+  options->dirs = config->dirs;
+  options->relative = config->relative;
+  /* A real recursive transfer recreates empty source directories (rsync
+     parity); low-level scanner users leave this off. */
+  options->emit_empty_dirs = true;
+  /* --no-implied-dirs only has meaning with -R (rsync): without it the option
+     is a documented no-op, so the scanner must not suppress directory
+     metadata. */
+  options->no_implied_dirs = config->no_implied_dirs && config->relative;
+  /* -R/--relative outside --files-from reconstructs every destination path from
+   * the source spec (rsync's '/./' cut point).  With --files-from the listed
+   * entry already supplies the bare relative path, so no prefix is built. */
+  if (config->relative && config->files_from_set == NULL && config->send_directory) {
+    out->relative_prefix = scanner_relative_prefix(config->send_directory);
+    if (!out->relative_prefix) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "memory allocation failed building --relative path prefix");
+      filter_rule_list_free(out->base_filters);
+      out->base_filters = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+    options->relative_prefix = out->relative_prefix;
+  }
+  options->prune_empty_dirs = config->prune_empty_dirs;
+  options->ignore_io_errors = config->ignore_errors;
+  options->ignore_missing_args = config->ignore_missing_args || config->delete_missing_args;
+  options->note_nonreg = (config->info_level & LOG_INFO_NONREG) != 0 && !config->quiet;
+  options->note_mount = (config->info_level & LOG_INFO_MOUNT) != 0 && !config->quiet;
+  options->send_directory = config->send_directory;
+  options->eight_bit_output = config->eight_bit_output;
+  options->excluded_paths = NULL;
+  options->excluded_mutex = NULL;
+  options->size_skipped_paths = NULL;
+  options->synced_dirs = NULL;
+  options->hardlinks = NULL;
+  /* Set by the real send paths; NULL for the metadata-only scans (progress
+     pre-count, batch) that must not perturb the sender's --stats counter. */
+  options->dir_count = NULL;
+  /* P7 Wave D: capture source directory metadata when a directory attribute is
+     requested (-p for modes, -t for times unless -O omits them).  Whether they
+     are APPLIED is decided receiver-side. */
+  options->capture_dir_times = dir_metadata_should_capture(config);
+  options->dir_entries = NULL;
+  options->dir_entries_mutex = NULL;
+  if (config->preserve_hard_links) {
+    out->hardlinks = hardlink_table_create();
+    if (!out->hardlinks) {
+      filter_rule_list_free(out->base_filters);
+      out->base_filters = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+    options->hardlinks = out->hardlinks;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void prepared_scanner_destroy(PreparedScanner* prepared) {
+  if (!prepared)
+    return;
+  filter_rule_list_free(prepared->base_filters);
+  prepared->base_filters = NULL;
+  hardlink_table_destroy(prepared->hardlinks);
+  prepared->hardlinks = NULL;
+  free(prepared->relative_prefix);
+  prepared->relative_prefix = NULL;
+}
+
+/* -R/--relative implied directories: rsync transmits the metadata of the
+ * parent directories implied by the source path (every prefix component above
+ * the source root) so the receiver applies their attributes to the created
+ * parents.  FastSync's scan only covers the source root and below, so append
+ * one metadata-only directory entry per implied ancestor.  --no-implied-dirs
+ * suppresses this exactly like rsync.  A missing ancestor is never fatal. */
+bool append_implied_dir_times(const Config* config, ArrayList* dir_entries) {
+  if (!dir_entries || !config->relative || config->files_from_set != NULL ||
+      config->no_implied_dirs || !config->send_directory)
+    return true;
+  char* prefix = scanner_relative_prefix(config->send_directory);
+  if (!prefix)
+    return true;
+  int ncomp = 0;
+  for (const char* s = prefix; *s;) {
+    while (*s == '/')
+      s++;
+    if (!*s)
+      break;
+    while (*s && *s != '/')
+      s++;
+    ncomp++;
+  }
+  if (ncomp <= 1) {
+    free(prefix);
+    return true;
+  }
+  char* fs = str_dup(config->send_directory);
+  if (!fs) {
+    free(prefix);
+    return true;
+  }
+  size_t flen = strlen(fs);
+  while (flen > 1 && fs[flen - 1] == '/')
+    fs[--flen] = '\0';
+  bool ok = true;
+  /* Walk the source path upwards one component at a time (fs is truncated in
+     place, so each step targets the next implied ancestor). */
+  for (int depth = ncomp - 2; depth >= 0 && ok; depth--) {
+    char* slash = strrchr(fs, '/');
+    if (!slash || slash == fs)
+      break;
+    *slash = '\0';
+    char* p = prefix;
+    int c = 0;
+    while (c <= depth) {
+      while (*p == '/')
+        p++;
+      while (*p && *p != '/')
+        p++;
+      c++;
+    }
+    char saved = *p;
+    *p = '\0';
+    struct stat st;
+    if (stat(fs, &st) == 0 && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+      File* file = file_create(fs);
+      if (!file) {
+        ok = false;
+      } else {
+        file->is_dir = true;
+        file->metadata =
+            file_metadata_create(fs, &st, config->preserve_atimes, config->preserve_crtimes);
+        file->send_path = str_dup(prefix);
+        if (!file->metadata || !file->send_path || !array_list_add(dir_entries, file)) {
+          file_destroy(file);
+          ok = false;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    *p = saved;
+  }
+  free(fs);
+  free(prefix);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* The delete-walk root scope for a full (non---files-from) transfer: rsync
+ * confines --delete to the directories it actually transferred.  A plain
+ * recursive run mirrors the source under the receive root, so "." (the whole
+ * tree) is correct; an -R run transfers only the reconstructed prefix subtree,
+ * so the walk is scoped to that prefix instead.  Returns a malloc'd wire path
+ * (or "."), or NULL on allocation failure. */
+char* delete_scope_root_marker(const Config* config) {
+  if (config->relative && config->files_from_set == NULL && config->send_directory) {
+    char* prefix = scanner_relative_prefix(config->send_directory);
+    if (!prefix)
+      return NULL;
+    if (prefix[0] != '\0')
+      return prefix;
+    free(prefix);
+  }
+  return str_dup(".");
+}
+
+/* The -R destination prefix that confines a per-directory delete walk, or NULL
+ * when the whole receive root is in scope.  The marker was installed into
+ * `synced_dirs` by delete_scope_root_marker(); for a plain recursive transfer
+ * it is "." (whole root) and for --files-from the list is not a single prefix. */
+const char* delete_plan_walk_root(const Config* config, const ArrayList* synced_dirs) {
+  if (!config || config->files_from_set != NULL || !config->relative || !config->send_directory)
+    return NULL;
+  if (!synced_dirs || synced_dirs->size != 1)
+    return NULL;
+  const char* marker = (const char*)synced_dirs->items[0];
+  if (marker[0] == '\0' || strcmp(marker, ".") == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  return marker;
+}
+
+/* The destination-relative mirror path for a missing --files-from entry: where
+   a PRESENT entry with the same name would have been written.  With -R that is
+   the entry's bare relative path (the bare wire path the receiver uses);
+   otherwise it is the full source mirror below the destination root
+   (`send_directory` joined to the entry, leading '/' stripped), exactly the
+   path the manifest records for a present sibling.  Returns an owned string, or
+   NULL on allocation failure. */
+static char* files_from_missing_dest_path(const Config* config, const char* entry) {
+  if (config->relative)
+    return str_dup(entry);
+  char* joined = path_cat(config->send_directory, entry);
+  if (!joined)
+    return NULL;
+  const char* rel = *joined == '/' ? joined + 1 : joined;
+  char* dup = str_dup(rel);
+  free(joined);
+  return dup;
+}
+
+/* --files-from semantics: every listed entry must resolve under the source
+ * root, otherwise rsync reports a hard error instead of silently transferring
+ * nothing. An entry of "." (the whole tree) and listed-but-empty directories
+ * are valid.  An empty list is valid too: rsync transfers nothing and exits 0.
+ * With --ignore-missing-args
+ * (implied by --delete-missing-args) a listed-but-missing entry is instead
+ * skipped: nothing is transferred for it, it never enters the keep-set and the
+ * run succeeds for the rest (an all-missing non-empty list succeeds
+ * transferring nothing, matching rsync).  With --delete-missing-args
+ * `missing_dest` (when non-NULL) collects the entry's destination-relative
+ * mirror for the receiver's exact-deletion request.  Runs before any
+ * transfer so the failure/skip is surfaced uniformly in the single-threaded,
+ * -m, dry-run and --list-only paths. */
+bool files_from_list_check(const Config* config, ArrayList* missing_dest, int* skipped_out) {
+  *skipped_out = 0;
+  const FileListSet* set = (const FileListSet*)config->files_from_set;
+  if (!set)
+    return true;
+  if (!config->send_directory) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--files-from requires a source directory");
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (set->count == 0) {
+    /* rsync treats an empty --files-from list as "nothing to transfer" and
+       exits 0 (the source directory is still a valid source arg), so this is
+       not an error.  Nothing passes the (empty) allow-set, so no file is sent
+       and no keep-set entry is produced. */
+    return true;
+  }
+  bool ignore = config->ignore_missing_args || config->delete_missing_args;
+  for (int i = 0; i < set->count; i++) {
+    const char* entry = set->entries[i];
+    if (entry[0] == '\0')
+      continue; /* "." == list the whole tree */
+    char* full = path_cat(config->send_directory, entry);
+    if (!full) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "memory allocation failed while validating --files-from");
+      return false;
+    }
+    struct stat st;
+    if (lstat(full, &st) != 0) {
+      free(full);
+      if (ignore) {
+        (*skipped_out)++;
+        char* escaped_entry = output_escape(entry, log_get_8_bit_output());
+        log_info_message(LOG_INFO_MISC, "skipping missing --files-from entry '%s'",
+                         escaped_entry ? escaped_entry : "<allocation failed>");
+        free(escaped_entry);
+        if (config->delete_missing_args && missing_dest) {
+          char* mirror = files_from_missing_dest_path(config, entry);
+          if (!mirror || !array_list_add(missing_dest, mirror)) {
+            free(mirror);
+            log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "memory allocation failed while validating --files-from");
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+        continue;
+      }
+      char* escaped_entry = output_escape(entry, log_get_8_bit_output());
+      char* escaped_src = output_escape(config->send_directory, log_get_8_bit_output());
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--files-from entry '%s' not found in source '%s'",
+                  escaped_entry ? escaped_entry : "<allocation failed>",
+                  escaped_src ? escaped_src : "<allocation failed>");
+      free(escaped_entry);
+      free(escaped_src);
+      return false;
+    }
+    free(full);
+  }
+  if (*skipped_out > 0) {
+    if (config->delete_missing_args) {
+      /* --list-only never deletes and a --dry-run only shows intent, so the
+         summary must not claim a real deletion happened in those modes. */
+      if (config->list_only)
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                    "--delete-missing-args: %d missing --files-from entr%s skipped (--list-only "
+                    "never deletes)",
+                    *skipped_out, *skipped_out == 1 ? "y" : "ies");
+      else if (config->dry_run)
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                    "--delete-missing-args: %d missing --files-from entr%s would be deleted from "
+                    "the destination (dry run)",
+                    *skipped_out, *skipped_out == 1 ? "y" : "ies");
+      else
+        log_message(
+            LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+            "--delete-missing-args: %d missing --files-from entr%s will be deleted from the "
+            "destination",
+            *skipped_out, *skipped_out == 1 ? "y" : "ies");
+    } else if (config->ignore_missing_args)
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                  "--ignore-missing-args: ignored %d missing --files-from entr%s", *skipped_out,
+                  *skipped_out == 1 ? "y" : "ies");
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Walk the whole source tree once collecting only destination-relative wire
+   paths, loading and sending nothing.  --delete-before/--delete-during need the
+   complete keep-set manifest before the first data byte, so it is built by a
+   dedicated pre-scan pass and transmitted early; the data pass then re-scans
+   with a fresh scanner.  --delete-before additionally replays this very scan as
+   its data pass (rsync's single file list), so `chunks_out` (optional) retains
+   the scanned Chunk objects for the caller to send instead of destroying them;
+   the caller owns the list and must give it a chunk_destroy destructor.  A
+   source I/O error is fatal unless the options carry --ignore-errors, in which
+   case the scan continues past the unreadable directory and *io_error_out
+   reports it (the caller still performs the deletion but reports the run as
+   errored). */
+bool scan_paths_only(const Config* config, const ScannerOptions* options, ArrayList* manifest,
+                     DeletePlanSender* plans, bool* io_error_out,
+                     unsigned long long* non_dir_count_out, ArrayList* chunks_out,
+                     bool emit_nonreg) {
+  if (io_error_out)
+    *io_error_out = false;
+  if (non_dir_count_out)
+    *non_dir_count_out = 0;
+  ScannerOptions local = *options;
+  /* The pre-scan is normally a paths-only pass with no client output: it must
+     not emit --info=nonreg lines because the data pass re-scans and emits them
+     once.  When the caller replays this scan as the data pass (--delete-before)
+     there is no later scan, so it opts in and the lines are emitted here. */
+  local.note_nonreg = emit_nonreg && options->note_nonreg;
+  DirectoryScanner* scanner = directory_scanner_create_with_options(config->send_directory, &local);
+  if (!scanner)
+    return false;
+  bool ok = true;
+  Chunk* chunk;
+  while ((chunk = directory_scanner_next(scanner)) != NULL) {
+    if (non_dir_count_out) {
+      for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+        const File* f = chunk->items[i];
+        if (f && !f->is_dir)
+          (*non_dir_count_out)++;
+      }
+    }
+    if (manifest && !add_chunk_to_manifest(manifest, chunk)) {
+      ok = false;
+      chunk_destroy(chunk);
+      break;
+    }
+    if (plans) {
+      for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
+        File* f = chunk->items[i];
+        if (!f)
+          continue;
+        const char* path = file_wire_path(f);
+        if (!delete_plan_sender_add(plans, path, f->is_dir)) {
+          ok = false;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if (!ok) {
+        chunk_destroy(chunk);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (chunks_out) {
+      /* Retain the chunk for the caller's data pass; ownership moves with it. */
+      if (!array_list_add(chunks_out, chunk)) {
+        ok = false;
+        chunk_destroy(chunk);
+        break;
+      }
+    } else {
+      chunk_destroy(chunk);
+    }
+  }
+  if (ok) {
+    /* Keep every traversed source directory, including empty ones, so a plan
+       no longer removes the destination directory itself.  Their own plans are
+       emitted after the data stream (no file frame triggers them). */
+    if (plans && options->plan_dirs) {
+      for (int i = 0; i < options->plan_dirs->size; i++) {
+        if (!delete_plan_sender_add(plans, (const char*)options->plan_dirs->items[i], true)) {
+          ok = false;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (ok && directory_scanner_failed(scanner))
+    ok = false;
+  if (io_error_out)
+    *io_error_out = directory_scanner_had_io_error(scanner);
+  directory_scanner_destroy(scanner);
+  return ok;
+}

src/client/client_send.h

@@ -22,7 +22,13 @@ void client_set_abort_armed(bool armed);
  * never free it, and the caller retains ownership (freeing it with
  * config_delete() once the call returns). */
 int send_files(Config* config);
-int send_files_multithreaded(Config** config);
+int send_files_multithreaded(Config* config);
+/* rsync's --ignore-errors deletion gate: with no I/O error during the scan the
+ * deletion phase always proceeds; with one it is suppressed unless
+ * `--ignore-errors` was given.  Exposed so the decision can be unit-tested
+ * without a privileged (mode-000) source directory.  See client_send.c. */
+bool ignore_errors_allows_delete(const Config* config, bool had_io_error);
+
 /* Phase 6 residual-batch (client-only).  See client_send.c. */
 int write_batch_from_source(const Config* config, const char* batch_path);
 int apply_batch_to_dest(const Config* config, const char* batch_path, const char* dest_root);

src/client/client_send_internal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+#ifndef CLIENT_SEND_INTERNAL_H
+#define CLIENT_SEND_INTERNAL_H
+
+/* Declarations shared between the client_send.c transfer orchestration and the
+ * reporting (client_report.c), scanner-preparation (client_scan.c) and
+ * manifest/list/dry-run (client_manifest.c) translation units that were split
+ * out of it.  Nothing here is part of the public client_send.h facade. */
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "client_send.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
+#include "delta.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include <stdatomic.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* One mebibyte in bytes; the unit used by the --stats/--progress lines.
+   Always cast to double when dividing so the output stays fractional. */
+#define BYTES_PER_MIB (1024ULL * 1024ULL)
+
+/* Compiled scanner inputs that are shared read-only across scanner instances
+ * and, in -m mode, across worker threads. `base_filters` owns the compiled
+ * command-line + -C rules; the FileListSet allow-set lives in the Config.
+ * `hardlinks` owns the --hard-links/-H link-group detection table (NULL when
+ * off) and is shared (mutex-guarded) across every scanner/worker of one scan. */
+typedef struct {
+  ScannerOptions options;
+  FilterRuleList* base_filters; /* owned; may be NULL */
+  HardLinkTable* hardlinks;     /* owned; may be NULL */
+  char* relative_prefix;        /* owned -R prefix; may be NULL */
+} PreparedScanner;
+
+/* client_scan.c */
+bool prepare_scanner(const Config* config, int num_threads, PreparedScanner* out);
+void prepared_scanner_destroy(PreparedScanner* prepared);
+bool append_implied_dir_times(const Config* config, ArrayList* dir_entries);
+char* delete_scope_root_marker(const Config* config);
+const char* delete_plan_walk_root(const Config* config, const ArrayList* synced_dirs);
+bool files_from_list_check(const Config* config, ArrayList* missing_dest, int* skipped_out);
+bool scan_paths_only(const Config* config, const ScannerOptions* options, ArrayList* manifest,
+                     DeletePlanSender* plans, bool* io_error_out,
+                     unsigned long long* non_dir_count_out, ArrayList* chunks_out,
+                     bool emit_nonreg);
+
+/* client_report.c */
+void log_server_rejection(const char* context);
+const char* display_bytes(unsigned long long bytes, bool human_readable, char* buffer,
+                          size_t buffer_size);
+unsigned long long dir_count_for_stats(const Config* config, const ArrayList* dir_entries,
+                                       atomic_ullong* counter);
+void report_transfer_stats(const Config* config, const TransferStats* stats, time_t start,
+                           const ReceiverStats* recv);
+void transfer_stats_note_entry(TransferStats* stats, const File* file);
+void transfer_stats_note_transferred(TransferStats* stats, const File* file);
+bool info_flag_enabled(const Config* config, LogInfoFlag flag);
+void print_delete_reports(const Config* config, const ArrayList* paths);
+const char* delete_display_path(const Config* config, const char* path);
+bool progress_requested(const Config* config);
+void client_progress_cleanup(void);
+void client_progress_begin(const Config* config);
+void client_progress_file(const Config* config, const File* file);
+void client_progress_name(const Config* config, const File* file);
+/* Emit a transferred entry's ancestor directories (as -i/--out-format change
+ * lines or --progress name lines) before the entry's own line. */
+void client_change_emit_ancestors(const Config* config, const File* file);
+/* Output parity (protocol 2.30.0): probe each not-yet-known ancestor directory's
+ * pre-transfer destination state before the entry that first triggers it is
+ * sent.  Returns false on a protocol/transport error. */
+bool client_change_probe_ancestors(const Config* config, const File* file, int fd);
+/* Mark a transferred directory entry as already reported, and flush the
+ * itemize lines for changed directories that had no transferred child. */
+void client_change_mark_dir(const Config* config, const File* file);
+void client_change_emit_pending_dirs(const Config* config, int fd);
+void client_progress_uptodate(const Config* config, const File* file);
+void client_progress_prepare(const Config* config, const ArrayList* plan_dirs,
+                             unsigned long long plan_non_dir_count);
+bool receive_stats_record(int fd, ReceiverStats* stats, ArrayList* would_delete);
+/* --stderr=client diagnostic channel (client_report.c): install the queueing
+ * log sink for a transfer, mark the session live, flush queued diagnostics over
+ * the wire at a frame boundary, and tear the sink down. */
+void client_messages_install(void);
+void client_messages_activate(bool active);
+void client_flush_client_messages(int fd);
+void client_messages_end(void);
+
+/* client_send.c */
+void receive_daemon_motd(Client* client, const Config* config);
+Client* connect_transfer_client(const Config* config);
+/* Connect the configured transport and install `session` on it: init with the
+ * socket fd pair, apply the I/O timeout and (when negotiated) the TLS object,
+ * then bind the session to this thread.  Returns the connected client, or NULL
+ * after logging the connect failure.  The caller owns the client and must keep
+ * `session` alive until it calls protocol_session_unbind(). */
+Client* client_connect_and_bind_session(const Config* config, ProtocolSession* session);
+/* Shared --files-from/--delete-missing-args preamble for the send entry points:
+ * when --delete-missing-args is set, allocate the list that
+ * files_from_list_check fills with the destination mirrors of missing entries;
+ * then validate the --files-from list.  On success returns true and stores the
+ * (possibly NULL) owned list in *missing_args_out plus the skipped count; on
+ * failure returns false after freeing the list. */
+bool client_prepare_files_from(const Config* config, ArrayList** missing_args_out,
+                               int* skipped_out);
+void disconnect_transfer_client(Client* client);
+int incremental_check(Client* client, File* file, const Config* config, DeltaSignature** out_sig,
+                      unsigned long long* resume_offset);
+
+/* client_manifest.c */
+bool dry_run_targets_server(const Config* config);
+bool add_chunk_to_manifest(ArrayList* manifest, const Chunk* chunk);
+int send_dry_run_manifest(const Config* config);
+int send_list_only(const Config* config);
+int send_dry_run_remote(Config* config);
+int send_delete_manifest(int fd, ArrayList* manifest, ArrayList* protected_prefixes,
+                         ArrayList* size_skipped, ArrayList* missing_args, ArrayList* synced_dirs,
+                         const FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules);
+bool send_delete_manifest_early(Client* client, ArrayList* manifest, ArrayList* protected_prefixes,
+                                ArrayList* size_skipped, ArrayList* missing_args,
+                                ArrayList* synced_dirs, const FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules);
+
+#endif

src/client/client_validation.c

@@ -53,18 +53,35 @@ bool validate_config(const Config* config) {
     return false;
   }
   if (config->compression_threads > 0 && !config->use_compression) {
-    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--compress-threads requires compression (-c or -z)");
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--compress-threads requires compression (-z/--compress)");
     return false;
   }
   if (config->transport == TRANSPORT_SSH && config->use_sendfile) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "-f/--sendfile is not supported with SSH transport");
     return false;
   }
+  /* -M/--remote-option appends an option to the REMOTE server's argv, which
+   * only exists on the SSH (user@host:path) transport.  A daemon
+   * (host::module/path) or local TCP destination has no remote command line,
+   * so the option would be silently ignored; reject it by name instead. */
+  if (config->remote_option_count > 0 && config->transport != TRANSPORT_SSH) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
+                "-M/--remote-option is only valid with the SSH transport (user@host:path); it "
+                "cannot be used with a daemon (host::module/path) or local TCP destination");
+    return false;
+  }
   /* -4 and -6 are mutually exclusive: a socket address family cannot be both. */
   if (config->ipv4 && config->ipv6) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "-4/--ipv4 and -6/--ipv6 are mutually exclusive");
     return false;
   }
+  /* rsync 3.4.1 rejects --inplace together with --partial-dir (exit 1): the
+     inplace write path bypasses partial staging, so a partial-dir name would be
+     silently ignored.  Match rsync's message and refuse before any I/O. */
+  if (config->inplace && config->partial_dir) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--inplace cannot be used with --partial-dir");
+    return false;
+  }
   if (config->log_file_format && !config->log_file) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--log-file-format requires --log-file");
     return false;
@@ -92,6 +109,16 @@ bool validate_config(const Config* config) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", invariants_error);
     return false;
   }
+  /* The receiver rejects a protect-rule block with more than MAX_FILTER_RULES
+     entries as an opaque protocol error; reject an over-limit --filter set here,
+     before any network I/O, with an actionable message.  send_protect_entries()
+     re-checks the final built count because cvs-exclude / merge rules can
+     expand it beyond config->filters->size. */
+  if (config->filters && config->filters->size > MAX_FILTER_RULES) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "too many filter rules: %d (maximum %d)", config->filters->size,
+                MAX_FILTER_RULES);
+    return false;
+  }
   /* --protocol: FastSync has exactly one wire format, so the forced version
      must equal the current PROTOCOL_VERSION exactly.  Rejected here, before any
      network I/O, rather than letting the server hit its own mismatch check. */

src/client/scanner.h

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 #include "stop_condition.h"
 #include <dirent.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdatomic.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <threads.h>
@@ -18,6 +19,11 @@
  * keeps one transfer from spawning an unbounded pool on a very large machine. */
 #define MAX_SCANNER_THREADS 256
 
+/* Depth of the scanner's work queues: the sequential scanner's pending-directory
+ * stack and the parallel scanner's result queue.  Bounds memory for a very wide
+ * or very deep tree while leaving ample headroom for normal scans. */
+#define SCANNER_RESULT_QUEUE_CAP 100
+
 typedef struct {
   bool use_metadata;
   /* Phase 4 metadata capture: -U/--atimes and -N/--crtimes tell the scanner to
@@ -50,7 +56,7 @@ typedef struct {
   bool copy_dirlinks;
   bool munge_links;
   bool checksum;
-  bool one_file_system;
+  int one_file_system;
   /* Phase 4 special/devices: whether device nodes (--devices) and special files
    * (--specials) are preserved via recreation, and whether --copy-devices
    * copies a device's content as an ordinary regular file. */
@@ -63,8 +69,23 @@ typedef struct {
   const FileListSet* file_list;       /* --files-from allow-set, or NULL */
   const FilterRuleList* base_filters; /* command-line + -C rules, or NULL */
   bool per_dir_filters;               /* -F: read .rsync-filter per directory */
+  /* --delete-excluded: per-directory plain rules become sender-only, so they no
+     longer protect the receiver from deletion. */
+  bool delete_excluded;
+  /* -FF: also exclude the per-directory filter files themselves from the
+     transfer (single -F transfers them). */
+  bool exclude_per_dir_filter_files;
   bool dirs;     /* -d/--dirs: transfer dir entries, no recursion */
   bool relative; /* -R/--relative (dest rel paths, with --files-from) */
+  /* -R/--relative outside --files-from: the destination-relative path prefix
+   * reconstructed from the source spec (rsync's '/./' cut point), or NULL when
+   * -R is off or --files-from is in use (the bare-relative path then comes from
+   * the listed entry).  Borrowed read-only; owned by client_send. */
+  const char* relative_prefix;
+  /* --list-only: emit an is_dir File for every traversed directory (the listing
+   * includes directory entries, matching rsync).  Client-only; never set on a
+   * real transfer, which relies on implicit parent creation. */
+  bool list_dirs;
   /* --prune-empty-dirs (long only): in --dirs mode an empty source directory's
      explicit entry is omitted from the transfer file list (so nothing is
      created at the destination and it can be pruned by --delete); explicitly
@@ -73,20 +94,69 @@ typedef struct {
   bool prune_empty_dirs;
   /* Delete-excluded protection sink (optional): when non-NULL the scanner
    * appends the destination-relative path of every entry it prunes because a
-   * USER SELECTION rule excluded it (--filter/-C/per-dir rules, the legacy
+   * USER SELECTION rule excluded it (--filter/-C/per-dir rules and the legacy
-   * --exclude/--include layer, and --max-size/--min-size).  The sender turns
+   * --exclude/--include layer).  The sender turns this list into the manifest's
-   * this list into the manifest's protected prefixes so `--delete` leaves the
+   * protected prefixes so `--delete` leaves the destination mirror of excluded
-   * destination mirror of excluded source paths alone (rsync's default), and
+   * source paths alone (rsync's default), and drops it when --delete-excluded
-   * empties it when --delete-excluded opts back into deleting them.  NOT
+   * opts back into deleting them.  NOT recorded for --files-from subset pruning
-   * recorded for --files-from subset pruning (whose delete semantics stay
+   * (whose delete semantics derive from the synchronized-directory set) or for
-   * keep-set-only) or for -R/--files-from relative wire paths.  When
+   * -R/--files-from relative wire paths.  When `excluded_mutex` is non-NULL it
-   * `excluded_mutex` is non-NULL it is taken around every append (the parallel
+   * is taken around every append (the parallel scanner shares one list across
-   * scanner shares one list across its worker threads). */
+   * its worker threads). */
   ArrayList* excluded_paths;
   mtx_t* excluded_mutex;
-  /* --ignore-errors: an unreadable directory during the scan is recorded as an
+  /* Size-prune protection sink (optional): when non-NULL the scanner appends
-   * I/O error and skipped instead of aborting the scan.  Client-only. */
+   * the destination-relative path of every entry it skipped because of
+   * --max-size/--min-size.  rsync never deletes a size-skipped source mirror,
+   * even under --delete-excluded, so the sender always transmits this list as
+   * protected prefixes (unlike excluded_paths, which --delete-excluded drops).
+   * Guarded by `excluded_mutex` like excluded_paths. */
+  ArrayList* size_skipped_paths;
+  /* Synchronized-directory sink (optional): when non-NULL the scanner appends
+   * the destination-relative path of every directory it is about to traverse
+   * that lies inside a --files-from listed directory (or of every traversed
+   * directory when there is no list).  The sender sends this set with the delete
+   * manifest so the receiver confines its extras walk to synchronized
+   * directories, exactly like rsync; the receive root is the "." sentinel.
+   * Guarded by `excluded_mutex`. */
+  ArrayList* synced_dirs;
+  /* Per-directory filter-rule sink (optional): when non-NULL the scanner appends
+   * a deep copy of every rule it reads from a per-directory merge file, each
+   * carrying its owner directory and no-inherit flag (see filter.h).  The delete
+   * carriers transmit them so the receiver re-derives the per-directory
+   * protect/risk set for destination-only entries.  Guarded by `excluded_mutex`
+   * like the other sinks. */
+  FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules;
+  /* Delete-plan directory sink (optional): when non-NULL the scanner appends
+   * the destination-relative path of every directory it traverses (except the
+   * receive root).  The per-directory --delete-during/--delete-delay plan
+   * builder uses this to keep an empty in-scope source directory (rsync keeps
+   * it) and to emit its plan after the data stream, when no file frame would
+   * otherwise trigger it.  Guarded by `excluded_mutex`. */
+  ArrayList* plan_dirs;
+  /* --ignore-errors: an unreadable subdirectory no longer aborts the scan (it
+   * is always skipped so the rest of the tree transfers); this flag is kept so
+   * the client can distinguish the option state when deciding deletion policy.
+   * Client-only. */
   bool ignore_io_errors;
+  /* --info=nonreg: print rsync's `skipping non-regular file "NAME"` line for a
+   * non-regular entry that is not being preserved.  Client-only. */
+  bool note_nonreg;
+  /* --info=mount: print rsync's `[sender] skipping mount-point dir NAME` when
+   * -xx drops a mount-point directory.  Client-only. */
+  bool note_mount;
+  /* --stats directory accounting for a `-r` run (no -t/-p): a shared counter of
+   * traversed directories that are NOT otherwise represented by an inline
+   * directory entry (rsync still counts every directory in `Number of files`).
+   * Incremented when a directory is opened and decremented when an empty
+   * directory is emitted inline (so it is counted exactly once).  Atomic
+   * because the parallel scanner's workers share it; NULL disables the
+   * accounting.  Client-only. */
+  atomic_ullong* dir_count;
+  /* Source root and 8-bit-output policy used to render a `--info=nonreg` name
+   * relative to the transfer root.  Borrowed read-only. */
+  const char* send_directory;
+  bool eight_bit_output;
   /* --ignore-missing-args (implied by --delete-missing-args): an explicitly
    * --files-from-listed entry that does not exist under the source is skipped
    * instead of failing (the --dirs generator is the only scanner path that
@@ -114,6 +184,17 @@ typedef struct {
   bool capture_dir_times;
   ArrayList* dir_entries;
   mtx_t* dir_entries_mutex;
+  /* Recreate empty source directories on a recursive transfer: emit a
+   * payload-less directory entry for every traversed directory that produced
+   * no transferred/descended child.  Off by default so low-level scanner users
+   * (unit helpers, --list-only) see only the historical file list; the real
+   * sender sets it in prepare_scanner. */
+  bool emit_empty_dirs;
+  /* --no-implied-dirs with -R + --files-from: a directory that is only an
+   * implied parent of a listed entry (not itself listed, nor below a listed
+   * directory) must not carry source metadata; it is created with default
+   * attributes at the destination, matching rsync. */
+  bool no_implied_dirs;
 } ScannerOptions;
 
 /* Internal per-scanner filter state. FilterNode chains represent the ordered
@@ -131,6 +212,22 @@ typedef struct {
   int current_depth;
   dev_t root_dev;
   bool failed;
+  /* rsync-order traversal: each opened directory's entries are inspected once
+     and buffered (an internal SortedEntry[] owned here) sorted as rsync's flist
+     orders them -- non-directories ascending, then directories ascending.  The
+     entries are walked in order and child directories are collected in
+     `pending_dirs` (an ArrayList of DirEntry*, owned here) and pushed onto the
+     LIFO `directories` stack in reverse at directory exhaustion, so the emitted
+     stream is depth-first like rsync.  `sorted_*` are reset per directory. */
+  void* sorted_entries;
+  size_t sorted_count;
+  size_t sorted_index;
+  void* pending_dirs;
+  /* Recursive scan: whether the open directory yielded any transferred or
+     descended entry.  When it did not, closing it emits a directory entry so
+     the empty source directory is recreated at the destination (rsync
+     parity). */
+  bool current_dir_produced;
   /* Phase 2 (files-from / filter layer). */
   char* root_path;          /* transfer root (fs path) for rel computation */
   char* current_rel;        /* rel path of the open directory ("" == root) */
@@ -149,6 +246,10 @@ typedef struct {
      --ignore-errors the scan continues past it and the caller decides what to
      do; `failed` is reserved for fatal errors that always abort the scan. */
   bool io_error;
+  /* The transfer ROOT could not be opened.  It is always fatal, even under
+     --ignore-errors, but the client still maps it to rsync's partial-transfer
+     exit (23) rather than a generic failure. */
+  bool root_io_error;
 } DirectoryScanner;
 
 typedef struct {
@@ -169,6 +270,7 @@ typedef struct {
   Chunk* initial_chunk;
   ProtocolSession* allocation_session;
   FilterNode* root_filter_node;  /* root .rsync-filter context (owned by ps) */
+  const ScannerOptions* options; /* borrowed scan options (--info=nonreg output) */
 } ParallelScanner;
 
 DirectoryScanner* directory_scanner_create(const char* root_directory, bool use_metadata,
@@ -187,13 +289,20 @@ void directory_scanner_destroy(DirectoryScanner* scanner);
 /* --one-file-system (-x) decision: a directory entry may be descended into
  * only when the option is disabled or the entry lives on the same device as
  * the transfer root. Exposed so tests can exercise the rule directly. */
-bool scanner_same_filesystem(bool one_file_system, dev_t root_device, dev_t entry_device);
+bool scanner_same_filesystem(int one_file_system, dev_t root_device, dev_t entry_device);
 
 /* Relative path of an on-disk path below `root` ("" == the root itself, NULL
  * when `fs_path` is not under `root`). Handles trailing slashes and a root of
  * "/". Exposed so tests can exercise the mapping directly. */
 char* scanner_path_relative(const char* root, const char* fs_path);
 
+/* -R/--relative destination-relative prefix reconstructed from a source spec:
+ * the path after rsync's first '.' path component (the '/./' cut point), with
+ * leading/trailing slashes removed, or the whole spec (normalized) when there
+ * is no cut.  Returns "" for the receive root, or NULL when `spec` is NULL or
+ * allocation fails.  Exposed so tests can exercise the mapping directly. */
+char* scanner_relative_prefix(const char* spec);
+
 ParallelScanner* parallel_scanner_create_with_options(const char* root_directory,
                                                       const ScannerOptions* options,
                                                       ProtocolSession* allocation_session);

src/client/scanner_filter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+#include "log.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include "scanner_internal.h"
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "chunk.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#include <threads.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "xattr.h"
+
+/* A chain node: `own` holds the .rsync-filter rules of one directory, `parent`
+ * the context that directory inherited (nearest ancestor with a filter file).
+ * The chain for a directory's contents runs from that directory's own node up
+ * to the root; the command-line base rules are evaluated after the whole
+ * chain. */
+struct FilterNode {
+  FilterNode* parent;
+  FilterRuleList* own;
+};
+
+void filter_node_destroy(void* item) {
+  if (item) {
+    FilterNode* node = (FilterNode*)item;
+    if (node->own)
+      filter_rule_list_free(node->own);
+    free(node);
+  }
+}
+
+FilterNode* filter_node_alloc(FilterNode* parent, FilterRuleList* own) {
+  FilterNode* node = malloc(sizeof(FilterNode));
+  if (!node)
+    return NULL;
+  node->parent = parent;
+  node->own = own;
+  return node;
+}
+
+/* Evaluate a rule chain for one entry.  rsync precedence, highest first: the
+ * innermost (current) directory's .rsync-filter rules, then each ancestor's,
+ * then the root's, and finally the command-line base rules (--filter/-C).  The
+ * sender-side verdict decides whether the entry is hidden from the transfer;
+ * the receiver-side verdict decides whether its destination mirror is protected
+ * from --delete.  Each side takes the FIRST matching rule independently. */
+typedef struct {
+  bool hide;    /* sender-side exclude matched */
+  bool protect; /* receiver-side exclude matched */
+} FilterOutcome;
+
+static void chain_rules_outcome(const FilterRuleList* base, const FilterNode* node, const char* rel,
+                                const char* leaf, bool is_dir, FilterOutcome* out) {
+  memset(out, 0, sizeof(*out));
+  bool sender_decided = false;
+  bool receiver_decided = false;
+  const FilterNode* n = node;
+  while (!sender_decided || !receiver_decided) {
+    const FilterRuleList* list = n ? n->own : base;
+    if (list) {
+      if (!sender_decided) {
+        FilterAction action = filter_rules_apply_side(list, rel, leaf, is_dir, FILTER_SIDE_SENDER);
+        if (action != FILTER_ACTION_NONE) {
+          out->hide = action == FILTER_ACTION_EXCLUDE;
+          sender_decided = true;
+        }
+      }
+      if (!receiver_decided) {
+        FilterAction action =
+            filter_rules_apply_side(list, rel, leaf, is_dir, FILTER_SIDE_RECEIVER);
+        if (action != FILTER_ACTION_NONE) {
+          out->protect = action == FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT;
+          receiver_decided = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (!n)
+      break;
+    n = n->parent;
+  }
+}
+
+static bool entry_allowed(const FilterRuleList* base, const FilterNode* node, const char* rel,
+                          const char* leaf, bool is_dir, bool exclude_filter_files,
+                          bool* protect_out) {
+  /* -FF: per-directory .rsync-filter files are never transferred (single -F
+     transfers them, matching rsync). */
+  if (exclude_filter_files && !is_dir && strcmp(leaf, ".rsync-filter") == 0) {
+    if (protect_out)
+      *protect_out = false;
+    return false;
+  }
+  FilterOutcome outcome;
+  chain_rules_outcome(base, node, rel, leaf, is_dir, &outcome);
+  if (protect_out)
+    *protect_out = outcome.protect;
+  return !outcome.hide;
+}
+
+void dir_entry_destroy(void* item) {
+  if (item) {
+    DirEntry* de = (DirEntry*)item;
+    free(de->path);
+    free(de);
+  }
+}
+
+DirEntry* dir_entry_create(const char* path, int depth, FilterNode* context) {
+  DirEntry* de = malloc(sizeof(DirEntry));
+  if (!de)
+    return NULL;
+  de->path = str_dup(path);
+  if (!de->path) {
+    free(de);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  de->depth = depth;
+  de->context = context;
+  return de;
+}
+
+/* Apply rsync's symlink-resolution precedence to one S_ISLNK entry:
+ *   --copy-links  dereferences every symlink;
+ *   --copy-unsafe-links  dereferences only targets unsafe_symlink() flags;
+ *   -k/--copy-dirlinks  dereferences only a symlink whose referent is a dir;
+ *   --safe-links  (receiver-side in rsync; modelled here) ignores an unsafe
+ *                 target that would otherwise be carried; with --munge-links
+ *                 every stored target becomes absolute, so --safe-links then
+ *                 ignores every symlink, exactly as rsync documents;
+ *   -l/--links  carries the link.
+ * `link_rel` is the symlink's transfer-relative path (incl. name) and is used
+ * only for the lexical unsafe test.  `target` receives the raw link value. */
+LinkAction scanner_link_action(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* path,
+                               const char* link_rel, char* target, size_t target_size) {
+  if (!options->follow_symlinks && !options->copy_links && !options->safe_links &&
+      !options->copy_unsafe_links && !options->copy_dirlinks)
+    return LINK_ACTION_SKIP;
+  ssize_t length = readlink(path, target, target_size - 1);
+  if (length < 0)
+    return LINK_ACTION_SKIP;
+  target[length] = '\0';
+
+  bool unsafe = file_symlink_unsafe(target, link_rel);
+  if (options->copy_links || (options->copy_unsafe_links && unsafe))
+    return LINK_ACTION_DEREF;
+  if (options->copy_dirlinks) {
+    struct stat ref;
+    if (stat(path, &ref) == 0 && S_ISDIR(ref.st_mode))
+      return LINK_ACTION_DEREF;
+  }
+  if (options->safe_links && (unsafe || options->munge_links))
+    return LINK_ACTION_SKIP_PROTECTED;
+  if (!options->follow_symlinks || target[0] == '\0')
+    return LINK_ACTION_SKIP;
+  return LINK_ACTION_CARRY;
+}
+
+/* --one-file-system (-x) decision. Only directories can carry a different
+ * device than their parent (mount points), so this is checked when a child
+ * directory is about to be descended into. */
+bool scanner_same_filesystem(int one_file_system, dev_t root_device, dev_t entry_device) {
+  return one_file_system <= 0 || entry_device == root_device;
+}
+
+/* Build a payload-less directory File carrying the captured metadata (when
+ * requested).  Used by -x mount-point emission and --list-only directory
+ * entries.  Returns NULL on allocation failure. */
+File* scanner_build_dir_file(const char* path, const struct stat* stats,
+                             const ScannerOptions* options) {
+  File* dir = file_create(path);
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  dir->is_dir = true;
+  if (options->use_metadata) {
+    dir->metadata =
+        file_metadata_create(dir->path, stats, options->preserve_atimes, options->preserve_crtimes);
+    if (!dir->metadata) {
+      file_destroy(dir);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  return dir;
+}
+
+/* Relative path of an on-disk path below `root`. The transfer root may be
+ * given with a trailing slash; the returned rel path never has one and is ""
+ * for the root itself. A root of "/" is handled (its children start at "/").
+ * Exposed so tests can exercise the mapping directly. */
+char* scanner_path_relative(const char* root, const char* fs_path) {
+  size_t root_len = strlen(root);
+  while (root_len > 1 && root[root_len - 1] == '/')
+    root_len--;
+  if (strncmp(root, fs_path, root_len) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (root_len == 1 && root[0] == '/') {
+    if (fs_path[1] == '\0')
+      return str_dup("");
+    return str_dup(fs_path + 1);
+  }
+  if (fs_path[root_len] == '\0')
+    return str_dup("");
+  if (fs_path[root_len] != '/')
+    return NULL;
+  return str_dup(fs_path + root_len + 1);
+}
+
+/* -R/--relative destination-relative prefix reconstructed from a source spec:
+ * everything after the first '.' path component (rsync's '/./' cut point),
+ * with leading/trailing slashes removed; or the whole spec (normalized) when
+ * there is no cut.  Returns "" for the receive root.  Exposed for tests. */
+char* scanner_relative_prefix(const char* spec) {
+  if (!spec || spec[0] == '\0')
+    return NULL;
+  const char* after = spec;
+  if (spec[0] == '.' && spec[1] == '/') {
+    after = spec + 2;
+  } else {
+    const char* cut = strstr(spec, "/./");
+    if (cut)
+      after = cut + 3;
+  }
+  size_t cap = strlen(spec) + 1;
+  char* out = malloc(cap);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  for (const char* s = after; *s;) {
+    while (*s == '/')
+      s++;
+    const char* comp = s;
+    while (*s && *s != '/')
+      s++;
+    size_t clen = (size_t)(s - comp);
+    if (clen == 0 || (clen == 1 && comp[0] == '.'))
+      continue;
+    if (len)
+      out[len++] = '/';
+    memcpy(out + len, comp, clen);
+    len += clen;
+  }
+  out[len] = '\0';
+  return out;
+}
+
+/* Relative path of a child entry below the current directory. */
+char* child_rel_path(const char* parent_rel, const char* name) {
+  if (!parent_rel || parent_rel[0] == '\0')
+    return str_dup(name);
+  return path_cat(parent_rel, name);
+}
+
+/* Destination-relative wire path for an entry under an -R prefix. */
+char* scanner_prefix_send_path(const char* prefix, const char* rel) {
+  if (prefix[0] == '\0')
+    return str_dup(rel);
+  if (rel[0] == '\0')
+    return str_dup(prefix);
+  return path_cat(prefix, rel);
+}
+
+/* Apply the --files-from allow-set and the filter layer to one entry.  On
+ * return `*protect_out` is true when a receiver-side rule protects the entry's
+ * destination mirror from deletion. */
+bool entry_passes_selection(const FileListSet* file_list, const FilterRuleList* base,
+                            const FilterNode* node, const char* rel, const char* leaf, bool is_dir,
+                            bool per_dir_filters, bool exclude_filter_files, bool* protect_out) {
+  if (protect_out)
+    *protect_out = false;
+  if (file_list && !file_list_affects(file_list, rel))
+    return false;
+  if (base || per_dir_filters)
+    return entry_allowed(base, node, rel, leaf, is_dir, exclude_filter_files, protect_out);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Best-effort capture of the file's whitelisted xattrs (-X/-A).  A failure to
+ * read xattrs is non-fatal: the file is transferred without them.  A symlink
+ * entry reads the LINK's own xattrs (never the referent's) with the no-follow
+ * variant; on Linux the VFS refuses xattrs on symlinks, so that yields NULL. */
+void scanner_capture_xattrs_opts(const ScannerOptions* options, File* file) {
+  if (!options || !file || !(options->preserve_xattrs || options->preserve_acls))
+    return;
+  file->xattrs = file->is_symlink ? xattr_capture_path_nofollow(file->path, options->preserve_acls)
+                                  : xattr_capture_path(file->path, options->preserve_acls);
+}
+
+void scanner_capture_xattrs(const DirectoryScanner* scanner, File* file) {
+  if (!scanner)
+    return;
+  scanner_capture_xattrs_opts(&scanner->options, file);
+}
+
+/* Apply --hard-links (-H) detection to one regular File.  On a sibling (a
+ * later member of an already-seen source inode) the File keeps the group id
+ * and the first member's wire path but carries NO data payload (size 0); the
+ * first member is left untouched (data present, link_first).  Returns false on
+ * allocation failure (the caller marks the scan failed); the File stays usable
+ * either way. */
+bool scanner_assign_hardlink(HardLinkTable* table, File* file, const struct stat* stats) {
+  if (!table || !file || !stats)
+    return true;
+  int gid;
+  bool is_first;
+  char* first_path = NULL;
+  if (!hardlink_table_assign(table, file_wire_path(file), stats->st_dev, stats->st_ino, &gid,
+                             &is_first, &first_path))
+    return false;
+  file->link_group = gid;
+  file->link_first = is_first;
+  if (!is_first) {
+    file->hardlink_target = first_path;
+    file->data->size = 0;
+  } else {
+    free(first_path);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Phase 4 special/devices decision for one non-regular entry, matching rsync:
+   - a char/block device is RECREATED as a node under -D/--devices, unless
+     --copy-devices asks for its content to be copied into a regular file;
+   - a FIFO/socket is RECREATED under --specials;
+   - when the matching flag is absent the entry is SKIPPED ("skipping
+     non-regular file"), exactly like rsync's default, instead of being
+     silently copied as a zero-length regular file;
+   - anything else (regular/directory) is left to the normal data path. */
+ScannerSpecial scanner_prepare_special(bool preserve_devices, bool preserve_specials,
+                                       bool copy_devices, File* file, const struct stat* stats) {
+  if (!file || !stats)
+    return SCANNER_SPECIAL_REGULAR;
+  bool is_device = S_ISCHR(stats->st_mode) || S_ISBLK(stats->st_mode);
+  bool is_fifo = S_ISFIFO(stats->st_mode);
+  bool is_socket = S_ISSOCK(stats->st_mode);
+  if (!is_device && !is_fifo && !is_socket)
+    return SCANNER_SPECIAL_REGULAR;
+  if (is_device && copy_devices)
+    return SCANNER_SPECIAL_REGULAR; /* copy device content as a regular file */
+  bool preserve = is_device ? preserve_devices : preserve_specials;
+  if (!preserve)
+    return SCANNER_SPECIAL_SKIP;
+  file->is_special = true;
+  file->data->size = 0;
+  file->data->data = NULL;
+  if (is_device) {
+    file->rdev_major = (int32_t)major(stats->st_rdev);
+    file->rdev_minor = (int32_t)minor(stats->st_rdev);
+  }
+  return SCANNER_SPECIAL_RECREATE;
+}
+
+/* Append `rel` to the caller's exclusion sink, taking `mtx` when shared across
+   parallel worker threads.  Returns false on allocation failure (list left
+   unchanged). */
+bool excluded_sink_append(ArrayList* list, mtx_t* mtx, const char* rel) {
+  if (!list)
+    return true;
+  char* dup = str_dup(rel);
+  if (!dup)
+    return false;
+  if (mtx)
+    mtx_lock(mtx);
+  bool ok = array_list_add(list, dup);
+  if (mtx)
+    mtx_unlock(mtx);
+  if (!ok)
+    free(dup);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Record one pruned filesystem path in a delete-protection sink.  The stored
+   form is the entry's wire/destination-relative path (a single leading '/'
+   removed, exactly how manifest keep entries are stored), so the receiver's
+   walker prefixes match the destination layout.  An allocation failure is a
+   fatal scan error. */
+static void scanner_record_protected(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const char* fs_path,
+                                     ArrayList* sink) {
+  if (!sink || !fs_path)
+    return;
+  const char* rel = *fs_path == '/' ? fs_path + 1 : fs_path;
+  if (!excluded_sink_append(sink, scanner->options.excluded_mutex, rel))
+    scanner->failed = true;
+}
+
+/* rsync's `--info=nonreg` line for a non-regular entry that is not being
+ * preserved: `skipping non-regular file "NAME"`.  The name is the path relative
+ * to the transfer root, so it matches rsync's displayed name. */
+void scanner_note_nonreg(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path) {
+  if (!options || !options->note_nonreg || !fs_path)
+    return;
+  const char* rel = utils_strip_transfer_root(fs_path, options->send_directory);
+  char* escaped = output_escape(rel, options->eight_bit_output);
+  printf("skipping non-regular file \"%s\"\n", escaped ? escaped : rel);
+  free(escaped);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+/* Construct one non-directory File from an inspected entry.  Shared by the
+ * sequential and parallel scanners so entry construction has a single
+ * implementation: data size (or carried symlink), -R wire path, special/devices
+ * classification, hardlink group, metadata and xattr capture all happen here in
+ * the same order for both.  See the declaration for the ownership contract. */
+ScannerBuildStatus scanner_build_file_entry(const ScannerOptions* options, ScannerEntry* inspected,
+                                            const char* rel, File** out_file, bool* failed) {
+  *out_file = NULL;
+  if (failed)
+    *failed = false;
+  File* file = file_create(inspected->path);
+  if (!file) {
+    /* The File never existed, so drop the not-yet-transferred symlink target
+       here; the caller's entry teardown would otherwise double-free it. */
+    free(inspected->link_target);
+    inspected->link_target = NULL;
+    return SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_CONTINUE;
+  }
+  if (inspected->is_symlink) {
+    file->is_symlink = true;
+    file->symlink_target = inspected->link_target;
+    inspected->link_target = NULL;
+  } else {
+    file->data->size = inspected->stats.st_size;
+  }
+  /* -R + --files-from uses the bare transfer-relative path; -R without
+     --files-from prefixes it.  Plain scans keep the source path. */
+  bool relative_mode = options->relative && options->file_list != NULL;
+  if (relative_mode) {
+    file->send_path = str_dup(rel);
+  } else if (options->relative_prefix) {
+    file->send_path = scanner_prefix_send_path(options->relative_prefix, rel);
+  }
+  if ((relative_mode || options->relative_prefix) && !file->send_path) {
+    file_destroy(file);
+    return SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_BREAK;
+  }
+  /* --devices/--specials: a device/FIFO/socket entry marked for preservation
+     becomes a node to recreate (is_special, no data, rdev captured); an
+     unrequested non-regular entry is skipped (rsync default). */
+  ScannerSpecial special =
+      scanner_prepare_special(options->preserve_devices, options->preserve_specials,
+                              options->copy_devices, file, &inspected->stats);
+  if (special == SCANNER_SPECIAL_SKIP) {
+    scanner_note_nonreg(options, file->path);
+    file_destroy(file);
+    return SCANNER_BUILD_SKIP;
+  }
+  if (options->hardlinks && S_ISREG(inspected->stats.st_mode) &&
+      !scanner_assign_hardlink(options->hardlinks, file, &inspected->stats)) {
+    /* Allocation failure is non-fatal to this entry (it is still emitted) but
+       marks the scan failed, matching the historical inlined behaviour. */
+    if (failed)
+      *failed = true;
+  }
+  if (options->use_metadata) {
+    file->metadata = file_metadata_create(file->path, &inspected->stats, options->preserve_atimes,
+                                          options->preserve_crtimes);
+    if (!file->metadata) {
+      file_destroy(file);
+      return SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_BREAK;
+    }
+  }
+  /* A hardlink sibling carries no data, so it carries no xattrs. */
+  if (!(file->link_group != 0 && !file->link_first))
+    scanner_capture_xattrs_opts(options, file);
+  *out_file = file;
+  return SCANNER_BUILD_OK;
+}
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1's `--info=mount` line, emitted when `-xx` drops a mount-point
+ * directory: `[sender] skipping mount-point dir NAME` (the client is the
+ * sender).  Plain `-x` keeps the empty directory and prints nothing, matching
+ * rsync. */
+void scanner_note_mount(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path) {
+  if (!options || !options->note_mount || !fs_path)
+    return;
+  const char* rel = utils_strip_transfer_root(fs_path, options->send_directory);
+  char* escaped = output_escape(rel, options->eight_bit_output);
+  printf("[sender] skipping mount-point dir %s\n", escaped ? escaped : rel);
+  free(escaped);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+/* --debug=filter: a selection/filter decision dropped an entry. */
+void scanner_note_filter(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* name) {
+  if (!options || !log_debug_enabled(LOG_DEBUG_FILTER) || !name)
+    return;
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_FILTER, "filter: excluded %s", name);
+}
+
+/* Account for a directory that will not be represented by an inline directory
+ * entry.  Paired with scanner_dir_count_uncount for empty directories that are
+ * emitted inline, so every traversed directory is counted exactly once. */
+void scanner_dir_count_count(const ScannerOptions* options) {
+  if (options && options->dir_count)
+    atomic_fetch_add(options->dir_count, 1);
+}
+
+void scanner_dir_count_uncount(const ScannerOptions* options) {
+  if (options && options->dir_count)
+    atomic_fetch_sub(options->dir_count, 1);
+}
+
+/* A user-selection exclusion (--filter/-C/per-dir or --exclude/--include). */
+void scanner_record_excluded(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const char* fs_path) {
+  scanner_record_protected(scanner, fs_path, scanner->options.excluded_paths);
+}
+
+/* A --max-size/--min-size prune (always protected, even under --delete-excluded). */
+void scanner_record_size_skipped(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const char* fs_path) {
+  scanner_record_protected(scanner, fs_path, scanner->options.size_skipped_paths);
+}
+
+/* The destination-relative coordinate the receiver's delete walkers match
+   against for an entry at `fs_path` (with `rel` its path relative to the
+   transfer root, "" for the root): `relative_prefix + rel` under -R+--relative,
+   the bare relative path under -R+--files-from, else the source path with a
+   leading '/' removed, with "." for the receive root.  Shared by the
+   synchronized-directory sink and the mirrored per-directory rule owners so
+   both live in the same coordinate system.  Returns an owned string, or NULL on
+   allocation failure. */
+char* scanner_dest_rel_path(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path, const char* rel,
+                            bool relative_mode) {
+  char* prefixed = NULL;
+  const char* dest;
+  if (relative_mode) {
+    dest = rel;
+  } else if (options->relative_prefix) {
+    prefixed = scanner_prefix_send_path(options->relative_prefix, rel);
+    if (!prefixed)
+      return NULL;
+    dest = prefixed;
+  } else {
+    dest = fs_path;
+  }
+  if (dest[0] == '/')
+    dest++;
+  if (dest[0] == '\0')
+    dest = ".";
+  char* out = str_dup(dest);
+  free(prefixed);
+  return out;
+}
+
+/* Record a directory the scan synchronized.  `fs_path` is its absolute path and
+   `rel` its path relative to the transfer root ("" for the root); the stored
+   form matches the wire layout (see scanner_dest_rel_path).  Returns false on
+   allocation failure. */
+bool scanner_record_synced_dir(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path, const char* rel,
+                               bool relative_mode) {
+  if (!options->synced_dirs && !options->plan_dirs)
+    return true;
+  if (!file_list_dir_in_scope(options->file_list, rel))
+    return true;
+  char* dest = scanner_dest_rel_path(options, fs_path, rel, relative_mode);
+  if (!dest)
+    return false;
+  bool ok = true;
+  if (options->synced_dirs)
+    ok = excluded_sink_append(options->synced_dirs, options->excluded_mutex, dest);
+  /* The delete-plan keep set needs an entry for every traversed source
+     directory, including empty ones, so its destination mirror is kept rather
+     than deleted as an extra; the receive root (".") is implicit. */
+  if (ok && options->plan_dirs && strcmp(dest, ".") != 0)
+    ok = excluded_sink_append(options->plan_dirs, options->excluded_mutex, dest);
+  free(dest);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Read every per-directory filter file that applies to `dir_path` (its
+ * .rsync-filter when -F is active, plus each registered "dir-merge NAME") into a
+ * fresh list.  Returns NULL on allocation/parse failure (message in `err`);
+ * returns an empty list (and *any_exists=false) when no file exists. */
+FilterRuleList* read_dir_filters(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* dir_path,
+                                 const char* rel, bool relative_mode, bool* any_exists, char* err,
+                                 size_t err_size) {
+  if (err && err_size > 0)
+    err[0] = '\0';
+  const FilterRuleList* base = options->base_filters;
+  bool have_names = options->per_dir_filters || (base && base->dir_merge_count > 0);
+  if (any_exists)
+    *any_exists = false;
+  if (!have_names)
+    return NULL;
+  FilterRuleList* own = filter_rule_list_create();
+  if (!own) {
+    snprintf(err, err_size, "memory allocation failed");
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  FilterParseOptions opts = {.delete_excluded = options->delete_excluded, .cvs_exclude = false};
+  bool exists = false;
+  if (options->per_dir_filters) {
+    if (!filter_file_append(own, dir_path, ".rsync-filter", rel, &opts, &exists, err, err_size))
+      goto fail;
+    if (exists && any_exists)
+      *any_exists = true;
+  }
+  if (base) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < base->dir_merge_count; i++) {
+      if (!filter_dir_merge_append(own, dir_path, &base->dir_merges[i], rel, &opts, &exists, err,
+                                   err_size))
+        goto fail;
+      if (exists && any_exists)
+        *any_exists = true;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Mirror the directory's rules into the delete-carrier sink so the receiver
+   * can reconstruct its per-directory protect/risk set.  The mirrored rules
+   * carry the destination-relative owner coordinate (not the transfer-root-
+   * relative one the sender's own evaluation uses) so the receiver's delete
+   * walkers, which match against receive-root-relative paths, find them. */
+  if (options->per_dir_rules && own->count > 0) {
+    char* owner = scanner_dest_rel_path(options, dir_path, rel, relative_mode);
+    if (!owner)
+      goto fail;
+    mtx_t* mtx = options->excluded_mutex;
+    if (mtx)
+      mtx_lock(mtx);
+    for (int i = 0; i < own->count; i++) {
+      FilterRule* copy = filter_rule_clone(own->items[i]);
+      if (!copy || !filter_rule_set_owner(copy, owner) ||
+          !filter_rule_list_add(options->per_dir_rules, copy)) {
+        filter_rule_free(copy);
+        if (mtx)
+          mtx_unlock(mtx);
+        free(owner);
+        goto fail;
+      }
+    }
+    if (mtx)
+      mtx_unlock(mtx);
+    free(owner);
+  }
+  return own;
+fail:
+  filter_rule_list_free(own);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Merge the open directory's own per-directory filter files (the default
+ * .rsync-filter when -F is active, plus every "dir-merge NAME" registered on the
+ * base rule list) into the inherited context, returning the context used for
+ * this directory's entries. On a parse error the scanner is marked failed.
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure. */
+int open_directory_filter_context(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const FilterNode* inherited) {
+  char err[256];
+  bool any_exists = false;
+  FilterRuleList* own = read_dir_filters(&scanner->options, scanner->current_path,
+                                         scanner->current_rel ? scanner->current_rel : "",
+                                         scanner->relative_mode, &any_exists, err, sizeof(err));
+  if (!own) {
+    /* read_dir_filters() leaves `err` set on a parse/allocation failure even
+       when an earlier merge file in the same directory existed (any_exists true);
+       key off the error text rather than any_exists so an invalid per-directory
+       filter file can never be silently ignored. */
+    if (err[0] == '\0') {
+      scanner->current_node = (FilterNode*)inherited;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    char* escaped_path = output_escape(scanner->current_path, log_get_8_bit_output());
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "invalid per-directory filter in %s: %s",
+                escaped_path ? escaped_path : "<allocation failed>", err);
+    free(escaped_path);
+    scanner->failed = true;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if (any_exists && (own->count > 0 || own->dir_merge_count > 0)) {
+    FilterNode* node = filter_node_alloc((FilterNode*)inherited, own);
+    if (!node || !array_list_add(scanner->filter_nodes, node)) {
+      filter_node_destroy(node);
+      scanner->failed = true;
+      return -1;
+    }
+    scanner->current_node = node;
+  } else {
+    filter_rule_list_free(own);
+    scanner->current_node = (FilterNode*)inherited;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Inspect symlinks, resolve the entry type, and apply file filters once for both scanners.
+ * `link_rel` is the entry's path relative to the transfer root (including its
+ * name), used for the lexical rsync unsafe-symlink test. */
+int scanner_inspect_entry(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* containing_dir,
+                          const char* link_rel, const char* name, ScannerEntry* entry) {
+  entry->excluded = false;
+  entry->size_excluded = false;
+  entry->referent_error = false;
+  entry->is_symlink = false;
+  entry->link_target = NULL;
+  entry->path = path_cat(containing_dir, name);
+  if (!entry->path)
+    return -1;
+
+  struct stat link_stats;
+  if (lstat(entry->path, &link_stats) != 0) {
+    free(entry->path);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if (!S_ISLNK(link_stats.st_mode))
+    goto regular;
+
+  char link_target[4096];
+  switch (scanner_link_action(options, entry->path, link_rel, link_target, sizeof(link_target))) {
+  case LINK_ACTION_SKIP:
+    goto skip;
+  case LINK_ACTION_SKIP_PROTECTED:
+    /* --safe-links ignored the link, but rsync still counts it as present in
+       the transfer, so its destination mirror survives --delete.  Record it as
+       an excluded path (the same delete-protection channel as a filter prune). */
+    entry->excluded = true;
+    goto skip;
+  case LINK_ACTION_DEREF:
+    if (stat(entry->path, &entry->stats) != 0) {
+      /* rsync reports "symlink has no referent" and continues with a partial
+         transfer (exit 23); record the error so the run exits 23 too. */
+      char* escaped = output_escape(entry->path, log_get_8_bit_output());
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "symlink has no referent: %s",
+                  escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+      free(escaped);
+      entry->referent_error = true;
+      goto skip;
+    }
+    entry->is_directory = S_ISDIR(entry->stats.st_mode);
+    if (entry->is_directory)
+      return 1;
+    goto apply_filters;
+  case LINK_ACTION_CARRY:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Carry the link as a symlink.  --munge-links is applied by the RECEIVER (it
+     prefixes every stored target with /rsyncd-munged/); when the SOURCE already
+     holds a munged value the sender strips it so the receiver re-munges a clean
+     target, round-tripping a munged tree exactly like rsync. */
+  entry->is_symlink = true;
+  entry->stats = link_stats;
+  entry->is_directory = false;
+  entry->link_target = str_dup(link_target);
+  if (!entry->link_target)
+    goto skip;
+  if (options->munge_links)
+    file_symlink_unmunge(entry->link_target);
+  goto apply_filters;
+
+regular:
+  /* Not a symlink: the lstat() above already described this entry, and lstat
+     and stat are identical for every non-symlink, so reuse that result instead
+     of issuing a redundant stat() on the scanner hot path.  stat() is still
+     used on the dereference paths above/below for actual symlinks (copy-links,
+     safe/copy-unsafe links, and -k symlinks-to-directories). */
+  entry->stats = link_stats;
+  entry->is_directory = S_ISDIR(link_stats.st_mode);
+  if (entry->is_directory)
+    return 1;
+
+apply_filters:
+  for (int i = 0; i < options->exclude_count; i++)
+    if (glob_match(options->exclude_patterns[i], name)) {
+      entry->excluded = true;
+      goto skip;
+    }
+  if (options->include_count > 0) {
+    bool included = false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < options->include_count; i++)
+      if (glob_match(options->include_patterns[i], name))
+        included = true;
+    if (!included) {
+      entry->excluded = true;
+      goto skip;
+    }
+  }
+  if ((options->max_size > 0 && (unsigned long long)entry->stats.st_size > options->max_size) ||
+      (options->min_size > 0 && (unsigned long long)entry->stats.st_size < options->min_size)) {
+    entry->excluded = true;
+    entry->size_excluded = true;
+    goto skip;
+  }
+  return 1;
+
+skip:
+  free(entry->path);
+  entry->path = NULL;
+  free(entry->link_target);
+  entry->link_target = NULL;
+  return 0;
+}

src/client/scanner_internal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+#ifndef SCANNER_INTERNAL_H
+#define SCANNER_INTERNAL_H
+
+/* Internal declarations shared between the scanner translation units
+ * (scanner_filter.c, scanner.c, scanner_parallel.c).  Nothing here is part of
+ * the public scanner façade (scanner.h); every symbol stays internal to the
+ * client module. */
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+  char* path;
+  int depth;
+  FilterNode* context; /* inherited per-directory filter context */
+} DirEntry;
+
+/* How rsync's readlink_stat()/generator resolves one source symlink. */
+typedef enum {
+  LINK_ACTION_SKIP,           /* not transferred (no link option) */
+  LINK_ACTION_SKIP_PROTECTED, /* ignored as unsafe by --safe-links; rsync keeps
+                                 it in the transfer, so its destination mirror
+                                 must be protected from --delete */
+  LINK_ACTION_DEREF,          /* follow the referent (--copy-links, an unsafe
+                                 target under --copy-unsafe-links, or -k dir) */
+  LINK_ACTION_CARRY,          /* transmit the link itself (-l) */
+} LinkAction;
+
+typedef struct {
+  char* path;
+  struct stat stats;
+  bool is_directory;
+  /* True when the entry should be carried through as a SYMLINK (is_symlink)
+     rather than a dereferenced file/directory.  When true, `link_target` holds
+     the owned target string to transmit (sender-munged under --munge-links);
+     ownership transfers to the File built from this entry. */
+  bool is_symlink;
+  char* link_target;
+  /* True when the entry was pruned by a user selection rule (--filter/-C/per-dir
+     rules or the --exclude/--include layer) rather than skipped for another
+     reason (unreadable, symlink policy, not applicable). */
+  bool excluded;
+  /* True when the entry was skipped specifically by --max-size/--min-size.
+     Size pruning protects the destination mirror even under --delete-excluded,
+     so it is recorded into a separate sink from `excluded`. */
+  bool size_excluded;
+  /* True when a symlink selected for dereferencing (-L/--copy-links or an
+     unsafe target under --copy-unsafe-links) had no usable referent (a broken
+     link or a stat() failure).  rsync still reports this as a partial transfer
+     (exit 23) even though the entry is skipped, so the scanner records it as a
+     non-fatal I/O error. */
+  bool referent_error;
+} ScannerEntry;
+
+typedef enum {
+  SCANNER_SPECIAL_REGULAR,  /* ordinary file: transfer content */
+  SCANNER_SPECIAL_RECREATE, /* is_special node to recreate on the receiver */
+  SCANNER_SPECIAL_SKIP,     /* non-regular entry not requested: skip */
+} ScannerSpecial;
+
+/* Result of scanner_build_file_entry().  The two failure variants preserve the
+ * sequential scanner's historical distinction between a failure before the
+ * File existed (which kept walking the directory) and one afterwards (which cut
+ * the chunk short); both mark the scan failed. */
+typedef enum {
+  SCANNER_BUILD_OK,            /* File built; caller owns it */
+  SCANNER_BUILD_SKIP,          /* non-regular entry not preserved; no File */
+  SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_CONTINUE, /* failed before the File existed */
+  SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_BREAK,    /* failed after the File existed */
+} ScannerBuildStatus;
+
+/* scanner_filter.c */
+void filter_node_destroy(void* item);
+FilterNode* filter_node_alloc(FilterNode* parent, FilterRuleList* own);
+void dir_entry_destroy(void* item);
+DirEntry* dir_entry_create(const char* path, int depth, FilterNode* context);
+LinkAction scanner_link_action(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* path,
+                               const char* link_rel, char* target, size_t target_size);
+File* scanner_build_dir_file(const char* path, const struct stat* stats,
+                             const ScannerOptions* options);
+char* child_rel_path(const char* parent_rel, const char* name);
+char* scanner_prefix_send_path(const char* prefix, const char* rel);
+char* scanner_dest_rel_path(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path, const char* rel,
+                            bool relative_mode);
+bool entry_passes_selection(const FileListSet* file_list, const FilterRuleList* base,
+                            const FilterNode* node, const char* rel, const char* leaf, bool is_dir,
+                            bool per_dir_filters, bool exclude_filter_files, bool* protect_out);
+void scanner_capture_xattrs(const DirectoryScanner* scanner, File* file);
+void scanner_capture_xattrs_opts(const ScannerOptions* options, File* file);
+bool scanner_assign_hardlink(HardLinkTable* table, File* file, const struct stat* stats);
+ScannerSpecial scanner_prepare_special(bool preserve_devices, bool preserve_specials,
+                                       bool copy_devices, File* file, const struct stat* stats);
+/* Build one non-directory transfer File from an inspected entry.  `rel` is the
+ * entry's transfer-root-relative path (used for the -R wire path); `inspected`
+ * supplies the on-disk path, stats and (for a carried symlink) the target whose
+ * ownership transfers to the File.  Populates data size, send_path, special-node
+ * state, hardlink group, metadata and xattrs.  On SCANNER_BUILD_OK the caller
+ * owns *out_file; on SCANNER_BUILD_SKIP it is NULL and the entry is dropped; on
+ * either failure it is NULL and the caller must mark the scan failed.  `*failed`
+ * additionally reports a non-fatal hardlink-table allocation failure, in which
+ * case a usable File is still returned. */
+ScannerBuildStatus scanner_build_file_entry(const ScannerOptions* options, ScannerEntry* inspected,
+                                            const char* rel, File** out_file, bool* failed);
+bool excluded_sink_append(ArrayList* list, mtx_t* mtx, const char* rel);
+void scanner_note_nonreg(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path);
+void scanner_note_mount(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path);
+void scanner_note_filter(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* name);
+void scanner_dir_count_count(const ScannerOptions* options);
+void scanner_dir_count_uncount(const ScannerOptions* options);
+void scanner_record_excluded(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const char* fs_path);
+void scanner_record_size_skipped(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const char* fs_path);
+bool scanner_record_synced_dir(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* fs_path, const char* rel,
+                               bool relative_mode);
+FilterRuleList* read_dir_filters(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* dir_path,
+                                 const char* rel, bool relative_mode, bool* any_exists, char* err,
+                                 size_t err_size);
+int open_directory_filter_context(DirectoryScanner* scanner, const FilterNode* inherited);
+int scanner_inspect_entry(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* containing_dir,
+                          const char* link_rel, const char* name, ScannerEntry* entry);
+
+/* scanner.c */
+bool scanner_capture_dir_time(ArrayList* dir_entries, mtx_t* mutex, const char* root_path,
+                              const char* fs_path, bool relative_mode, const char* relative_prefix,
+                              bool preserve_atimes, bool preserve_crtimes, bool preserve_xattrs,
+                              bool preserve_acls, bool no_implied_dirs,
+                              const FileListSet* file_list);
+
+#endif

src/client/scanner_parallel.c

@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+#include "log.h"
+#include "scanner.h"
+#include "scanner_internal.h"
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "chunk.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#include <threads.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "xattr.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  ParallelScanner* ps;
+  char** dirs;
+  int dir_count;
+  char* root_dir; /* the transfer root, for relative-path computation */
+  ScannerOptions options;
+  ProtocolSession* allocation_session;
+} ParallelWorkerArg;
+
+static int parallel_worker_thread(void* arg) {
+  ParallelWorkerArg* wa = (ParallelWorkerArg*)arg;
+  ProtocolSession* allocation_session = wa->allocation_session;
+  if (allocation_session)
+    protocol_session_bind(allocation_session);
+  for (int i = 0; i < wa->dir_count; i++) {
+    DirectoryScanner* ds = directory_scanner_create_with_options(wa->dirs[i], &wa->options);
+    if (!ds) {
+      mtx_lock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+      wa->ps->failed = true;
+      atomic_store(&wa->ps->cancelled, true);
+      cnd_broadcast(&wa->ps->result_not_empty);
+      cnd_broadcast(&wa->ps->result_not_full);
+      mtx_unlock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+      for (int j = i; j < wa->dir_count; j++)
+        free(wa->dirs[j]);
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Root .rsync-filter rules (parsed by the parallel scanner) apply to the
+     * contents of every assigned subdirectory. Relative paths (used by the
+     * allow-set and per-directory rules) are computed against the transfer
+     * root, not the subdirectory the worker is seeded with.  Exclusion
+     * recording shares one caller-owned list across the workers. */
+    free(ds->root_path);
+    ds->root_path = str_dup(wa->root_dir);
+    ds->seed_node = wa->ps->root_filter_node;
+    ds->options.excluded_mutex = &wa->ps->result_mutex;
+    Chunk* chunk;
+    while ((chunk = directory_scanner_next(ds)) != NULL) {
+      if (!queue_enqueue_multithreaded_cancel(wa->ps->result_queue, chunk, &wa->ps->result_mutex,
+                                              &wa->ps->result_not_empty, &wa->ps->result_not_full,
+                                              &wa->ps->cancelled)) {
+        chunk_destroy(chunk);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (directory_scanner_failed(ds)) {
+      mtx_lock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+      wa->ps->failed = true;
+      atomic_store(&wa->ps->cancelled, true);
+      cnd_broadcast(&wa->ps->result_not_empty);
+      cnd_broadcast(&wa->ps->result_not_full);
+      mtx_unlock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+    } else if (directory_scanner_had_io_error(ds)) {
+      /* --ignore-errors path: an unreadable directory was skipped, not fatal. */
+      mtx_lock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+      wa->ps->io_error = true;
+      mtx_unlock(&wa->ps->result_mutex);
+    }
+    directory_scanner_destroy(ds);
+    free(wa->dirs[i]);
+  }
+  ParallelScanner* ps = wa->ps;
+  free(wa->root_dir);
+  free(wa->dirs);
+  free(wa);
+  mtx_lock(&ps->result_mutex);
+  ps->completed++;
+  if (ps->completed >= ps->expected_threads) {
+    ps->done = true;
+    cnd_signal(&ps->result_not_empty);
+  }
+  mtx_unlock(&ps->result_mutex);
+  if (allocation_session)
+    protocol_session_unbind();
+  return thrd_success;
+}
+
+static void parallel_scanner_creation_failed(ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  mtx_lock(&ps->result_mutex);
+  ps->failed = true;
+  atomic_store(&ps->cancelled, true);
+  ps->expected_threads = ps->created_threads;
+  if (ps->completed >= ps->expected_threads)
+    ps->done = true;
+  cnd_broadcast(&ps->result_not_empty);
+  cnd_broadcast(&ps->result_not_full);
+  mtx_unlock(&ps->result_mutex);
+}
+
+/* Initialize result queue and synchronization primitives. Returns true on success. */
+static bool parallel_scanner_init(ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  ps->result_queue = queue_create(SCANNER_RESULT_QUEUE_CAP, chunk_destroy);
+  if (!ps->result_queue)
+    return false;
+  atomic_init(&ps->cancelled, false);
+  int init = 0;
+  bool ok = true;
+  if (mtx_init(&ps->result_mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
+    ok = false;
+  if (ok) {
+    init++;
+    if (cnd_init(&ps->result_not_empty) != thrd_success)
+      ok = false;
+  }
+  if (ok) {
+    // cppcheck-suppress unreadVariable
+    init++;
+    if (cnd_init(&ps->result_not_full) != thrd_success)
+      ok = false;
+  }
+  if (!ok) {
+    if (init >= 3)
+      cnd_destroy(&ps->result_not_full);
+    if (init >= 2)
+      cnd_destroy(&ps->result_not_empty);
+    if (init >= 1)
+      mtx_destroy(&ps->result_mutex);
+    queue_destroy(ps->result_queue);
+    ps->result_queue = NULL;
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Split files into chunks of roughly chunk_size bytes. Returns the first chunk (also stored
+ * chunks beyond the first are enqueued on `queue`). Nulls out consumed entries in `files`.
+ * Sets *failed on allocation/enqueue errors. */
+static Chunk* batch_files(ArrayList* files, unsigned long long chunk_size, Queue* queue,
+                          bool* failed) {
+  Chunk* first = NULL;
+  if (files->size <= 0)
+    return NULL;
+  ArrayList* batch = array_list_create(NULL);
+  if (!batch) {
+    *failed = true;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  unsigned long long batch_size = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < files->size; i++) {
+    File* f = (File*)files->items[i];
+    if (!array_list_add(batch, f)) {
+      *failed = true;
+      break;
+    }
+    batch_size += f->data->size;
+    if (batch_size >= chunk_size || i == files->size - 1) {
+      void** items = array_list_to_array(batch);
+      if (!items) {
+        *failed = true;
+        array_list_delete(batch);
+        batch = NULL;
+        break;
+      }
+      Chunk* c = chunk_create((File**)items, batch->size);
+      free(items);
+      if (!c) {
+        *failed = true;
+        array_list_delete(batch);
+        batch = NULL;
+        break;
+      }
+      int batch_start = i - batch->size + 1;
+      for (int j = batch_start; j <= i; j++)
+        files->items[j] = NULL;
+      batch->item_destroyer = NULL;
+      array_list_delete(batch);
+      batch = NULL;
+      if (!first) {
+        first = c;
+      } else {
+        if (!queue_enqueue(queue, c)) {
+          chunk_destroy(c);
+          *failed = true;
+        }
+      }
+      if (i < files->size - 1) {
+        batch = array_list_create(NULL);
+        if (!batch) {
+          *failed = true;
+          break;
+        }
+        batch_size = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (batch) {
+    batch->item_destroyer = NULL;
+    array_list_delete(batch);
+  }
+  return first;
+}
+
+/* Record the delete-protection mirror of a root entry that
+ * scanner_inspect_entry() skipped (inspection == 0): a dereferenced symlink
+ * with no referent is a partial-transfer I/O error and a user-selection or size
+ * prune protects the entry's destination mirror. */
+static void scan_root_record_skipped(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* root_directory,
+                                     const char* name, const ScannerEntry* inspected,
+                                     ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  if (inspected->referent_error)
+    ps->io_error = true;
+  ArrayList* sink = NULL;
+  if (inspected->excluded)
+    sink = inspected->size_excluded ? options->size_skipped_paths : options->excluded_paths;
+  if (!sink)
+    return;
+  /* A root-level prune protects the destination mirror of the entry's wire
+     path: under -R + --files-from that is the bare relative name, otherwise it
+     is the full source path with a leading '/' removed (matching the
+     send_path/file_wire_path the scanner hands the sender). */
+  if (options->relative && options->file_list != NULL) {
+    if (!excluded_sink_append(sink, options->excluded_mutex, name))
+      ps->failed = true;
+  } else if (options->relative_prefix) {
+    char* wrel = scanner_prefix_send_path(options->relative_prefix, name);
+    if (!wrel) {
+      ps->failed = true;
+    } else {
+      if (!excluded_sink_append(sink, options->excluded_mutex, wrel))
+        ps->failed = true;
+      free(wrel);
+    }
+  } else {
+    char* abs_path = path_cat(root_directory, name);
+    if (!abs_path) {
+      ps->failed = true;
+    } else {
+      const char* rel = *abs_path == '/' ? abs_path + 1 : abs_path;
+      if (!excluded_sink_append(sink, options->excluded_mutex, rel))
+        ps->failed = true;
+      free(abs_path);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Record the delete-protection mirror of a root entry dropped by the
+ * --files-from allow-set or a filter rule.  Returns false only when the -R
+ * prefix could not be built (the caller must abandon the entry immediately);
+ * other allocation failures mark the scan failed but let the caller continue to
+ * the filter-notice step, matching the historical inlined flow. */
+static bool scan_root_record_protection(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* rel,
+                                        const char* name, const char* cur_path, bool protect,
+                                        bool passes, bool use_rel, ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  if (passes && !protect)
+    return true;
+  /* --files-from subset pruning is not a filter exclusion; -R bare-wire-path
+     exclusions are never recorded (see ScannerOptions.excluded_paths). */
+  bool files_from_prune = options->file_list && !file_list_affects(options->file_list, rel);
+  if ((!files_from_prune && !use_rel) || protect) {
+    const char* rel_path;
+    char* prefixed = NULL;
+    if (use_rel) {
+      /* -R + --files-from: the destination/wire path is the bare relative
+         name, not the source path. */
+      rel_path = rel;
+    } else if (options->relative_prefix) {
+      prefixed = scanner_prefix_send_path(options->relative_prefix, name);
+      if (!prefixed)
+        return false;
+      rel_path = prefixed;
+    } else {
+      rel_path = *cur_path == '/' ? cur_path + 1 : cur_path;
+    }
+    if (options->excluded_paths &&
+        !excluded_sink_append(options->excluded_paths, options->excluded_mutex, rel_path))
+      ps->failed = true;
+    free(prefixed);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Root-level directory node: apply -x/--one-file-system and either emit the
+ * mount-point directory (plain -x) or queue the directory for a worker. */
+static void scan_root_dir(const ScannerOptions* options, const char* cur_path, const char* rel,
+                          const struct stat* st, ArrayList* root_files, ArrayList* subdirs,
+                          dev_t root_dev, ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  if (!scanner_same_filesystem(options->one_file_system, root_dev, st->st_dev)) {
+    if (options->one_file_system > 1) {
+      /* -xx: drop the mount-point directory entirely (rsync) and print the
+         --info=mount line when enabled. */
+      scanner_note_mount(options, cur_path);
+      return;
+    }
+    /* -x/--one-file-system: emit the mount-point directory entry (empty) but do
+       not descend into it (see the sequential scanner for the same rule). */
+    File* mount = scanner_build_dir_file(cur_path, st, options);
+    if (!mount) {
+      ps->failed = true;
+      return;
+    }
+    if (options->relative_prefix) {
+      mount->send_path = scanner_prefix_send_path(options->relative_prefix, rel);
+      if (!mount->send_path) {
+        file_destroy(mount);
+        ps->failed = true;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!array_list_add(root_files, mount)) {
+      file_destroy(mount);
+      ps->failed = true;
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  char* dir = str_dup(cur_path);
+  if (!dir || !array_list_add(subdirs, dir)) {
+    free(dir);
+    ps->failed = true;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Build a non-directory root entry through the shared construction path and add
+ * it to `root_files`.  A non-regular entry the options do not preserve is
+ * dropped by the builder (which prints rsync's nonreg line); an allocation
+ * failure marks the scan failed. */
+static void scan_root_add_non_dir(const ScannerOptions* options, ScannerEntry* inspected,
+                                  const char* rel, ArrayList* root_files, ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  File* file = NULL;
+  bool failed = false;
+  ScannerBuildStatus status = scanner_build_file_entry(options, inspected, rel, &file, &failed);
+  if (failed || status == SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_CONTINUE || status == SCANNER_BUILD_FAIL_BREAK)
+    ps->failed = true;
+  if (status != SCANNER_BUILD_OK)
+    return;
+  if (!array_list_add(root_files, file)) {
+    file_destroy(file);
+    ps->failed = true;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Regular file or carried symlink at the transfer root. */
+static void scan_root_file(const ScannerOptions* options, ScannerEntry* inspected, const char* rel,
+                           ArrayList* root_files, ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  scan_root_add_non_dir(options, inspected, rel, root_files, ps);
+}
+
+/* Device/FIFO/socket at the transfer root: recreated under --devices/--specials,
+ * otherwise dropped by the shared builder. */
+static void scan_root_special(const ScannerOptions* options, ScannerEntry* inspected,
+                              const char* rel, ArrayList* root_files, ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  scan_root_add_non_dir(options, inspected, rel, root_files, ps);
+}
+
+/* Scan one root-directory entry into either the subdirs or files list. */
+static void scan_root_entry(const ScannerOptions* options, const FilterNode* root_node,
+                            const char* root_directory, const struct dirent* entry,
+                            ArrayList* root_files, ArrayList* subdirs, dev_t root_dev,
+                            ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  ScannerEntry inspected;
+  int inspection =
+      scanner_inspect_entry(options, root_directory, entry->d_name, entry->d_name, &inspected);
+  if (inspection < 0) {
+    ps->failed = true;
+    return;
+  }
+  if (inspection == 0) {
+    scan_root_record_skipped(options, root_directory, entry->d_name, &inspected, ps);
+    return;
+  }
+  char* cur_path = inspected.path;
+  char* rel = str_dup(entry->d_name);
+  if (!rel) {
+    ps->failed = true;
+    goto done;
+  }
+  bool is_dir = inspected.is_directory;
+  bool protect = false;
+  bool passes = entry_passes_selection(options->file_list, options->base_filters, root_node, rel,
+                                       entry->d_name, is_dir, options->per_dir_filters,
+                                       options->exclude_per_dir_filter_files, &protect);
+  /* -R + --files-from: root-level files keep their bare relative send path. */
+  bool use_rel = options->relative && options->file_list != NULL;
+  if (!passes || protect) {
+    if (!scan_root_record_protection(options, rel, entry->d_name, cur_path, protect, passes,
+                                     use_rel, ps)) {
+      ps->failed = true;
+      goto done;
+    }
+    if (!passes) {
+      scanner_note_filter(options, entry->d_name);
+      goto done;
+    }
+  }
+  if (is_dir) {
+    scan_root_dir(options, cur_path, rel, &inspected.stats, root_files, subdirs, root_dev, ps);
+  } else if (S_ISCHR(inspected.stats.st_mode) || S_ISBLK(inspected.stats.st_mode) ||
+             S_ISFIFO(inspected.stats.st_mode) || S_ISSOCK(inspected.stats.st_mode)) {
+    scan_root_special(options, &inspected, rel, root_files, ps);
+  } else {
+    scan_root_file(options, &inspected, rel, root_files, ps);
+  }
+done:
+  free(rel);
+  free(cur_path);
+  free(inspected.link_target);
+}
+
+/* Scan the root directory itself, collecting root files and subdirectories.
+ * Returns false if the root directory could not be opened. */
+static bool scan_root_directory(ParallelScanner* ps, const char* root_directory,
+                                const ScannerOptions* options, const FilterNode* root_node,
+                                dev_t root_dev, ArrayList* root_files, ArrayList* subdirs) {
+  DIR* dir = opendir(root_directory);
+  if (!dir) {
+    log_perror("Could not open root directory for parallel scan");
+    return false;
+  }
+  /* The parallel scanner opens the transfer root directly (not through
+     open_next_directory), so record it as synchronized here. */
+  if (!scanner_record_synced_dir(options, root_directory, "",
+                                 options->relative && options->file_list != NULL)) {
+    closedir(dir);
+    ps->failed = true;
+    return false;
+  }
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_FLIST, "flist: scanning %s", root_directory);
+  const struct dirent* entry;
+  while ((entry = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+    if (strcmp(entry->d_name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(entry->d_name, "..") == 0)
+      continue;
+    scan_root_entry(options, root_node, root_directory, entry, root_files, subdirs, root_dev, ps);
+  }
+  closedir(dir);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Spawn worker threads, one per group of subdirectories. */
+static void spawn_parallel_workers(ParallelScanner* ps, ArrayList* subdirs,
+                                   const ScannerOptions* options, const char* root_directory,
+                                   unsigned long long cs) {
+  if (subdirs->size <= 0)
+    return;
+  int n = options->num_threads > 0 ? options->num_threads : 4;
+  if (n > subdirs->size)
+    n = subdirs->size;
+
+  ps->num_threads = n;
+  ps->expected_threads = n;
+  ps->threads = calloc(n, sizeof(thrd_t));
+  if (!ps->threads) {
+    ps->num_threads = 0;
+    ps->expected_threads = 0;
+    ps->failed = true;
+    return;
+  }
+  int dirs_per_thread = subdirs->size / n;
+  int remainder = subdirs->size % n;
+  int start = 0;
+  ps->num_threads = 0;
+  for (int t = 0; t < n; t++) {
+    int count = dirs_per_thread + (t < remainder ? 1 : 0);
+    if (count == 0)
+      break;
+    ParallelWorkerArg* wa = calloc(1, sizeof(ParallelWorkerArg));
+    if (!wa) {
+      parallel_scanner_creation_failed(ps);
+      break;
+    }
+    wa->ps = ps;
+    wa->dirs = calloc(count, sizeof(char*));
+    wa->root_dir = str_dup(root_directory);
+    if (!wa->dirs || !wa->root_dir) {
+      free(wa->root_dir);
+      free(wa->dirs);
+      free(wa);
+      parallel_scanner_creation_failed(ps);
+      break;
+    }
+    bool dup_ok = true;
+    for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) {
+      wa->dirs[j] = str_dup((char*)subdirs->items[start + j]);
+      if (!wa->dirs[j])
+        dup_ok = false;
+    }
+    if (!dup_ok) {
+      for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
+        free(wa->dirs[j]);
+      free(wa->root_dir);
+      free(wa->dirs);
+      free(wa);
+      parallel_scanner_creation_failed(ps);
+      break;
+    }
+    wa->dir_count = count;
+    wa->options = *options;
+    wa->options.chunk_size = cs;
+    wa->allocation_session = ps->allocation_session;
+    start += count;
+    if (thrd_create(&ps->threads[t], parallel_worker_thread, wa) != thrd_success) {
+      for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
+        free(wa->dirs[j]);
+      free(wa->root_dir);
+      free(wa->dirs);
+      free(wa);
+      parallel_scanner_creation_failed(ps);
+      break;
+    }
+    ps->num_threads++;
+    ps->created_threads++;
+  }
+}
+
+ParallelScanner* parallel_scanner_create_with_options(const char* root_directory,
+                                                      const ScannerOptions* options,
+                                                      ProtocolSession* allocation_session) {
+  if (!root_directory || !options)
+    return NULL;
+  ParallelScanner* ps = calloc(1, sizeof(ParallelScanner));
+  if (!ps)
+    return NULL;
+  if (!parallel_scanner_init(ps)) {
+    free(ps);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  ps->allocation_session = allocation_session;
+  ps->options = options;
+
+  ArrayList* root_files = array_list_create(file_destroy);
+  ArrayList* subdirs = array_list_create(free);
+  if (!root_files || !subdirs) {
+    array_list_delete(root_files);
+    array_list_delete(subdirs);
+    parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  dev_t root_dev = 0;
+  if (options->one_file_system) {
+    struct stat root_stats;
+    if (stat(root_directory, &root_stats) != 0) {
+      log_perror("Could not stat source directory");
+      array_list_delete(root_files);
+      array_list_delete(subdirs);
+      parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    root_dev = root_stats.st_dev;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the root directory's per-directory filter context once; workers seed
+   * their scanners with it so per-dir rules behave identically to the sequential
+   * scanner. */
+  FilterNode* root_node = NULL;
+  {
+    char err[256];
+    bool any_exists = false;
+    FilterRuleList* own = read_dir_filters(options, root_directory, "",
+                                           options->relative && options->file_list != NULL,
+                                           &any_exists, err, sizeof(err));
+    if (!own) {
+      /* A parse/allocation failure must fail the scan even when an earlier
+         merge file in the same directory existed (see the sequential scanner). */
+      if (err[0] != '\0') {
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "invalid per-directory filter in %s: %s", root_directory, err);
+        array_list_delete(root_files);
+        array_list_delete(subdirs);
+        parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      /* no files exist: leave root_node NULL */
+    } else if (any_exists && (own->count > 0 || own->dir_merge_count > 0)) {
+      root_node = filter_node_alloc(NULL, own);
+      if (!root_node) {
+        filter_rule_list_free(own);
+        array_list_delete(root_files);
+        array_list_delete(subdirs);
+        parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+    } else {
+      filter_rule_list_free(own);
+    }
+  }
+  ps->root_filter_node = root_node;
+
+  if (!scan_root_directory(ps, root_directory, options, root_node, root_dev, root_files, subdirs)) {
+    array_list_delete(root_files);
+    array_list_delete(subdirs);
+    parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  /* The root itself is a traversed directory (rsync counts it in
+     `Number of files`); the worker DirectoryScanners account for every
+     subdirectory below it. */
+  scanner_dir_count_count(options);
+  /* P7 Wave D: the parallel scanner never runs a DirectoryScanner over the
+     transfer root itself (it hands the root's immediate subdirectories to
+     workers), so capture the root's directory time here. */
+  if (options->capture_dir_times &&
+      !scanner_capture_dir_time(
+          options->dir_entries, options->dir_entries_mutex, root_directory, root_directory,
+          options->relative && options->file_list != NULL, options->relative_prefix,
+          options->preserve_atimes, options->preserve_crtimes, options->preserve_xattrs,
+          options->preserve_acls, options->no_implied_dirs, options->file_list)) {
+    array_list_delete(root_files);
+    array_list_delete(subdirs);
+    parallel_scanner_destroy(ps);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  unsigned long long cs = options->chunk_size > 0 ? options->chunk_size : DESIRED_CHUNK_SIZE;
+  ps->initial_chunk = batch_files(root_files, cs, ps->result_queue, &ps->failed);
+  array_list_delete(root_files);
+
+  spawn_parallel_workers(ps, subdirs, options, root_directory, cs);
+  array_list_delete(subdirs);
+  return ps;
+}
+
+Chunk* parallel_scanner_next(ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  if (ps->initial_chunk) {
+    Chunk* c = ps->initial_chunk;
+    ps->initial_chunk = NULL;
+    return c;
+  }
+  if (ps->num_threads == 0) {
+    mtx_lock(&ps->result_mutex);
+    if (!queue_is_empty(ps->result_queue)) {
+      Chunk* chunk = queue_dequeue(ps->result_queue);
+      mtx_unlock(&ps->result_mutex);
+      return chunk;
+    }
+    ps->done = true;
+    mtx_unlock(&ps->result_mutex);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  Chunk* chunk = queue_dequeue_multithreaded(
+      ps->result_queue, &ps->result_mutex, &ps->result_not_empty, &ps->result_not_full, &ps->done);
+  return chunk;
+}
+
+bool parallel_scanner_failed(const ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  return ps == NULL || ps->failed;
+}
+
+bool parallel_scanner_had_io_error(const ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  return ps != NULL && ps->io_error;
+}
+
+void parallel_scanner_destroy(ParallelScanner* ps) {
+  if (!ps)
+    return;
+  mtx_lock(&ps->result_mutex);
+  ps->done = true;
+  atomic_store(&ps->cancelled, true);
+  cnd_broadcast(&ps->result_not_empty);
+  cnd_broadcast(&ps->result_not_full);
+  mtx_unlock(&ps->result_mutex);
+  for (int i = 0; i < ps->num_threads; i++)
+    thrd_join(ps->threads[i], NULL);
+  free(ps->threads);
+  if (ps->root_filter_node)
+    filter_node_destroy(ps->root_filter_node);
+  if (ps->initial_chunk)
+    chunk_destroy(ps->initial_chunk);
+  queue_destroy(ps->result_queue);
+  mtx_destroy(&ps->result_mutex);
+  cnd_destroy(&ps->result_not_empty);
+  cnd_destroy(&ps->result_not_full);
+  free(ps);
+}

src/client/usage.c

@@ -19,20 +19,30 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("\n");
   printf("Options:\n");
   printf("  -c, --checksum      Verify content by checksum instead of size+mtime\n");
-  printf("  -z, --compress [level]  Enable compression (level 1-22, default 5)\n");
+  printf("  -z, --compress [level]  Enable compression.  The default level is\n");
-  printf("  -a, --archive       rsync archive mode (-rlptgoD): links, metadata,\n");
+  printf("                      per-codec: zstd 3 (range 1-22), zlib/zlibx 6, lz4\n");
-  printf("                      devices and specials (not compression/multithreading)\n");
+  printf("                      ignores the level\n");
+  printf("  -a, --archive       rsync archive mode (-rlptgoD): links, perms, times,\n");
+  printf("                      owner, group, devices and specials; not\n");
+  printf("                      compression/multithreading\n");
+  printf("  -r, --recursive     Recurse into directories (FastSync is always recursive)\n");
+  printf("  --inc-recursive     Accepted for rsync CLI compatibility; no effect (FastSync\n");
+  printf("                      always performs a full scan, so the destination is identical)\n");
+  printf("  --no-inc-recursive  Accepted for rsync CLI compatibility; no effect\n");
   printf("  -n, --dry-run       Show what would be transferred\n");
   printf("  --remove-source-files  Remove regular source files after successful transfer\n");
-  printf("  -p, --perms         Preserve permission bits (part of the metadata bundle)\n");
+  printf("  -p, --perms         Preserve permission bits\n");
+  printf("  -t, --times         Preserve modification times\n");
+  printf("  -o, --owner         Preserve owner (uid)\n");
+  printf("  -g, --group         Preserve group (gid)\n");
   printf("  --ssh-port <port>   SSH port (default: 22)\n");
   printf("  -e, --rsh <command>  Remote shell to launch on the client for the SSH\n");
   printf("                      transport (default: ssh).  The command may include\n");
   printf("                      arguments, e.g. -e \"ssh -p 2222\"\n");
   printf("  --rsync-path <path>  Alias for --fastsync-server-path (path to the\n");
   printf("                      fastsync server binary on the remote side)\n");
-  printf("  --blocking-io        Leave the SSH transport socket without read/write\n");
+  printf("  --blocking-io        SSH transport only: leave the socket without read/write\n");
-  printf("                      timeouts so it blocks naturally\n");
+  printf("                      timeouts so it blocks naturally (no effect on TCP)\n");
   printf("  --outbuf=MODE        stdout/stderr buffering: N (none/unbuffered),\n");
   printf("                      L (line-buffered), or B (block-buffered, default)\n");
   printf("  --progress          Show transfer progress\n");
@@ -44,6 +54,7 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("                      converted before transmission and back on receipt; a\n");
   printf("                      name that cannot be represented in the target charset\n");
   printf("                      fails that transfer cleanly (rsync-compatible)\n");
+  printf("  --no-iconv          Disable --iconv charset conversion (same as --iconv=-)\n");
   printf("  --protocol=NUM       Force the wire protocol version (must equal the current\n");
   printf("                       PROTOCOL_VERSION; FastSync cannot speak older/virtual\n");
   printf("                       wire formats)\n");
@@ -54,24 +65,27 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("                       Emit the batch file only (no destination, no server)\n");
   printf("  --read-batch=FILE     Apply the batch file to the destination (no source, no\n");
   printf("                       server); takes only the destination as an argument\n");
+  printf("  NOTE: the FastSync batch format is NOT interoperable with rsync's batch\n");
+  printf("  files (different container format); do not mix the two tools.\n");
   printf("  --delete            Delete files on receiver not in source\n");
-  printf("                      (default timing: delete only after the whole\n");
+  printf("                      (default timing: delete-during, like rsync --del)\n");
-  printf("                      transfer has succeeded)\n");
   printf("  --delete-before     Delete extras before the transfer starts\n");
   printf("                      (implies --delete)\n");
-  printf("  --delete-during     Delete extras once the keep-set manifest is known,\n");
+  printf("  --delete-during     Delete a directory's extras as that directory is\n");
-  printf("                      before the data is applied (implies --delete)\n");
+  printf("                      processed (implies --delete)\n");
   printf("  --del               Alias for --delete-during\n");
-  printf("  --delete-delay      Delete extras only after a successful transfer\n");
+  printf("  --delete-delay      Record the extras during the scan but remove them\n");
-  printf("                      (implies --delete)\n");
+  printf("                      only after a successful transfer (implies --delete)\n");
   printf("  --delete-after      Delete only after the whole transfer succeeded\n");
-  printf("                      (the default --delete timing; implies --delete)\n");
+  printf("                      (implies --delete)\n");
+  printf("  --delete-commit     FastSync-only: restore the late whole-tree commit\n");
+  printf("                      (identical to --delete-after; implies --delete)\n");
   printf("  --delete-excluded   Also delete destination files that were excluded on\n");
   printf("                      the source (default protects them, matching rsync)\n");
-  printf("  --max-delete=NUM    Never delete more than NUM destination entries per run;\n");
+  printf("  --max-delete=NUM    Delete at most NUM destination entries per run; if the\n");
-  printf("                      if the extras would exceed NUM, nothing is deleted and\n");
+  printf("                      extras exceed NUM, the rest are skipped and the run is\n");
-  printf("                      the run fails with a clear error (implies --delete only\n");
+  printf("                      reported as partial (exit 25, matching rsync).  Only\n");
-  printf("                      when used with it)\n");
+  printf("                      applies together with --delete\n");
   printf("  --ignore-errors     Continue (and still delete) when a source directory is\n");
   printf("                      unreadable during the scan, instead of aborting with no\n");
   printf("                      deletion\n");
@@ -83,10 +97,11 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("                      entry's destination mirror receiver-side.  Independent of\n");
   printf("                      --delete (it does not imply --delete; a non-empty directory\n");
   printf("                      mirror is removed only with --force or --delete)\n");
-  printf("  -m, --prune-empty-dirs  Do not transfer empty directory entries (--dirs mode);\n");
+  printf("  -m, --prune-empty-dirs  Do not create empty directories (a recursive transfer\n");
-  printf("                      recursive transfers never send empty dirs\n");
+  printf("                      otherwise recreates them, like rsync)\n");
   printf("  Note: each timing flag implies --delete.  Combining a timing flag with\n");
-  printf("  --no-delete (in either order) is rejected as a config error.\n");
+  printf("  --no-delete (in either order) is rejected as a config error, as is more\n");
+  printf("  than one timing flag.\n");
   printf("  --ignore-existing  Skip files that already exist on receiver\n");
   printf("  --delay-updates    Put updated files into place only at the end of transfer\n");
   printf("  --dirs, -d, --old-dirs, --old-d  Transfer the named directory entries without\n");
@@ -96,24 +111,28 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("  -R, --relative    With --files-from, preserve each listed entry's relative path\n");
   printf("                    below the destination root instead of mirroring the full\n");
   printf("                    source path (no effect without --files-from)\n");
-  printf("  --no-implied-dirs  With -R --files-from, refuse to place a listed file whose\n");
+  printf("  --no-implied-dirs  With -R, do not apply the source metadata of a listed file's\n");
-  printf("                    parent directory is not itself listed\n");
+  printf("                    implied parent directories (they are still created with\n");
+  printf("                    default attributes)\n");
   printf("  --mkpath          Create the destination root directory on the server when it\n");
   printf("                    does not exist yet\n");
-  printf("  --exclude <pattern> Exclude files matching pattern\n");
+  printf("  --exclude <pattern>, --exclude=<pattern>  Exclude files matching pattern\n");
-  printf("  --include <pattern> Only include files matching pattern\n");
+  printf("  --include <pattern>, --include=<pattern>  Only include files matching pattern\n");
-  printf("  --exclude-from <file> Read exclude patterns from file\n");
+  printf("  --exclude-from <file>, --exclude-from=<file>  Read exclude patterns from file\n");
-  printf("  --include-from <file> Read include patterns from file\n");
+  printf("  --include-from <file>, --include-from=<file>  Read include patterns from file\n");
   printf("  --files-from <file> Read the source file list from FILE (paths relative to the "
          "source root)\n");
   printf("  -0, --from0       Entries in --files-from are NUL-delimited\n");
-  printf("  -f, --filter=RULE rsync-style filter rule (+/- include/exclude; repeatable;\n");
+  printf("  -f, --filter=RULE rsync-style filter rule: exclude/- include/+ hide/H show/S\n");
-  printf("                  both --filter=RULE and the -f RULE / -f=RULE short forms work)\n");
+  printf("                  protect/P risk/R merge/. dir-merge/: clear/! with modifiers\n");
+  printf("                  (repeatable; --filter=RULE and -f RULE / -f=RULE both work)\n");
   printf("  -C, --cvs-exclude Auto-ignore common CVS/SCM files (.git/, .svn/, *.o, *~, ...)\n");
-  printf("  -F                Apply per-directory .rsync-filter files during the scan\n");
+  printf("  -F                Apply per-directory .rsync-filter files; repeated -FF also\n");
+  printf("                  excludes the .rsync-filter files themselves\n");
   printf("  --max-size <n>      Skip files larger than n bytes\n");
   printf("  --min-size <n>      Skip files smaller than n bytes\n");
-  printf("  --max-alloc <SIZE>  Maximum single allocation (default: 1G)\n");
+  printf("  --max-alloc <SIZE>  Maximum single allocation (default: 1G; 0 = no limit,\n");
+  printf("                      matching rsync)\n");
   printf("  --incremental       Skip files unchanged since last transfer\n");
   printf("  --size-only         Skip incremental files matching in size, ignoring mtime\n");
   printf("  -I, --ignore-times  Transfer files even when size and mtime match\n");
@@ -127,22 +146,29 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("                    into the destination instead of transferring its data\n");
   printf("  --link-dest <dir>   Like --copy-dest, but hard-links the unchanged file from DIR\n");
   printf("                    into the destination (repeatable; earlier DIRs win)\n");
+  printf("  --verify-basis      FastSync-only: require a basis hit's content to match the\n");
+  printf("                    source by whole-file digest instead of trusting rsync's\n");
+  printf("                    size+mtime (or --size-only) quick-check\n");
   printf("  --checksum-choice, --cc <alg>  Whole-file checksum algorithm for --incremental/\n");
-  printf("                    --checksum compares (xxh64/xxhash or md5; default xxh64 with\n");
+  printf("                    --checksum compares.  Accepted: xxh128 (default), xxh3, xxh64\n");
-  printf("                    seed 0).  The seed comes from --checksum-seed\n");
+  printf("                    (aka xxhash), md5, md4, sha1, or none.  A two-name\n");
-  printf("  --checksum-seed <num>  Seed for the whole-file xxHash64 digest (and the delta\n");
+  printf("                    'transfer,pre-transfer' form is accepted like rsync; 'none' as\n");
-  printf("                    block strong hash, low 32 bits); md5 ignores the seed.  The\n");
+  printf("                    the pre-transfer algorithm is rejected with --checksum\n");
-  printf("                    digest algorithm and seed must match on sender and receiver\n");
+  printf("  --checksum-seed <num>  Seed for the whole-file xxHash digest (and the delta\n");
+  printf("                    block strong hash, low 32 bits); md5 ignores the seed.  A seed\n");
+  printf("                    of 0 (the default) is randomized per transfer, exactly like\n");
+  printf("                    rsync, and the chosen seed is sent to the receiver\n");
   printf("  --delta             Delta transfer for changed files (requires --incremental)\n");
   printf("  -W, --whole-file    Transfer changed files without delta processing\n");
+  printf("  --no-whole-file     rsync spelling that clears -W/--whole-file\n");
   printf("  -y, --fuzzy         Use a similar-named file already in the destination\n");
   printf("                    directory as the delta basis when the destination has no\n");
   printf("                    usable file at the exact path (saves bandwidth; implies\n");
   printf("                    --incremental and --delta; inert with --whole-file,\n");
   printf("                    --no-delta, or --no-incremental)\n");
   printf("  --no-fuzzy          Disable --fuzzy\n");
-  printf("  --delta-block <n>, --block-size <n>\n");
+  printf("  -B <n>, --block-size <n>, --delta-block <n>\n");
-  printf("                    Delta block size in bytes (default: %d)\n", DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_DEFAULT);
+  printf("                    Delta block size in bytes (default: %u)\n", DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_DEFAULT);
   printf("  --delta-max <n>     Max file size for delta transfer (default: %llu)\n",
          DELTA_MAX_FILE_SIZE);
   printf("  -j, --threads[=N]   Enable the multithreaded scanner/loader/sender\n");
@@ -152,52 +178,71 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("  --chunk-serialization  Enable chunk serialization (long form only)\n");
   printf("  -s, --secluded-args    Protect-args compatibility option (no effect; remote\n");
   printf("                      SSH argv is already built injection-safe)\n");
-  printf("  --sendfile          Enable sendfile zero-copy (TCP only; long form only)\n");
+  printf("  --sendfile          Enable sendfile zero-copy (TCP only; long form only;\n");
-  printf("  --compress-choice <alg>  Compression algorithm (default: zstd)\n");
+  printf("                      -f is bound to --filter, not --sendfile)\n");
+  printf("  --compress-choice <alg>  Compression algorithm: zstd (default), lz4, zlib,\n");
+  printf("                    zlibx, none, or auto\n");
   printf("  --zc <alg>          Alias for --compress-choice\n");
   printf("  -v, --verbose       Enable debug logging\n");
   printf("  -q, --quiet         Suppress non-error output\n");
   printf("  --debug=FLAGS       Fine-grained debug logging (use --debug=help for flags)\n");
-  printf("  --info=FLAGS        Fine-grained info: copy,misc,skip,stats,all,none\n");
+  printf("  --info=FLAGS        Fine-grained info: copy,name,misc,skip,stats,all,none\n");
-  printf("                      none suppresses info even with --verbose\n");
+  printf("                      (use --info=help for flags; none suppresses --verbose)\n");
-  printf("  --preserve          Preserve file metadata (long form only)\n");
+  printf("  --preserve          Preserve permissions and times (= -pt; long form only)\n");
+  printf("  --no-perms          Negate -p/--perms\n");
+  printf("  --no-times          Negate -t/--times\n");
+  printf("  --no-owner          Negate -o/--owner\n");
+  printf("  --no-group          Negate -g/--group\n");
+  printf("  --no-preserve       Disable metadata preservation (negates --preserve)\n");
   printf("  -E, --executability Preserve executable permission bits\n");
+  printf("  -U, --atimes        Preserve access times\n");
+  printf("  -N, --crtimes       Capture birth time; cannot be applied (documented\n");
+  printf("                      divergence)\n");
+  printf("  -O, --omit-dir-times  Do not apply modification times to directories\n");
+  printf("  -J, --omit-link-times Do not apply times to symlinks\n");
+  printf("  --open-noatime      Open source files with O_NOATIME so reading for a\n");
+  printf("                      transfer does not update their access time\n");
   printf("  -X, --xattrs        Preserve user extended attributes (user.* only;\n");
   printf("                      privileged security.*/trusted.* namespaces are\n");
   printf("                      never captured or applied)\n");
   printf("  -A, --acls          Preserve POSIX ACLs (the system.posix_acl_* xattrs;\n");
   printf("                      setting an ACL the receiver is not permitted to\n");
   printf("                      set is warned and skipped, never fatal)\n");
-  printf("  --fake-super        Store the source uid/gid/mode/mtime in a reserved\n");
+  printf("  --fake-super        Store the source mode/rdev/uid/gid in rsync's\n");
-  printf("                      user.fastsync.stat xattr on each written file and\n");
+  printf("                      reserved user.rsync.%%stat xattr on each written\n");
-  printf("                      re-apply it (fd-relative) on a privileged run; the\n");
+  printf("                      file (interoperable with rsync); it never performs a\n");
-  printf("                      recording format diverges from rsync's user.rsync.%%stat%%\n");
+  printf("                      real chown, so an unprivileged receiver records the\n");
+  printf("                      privileged stat for a later restore\n");
   printf("  --super             Permit the receiver to attempt super-user activities\n");
   printf("                      (char/block device-node creation, --write-devices)\n");
   printf("                      within the confined receive root.  Never elevates\n");
   printf("                      privileges and never bypasses confinement; ownership\n");
-  printf("                      is still applied only with an explicit identity flag\n");
+  printf("                      is still applied only with -o/--owner, -g/--group, or an\n");
-  printf("                      (--numeric-ids/--chown/--usermap/--groupmap/--copy-as)\n");
+  printf("                      explicit identity flag (--chown/--usermap/--groupmap/\n");
+  printf("                      --copy-as); --numeric-ids only changes how ids map\n");
   printf("  --no-super          Forbid those super-user activities even when the\n");
   printf("                      receiver is running as root\n");
-  printf("  --chmod <changes>   Modify transferred permissions (rsync syntax)\n");
+  printf(
-  printf("  --numeric-ids       Do not map uid/gid by name: use the source numeric\n");
+      "  --chmod <changes>   Modify new/transferred permissions (rsync syntax; implies no -p)\n");
-  printf("                      ids directly when applying ownership\n");
+  printf("  --numeric-ids       Map uid/gid by id instead of by name (a modifier, not\n");
+  printf("                      an ownership request: combine with -o/-g or a map)\n");
   printf("  --usermap=MAP       Map usernames when applying ownership: comma-separated\n");
-  printf("                      FROM:TO rules, first match wins.  FROM/TO are names\n");
+  printf("                      FROM:TO rules, first match wins.  FROM is a name (from\n");
-  printf("                      (resolved on the source machine), * (match any /\n");
+  printf("                      the source), an id, an inclusive LOW-HIGH range, *\n");
-  printf("                      current user), or @N numeric ids.  e.g. *:nobody\n");
+  printf("                      (any id), or empty (ids with no name).  TO is an id, *\n");
+  printf("                      (current user), or a name resolved on the receiver.\n");
+  printf("                      e.g. 0-99:nobody,*:normal   (cannot mix with --chown)\n");
   printf("  --groupmap=MAP      Map group names when applying ownership (same syntax)\n");
   printf("  --chown=USER:GROUP  Override the ownership of transferred files.  Forms:\n");
   printf("                      USER:GROUP, USER (owner only), :GROUP (group only); a\n");
   printf("                      value of * means the current/root user as appropriate.\n");
   printf("                      Names resolve on the source machine; @N for numerics.\n");
-  printf("                      (Metadata is enabled with --preserve; -M now means\n");
+  printf("                      (Implies owner/group metadata; -M now means rsync's\n");
-  printf("                      rsync's --remote-option.)\n");
+  printf("                      --remote-option.)\n");
   printf("  --copy-as=USER[:GROUP]  Force every written entry (files, dirs, symlinks\n");
   printf("                      and special nodes) to USER[:GROUP], resolved on the\n");
   printf("                      source machine like --chown.  Requires a privileged\n");
-  printf("                      (root) receiver and implies --preserve; an\n");
+  printf("                      (root) receiver and implies owner/group metadata; an\n");
   printf("                      unprivileged receiver refuses the transfer.  Never\n");
   printf("                      switches process credentials (safe-subset; see\n");
   printf("                      RSYNC_COMPAT.md).  A daemon refuses it.\n");
@@ -209,65 +254,88 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("  --server-port <n>   Server port (default: 8080)\n");
   printf("  --port <n>          Alias for --server-port\n");
   printf("  --password-file <f> Authenticate a host::module/path daemon destination.\n");
-  printf("                      The file's first user:password line supplies the\n");
+  printf("                      FastSync-native SCRAM/PBKDF2 credential scheme (NOT\n");
-  printf("                      username and password (only a SHA-256 digest of the\n");
+  printf("                      rsync's --password-file): the file's first user:password\n");
-  printf("                      password is sent; keep the file mode 0600)\n");
+  printf("                      line supplies the username and password; no password or\n");
+  printf("                      reusable digest is sent (keep the file mode 0600)\n");
   printf("  --no-motd           Suppress display of the daemon's MOTD (the server\n");
   printf("                      still sends it; the client just does not show it)\n");
-  printf("  --bwlimit <KB/s>    Bandwidth limit in kilobytes per second\n");
+  printf("  --bwlimit=RATE      Limit socket I/O bandwidth (default unit KiB/s,\n");
+  printf("                      rsync-style: 0 = no limit; K/M/G/T/P suffixes are\n");
+  printf("                      binary, KB/MB decimal, KiB/MiB binary; decimals allowed)\n");
   printf("  --tls               Enable TLS encryption\n");
   printf("  --cert <path>       TLS certificate file (PEM)\n");
   printf("  --key <path>        TLS private key file (PEM)\n");
   printf("  --ca <path>         TLS CA certificate file (PEM)\n");
-  printf("  --timeout <sec>     I/O timeout in seconds (default: 30; long form only)\n");
+  printf("  --timeout <sec>     I/O timeout in seconds (default: 0 = disabled, matching\n");
-  printf("  --contimeout <sec>  Connection timeout in seconds (default: 10)\n");
+  printf("                      rsync).  0 disables it; --no-timeout is the same\n");
+  printf("  --contimeout <sec>  Connection timeout in seconds (default: 60, matching\n");
+  printf("                      rsync); 0 disables it (--no-contimeout)\n");
   printf("  --stop-after=MINS   Stop the transfer after MINS minutes (a positive\n");
   printf("                      integer); whatever was already transferred is kept\n");
-  printf("  --stop-at=TIME      Stop at an absolute time: HH:MM, HH:MM:SS, or\n");
+  printf("  --stop-at=TIME      Stop at an absolute time.  Accepts rsync's date form\n");
-  printf("                      now+N[smhd] (a time already in the past stops the\n");
+  printf("                      (Y-M-DTh:m, Y/M/DTh:m, abbreviable fields such as 12-31,\n");
-  printf("                      transfer immediately; client-only).  An early stop\n");
+  printf("                      14:00, :59, 1) plus FastSync's HH:MM[:SS] and now+N[smhd]\n");
-  printf("                      skips the late --delete keep-set so it cannot delete\n");
+  printf("                      (a time already in the past stops the transfer\n");
-  printf("                      source mirrors that were not yet scanned\n");
+  printf("                      immediately; client-only).  An early stop skips the late\n");
+  printf("                      --delete keep-set so it cannot delete source mirrors that\n");
+  printf("                      were not yet scanned\n");
   printf("  --address <ip>      Bind the outgoing client socket to this source address\n");
   printf("  -4, --ipv4          Force IPv4 for destination resolution\n");
   printf("  -6, --ipv6          Force IPv6 for destination resolution\n");
   printf("  --sockopts=OPTS     Comma-separated OPT=VAL socket options applied before connect:\n");
   printf("                      TCP_NODELAY, SO_KEEPALIVE, SO_RCVBUF, SO_SNDBUF, SO_REUSEADDR\n");
-  printf("  --backup            Backup existing files before overwriting\n");
+  printf("  -b, --backup        Backup existing files before overwriting\n");
   printf("  --backup-dir <dir>  Directory for backups (requires --backup)\n");
   printf("  --suffix <str>      Backup suffix (default: ~)\n");
   printf("  --stats             Print transfer statistics at end\n");
   printf("  -i, --itemize-changes  Print an rsync-style per-file change line\n");
-  printf("  --out-format=FORMAT Output format for changed files (%%f %%n %%l %%b %%M %%%%)\n");
+  printf("  --out-format=FORMAT Output format (%%f %%n %%l %%b %%c %%C %%i %%M %%%%)\n");
   printf("  --list-only         List source files instead of transferring\n");
   printf("  --log-file-format=FORMAT  Per-file log line format (needs --log-file)\n");
   printf("  -h, --human-readable  Print byte sizes in human-readable form\n");
   printf("  --max-depth <n>     Maximum directory depth (0=unlimited)\n");
   printf("  -x, --one-file-system  Do not cross filesystem boundaries\n");
-  printf("  --log-file <path>   Write log messages to file\n");
+  printf("  --log-file <path>, --log-file=<path>  Write log messages to file\n");
-  printf("  --stderr=MODE       Route logging to stderr: errors or all\n");
+  printf("  --stderr=MODE       Route logging: errors (default), all, or client\n");
+  printf("                      (forward the client's diagnostics to the server's\n");
+  printf("                      stderr)\n");
+  printf("  --msgs2stderr       Route all messages to stderr (deprecated spelling of\n");
+  printf("                      --stderr=all)\n");
+  printf("  --no-msgs2stderr    Forward the client's diagnostics to the server\n");
+  printf("                      (deprecated spelling of --stderr=client)\n");
   printf("  --partial           Keep partial files on interrupted transfer\n");
-  printf("  --partial-dir <dir> Directory for partial files\n");
+  printf("  --partial-dir <dir> Directory for partial files (implies --partial)\n");
-  printf("  -T, --temp-dir <dir>  Scratch dir for temp files before atomic install\n");
+  printf("  -T, --temp-dir <dir>  Scratch dir for temp files before atomic install.\n");
+  printf("                      Confined to the receive root: a relative dir resolves below\n");
+  printf("                      it and an absolute/traversal dir is rejected.  The dir must\n");
+  printf("                      already exist; a different filesystem falls back to a\n");
+  printf("                      non-atomic copy instead of aborting\n");
   printf("  --fastsync-server-path <path>\n");
   printf("                      Path to fastsync-server on remote (default: fastsync-server)\n");
   printf("  --old-args          Accepted for rsync CLI compatibility; no effect (the\n");
   printf("                      remote server path is always safely quoted now)\n");
-  printf("  -M, --remote-option=OPT  Append OPT to the REMOTE server invocation over SSH\n");
+  printf("  -M, --remote-option=OPT  Append OPT to the REMOTE server invocation.  SSH\n");
-  printf("                      (repeatable; each value is single-quote-escaped on the remote\n");
+  printf("                      transport ONLY (user@host:path): a daemon (host::module) or\n");
-  printf("                      command line; empty values and values with control characters\n");
+  printf("                      local TCP destination rejects it (no remote command line to\n");
-  printf("                      are rejected; -M OPT, -M=OPT and --remote-option=OPT work)\n");
+  printf("                      append to).  Repeatable; each value is single-quote-escaped on\n");
-  printf("  --trust-sender      Trust the remote sender's file list: the receiver skips its\n");
+  printf("                      the remote command line; empty values and values with control\n");
-  printf("                      own up-front path-traversal/containment re-validation of the\n");
+  printf("                      characters are rejected; -M OPT, -M=OPT and\n");
-  printf("                      incoming file list (fewer checks, faster, potentially unsafe).\n");
+  printf("                      --remote-option=OPT work\n");
-  printf("                      Local receiver policy: never sent to the peer, off by default\n");
+  printf("  --trust-sender      RECEIVER-LOCAL policy: trust the remote sender's file list\n");
+  printf("                      and skip the receiver's own up-front path-traversal/\n");
+  printf("                      containment re-validation of the incoming list (fewer checks,\n");
+  printf("                      faster, potentially unsafe).  It is never sent to the peer, so\n");
+  printf("                      for a push it must be enabled on the receiving SERVER\n");
+  printf("                      (fastsync-server --trust-sender) or forwarded with\n");
+  printf("                      -M--trust-sender; the client flag alone has no effect\n");
   printf("  -l, --links         Copy symlinks as symlinks\n");
-  printf("  --copy-links        Transform symlinks into referent files\n");
+  printf("  -L, --copy-links    Transform symlinks into referent files\n");
-  printf("  --safe-links        Skip symlinks that point outside transfer tree\n");
+  printf("  --safe-links        Skip symlinks whose target points outside the tree\n");
-  printf("  --copy-unsafe-links  Only transform unsafe symlinks into referent files\n");
+  printf("  --copy-unsafe-links Copy unsafe symlinks (outside tree) as referent files\n");
   printf("  -k, --copy-dirlinks Transform symlinks to directories into real dirs\n");
   printf("  -K, --keep-dirlinks  Keep an existing symlink-to-dir as that dir\n");
-  printf("  --munge-links       Munge symlink targets on the wire (sender)\n");
+  printf("  --munge-links       Munge stored symlink targets (/rsyncd-munged/) on the receiver\n");
   printf("  -H, --hard-links    Preserve hard-link relationships across the transfer\n");
   printf("  -S, --sparse        Handle sparse files efficiently\n");
   printf(
@@ -275,8 +343,7 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf(
       "  --devices           Recreate device nodes on the destination (privileged; skipped when\n");
   printf("                      the receiver lacks CAP_MKNOD)\n");
-  printf("  --specials          Recreate special files (FIFOs) on the destination (sockets "
+  printf("  --specials          Recreate special files (FIFOs, sockets) on the destination\n");
-         "skipped)\n");
   printf("  --copy-devices      Copy a source device's content as a regular file instead\n");
   printf("  --write-devices     Write received data into an existing destination device node\n");
   printf("  --inplace           Update files in-place (no temp+rename)\n");
@@ -287,9 +354,12 @@ void print_usage(void) {
   printf("  --append-verify     Like --append, but verifies the retained prefix checksum\n");
   printf("                    before appending (falls back to a full transfer on mismatch)\n");
   printf("  --fsync             Fsync every written file before publication\n");
-  printf("  --compress-level <n>    Compression level (default: 5)\n");
+  printf("  --compress-level <n>    Compression level (per-codec default: zstd 3,\n");
+  printf("                      zlib/zlibx 6, lz4 ignores it)\n");
   printf("  --zl <n>             Alias for --compress-level\n");
-  printf("  --skip-compress=LIST    Skip compression for comma-separated suffixes\n");
+  printf("  --skip-compress=LIST    Skip compression for suffixes in LIST (separated by\n");
+  printf("                      '/' as in rsync, or ','); a leading dot is optional.  The\n");
+  printf("                      default is rsync 3.4.1's built-in skip-compress list\n");
   printf("  --compress-threads <n> Compression worker threads (requires zstd threaded support)\n");
   printf("  --no-OPTION         Disable a supported boolean option\n");
   printf("  --help              Show this help\n");
@@ -297,7 +367,20 @@ void print_usage(void) {
 }
 
 void print_debug_usage(void) {
-  printf("Supported debug flags: IO,PROTO,PACK,UTIL,ALL,NONE\n");
+  printf("Emitting debug flags: IO,PROTO,PACK,UTIL,FLIST,DEL,HASH,DELTASUM,\n");
+  printf("RECV,FILTER,SEND,ALL,NONE\n");
+  printf("Also accepted for rsync CLI parity (silent): ACL,BACKUP,BIND,CHDIR,\n");
+  printf("CONNECT,CMD,DUP,EXIT,FUZZY,GENR,HLINK,ICONV,NSTR,OWN,TIME.\n");
   printf("Flags may be comma-separated, for example: --debug=io,proto\n");
-  printf("Other rsync debug flags are unsupported and rejected.\n");
+  printf("An optional level suffix is accepted (e.g. --debug=io2); level 0\n");
+  printf("silences that item.  Unknown names are rejected.\n");
+}
+
+void print_info_usage(void) {
+  printf("Emitting info flags: COPY,MISC,SKIP,STATS,DEL,REMOVE,NAME,FLIST,\n");
+  printf("NONREG,PROGRESS,MOUNT,ALL,NONE\n");
+  printf("Also accepted for rsync CLI parity (silent): BACKUP,SYMS,SYMSAFE.\n");
+  printf("Flags may be comma-separated, for example: --info=name,stats\n");
+  printf("An optional level suffix is accepted (e.g. --info=stats2); level 0\n");
+  printf("silences that item.  Unknown names are rejected.\n");
 }

src/client/usage.h

@@ -3,5 +3,6 @@
 
 void print_usage(void);
 void print_debug_usage(void);
+void print_info_usage(void);
 
 #endif

src/server/receiver.c

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 #include "charset.h"
 #include "chunk.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
 #include "delay_updates.h"
 #include "file.h"
 #include "file_receive.h"
@@ -10,9 +11,13 @@
 #include "metadata.h"
 #include "protocol.h"
 #include "utils.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 
 bool receiver_outcomes_append(ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes, unsigned char code) {
   if (!outcomes)
@@ -43,17 +48,110 @@ void receiver_outcomes_destroy(ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes) {
 /* End-of-transfer success frame.  When --remove-source-files was negotiated
    each processed data file is acknowledged first (STATUS_NEXT = written,
    STATUS_OK = skipped) so the sender never removes a source the receiver did
-   not actually store.  The frame always ends with a plain STATUS_OK. */
+   not actually store.  The frame ends with `final_status` (STATUS_OK, or
-bool receiver_send_final_success(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes) {
+   STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT when a --max-delete commit was capped). */
+bool receiver_send_final_success(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes,
+                                 Status final_status) {
   if (!config->remove_source_files)
-    return send_status(fd, STATUS_OK);
+    return send_status(fd, final_status);
   size_t count = outcomes ? outcomes->count : 0;
   for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-    Status per_file = outcomes->entries[i] == FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN ? STATUS_NEXT : STATUS_OK;
+    Status per_file;
+    if (outcomes->entries[i] == FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN)
+      per_file = STATUS_NEXT;
+    else if (outcomes->entries[i] == FILE_SAVE_FAILED)
+      per_file = STATUS_ERROR;
+    else
+      per_file = STATUS_OK;
     if (!send_status(fd, per_file))
       return false;
   }
-  return send_status(fd, STATUS_OK);
+  return send_status(fd, final_status);
+}
+
+bool receiver_send_stats_frame(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverStats* stats,
+                               const struct ArrayList* would_delete,
+                               const struct ArrayList* deleted_paths) {
+  if (!config->report_stats)
+    return true;
+  ReceiverStats local;
+  memset(&local, 0, sizeof(local));
+  const ReceiverStats* out = stats ? stats : &local;
+  /* The path list carries the dry-run would-delete set for a -n run and the
+     actually-removed set for a real --info=del run. */
+  const struct ArrayList* paths =
+      config->dry_run ? would_delete : (config->report_deletes ? deleted_paths : NULL);
+  size_t count = paths ? (size_t)paths->size : 0;
+  if (count > (size_t)MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES)
+    count = MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES;
+  ReceiverStats record = *out;
+  record.would_delete_count = count;
+  if (!send_status(fd, STATUS_STATS) || !format_stats_send(fd, &record) ||
+      !send_int(fd, (int)count))
+    return false;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    const char* path = (const char*)paths->items[i];
+    if (!send_wire_str(fd, path ? path : ""))
+      return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Add a delete commit's tally to the sink's end-of-transfer wire counters (when
+   the sink reports them).  Runs on the receiving thread, so no locking. */
+static void receiver_tally_deleted(const ReceiverSink* sink, size_t deleted) {
+  if (sink && sink->stats && deleted > 0)
+    sink->stats->deleted_files += deleted;
+}
+
+/* Observer for --info=del/--stats: record each truly-removed destination-
+   relative path (when the context carries a path list) and tally it by type
+   (when it carries a stats record), so the terminal STATUS_STATS frame can list
+   the paths and render rsync's per-type `Number of deleted files` breakdown.  A
+   failed append is best-effort (the deletion already happened; output is
+   cosmetic).  Shared by the single-threaded receiver and the -m pipeline's
+   deferred commit. */
+void receiver_record_deleted_path(void* context, const char* rel_path, DeleteEntryType type) {
+  ReceiverDeleteContext* del = context;
+  if (!del || !rel_path)
+    return;
+  if (del->stats) {
+    switch (type) {
+    case DELETE_ENTRY_DIR:
+      del->stats->deleted_dir++;
+      break;
+    case DELETE_ENTRY_LINK:
+      del->stats->deleted_link++;
+      break;
+    case DELETE_ENTRY_SPECIAL:
+      del->stats->deleted_special++;
+      break;
+    default:
+      del->stats->deleted_reg++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  ArrayList* paths = del->deleted_paths;
+  if (!paths)
+    return;
+  /* Bound the retained list like the keep-set manifest: only MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES
+     paths are ever transmitted in the terminal STATUS_STATS frame, so recording
+     more only grows memory.  A hostile/huge deletion set is therefore capped. */
+  if ((size_t)paths->size >= (size_t)MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES)
+    return;
+  char* copy = str_dup(rel_path);
+  if (copy && !array_list_add(paths, copy))
+    free(copy);
+}
+
+/* Install the delete observer (and its context) for one commit when the sink
+   carries a stats record or a path list.  Returns NULL when neither is needed,
+   so the delete engines skip the observer entirely. */
+static DeletePathObserver receiver_delete_observer(const ReceiverSink* sink,
+                                                   ReceiverDeleteContext* del) {
+  del->stats = sink ? sink->stats : NULL;
+  del->deleted_paths = sink ? sink->deleted_paths : NULL;
+  return (del->stats || del->deleted_paths) ? receiver_record_deleted_path : NULL;
 }
 
 static bool receiver_process_chunk(Chunk* chunk, const ReceiverSink* sink) {
@@ -213,6 +311,7 @@ static bool status_counts_as_progress(Status status) {
   case STATUS_ABORT:
   case STATUS_CHECK_BATCH:
   case STATUS_DIR_TIMES:
+  case STATUS_CLIENT_MSG:
     return false;
   default:
     return true;
@@ -242,21 +341,410 @@ static bool receiver_note_status(const struct timespec* session_start,
 }
 
 int receiver_process(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink) {
-  return receiver_process_pending(config, file_descriptor, sink, NULL);
+  return receiver_process_pending_ctx(config, file_descriptor, sink, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink,
+                             DeleteManifest** pending_manifest, DeletePlanSession** pending_plans) {
+  return receiver_process_pending_ctx(config, file_descriptor, sink, pending_manifest,
+                                      pending_plans, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Per-connection state threaded through the status handlers below.  The parked
+   keep-set / per-directory session live here so one teardown helper can release
+   them on every exit path. */
+typedef struct {
+  Config* config;
+  int fd;
+  const ReceiverSink* sink;
+  DeleteManifest** pending_manifest;
+  DeletePlanSession** pending_plans;
+  /* Parked keep-set for the late/commit timing.  Every exit path frees it
+     exactly once; the only exception is the successful FINISHED handoff, which
+     transfers ownership to *pending_manifest (used by the -m receiver). */
+  DeleteManifest* deferred_manifest;
+  /* Per-directory delete session for --delete-during/--delete-delay.  During the
+     loop it applies plans inline (during) or snapshots their extras (delay); on
+     a successful FINISHED it is either committed here or handed to
+     *pending_plans so the -m caller commits after its disk writer drained. */
+  DeletePlanSession* plan_session;
+  /* Observer context for the per-directory delete session, which outlives the
+     frame handler; must stay alive until the session commits.  For a session
+     handed to the caller (pending_plans) this points at a caller-owned
+     long-lived context; otherwise it points at an internal stack context. */
+  ReceiverDeleteContext* delete_ctx;
+  bool early_delete;
+  bool per_dir_delete;
+  bool delete_limit_noted;
+} ReceiverPendingState;
+
+/* Outcome of one frame handler.  NEXT reads the following status frame; FAIL
+   tears the connection down without a peer STATUS_ERROR; ERROR tears it down
+   and (when the sink owns error reporting) emits STATUS_ERROR. */
+typedef enum {
+  RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT,
+  RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL,
+  RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR,
+} ReceiverStep;
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_keepalive(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  if (!send_status(state->fd, STATUS_KEEPALIVE))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+/* rsync --stderr=client: a client diagnostic forwarded over the wire.  Read the
+ * bounded string and log it through the normal destination/level gate.  The
+ * body is peer-controlled text: log_client_message() escapes every
+ * non-printable byte (newlines, CR, ANSI ESC, ...) before writing, so a hostile
+ * client cannot forge log lines or inject terminal control sequences.  A
+ * malformed string (over-long or embedded NUL) is a framing error and tears the
+ * connection down. */
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_client_msg(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  char* message = receive_str(state->fd);
+  if (!message)
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  if (message[0] != '\0')
+    log_client_message(message);
+  free(message);
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_abort(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  (void)state;
+  log_message(LOG_LEVEL_INFO, "Received abort from client, cleaning up");
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_check(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  bool skipped = false;
+  bool would_transfer = false;
+  File* file = receive_incremental_check_ex(state->fd, state->config, &skipped, &would_transfer);
+  if (state->config->dry_run) {
+    /* Server-contacting --dry-run: the reply has already been sent
+       (STATUS_OK = up to date, STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER = would transfer) and
+       nothing may be stored.  Both flags false means a genuine protocol
+       error (STATUS_ERROR already sent or sent by receive_error below). */
+    if (!skipped && !would_transfer)
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  } else if (!skipped && (!file || !state->sink->store_file(file, state->sink->context))) {
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  }
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_chunk(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  Chunk* chunk = receive_chunk_data(state->fd, state->config);
+  if (!chunk || !receiver_process_chunk(chunk, state->sink))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_check_batch(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  if (!receiver_process_batch(state->config, state->fd))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+/* Probe a destination entry's pre-transfer state for the output-parity
+   dest-info report (protocol 2.30.0).  `wire_path` is the destination-relative
+   path; `incoming_target` is non-NULL only for a symlink probe, in which case
+   the on-disk link target is compared with the target the receiver is about to
+   store (after --munge-links).  The final component is never followed and the
+   parent walk is confined below the receive root.  Returns false only on an
+   allocation/secure-walk failure; a missing entry is reported as existed=false. */
+static bool receiver_probe_dest_state(const Config* config, const char* wire_path,
+                                      const char* incoming_target, OutputDestState* out) {
+  memset(out, 0, sizeof(*out));
+  out->known = true;
+  if (!config || !wire_path || wire_path[0] == '\0')
+    return false;
+  char* full = path_cat(config->receive_root_directory, wire_path);
+  if (!full)
+    return false;
+  char* leaf = NULL;
+  int parent_fd = file_open_secure_parent(full, &leaf, false);
+  free(full);
+  if (parent_fd < 0) {
+    /* A missing/unreachable parent means the entry cannot exist yet. */
+    free(leaf);
+    return true;
+  }
+  struct stat st;
+  if (fstatat(parent_fd, leaf, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == 0) {
+    out->existed = true;
+    out->size = (unsigned long long)st.st_size;
+    out->mtime_sec = (long long)st.st_mtime;
+#ifdef __linux__
+    out->mtime_nsec = st.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
+#endif
+    out->mode = (uint32_t)st.st_mode;
+    out->uid = (int32_t)st.st_uid;
+    out->gid = (int32_t)st.st_gid;
+    if (incoming_target && S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
+      char target_buf[PATH_MAX];
+      ssize_t n = readlinkat(parent_fd, leaf, target_buf, sizeof(target_buf) - 1);
+      if (n >= 0) {
+        target_buf[n] = '\0';
+        char* expected =
+            config->munge_links ? file_symlink_munge(incoming_target) : str_dup(incoming_target);
+        if (expected) {
+          out->target_matches = strcmp(target_buf, expected) == 0;
+          free(expected);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  close(parent_fd);
+  free(leaf);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_mkdir(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  const Config* config = state->config;
+  int fd = state->fd;
+  if (config->report_dest_info) {
+    int probe = 0;
+    if (!receive_int(fd, &probe) || (probe != 0 && probe != 1))
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    if (probe) {
+      /* Probe-only frame: report the destination state and create nothing. */
+      char* path = receive_wire_str(fd);
+      if (!path || path[0] == '\0' || (!file_get_trust_sender() && has_path_traversal(path))) {
+        free(path);
+        send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+        return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+      }
+      OutputDestState info;
+      bool ok = receiver_probe_dest_state(config, path, NULL, &info);
+      free(path);
+      if (!ok || !send_status(fd, STATUS_DEST_INFO) || !format_dest_state_send(fd, &info))
+        return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+    }
+  }
+  File* dir = file_receive_directory(fd, config);
+  if (!dir)
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  if (config->report_dest_info) {
+    OutputDestState info;
+    bool ok = receiver_probe_dest_state(config, file_wire_path(dir), NULL, &info);
+    if (!ok || !send_status(fd, STATUS_DEST_INFO) || !format_dest_state_send(fd, &info)) {
+      file_destroy(dir);
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!state->sink->store_file(dir, state->sink->context))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_dir_times(const ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  if (!receiver_process_dir_times(state->fd, state->config, state->sink))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_hardlink(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  File* file = file_receive_hardlink(state->fd);
+  if (!file || !state->sink->store_file(file, state->sink->context))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_symlink(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  const Config* config = state->config;
+  File* sym = file_receive_symlink(state->fd, config);
+  if (!sym)
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  if (config->report_dest_info) {
+    OutputDestState info;
+    bool ok = receiver_probe_dest_state(config, file_wire_path(sym), sym->symlink_target, &info);
+    if (!ok || !send_status(state->fd, STATUS_DEST_INFO) ||
+        !format_dest_state_send(state->fd, &info)) {
+      file_destroy(sym);
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!state->sink->store_file(sym, state->sink->context))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_special(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  File* file = file_receive_special(state->fd);
+  if (!file || !state->sink->store_file(file, state->sink->context))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_manifest(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  Config* config = state->config;
+  int fd = state->fd;
+  const ReceiverSink* sink = state->sink;
+  DeleteManifest* manifest = receive_manifest_entries(fd);
+  if (!manifest)
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL; /* receive_manifest_entries already sent STATUS_ERROR */
+  if (config->dry_run) {
+    /* Server-contacting --dry-run mutates nothing, so a keep-set manifest
+       is consumed and discarded.  The early-delete mode still needs its ACK
+       so a sender blocked on the delete handshake is not left hanging.
+       When would-delete reporting is armed, enumerate (read-only) the
+       destination extras so the terminal STATUS_STATS frame can list them. */
+    if (config->use_delete && sink->would_delete) {
+      size_t count = 0;
+      if (!manifest_would_delete_list(config, manifest, sink->would_delete, &count))
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "dry-run: could not enumerate would-delete paths");
+    }
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+    if (state->early_delete && !send_status(fd, STATUS_OK))
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+  }
+  if (state->early_delete) {
+    /* --delete-before: the whole-tree manifest is authoritative the moment
+       it arrives, before any file data.  Delete now and acknowledge so the
+       sender only starts streaming once the deletion committed (or failed).
+       A later transfer failure does not restore these deletions.  A
+       --max-delete-capped commit still succeeds and the transfer proceeds;
+       the terminal success frame reports the cap. */
+    size_t deleted = 0;
+    ReceiverDeleteContext delctx;
+    DeletePathObserver observer = receiver_delete_observer(sink, &delctx);
+    DeleteCommitResult deletion =
+        (config->use_delete || config->delete_missing_args)
+            ? manifest_delete_all_observed(config, manifest, &deleted, observer, &delctx)
+            : DELETE_COMMIT_OK;
+    receiver_tally_deleted(sink, deleted);
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+    if (deletion == DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR) {
+      send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    }
+    if (deletion == DELETE_COMMIT_LIMIT_REACHED && sink->note_delete_limit)
+      sink->note_delete_limit(sink->context);
+    if (!send_status(fd, STATUS_OK))
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  } else if (config->use_delete || config->delete_missing_args) {
+    /* Plain --delete / --delete-after and the --delete-missing-args
+       exact-path deletions: hold the manifest and commit it only after
+       STATUS_FINISHED.  The per-directory modes never send this frame. */
+    if (state->deferred_manifest) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received a second delete manifest");
+      delete_manifest_free(state->deferred_manifest);
+      state->deferred_manifest = NULL;
+      delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+      send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+      return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+    }
+    state->deferred_manifest = manifest;
+  } else {
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+  }
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_delete_plan(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  Config* config = state->config;
+  int fd = state->fd;
+  const ReceiverSink* sink = state->sink;
+  if (!state->per_dir_delete) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received a per-directory delete plan without a per-dir "
+                                 "delete timing");
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  }
+  if (!state->plan_session) {
+    state->plan_session = delete_plan_session_create(config);
+    if (state->plan_session && (sink->stats || sink->deleted_paths))
+      delete_plan_session_set_delete_observer(state->plan_session, receiver_record_deleted_path,
+                                              state->delete_ctx);
+  }
+  if (!state->plan_session || delete_plan_session_receive(state->plan_session, config, fd) != 0)
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL;
+  if (delete_plan_session_limit_reached(state->plan_session) && !state->delete_limit_noted &&
+      sink->note_delete_limit) {
+    sink->note_delete_limit(sink->context);
+    state->delete_limit_noted = true;
+  }
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+static ReceiverStep receiver_handle_file(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  File* file = file_receive(state->config, state->fd);
+  if (!file) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Failed to receive file");
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  }
+  if (!state->sink->store_file(file, state->sink->context))
+    return RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR;
+  return RECEIVER_STEP_NEXT;
+}
+
+/* One dispatch per admitted frame type; STATUS_NEXT (and any other
+   data-bearing status) falls through to the regular file receiver. */
+static ReceiverStep receiver_dispatch_status(ReceiverPendingState* state, Status status) {
+  switch (status) {
+  case STATUS_KEEPALIVE:
+    return receiver_handle_keepalive(state);
+  case STATUS_CLIENT_MSG:
+    return receiver_handle_client_msg(state);
+  case STATUS_ABORT:
+    return receiver_handle_abort(state);
+  case STATUS_CHECK:
+    return receiver_handle_check(state);
+  case STATUS_CHUNK:
+    return receiver_handle_chunk(state);
+  case STATUS_CHECK_BATCH:
+    return receiver_handle_check_batch(state);
+  case STATUS_MKDIR:
+    return receiver_handle_mkdir(state);
+  case STATUS_DIR_TIMES:
+    return receiver_handle_dir_times(state);
+  case STATUS_HARDLINK:
+    return receiver_handle_hardlink(state);
+  case STATUS_SYMLINK:
+    return receiver_handle_symlink(state);
+  case STATUS_SPECIAL:
+    return receiver_handle_special(state);
+  case STATUS_MANIFEST:
+    return receiver_handle_manifest(state);
+  case STATUS_DELETE_PLAN:
+    return receiver_handle_delete_plan(state);
+  default:
+    return receiver_handle_file(state);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Release the parked keep-set / per-directory session exactly once on every
+   failure exit.  Never commit a deletion for a failed stream. */
+static void receiver_drop_pending(ReceiverPendingState* state) {
+  if (state->deferred_manifest) {
+    delete_manifest_free(state->deferred_manifest);
+    state->deferred_manifest = NULL;
+  }
+  if (state->plan_session) {
+    delete_plan_session_destroy(state->plan_session);
+    state->plan_session = NULL;
+  }
 }
 
 /* Runs the whole receive loop.  The delete manifest may legitimately arrive
    either FIRST (--delete-before / --delete-during: the sender transmits the
-   validated keep-set before any file data) or LAST (plain --delete /
+   validated keep-set before any file data) or LAST (--delete-after /
-   --delete-after / --delete-delay: the manifest closes the data stream).  In
+   --delete-commit / --delete-delay: the manifest closes the data stream).  In
    the early modes the receiver deletes as soon as the manifest has been read
    and acknowledges with STATUS_OK so the sender only starts streaming once the
    deletion has committed (or failed); in the late modes the manifest is held
    and the deletion is committed only after the terminal STATUS_FINISHED proves
-   the whole transfer succeeded.  See receiver_process_pending() for how the -m
+   the whole transfer succeeded.  A plain --delete defaults to the per-directory
-   receiver defers that commit until its disk writer has drained. */
+   delete-during plan mode (no manifest at all).  See the per-frame handlers
-int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink,
+   above for how the -m receiver defers that commit until its disk writer has
-                             DeleteManifest** pending_manifest) {
+   drained. */
+int receiver_process_pending_ctx(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink,
+                                 DeleteManifest** pending_manifest,
+                                 DeletePlanSession** pending_plans,
+                                 ReceiverDeleteContext* observer_ctx) {
   Status status;
   if (!receive_status(file_descriptor, &status))
     return -1;
@@ -269,121 +757,37 @@ int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const Receiver
   last_progress = session_start;
   if (!receiver_note_status(&session_start, &last_progress, status, file_descriptor, sink))
     return -1;
-  bool early_delete = config_delete_timing_early(config);
+  /* A per-directory delete session handed to the caller outlives this stack
-  /* Parked keep-set for the late/commit timing.  Every exit path below frees it
+     frame, so its observer context must be caller-owned (observer_ctx); only
-     exactly once; the only exception is the successful FINISHED handoff, which
+     the default inline-commit case may use the stack context. */
-     transfers ownership to *pending_manifest (used by the -m receiver). */
+  ReceiverDeleteContext local_ctx;
-  DeleteManifest* deferred_manifest = NULL;
+  ReceiverDeleteContext* delete_ctx = observer_ctx ? observer_ctx : &local_ctx;
+  delete_ctx->stats = sink ? sink->stats : NULL;
+  delete_ctx->deleted_paths = sink ? sink->deleted_paths : NULL;
+  ReceiverPendingState state = {
+      .config = config,
+      .fd = file_descriptor,
+      .sink = sink,
+      .pending_manifest = pending_manifest,
+      .pending_plans = pending_plans,
+      .deferred_manifest = NULL,
+      .plan_session = NULL,
+      .delete_ctx = delete_ctx,
+      .early_delete = config_delete_timing_early(config),
+      .per_dir_delete = config_delete_timing_per_dir(config),
+      .delete_limit_noted = false,
+  };
+  bool notify_peer = false;
   while (status == STATUS_NEXT || status == STATUS_CHUNK || status == STATUS_CHECK ||
          status == STATUS_KEEPALIVE || status == STATUS_ABORT || status == STATUS_CHECK_BATCH ||
          status == STATUS_MKDIR || status == STATUS_MANIFEST || status == STATUS_HARDLINK ||
-         status == STATUS_SYMLINK || status == STATUS_SPECIAL || status == STATUS_DIR_TIMES) {
+         status == STATUS_SYMLINK || status == STATUS_SPECIAL || status == STATUS_DIR_TIMES ||
-    if (status == STATUS_KEEPALIVE) {
+         status == STATUS_DELETE_PLAN || status == STATUS_CLIENT_MSG) {
-      if (!send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_KEEPALIVE))
+    ReceiverStep step = receiver_dispatch_status(&state, status);
+    if (step == RECEIVER_STEP_FAIL)
       goto fail;
-      goto next_status;
+    if (step == RECEIVER_STEP_ERROR)
-    }
-    if (status == STATUS_ABORT) {
-      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_INFO, "Received abort from client, cleaning up");
-      goto fail;
-    }
-    if (status == STATUS_CHECK) {
-      bool skipped = false;
-      bool would_transfer = false;
-      File* file = receive_incremental_check_ex(file_descriptor, config, &skipped, &would_transfer);
-      if (config->dry_run) {
-        /* Server-contacting --dry-run: the reply has already been sent
-           (STATUS_OK = up to date, STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER = would transfer) and
-           nothing may be stored.  Both flags false means a genuine protocol
-           error (STATUS_ERROR already sent or sent by receive_error below). */
-        if (!skipped && !would_transfer)
       goto receive_error;
-      } else if (!skipped && (!file || !sink->store_file(file, sink->context))) {
-        goto receive_error;
-      }
-    } else if (status == STATUS_CHUNK) {
-      Chunk* chunk = receive_chunk_data(file_descriptor, config);
-      if (!chunk || !receiver_process_chunk(chunk, sink))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_CHECK_BATCH) {
-      if (!receiver_process_batch(config, file_descriptor))
-        goto fail;
-      goto next_status;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_MKDIR) {
-      File* dir = file_receive_directory(file_descriptor, config);
-      if (!dir || !sink->store_file(dir, sink->context))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_DIR_TIMES) {
-      if (!receiver_process_dir_times(file_descriptor, config, sink))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_HARDLINK) {
-      File* file = file_receive_hardlink(file_descriptor);
-      if (!file || !sink->store_file(file, sink->context))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_SYMLINK) {
-      File* sym = file_receive_symlink(file_descriptor, config);
-      if (!sym || !sink->store_file(sym, sink->context))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_SPECIAL) {
-      File* file = file_receive_special(file_descriptor);
-      if (!file || !sink->store_file(file, sink->context))
-        goto receive_error;
-    } else if (status == STATUS_MANIFEST) {
-      DeleteManifest* manifest = receive_manifest_entries(file_descriptor);
-      if (!manifest)
-        goto fail; /* receive_manifest_entries already sent STATUS_ERROR */
-      if (config->dry_run) {
-        /* Server-contacting --dry-run mutates nothing, so a keep-set manifest
-           is consumed and discarded.  The early-delete mode still needs its ACK
-           so a sender blocked on the delete handshake is not left hanging. */
-        delete_manifest_free(manifest);
-        if (early_delete && !send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_OK))
-          goto fail;
-        goto next_status;
-      }
-      if (early_delete) {
-        /* --delete-before / --delete-during: the manifest is authoritative the
-           moment it arrives, before any file data.  Delete now and acknowledge
-           so the sender only starts streaming once the deletion committed (or
-           failed).  This is the rsync delete-before/delete-during window: a
-           later transfer failure does not restore these deletions. */
-        bool deletion_ok = (config->use_delete || config->delete_missing_args)
-                               ? manifest_delete_all(config, manifest)
-                               : true;
-        delete_manifest_free(manifest);
-        if (!deletion_ok) {
-          send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
-          goto fail;
-        }
-        if (!send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_OK))
-          goto fail;
-      } else if (config->use_delete || config->delete_missing_args) {
-        /* Plain --delete / --delete-after / --delete-delay and the
-           --delete-missing-args exact-path deletions: hold the manifest and
-           commit it only after STATUS_FINISHED. */
-        if (deferred_manifest) {
-          log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received a second delete manifest");
-          delete_manifest_free(deferred_manifest);
-          deferred_manifest = NULL;
-          delete_manifest_free(manifest);
-          send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
-          goto fail;
-        }
-        deferred_manifest = manifest;
-      } else {
-        delete_manifest_free(manifest);
-      }
-      goto next_status;
-    } else {
-      File* file = file_receive(config, file_descriptor);
-      if (!file) {
-        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Failed to receive file");
-        goto receive_error;
-      }
-      if (!sink->store_file(file, sink->context))
-        goto receive_error;
-    }
-  next_status:
     if (!receive_status(file_descriptor, &status))
       goto receive_error;
     if (!receiver_note_status(&session_start, &last_progress, status, file_descriptor, sink))
@@ -393,28 +797,76 @@ int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const Receiver
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Did not receive FINISHED Status");
     goto receive_error;
   }
-  /* Commit-style (late) deletion: every data frame has been received and the
+  /* --delay-updates: publish every staged file BEFORE the deferred delete
-     sender proved the whole tree with STATUS_FINISHED.  The single-threaded
+     commit, matching rsync's --delete-after ordering (all updates land first,
-     receiver stores files synchronously, so everything is on disk here and the
+     then extras are removed).  The single-threaded receiver stores files
-     deletion can be committed before the --delay-updates publication in
+     synchronously, so every staged file is complete here.  The -m receiver
-     send_success (the walker skips the staging dir, so staged files are never
+     hands both publication and deletion to its caller via
-     treated as extras).  The -m receiver passes `pending_manifest` because its
+     pending_manifest/pending_plans; that caller publishes first, after its disk
-     disk writer may still be draining; the caller commits after the writer has
+     writer has drained. */
-     joined so no extra file is removed unless the transfer is known to have
+  bool handoff = state.pending_manifest != NULL || state.pending_plans != NULL;
-     succeeded. */
+  if (!handoff && !config->dry_run && config->delay_updates && config->delay_context) {
-  if (deferred_manifest) {
+    if (!delay_updates_publish(config->delay_context, config)) {
-    if (pending_manifest) {
-      *pending_manifest = deferred_manifest;
-      deferred_manifest = NULL;
-    } else {
-      bool deletion_ok = manifest_delete_all(config, deferred_manifest);
-      delete_manifest_free(deferred_manifest);
-      deferred_manifest = NULL;
-      if (!deletion_ok) {
       send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
       goto fail;
     }
   }
+  /* Commit-style (late) deletion: every data frame has been received and the
+     sender proved the whole tree with STATUS_FINISHED.  The single-threaded
+     receiver stores files synchronously, so everything is on disk here (and a
+     --delay-updates run has already published above).  The -m receiver passes
+     `pending_manifest` because its disk writer may still be draining; the
+     caller commits after the writer has joined so no extra file is removed
+     unless the transfer is known to have succeeded. */
+  if (state.deferred_manifest) {
+    if (state.pending_manifest) {
+      *state.pending_manifest = state.deferred_manifest;
+      state.deferred_manifest = NULL;
+    } else {
+      size_t deleted = 0;
+      DeletePathObserver observer = receiver_delete_observer(sink, state.delete_ctx);
+      DeleteCommitResult deletion = manifest_delete_all_observed(
+          config, state.deferred_manifest, &deleted, observer, state.delete_ctx);
+      receiver_tally_deleted(sink, deleted);
+      delete_manifest_free(state.deferred_manifest);
+      state.deferred_manifest = NULL;
+      if (deletion == DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR) {
+        send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
+        goto fail;
+      }
+      if (deletion == DELETE_COMMIT_LIMIT_REACHED && sink->note_delete_limit)
+        sink->note_delete_limit(sink->context);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Per-directory deletion: --delete-during already applied each plan inline, so
+     this only finishes the missing-args deletions; --delete-delay committed
+     nothing yet and applies its decompressed snapshot here.  The -m receiver
+     hands the session to its caller instead, which commits after the disk
+     writer drained. */
+  if (state.plan_session) {
+    if (sink->stats || sink->deleted_paths)
+      delete_plan_session_set_delete_observer(state.plan_session, receiver_record_deleted_path,
+                                              state.delete_ctx);
+    if (state.pending_plans) {
+      *state.pending_plans = state.plan_session;
+      state.plan_session = NULL;
+    } else if (config->dry_run) {
+      /* Central dry-run no-op: never commit a deletion for a -n run. */
+      delete_plan_session_destroy(state.plan_session);
+      state.plan_session = NULL;
+    } else {
+      DeleteCommitResult deletion = delete_plan_session_commit(state.plan_session, config);
+      bool limit = delete_plan_session_limit_reached(state.plan_session);
+      receiver_tally_deleted(sink, delete_plan_session_deleted(state.plan_session));
+      delete_plan_session_destroy(state.plan_session);
+      state.plan_session = NULL;
+      if (deletion == DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR) {
+        send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
+        goto fail;
+      }
+      if (limit && !state.delete_limit_noted && sink->note_delete_limit)
+        sink->note_delete_limit(sink->context);
+    }
   }
   if (sink->send_success) {
     if (sink->send_success_frame) {
@@ -426,21 +878,14 @@ int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const Receiver
   }
   return 0;
 
+receive_error:
+  notify_peer = true;
 fail:
   /* Failure exits that must not (or already did) report a STATUS_ERROR.  The
-     parked keep-set is dropped: never commit a deletion for a failed stream. */
+     parked keep-set/session is dropped: never commit a deletion for a failed
-  if (deferred_manifest) {
+     stream. */
-    delete_manifest_free(deferred_manifest);
+  receiver_drop_pending(&state);
-    deferred_manifest = NULL;
+  if (notify_peer && sink->send_error)
-  }
-  return -1;
-
-receive_error:
-  if (deferred_manifest) {
-    delete_manifest_free(deferred_manifest);
-    deferred_manifest = NULL;
-  }
-  if (sink->send_error)
     send_status(file_descriptor, STATUS_ERROR);
   return -1;
 }
@@ -454,11 +899,27 @@ typedef struct {
      after the whole transfer (and its delete/publication phases) has run so a
      child write never clobbers a directory mtime. */
   DirTimeList dir_times;
+  /* Set when a --max-delete commit was capped; the terminal frame then carries
+     STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT so the sender exits 25 like rsync. */
+  bool delete_limit_reached;
+  /* End-of-transfer wire counters (protocol 2.25.0) and the -n/--dry-run
+     --delete would-delete path list collected while processing the manifest. */
+  ReceiverStats stats;
+  ArrayList* would_delete;
+  /* --info=del: actually-removed paths collected during the delete commit. */
+  ArrayList* deleted_paths;
+  /* Per-run count of entries that failed to materialize without aborting the
+     stream (currently ONLY a --devices mknod EPERM/EACCES).  A nonzero count
+     makes the terminal frame carry a non-OK status so the client exits
+     non-zero, matching rsync's continue-and-exit-partial behavior. */
+  size_t failed_entries;
 } ReceiverSaveContext;
 
 static bool receiver_save_file(File* file, void* context_pointer) {
   ReceiverSaveContext* context = context_pointer;
   FileSaveResult result = FILE_SAVE_ERROR;
+  bool created = false;
+  unsigned created_dirs = 0;
   if (context->config->dry_run) {
     /* Defense in depth: a dry-run receiver mutates nothing even if a data
        frame reaches the sink (the sender is not supposed to send one). */
@@ -468,14 +929,29 @@ static bool receiver_save_file(File* file, void* context_pointer) {
        --remove-source-files sender keeps its source. */
     result = FILE_SAVE_SKIPPED;
   } else {
-    result = file_save_to_disk_full(context->config->receive_root_directory, file, context->config);
+    result = file_save_to_disk_full_ex(context->config->receive_root_directory, file,
+                                       context->config, &created, &created_dirs);
   }
-  /* A directory's times are deferred, never applied inline: collect the
+  /* Wire-stats tally: bytes reconstructed from the basis file (delta matches)
-     metadata now and apply it at the end.  -O/--omit-dir-times is honored by
+     count as matched data in the end-of-transfer report. */
-     dir_time_list_apply's caller (see receiver_send_success_frame). */
+  if (result != FILE_SAVE_ERROR && file->matched_bytes > 0)
+    context->stats.matched_data += file->matched_bytes;
+  /* --devices parity: a device node the receiver could not mknod (EPERM/EACCES)
+     is counted per-run but does not abort the transfer.  The terminal frame
+     turns a nonzero count into a non-OK status so the client exits non-zero. */
+  if (result == FILE_SAVE_FAILED)
+    context->failed_entries++;
+  /* Protocol 2.28.0: receiver-observed literal bytes and the created-entry
+     breakdown (regular/dir/link/special) for the `--stats` report. */
+  if (result == FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN)
+    receiver_stats_note_saved(&context->stats, file, created, created_dirs);
+  /* A directory's metadata is deferred, never applied inline: collect it now
+     and apply it at the end.  -O/--omit-dir-times and --preserve_perms/-times
+     are honored by dir_metadata_list_apply's caller (see
+     receiver_send_success_frame). */
   if (result != FILE_SAVE_ERROR && file->is_dir && file->metadata &&
-      dir_times_should_capture(context->config) &&
+      dir_metadata_should_capture(context->config) &&
-      !dir_time_list_add(&context->dir_times, file->path, file->metadata)) {
+      !dir_time_list_add(&context->dir_times, file->path, file->metadata, file->xattrs)) {
     file_destroy(file);
     return false;
   }
@@ -493,39 +969,75 @@ static bool receiver_save_file(File* file, void* context_pointer) {
   return result != FILE_SAVE_ERROR;
 }
 
+static void receiver_note_delete_limit(void* context_pointer) {
+  ReceiverSaveContext* context = context_pointer;
+  context->delete_limit_reached = true;
+}
+
+/* Terminal status for a run.  A capped --delete limit wins (rsync exit 25);
+   otherwise any per-entry failure (for example an unprivileged --devices
+   mknod) makes the terminal frame STATUS_PARTIAL so the client exits 23
+   (rsync's "partial transfer due to error") while still removing the sources
+   it successfully transferred under --remove-source-files.  A fatal stream
+   error keeps STATUS_ERROR (a non-23 exit).  A clean run keeps STATUS_OK. */
+static Status receiver_final_status(bool delete_limit_reached, size_t failed_entries) {
+  if (delete_limit_reached)
+    return STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT;
+  return failed_entries > 0 ? STATUS_PARTIAL : STATUS_OK;
+}
+
 static bool receiver_send_success_frame(int fd, void* context_pointer) {
   ReceiverSaveContext* context = context_pointer;
+  if (context->failed_entries > 0)
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                "%zu entr%s failed to materialize; continuing (partial transfer)",
+                context->failed_entries, context->failed_entries == 1 ? "y" : "ies");
+  Status final_status =
+      receiver_final_status(context->delete_limit_reached, context->failed_entries);
+  if (!receiver_send_stats_frame(fd, context->config, &context->stats, context->would_delete,
+                                 context->deleted_paths))
+    return false;
   /* Server-contacting --dry-run: nothing was staged or written, so there is
      nothing to publish and no directory times to stamp. */
   if (context->config->dry_run)
-    return receiver_send_final_success(fd, context->config, &context->outcomes);
+    return receiver_send_final_success(fd, context->config, &context->outcomes, final_status);
-  /* --delay-updates: the whole protocol stream (including manifest/delete
+  /* P7 Wave D: every child is now written and the --delay-updates publication
-     handling, which ran inside receiver_process) has succeeded and every
+     (done in receiver_process before the delete commit) plus the deferred
-     staged file was fully written.  Publish them atomically now, before the
+     deletion have both committed, so it is finally safe to stamp directory
-     success/outcome frame tells a --remove-source-files sender it may delete
+     times. */
-     its sources. */
+  dir_metadata_list_apply(&context->dir_times, context->config->receive_root_directory,
-  if (context->config->delay_updates && context->config->delay_context) {
+                          context->config);
-    if (!delay_updates_publish(context->config->delay_context, context->config)) {
+  return receiver_send_final_success(fd, context->config, &context->outcomes, final_status);
-      send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
-      return false;
-    }
-  }
-  /* P7 Wave D: every child is now written and the delete / --delay-updates
-     phases have committed, so it is finally safe to stamp directory times.
-     This runs after the deferred deletion because receiver_process commits it
-     before calling this success frame. */
-  dir_time_list_apply(&context->dir_times, context->config->receive_root_directory);
-  return receiver_send_final_success(fd, context->config, &context->outcomes);
 }
 
 int receiver_receive_files(Config* config, int file_descriptor) {
   ReceiverSaveContext context = {.config = config, .outcomes = {0}};
   dir_time_list_init(&context.dir_times);
-  ReceiverSink sink = {receiver_save_file, &context, true, true, receiver_send_success_frame};
+  context.would_delete = array_list_create(free);
+  /* report_deletes (--info=del / -i / --out-format under --delete) is the only
+     reason to retain the actually-removed paths; a plain --delete must not
+     str_dup every removal.  NULL is handled by every consumer. */
+  context.deleted_paths = config->report_deletes ? array_list_create(free) : NULL;
+  if (!context.would_delete || (config->report_deletes && !context.deleted_paths)) {
+    array_list_delete(context.would_delete);
+    array_list_delete(context.deleted_paths);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  ReceiverSink sink = {receiver_save_file,
+                       &context,
+                       true,
+                       true,
+                       receiver_send_success_frame,
+                       receiver_note_delete_limit,
+                       &context.stats,
+                       context.would_delete,
+                       context.deleted_paths};
   int ret = receiver_process(config, file_descriptor, &sink);
   if (ret != 0 && config->delay_updates && config->delay_context)
     delay_updates_cleanup(config->delay_context);
   receiver_outcomes_destroy(&context.outcomes);
   dir_time_list_free(&context.dir_times);
+  array_list_delete(context.would_delete);
+  array_list_delete(context.deleted_paths);
   return ret;
 }

src/server/receiver.h

@@ -2,8 +2,10 @@
 #define RECEIVER_H
 
 #include "config.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
 #include "file.h"
 #include "file_receive.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <time.h>
 
@@ -21,6 +23,12 @@ typedef struct {
 
 typedef bool (*ReceiverSuccessFrame)(int fd, void* context);
 
+/* Records that a --max-delete commit stopped with extras left over, so the
+   caller's terminal success frame can carry STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT instead of
+   STATUS_OK.  The commit runs on the receiver thread, so the flag is stored in
+   the sink's own context rather than in a shared global. */
+typedef void (*ReceiverNoteDeleteLimit)(void* context);
+
 typedef struct {
   ReceiverFileSink store_file;
   void* context;
@@ -28,23 +36,74 @@ typedef struct {
   bool send_success;
   /* Emits the end-of-transfer success frame.  When the sender requested
      --remove-source-files this includes one per-file status per processed
-     data file followed by the final STATUS_OK; otherwise just STATUS_OK. */
+     data file followed by the final status; otherwise just the final status. */
   ReceiverSuccessFrame send_success_frame;
+  /* Optional; may be NULL when the sink has no --max-delete handling. */
+  ReceiverNoteDeleteLimit note_delete_limit;
+  /* Optional end-of-transfer wire counters (protocol 2.25.0).  When non-NULL
+     and the wire config carries report_stats, the success frame is preceded by
+     a STATUS_STATS record; `would_delete` (optional, receiver-owned strings)
+     carries the -n/--dry-run --delete path list. */
+  ReceiverStats* stats;
+  struct ArrayList* would_delete;
+  /* When --info=del requested it, receiver-owned strings for every path the
+     deletion commit ACTUALLY removed, sent in the terminal STATUS_STATS frame's
+     path list so the sender can print rsync's `deleting PATH` lines. */
+  struct ArrayList* deleted_paths;
 } ReceiverSink;
 
 bool receiver_outcomes_append(ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes, unsigned char code);
 void receiver_outcomes_destroy(ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes);
-bool receiver_send_final_success(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes);
+
+/* Delete observer context: `deleted_paths` (optional) receives owned copies of
+   every truly-removed destination-relative path for --info=del; `stats`
+   (optional) receives the per-type `Number of deleted files` tallies for
+   --stats.  Both may be NULL, in which case the observer is a no-op. */
+typedef struct {
+  ReceiverStats* stats;
+  struct ArrayList* deleted_paths;
+} ReceiverDeleteContext;
+
+/* DeletePathObserver implementation: records each truly-removed path (when the
+   context carries a path list) and tallies it by type (when it carries a stats
+   record).  Shared by the single-threaded receiver and the -m pipeline's
+   deferred commit. */
+void receiver_record_deleted_path(void* context, const char* rel_path, DeleteEntryType type);
+
+/* Send the terminal success frame.  `final_status` is usually STATUS_OK, or
+   STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT when a --max-delete commit was capped. */
+bool receiver_send_final_success(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverOutcomes* outcomes,
+                                 Status final_status);
+
+/* Emit STATUS_STATS (a fixed ReceiverStats record plus, when `would_delete` is
+   non-NULL, a count and that many wire strings) when the wire config requested
+   report_stats.  A no-op otherwise. */
+bool receiver_send_stats_frame(int fd, const Config* config, const ReceiverStats* stats,
+                               const struct ArrayList* would_delete,
+                               const struct ArrayList* deleted_paths);
 
 int receiver_process(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink);
 /* receiver_process with an escape hatch for the commit-style (late) deletion:
    when `pending_manifest` is non-NULL the receiver does NOT delete at
    STATUS_FINISHED itself; instead it stores the owned keep-set manifest there
    (leaving *pending_manifest untouched on early modes/errors) so the caller can
-   commit the deletion only after its disk writer has fully drained.  Pass NULL
+   commit the deletion only after its disk writer has fully drained.  Likewise,
-   to keep the default behaviour (delete before the success frame). */
+   when `pending_plans` is non-NULL the --delete-delay per-directory session is
+   handed to the caller instead of being committed at STATUS_FINISHED.  Pass NULL
+   for either to keep the default behaviour (delete before the success frame). */
 int receiver_process_pending(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink,
-                             DeleteManifest** pending_manifest);
+                             DeleteManifest** pending_manifest, DeletePlanSession** pending_plans);
+/* receiver_process_pending() with an explicit observer context for a
+   per-directory delete session that is handed to the caller via
+   `pending_plans`.  The session outlives this call (the -m pipeline commits it
+   after joining its disk writer), so its observer context must too: pass a
+   long-lived object such as PipelineContextReceiver.delete_ctx.  When
+   `delete_ctx` is NULL an internal stack context is used, which is only safe
+   when the session is committed before returning (the default behaviour). */
+int receiver_process_pending_ctx(Config* config, int file_descriptor, const ReceiverSink* sink,
+                                 DeleteManifest** pending_manifest,
+                                 DeletePlanSession** pending_plans,
+                                 ReceiverDeleteContext* delete_ctx);
 int receiver_receive_files(Config* config, int file_descriptor);
 
 /* ---- Connection time bounds (anti-slowloris) ----

src/server/receiver_pipeline.c

@@ -27,6 +27,14 @@ PipelineContextReceiver* pipeline_context_receiver_create(Config* config, Queue*
   context->queued_bytes = 0;
   context->max_queue_bytes = 0;
   context->deferred_manifest = NULL;
+  context->deferred_plans = NULL;
+  context->delete_ctx.stats = NULL;
+  context->delete_ctx.deleted_paths = NULL;
+  context->delete_limit_reached = false;
+  context->failed_entries = 0;
+  memset(&context->stats, 0, sizeof(context->stats));
+  context->would_delete = NULL;
+  context->deleted_paths = NULL;
   atomic_init(&context->cancelled, false);
   int init = 0;
   if (mtx_init(&context->mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
@@ -39,6 +47,18 @@ PipelineContextReceiver* pipeline_context_receiver_create(Config* config, Queue*
     goto fail;
   // cppcheck-suppress unreadVariable
   init++;
+  context->would_delete = array_list_create(free);
+  if (!context->would_delete)
+    goto fail;
+  /* The actually-removed path list is only needed to render rsync's
+     `deleting PATH` lines, which the client requests via report_deletes
+     (--info=del / -i / --out-format under --delete).  A plain --delete run must
+     not allocate it or observe every removal. */
+  if (config->report_deletes) {
+    context->deleted_paths = array_list_create(free);
+    if (!context->deleted_paths)
+      goto fail;
+  }
   return context;
 
 fail:
@@ -49,6 +69,12 @@ fail:
     cnd_destroy(&context->condition_not_full);
   if (init >= 1)
     mtx_destroy(&context->mutex);
+  /* Free every list that was already created before the failing allocation:
+     `context` itself is freed below, so they would otherwise leak. */
+  if (context->would_delete)
+    array_list_delete(context->would_delete);
+  if (context->deleted_paths)
+    array_list_delete(context->deleted_paths);
   free(context);
   return NULL;
 }
@@ -57,9 +83,15 @@ void pipeline_context_receiver_destroy(PipelineContextReceiver* context) {
   config_delete(context->config);
   if (context->deferred_manifest)
     delete_manifest_free(context->deferred_manifest);
+  if (context->deferred_plans)
+    delete_plan_session_destroy(context->deferred_plans);
   queue_destroy(context->queue);
   receiver_outcomes_destroy(&context->outcomes);
   dir_time_list_free(&context->dir_times);
+  if (context->would_delete)
+    array_list_delete(context->would_delete);
+  if (context->deleted_paths)
+    array_list_delete(context->deleted_paths);
   mtx_destroy(&context->mutex);
   cnd_destroy(&context->condition_not_full);
   cnd_destroy(&context->condition_not_empty);
@@ -132,9 +164,23 @@ bool pipeline_context_receiver_enqueue_file(PipelineContextReceiver* context, Fi
 
 static bool receiver_enqueue_file(File* file, void* context_pointer) {
   PipelineContextReceiver* context = (PipelineContextReceiver*)context_pointer;
+  if (file && file->matched_bytes > 0) {
+    mtx_lock(&context->mutex);
+    context->stats.matched_data += file->matched_bytes;
+    mtx_unlock(&context->mutex);
+  }
   return pipeline_context_receiver_enqueue_file(context, file);
 }
 
+/* Early delete modes (--delete-before/--delete-during) commit the manifest
+   inside receiver_process_pending on this thread; record a capped commit so
+   server.c's terminal frame can report STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT.  The plain bool is
+   safe: receive_thread writes it before the main thread joins the thread. */
+static void receiver_pipeline_note_delete_limit(void* context_pointer) {
+  PipelineContextReceiver* context = (PipelineContextReceiver*)context_pointer;
+  context->delete_limit_reached = true;
+}
+
 static void receiver_thread_fail(PipelineContextReceiver* context) {
   mtx_lock(&context->mutex);
   atomic_store(&context->cancelled, true);
@@ -152,9 +198,18 @@ int receive_thread(void* pipeline_context) {
   const Config* config = context->config;
   mtx_unlock(&context->mutex);
 
-  ReceiverSink sink = {receiver_enqueue_file, context, false, false, NULL};
+  ReceiverSink sink = {receiver_enqueue_file,
-  if (receiver_process_pending((Config*)config, file_descriptor, &sink,
+                       context,
-                               &context->deferred_manifest) != 0) {
+                       false,
+                       false,
+                       NULL,
+                       receiver_pipeline_note_delete_limit,
+                       &context->stats,
+                       context->would_delete,
+                       context->deleted_paths};
+  if (receiver_process_pending_ctx((Config*)config, file_descriptor, &sink,
+                                   &context->deferred_manifest, &context->deferred_plans,
+                                   &context->delete_ctx) != 0) {
     receiver_thread_fail(context);
     protocol_session_unbind();
     return thrd_error;
@@ -196,12 +251,30 @@ int write_thread(void* pipeline_context) {
     }
     size_t file_bytes = file->data ? file->data->size : 0;
     FileSaveResult result = FILE_SAVE_SKIPPED;
+    bool created = false;
+    unsigned created_dirs = 0;
     /* Server-contacting --dry-run: never write.  The receiver thread does not
        enqueue anything on the dry-run path, but this keeps the writer thread
        provably mutation-free if a data frame ever reached it. */
     bool dry_run = context->config->dry_run;
     if (save_to_disk && !dry_run) {
-      result = file_save_to_disk_full(root_directory, file, context->config);
+      result =
+          file_save_to_disk_full_ex(root_directory, file, context->config, &created, &created_dirs);
+      if (result == FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN) {
+        /* Protocol 2.28.0: fold the receiver-observed literal bytes and the
+           created-entry type into the shared stats block under its mutex (the
+           receive thread also writes stats.matched_data). */
+        mtx_lock(&context->mutex);
+        receiver_stats_note_saved(&context->stats, file, created, created_dirs);
+        mtx_unlock(&context->mutex);
+      }
+      /* --devices parity: a device node that could not be mknod'ed is counted
+         per-run but does NOT abort the transfer. */
+      if (result == FILE_SAVE_FAILED) {
+        mtx_lock(&context->mutex);
+        context->failed_entries++;
+        mtx_unlock(&context->mutex);
+      }
       if (result == FILE_SAVE_ERROR) {
         file_destroy(file);
         pipeline_context_receiver_note_bytes_released(context, file_bytes);
@@ -220,8 +293,8 @@ int write_thread(void* pipeline_context) {
        write would clobber them); accumulate the metadata here and let the
        caller apply it once every writer has drained. */
     if (!dry_run && result != FILE_SAVE_ERROR && file->is_dir && file->metadata &&
-        dir_times_should_capture(context->config) &&
+        dir_metadata_should_capture(context->config) &&
-        !dir_time_list_add(&context->dir_times, file->path, file->metadata)) {
+        !dir_time_list_add(&context->dir_times, file->path, file->metadata, file->xattrs)) {
       file_destroy(file);
       pipeline_context_receiver_note_bytes_released(context, file_bytes);
       mtx_lock(&context->mutex);

src/server/receiver_pipeline.h

@@ -41,10 +41,39 @@ typedef struct PipelineContextReceiver {
      transfer truly succeeded.  NULL in the early delete modes (which delete at
      the manifest). */
   DeleteManifest* deferred_manifest;
+  /* Per-directory delete session for --delete-delay: receive_thread snapshots
+     each plan's extras as it arrives and hands the session here instead of
+     committing while the disk writer may still be draining; server.c commits it
+     after both threads joined.  NULL for every other timing. */
+  DeletePlanSession* deferred_plans;
+  /* Observer context for `deferred_plans`.  It must outlive the receive thread
+     (the session is committed by server.c after both threads join), so it lives
+     here rather than on receiver_process_pending()'s stack; receive_thread
+     installs it on the session. */
+  ReceiverDeleteContext delete_ctx;
+  /* Set by server.c when the deferred delete commit hit the --max-delete
+     budget; the terminal success frame then carries STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT
+     (rsync exit 25) while the transfer itself still succeeds. */
+  bool delete_limit_reached;
   /* P7 Wave D: directory metadata collected by write_thread from received
      directory entries.  Only write_thread mutates it (before it joins); the
      caller (server.c) applies it after the delete/delay-updates phase. */
   DirTimeList dir_times;
+  /* End-of-transfer wire counters (protocol 2.25.0).  receive_thread accumulates
+     matched_data under `mutex`; server.c adds the delete-commit tallies after
+     both threads join and emits the STATUS_STATS frame. */
+  ReceiverStats stats;
+  /* -n/--dry-run --delete would-delete path list, collected by receive_thread
+     and reported in the STATUS_STATS frame. */
+  struct ArrayList* would_delete;
+  /* --info=del actually-removed path list, collected by the deferred delete
+     commit in server.c and reported in the STATUS_STATS frame. */
+  struct ArrayList* deleted_paths;
+  /* Per-run count of entries that failed to materialize without aborting the
+     stream (currently ONLY a --devices mknod EPERM/EACCES).  write_thread
+     increments it under `mutex`; server.c turns a nonzero count into a non-OK
+     terminal status so the client exits non-zero. */
+  size_t failed_entries;
 } PipelineContextReceiver;
 
 PipelineContextReceiver* pipeline_context_receiver_create(Config* config, Queue* queue_receiver,

src/server/server_cli.c

@@ -3,20 +3,12 @@
 #include "credentials.h"
 #include "utils.h"
 #include <limits.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>
 
-static void set_error(char* err, size_t err_size, const char* fmt, ...) {
+#define set_error utils_set_error
-  if (!err || err_size == 0)
-    return;
-  va_list args;
-  va_start(args, fmt);
-  vsnprintf(err, err_size, fmt, args);
-  va_end(args);
-}
 
 void server_cli_options_default(ServerCliOptions* opts) {
   if (!opts)
@@ -192,14 +184,20 @@ int server_cli_parse(int argc, char* argv[], ServerCliOptions* opts, char* err,
         inline_value = argv[++i];
       }
       opts->iconv_spec = inline_value;
-    } else if (arg_is(argv[i], "-p")) {
+    } else if (arg_is(argv[i], "-p") || arg_has_value(argv[i], "--port", &inline_value)) {
+      if (inline_value) {
+        opts->port_set = true;
+        if (parse_port_arg(inline_value, &opts->port, err, err_size) != 0)
+          return -1;
+      } else {
         if (i + 1 >= argc) {
-        set_error(err, err_size, "missing argument for -p");
+          set_error(err, err_size, "missing argument for %s", argv[i]);
           return -1;
         }
         opts->port_set = true;
         if (parse_port_arg(argv[++i], &opts->port, err, err_size) != 0)
           return -1;
+      }
     } else {
       if (arg_has_value(argv[i], "--config", &inline_value)) {
         if (!inline_value) {

src/shared/array_list.c

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 ArrayList* array_list_create(void (*item_destroyer)(void* item)) {
   ArrayList* list = (ArrayList*)protocol_alloc(sizeof(ArrayList));
   if (list == NULL) {
-    log_perror("ERROR: Could not allocate memory for array list struct");
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "ERROR: Could not allocate memory for array list struct");
     return NULL;
   }
 
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static bool array_list_extend(ArrayList* array_list) {
     new_capacity = INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE;
   void* new_items = protocol_realloc(array_list->items, new_capacity * sizeof(void*));
   if (new_items == NULL) {
-    log_perror("ERROR: Could not reallocate memory for array list items");
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "ERROR: Could not reallocate memory for array list items");
     return false;
   }
   array_list->items = new_items;
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void** array_list_to_array(const ArrayList* array_list) {
   }
   void** array = protocol_alloc(array_list->size * sizeof(void*));
   if (array == NULL) {
-    log_perror("Could not malloc space for array from array list!");
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "Could not malloc space for array from array list!");
     return NULL;
   }
   memcpy(array, array_list->items, array_list->size * sizeof(void*));

src/shared/batch.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #include "data.h"
 #include "file.h"
 #include "file_receive.h"
+#include "identity.h"
 #include "log.h"
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -10,11 +11,15 @@
 
 /* Serialization metadata mode for the batch stream, captured from the config at
  * batch_write_header time.  The header persists it into the file so a batch is
- * self-describing: batch_read_apply re-reads it from the file (not from the
+ * self-describing about whether per-entry metadata was CAPTURED in the stream:
- * reading config), so a batch written with -M is applied identically by an
+ * batch_read_apply re-reads it from the file (not from the reading config) to
- * invoking process regardless of its own -M setting.  The batch driver is a
+ * decode the chunk records correctly.  Which attributes are actually APPLIED,
- * single sequential scan pass within one thread, so this module-level flag is
+ * however, comes from the INVOKING process's per-attribute config (the
- * safe. */
+ * FileAttrPolicy and the dir-metadata gate), so a batch written with -M is NOT
+ * automatically applied identically by an invoking process with a different
+ * -p/-t/-o/-g: --read-batch must be invoked with the same -p/-t/-o/-g as the
+ * write side (rsync requires the same options).  The batch driver is a single
+ * sequential scan pass within one thread, so this module-level flag is safe. */
 static bool batch_metadata_mode = false;
 
 static bool write_all_bytes(int fd, const void* data, size_t size) {
@@ -91,22 +96,37 @@ int batch_read_apply(int fd, const Config* config, const char* dest_root) {
   if (fd < 0 || dest_root == NULL || dest_root[0] == '\0')
     return -1;
 
+  /* Directory metadata is deferred to the end of the apply (a child write would
+   * otherwise clobber its parent's mtime/mode).  The batch header's single
+   * metadata bit only says whether metadata is present in the stream; which
+   * attributes are APPLIED comes from the invoking process's config, so
+   * --read-batch must be invoked with the same -p/-t/-o/-g as the write side
+   * (rsync requires the same options).  The identity snapshot is activated so
+   * -o/-g and the explicit ownership flags can apply. */
+  DirTimeList dir_times;
+  dir_time_list_init(&dir_times);
+  int result = -1;
+  if (!identity_set_active(config)) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: could not activate the identity policy");
+    goto done;
+  }
+
   char magic[BATCH_MAGIC_LEN];
   bool eof = false;
   if (!read_exact(fd, magic, BATCH_MAGIC_LEN, &eof) || eof ||
       memcmp(magic, BATCH_MAGIC, BATCH_MAGIC_LEN) != 0) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: malformed header (bad magic)");
-    return -1;
+    goto done;
   }
   unsigned char version;
   if (!read_exact(fd, &version, 1, &eof) || eof || version != BATCH_FORMAT_VERSION) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: malformed header (bad or missing format version)");
-    return -1;
+    goto done;
   }
   unsigned char mode;
   if (!read_exact(fd, &mode, 1, &eof) || eof || (mode != 0 && mode != 1)) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: malformed header (bad metadata flag)");
-    return -1;
+    goto done;
   }
   bool use_metadata = mode == 1;
 
@@ -114,47 +134,62 @@ int batch_read_apply(int fd, const Config* config, const char* dest_root) {
     unsigned long long length;
     if (!read_exact(fd, &length, sizeof(length), &eof)) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: truncated length prefix");
-      return -1;
+      goto done;
     }
     if (eof)
       break; /* clean end of stream */
     if (length == 0 || length > BATCH_MAX_RECORD) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: rejected record length %llu (valid range 1..%llu)",
                   length, (unsigned long long)BATCH_MAX_RECORD);
-      return -1;
+      goto done;
     }
     char* record = (char*)malloc((size_t)length);
     if (record == NULL) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: could not allocate a %llu-byte record", length);
-      return -1;
+      goto done;
     }
     if (!read_exact(fd, record, (size_t)length, &eof) || eof) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: truncated chunk record");
       free(record);
-      return -1;
+      goto done;
     }
     Data* data = data_create(record, (size_t)length);
     if (data == NULL)
-      return -1; /* data_create frees `record` on failure */
+      goto done; /* data_create frees `record` on failure */
     Chunk* chunk = chunk_deserialize(data, use_metadata);
     data_destroy(data);
     if (chunk == NULL) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "batch: rejected malformed chunk record");
-      return -1;
+      goto done;
     }
     for (int i = 0; i < chunk->element_count; i++) {
       File* file = chunk->items[i];
       chunk->items[i] = NULL;
       if (file == NULL)
         continue;
-      FileSaveResult result = file_save_to_disk_full(dest_root, file, config);
+      FileSaveResult save = file_save_to_disk_full(dest_root, file, config);
+      /* Accumulate directory metadata (when it applies) before the File is
+       * destroyed; applied once the whole stream has been consumed. */
+      if (save != FILE_SAVE_ERROR && file->is_dir && file->metadata &&
+          dir_metadata_should_capture(config) &&
+          !dir_time_list_add(&dir_times, file->path, file->metadata, file->xattrs)) {
         file_destroy(file);
-      if (result == FILE_SAVE_ERROR) {
         chunk_destroy(chunk);
-        return -1;
+        goto done;
+      }
+      file_destroy(file);
+      if (save == FILE_SAVE_ERROR) {
+        chunk_destroy(chunk);
+        goto done;
       }
     }
     chunk_destroy(chunk);
   }
-  return 0;
+  dir_metadata_list_apply(&dir_times, dest_root, config);
+  result = 0;
+
+done:
+  identity_clear_active();
+  dir_time_list_free(&dir_times);
+  return result;
 }

src/shared/charset.c

@@ -168,9 +168,14 @@ bool charset_spec_valid_direction(const char* from_charset, const char* to_chars
   return direction_probe_valid(from_charset, to_charset);
 }
 
-/* The receiver's real conversion is wire(client REMOTE) -> server-local (the
+/* The receiver's conversion is wire charset -> destination charset.  rsync's
- * server's own --iconv LOCAL half, or the client's LOCAL half when the server
+ * CONVERT_SPEC is LOCAL,REMOTE and "stays the same whether you're pushing or
- * has no --iconv).  A dedicated pre-ack check so an impossible direction is
+ * pulling", so for a PUSH (FastSync's only direction) the destination end's
+ * charset is the spec's REMOTE half: the client converts LOCAL -> REMOTE on the
+ * sender and the receiver writes the wire bytes verbatim.  Only a server that
+ * declares its OWN --iconv (the daemon "charset" analog) has a different local
+ * charset, and then it is that spec's LOCAL half and the receiver converts
+ * wire -> server-local.  A dedicated pre-ack check so an impossible direction is
  * rejected before the connection instead of refusing mid-transfer. */
 bool charset_wire_receiver_spec_valid(const char* spec, const char* server_spec) {
   if (!spec)
@@ -180,7 +185,7 @@ bool charset_wire_receiver_spec_valid(const char* spec, const char* server_spec)
   if (charset_spec_parse(spec, &local, &remote) != 0)
     return false;
   const char* wire = remote;
-  const char* target_local = local;
+  const char* target_local = remote;
   char* server_local = NULL;
   char* server_remote = NULL;
   if (server_spec) {
@@ -302,13 +307,13 @@ bool charset_wire_init_receiver(const char* spec, const char* server_spec) {
   char* remote;
   if (charset_spec_parse(spec, &local, &remote) != 0)
     return false;
-  /* The wire charset is the client spec's REMOTE half; the local charset is
+  /* The wire charset is the client spec's REMOTE half (rsync's LOCAL,REMOTE
-   * the client spec's LOCAL half unless the server was itself started with
+   * spec stays the same push or pull, so on a push the destination end's
-   * --iconv naming a different local charset (the server halves above never
+   * charset is REMOTE and the receiver writes the wire bytes verbatim).  Only a
-   * travel, so the server's own flag is the only way its local charset can
+   * server started with its own --iconv declares a different local charset (the
-   * differ from what the client assumed). */
+   * server halves above never travel), and then it is that spec's LOCAL half. */
   const char* wire = remote;
-  const char* target_local = local;
+  const char* target_local = remote;
   char* server_local = NULL;
   char* server_remote = NULL;
   if (server_spec) {

src/shared/charset.h

@@ -57,8 +57,9 @@ void charset_conversion_close(void* conversion);
 /* Process-wide wire conversion.  charset_wire_init_sender (client side) opens
  * LOCAL->REMOTE; charset_wire_init_receiver (server side) opens
  * wire(REMOTE)->server-local.  server_spec is the server's own --iconv, whose
- * LOCAL half may override the local charset the client assumed; NULL reuses
+ * LOCAL half overrides the destination charset; NULL means the destination
- * the client spec's LOCAL half.  Both return false on an unsupported spec.
+ * charset is the client spec's REMOTE half (rsync's push semantics: the wire
+ * bytes are written verbatim).  Both return false on an unsupported spec.
  * The state is freed with charset_wire_free. */
 bool charset_wire_init_sender(const char* spec);
 bool charset_wire_init_receiver(const char* spec, const char* server_spec);
@@ -66,9 +67,9 @@ void charset_wire_free(void);
 bool charset_wire_active(void);
 
 /* Pre-ack receiver-direction sanity (see charset_wire_init_receiver): true
- * when the exact wire->server-local conversion the receiver will use (client
+ * when the exact wire->destination conversion the receiver will use (client
- * spec's REMOTE half into the server's own LOCAL half, or the client's LOCAL
+ * spec's REMOTE half into the server's own LOCAL half, or REMOTE->REMOTE when
- * half when the server has no --iconv) opens and produces NUL-free output. */
+ * the server has no --iconv) opens and produces NUL-free output. */
 bool charset_wire_receiver_spec_valid(const char* spec, const char* server_spec);
 
 /* Convert a path across the wire in the process direction.  Returns a malloc'd

src/shared/checksum.c

@@ -1,12 +1,171 @@
 #include "checksum.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #include <openssl/evp.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <strings.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 
 /* delta.c owns the single XXH_IMPLEMENTATION that provides the xxHash symbols
- * for the whole binary; this TU only needs the declarations. */
+ * for the whole binary; this TU only needs the declarations.  The streaming
+ * state structs and XXH3_update are exposed only with XXH_STATIC_LINKING_ONLY. */
+#define XXH_STATIC_LINKING_ONLY
 #include <xxhash.h>
 
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Self-contained MD4 (RFC 1320).  OpenSSL's MD4 lives in the legacy provider
+ * and is not guaranteed present, so FastSync carries its own implementation to
+ * keep --checksum-choice=md4 working on every build.
+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct {
+  uint32_t state[4];
+  uint64_t bit_count;
+  uint8_t buffer[64];
+  size_t buffer_len;
+} Md4Ctx;
+
+static uint32_t md4_rotl(uint32_t x, int n) {
+  return (x << n) | (x >> (32 - n));
+}
+
+static void md4_transform(uint32_t state[4], const uint8_t block[64]) {
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+    x[i] = (uint32_t)block[i * 4] | ((uint32_t)block[i * 4 + 1] << 8) |
+           ((uint32_t)block[i * 4 + 2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)block[i * 4 + 3] << 24);
+
+  uint32_t a = state[0], b = state[1], c = state[2], d = state[3];
+
+#define F(x, y, z) (((x) & (y)) | (~(x) & (z)))
+#define G(x, y, z) (((x) & (y)) | ((x) & (z)) | ((y) & (z)))
+#define H(x, y, z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z))
+#define ROUND1(a, b, c, d, k, s) a = md4_rotl(a + F(b, c, d) + x[k], s)
+#define ROUND2(a, b, c, d, k, s) a = md4_rotl(a + G(b, c, d) + x[k] + 0x5a827999u, s)
+#define ROUND3(a, b, c, d, k, s) a = md4_rotl(a + H(b, c, d) + x[k] + 0x6ed9eba1u, s)
+
+  ROUND1(a, b, c, d, 0, 3);
+  ROUND1(d, a, b, c, 1, 7);
+  ROUND1(c, d, a, b, 2, 11);
+  ROUND1(b, c, d, a, 3, 19);
+  ROUND1(a, b, c, d, 4, 3);
+  ROUND1(d, a, b, c, 5, 7);
+  ROUND1(c, d, a, b, 6, 11);
+  ROUND1(b, c, d, a, 7, 19);
+  ROUND1(a, b, c, d, 8, 3);
+  ROUND1(d, a, b, c, 9, 7);
+  ROUND1(c, d, a, b, 10, 11);
+  ROUND1(b, c, d, a, 11, 19);
+  ROUND1(a, b, c, d, 12, 3);
+  ROUND1(d, a, b, c, 13, 7);
+  ROUND1(c, d, a, b, 14, 11);
+  ROUND1(b, c, d, a, 15, 19);
+
+  ROUND2(a, b, c, d, 0, 3);
+  ROUND2(d, a, b, c, 4, 5);
+  ROUND2(c, d, a, b, 8, 9);
+  ROUND2(b, c, d, a, 12, 13);
+  ROUND2(a, b, c, d, 1, 3);
+  ROUND2(d, a, b, c, 5, 5);
+  ROUND2(c, d, a, b, 9, 9);
+  ROUND2(b, c, d, a, 13, 13);
+  ROUND2(a, b, c, d, 2, 3);
+  ROUND2(d, a, b, c, 6, 5);
+  ROUND2(c, d, a, b, 10, 9);
+  ROUND2(b, c, d, a, 14, 13);
+  ROUND2(a, b, c, d, 3, 3);
+  ROUND2(d, a, b, c, 7, 5);
+  ROUND2(c, d, a, b, 11, 9);
+  ROUND2(b, c, d, a, 15, 13);
+
+  ROUND3(a, b, c, d, 0, 3);
+  ROUND3(d, a, b, c, 8, 9);
+  ROUND3(c, d, a, b, 4, 11);
+  ROUND3(b, c, d, a, 12, 15);
+  ROUND3(a, b, c, d, 2, 3);
+  ROUND3(d, a, b, c, 10, 9);
+  ROUND3(c, d, a, b, 6, 11);
+  ROUND3(b, c, d, a, 14, 15);
+  ROUND3(a, b, c, d, 1, 3);
+  ROUND3(d, a, b, c, 9, 9);
+  ROUND3(c, d, a, b, 5, 11);
+  ROUND3(b, c, d, a, 13, 15);
+  ROUND3(a, b, c, d, 3, 3);
+  ROUND3(d, a, b, c, 11, 9);
+  ROUND3(c, d, a, b, 7, 11);
+  ROUND3(b, c, d, a, 15, 15);
+
+#undef F
+#undef G
+#undef H
+#undef ROUND1
+#undef ROUND2
+#undef ROUND3
+
+  state[0] += a;
+  state[1] += b;
+  state[2] += c;
+  state[3] += d;
+}
+
+static void md4_init(Md4Ctx* ctx) {
+  ctx->state[0] = 0x67452301u;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0xefcdab89u;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x98badcfeu;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0x10325476u;
+  ctx->bit_count = 0;
+  ctx->buffer_len = 0;
+}
+
+static void md4_update(Md4Ctx* ctx, const uint8_t* data, size_t len) {
+  ctx->bit_count += (uint64_t)len * 8;
+  while (len > 0) {
+    size_t space = sizeof(ctx->buffer) - ctx->buffer_len;
+    size_t take = len < space ? len : space;
+    memcpy(ctx->buffer + ctx->buffer_len, data, take);
+    ctx->buffer_len += take;
+    data += take;
+    len -= take;
+    if (ctx->buffer_len == sizeof(ctx->buffer)) {
+      md4_transform(ctx->state, ctx->buffer);
+      ctx->buffer_len = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+static void md4_final(Md4Ctx* ctx, uint8_t out[16]) {
+  uint64_t bit_count = ctx->bit_count;
+  uint8_t pad = 0x80;
+  md4_update(ctx, &pad, 1);
+  uint8_t zero = 0;
+  while (ctx->buffer_len != 56)
+    md4_update(ctx, &zero, 1);
+  uint8_t length_le[8];
+  for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    length_le[i] = (uint8_t)((bit_count >> (8 * i)) & 0xff);
+  md4_update(ctx, length_le, sizeof(length_le));
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+    out[i * 4] = (uint8_t)(ctx->state[i] & 0xff);
+    out[i * 4 + 1] = (uint8_t)((ctx->state[i] >> 8) & 0xff);
+    out[i * 4 + 2] = (uint8_t)((ctx->state[i] >> 16) & 0xff);
+    out[i * 4 + 3] = (uint8_t)((ctx->state[i] >> 24) & 0xff);
+  }
+}
+
+/* One-shot EVP digest (md5/sha1).  Returns false when OpenSSL refuses. */
+static bool evp_digest(const EVP_MD* md, const void* data, size_t size, uint8_t* out,
+                       size_t out_capacity, size_t* out_len) {
+  static const uint8_t empty = 0;
+  const void* input = data ? data : &empty;
+  unsigned int digest_len = 0;
+  if (EVP_Digest(input, size, out, &digest_len, md, NULL) != 1)
+    return false;
+  if (digest_len > out_capacity)
+    return false;
+  *out_len = digest_len;
+  return true;
+}
+
 bool checksum_digest(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, const void* data, size_t size, uint8_t* out,
                      size_t out_capacity, size_t* out_len) {
   if (!out || !out_len || out_capacity < CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN)
@@ -14,30 +173,166 @@ bool checksum_digest(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, const void* data, size_t
   if (data == NULL && size != 0)
     return false;
 
-  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64) {
+  switch (algo) {
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64: {
     uint64_t digest = XXH64(data, size, seed);
     memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
     *out_len = sizeof(digest);
     return true;
   }
-
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3: {
-  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5) {
+    uint64_t digest = XXH3_64bits_withSeed(data, size, seed);
+    memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
+    *out_len = sizeof(digest);
+    return true;
+  }
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128: {
+    XXH128_hash_t digest = XXH3_128bits_withSeed(data, size, seed);
+    memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
+    *out_len = sizeof(digest);
+    return true;
+  }
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5:
     /* md5 takes no seed; the caller's seed is deliberately ignored (documented
-     * in RSYNC_COMPAT.md).  OpenSSL's one-shot EVP_Digest needs a non-NULL
+     * in RSYNC_COMPAT.md). */
-     * buffer even for an empty input, so map a NULL data + size==0 to an empty
+    return evp_digest(EVP_md5(), data, size, out, out_capacity, out_len);
-     * buffer. */
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4: {
-    static const uint8_t empty = 0;
+    Md4Ctx ctx;
-    const void* input = data ? data : &empty;
+    md4_init(&ctx);
-    unsigned int digest_len = 0;
+    md4_update(&ctx, (const uint8_t*)data, size);
-    if (EVP_Digest(input, size, out, &digest_len, EVP_md5(), NULL) != 1)
+    md4_final(&ctx, out);
+    *out_len = 16;
+    return true;
+  }
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1:
+    /* sha1 takes no seed; the caller's seed is deliberately ignored. */
+    return evp_digest(EVP_sha1(), data, size, out, out_capacity, out_len);
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE:
+    /* No checksum requested: an empty digest is the successful result. */
+    *out_len = 0;
+    return true;
+  }
   return false;
-    if (digest_len > out_capacity)
+}
+
+bool checksum_digest_file(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, const char* path, uint8_t* out,
+                          size_t out_capacity, size_t* out_len) {
+  if (!path || !out || !out_len || out_capacity < CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN)
     return false;
-    *out_len = digest_len;
+
+  int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return false;
+
+  bool ok = checksum_digest_fd(algo, seed, fd, out, out_capacity, out_len);
+  close(fd);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+bool checksum_digest_fd(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, int fd, uint8_t* out, size_t out_capacity,
+                        size_t* out_len) {
+  if (fd < 0 || !out || !out_len || out_capacity < CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN)
+    return false;
+
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE) {
+    /* No checksum requested: nothing to read; an empty digest succeeds. */
+    *out_len = 0;
     return true;
   }
 
+  uint8_t buffer[64 * 1024];
+  bool ok = false;
+  lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
+
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 || algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1) {
+    const EVP_MD* md = algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 ? EVP_md5() : EVP_sha1();
+    EVP_MD_CTX* ctx = EVP_MD_CTX_new();
+    if (!ctx)
       return false;
+    unsigned int digest_len = 0;
+    if (EVP_DigestInit_ex(ctx, md, NULL) == 1) {
+      ok = true;
+      ssize_t got;
+      while ((got = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer))) > 0) {
+        if (EVP_DigestUpdate(ctx, buffer, (size_t)got) != 1) {
+          ok = false;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if (got < 0)
+        ok = false;
+      if (ok && EVP_DigestFinal_ex(ctx, out, &digest_len) == 1 && digest_len <= out_capacity)
+        *out_len = digest_len;
+      else
+        ok = false;
+    }
+    EVP_MD_CTX_free(ctx);
+    return ok;
+  }
+
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4) {
+    Md4Ctx ctx;
+    md4_init(&ctx);
+    ok = true;
+    ssize_t got;
+    while ((got = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer))) > 0)
+      md4_update(&ctx, buffer, (size_t)got);
+    if (got < 0)
+      ok = false;
+    if (ok) {
+      md4_final(&ctx, out);
+      *out_len = 16;
+    }
+    return ok;
+  }
+
+  XXH64_state_t xxh64;
+  XXH3_state_t* xxh3 = NULL;
+  if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64) {
+    XXH64_reset(&xxh64, seed);
+  } else if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3 || algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128) {
+    xxh3 = XXH3_createState();
+    if (!xxh3)
+      return false;
+    if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3)
+      XXH3_64bits_reset_withSeed(xxh3, seed);
+    else
+      XXH3_128bits_reset_withSeed(xxh3, seed);
+  } else {
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  ok = true;
+  ssize_t got;
+  while ((got = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer))) > 0) {
+    if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64)
+      XXH64_update(&xxh64, buffer, (size_t)got);
+    else if (XXH3_64bits_update(xxh3, buffer, (size_t)got) == XXH_ERROR) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (got < 0)
+    ok = false;
+
+  if (ok) {
+    if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64) {
+      uint64_t digest = XXH64_digest(&xxh64);
+      memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
+      *out_len = sizeof(digest);
+    } else if (algo == CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3) {
+      uint64_t digest = XXH3_64bits_digest(xxh3);
+      memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
+      *out_len = sizeof(digest);
+    } else {
+      XXH128_hash_t digest = XXH3_128bits_digest(xxh3);
+      memcpy(out, &digest, sizeof(digest));
+      *out_len = sizeof(digest);
+    }
+  }
+  if (xxh3)
+    XXH3_freeState(xxh3);
+  return ok;
 }
 
 int checksum_algo_from_name(const char* name) {
@@ -45,8 +340,18 @@ int checksum_algo_from_name(const char* name) {
     return -1;
   if (strcasecmp(name, "xxh64") == 0 || strcasecmp(name, "xxhash") == 0)
     return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "xxh3") == 0)
+    return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "xxh128") == 0)
+    return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128;
   if (strcasecmp(name, "md5") == 0)
     return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "md4") == 0)
+    return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "sha1") == 0)
+    return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "none") == 0)
+    return (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE;
   return -1;
 }
 
@@ -54,22 +359,69 @@ const char* checksum_algo_name(ChecksumAlgo algo) {
   switch (algo) {
   case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64:
     return "xxh64";
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3:
+    return "xxh3";
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128:
+    return "xxh128";
   case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5:
     return "md5";
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4:
+    return "md4";
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1:
+    return "sha1";
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE:
+    return "none";
   }
   return "<unknown>";
 }
 
 bool checksum_algo_valid(int algo) {
-  return algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 || algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5;
+  return algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 || algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 ||
+         algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3 || algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128 ||
+         algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4 || algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1 ||
+         algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE;
 }
 
 uint8_t checksum_digest_len(ChecksumAlgo algo) {
   switch (algo) {
   case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64:
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3:
     return 8;
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128:
   case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5:
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4:
     return 16;
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1:
+    return 20;
+  case CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE:
+    return 0;
   }
   return 0;
 }
+
+static ChecksumAlgo compiled_checksum_preference_first(void) {
+  /* rsync 3.4.1 default preference order; every entry is compiled in, so this
+   * resolves to xxh128. */
+  static const ChecksumAlgo preference[] = {
+      CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128, CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3, CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64, CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5,
+      CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4,    CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1, CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE,
+  };
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(preference) / sizeof(preference[0]); i++) {
+    if (checksum_algo_valid((int)preference[i]))
+      return preference[i];
+  }
+  return CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64;
+}
+
+int checksum_choice_resolve(void) {
+  bool specified = false;
+  int env = env_choice_first("RSYNC_CHECKSUM_LIST", checksum_algo_from_name, &specified);
+  if (specified)
+    return env; /* -1 = the list named no supported checksum */
+  return (int)compiled_checksum_preference_first();
+}
+
+ChecksumAlgo checksum_negotiate_default(void) {
+  int resolved = checksum_choice_resolve();
+  return resolved >= 0 ? (ChecksumAlgo)resolved : compiled_checksum_preference_first();
+}

src/shared/checksum.h

@@ -8,18 +8,35 @@
 /* Whole-file content-digest algorithms selectable with --checksum-choice and
  * seeded with --checksum-seed.  The ids are the values actually placed on the
  * wire (config frame), so they must be kept stable and validated on receive.
- * CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 == 0 is the default and is byte-for-byte what FastSync
+ * CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 == 0 is the historical FastSync default and its numeric
- * computed before these options existed (xxHash64 with seed 0). */
+ * value is preserved.  The full set mirrors the algorithms rsync 3.4.1 can be
-typedef enum { CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 = 0, CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 = 1 } ChecksumAlgo;
+ * built with; every one of them is implemented here. */
+typedef enum {
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 = 0,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 = 1,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3 = 2,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128 = 3,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4 = 4,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1 = 5,
+  CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE = 6
+} ChecksumAlgo;
 
-/* md5 digest is 16 bytes, the longest supported. */
+/* FastSync's negotiated default (rsync 3.4.1 auto-negotiates xxh128 first).
-#define CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN 16
+ * The wire default for Config->checksum_algo is this value. */
+#define CHECKSUM_ALGO_DEFAULT CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128
+
+/* sha1 digest is 20 bytes, the longest supported. */
+#define CHECKSUM_MAX_DIGEST_LEN 20
 
 /* Compute the whole-file digest of the first `size` bytes of `data`.
  *
  *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64: xxHash64(data, size, seed) (full 64-bit seed).
- *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5:   md5(data, size) via OpenSSL EVP.
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH3:  XXH3_64bits_withSeed(data, size, seed).
- *                          md5 has no seed, so `seed` is ignored (documented).
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH128: XXH3_128bits_withSeed(data, size, seed).
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5:   md5(data, size) via OpenSSL EVP (seed ignored).
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD4:   md4(data, size), self-contained RFC 1320 (seed ignored).
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_SHA1:  sha1(data, size) via OpenSSL EVP (seed ignored).
+ *  - CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE:  no digest; *out_len is 0 and nothing is written.
  *  - `size == 0` hashes the empty input (plus its seed), not a NULL input.
  *
  * Writes up to `out_capacity` bytes into `out`, storing the digest length in
@@ -28,9 +45,23 @@ typedef enum { CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64 = 0, CHECKSUM_ALGO_MD5 = 1 } ChecksumAlgo;
 bool checksum_digest(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, const void* data, size_t size, uint8_t* out,
                      size_t out_capacity, size_t* out_len);
 
+/* Streaming whole-file digest: hash the contents of `path` without holding the
+ * whole file in memory.  Same digest/capacity contract as checksum_digest.
+ * Returns false on open/read failure or an undersized buffer. */
+bool checksum_digest_file(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, const char* path, uint8_t* out,
+                          size_t out_capacity, size_t* out_len);
+
+/* Descriptor form of the streaming digest: rewinds `fd` to the start and hashes
+ * to EOF without closing it.  Used by the --verify-basis path to hash an
+ * already-open, root-confined basis descriptor.  Same contract as
+ * checksum_digest_file. */
+bool checksum_digest_fd(ChecksumAlgo algo, uint64_t seed, int fd, uint8_t* out, size_t out_capacity,
+                        size_t* out_len);
+
 /* Resolve a --checksum-choice string (case-insensitive) to an algorithm id.
- * Accepts "xxh64" and "xxhash" (both map to CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64, rsync's
+ * Accepts "xxh64"/"xxhash", "xxh3", "xxh128", "md5", "md4", "sha1", "none".
- * xxhash spelling) and "md5".  Returns -1 for any unsupported name. */
+ * "auto" is not an algorithm here; the caller resolves it to the negotiated
+ * default.  Returns -1 for any unrecognized name. */
 int checksum_algo_from_name(const char* name);
 
 /* Canonical name of an algorithm (used in CLI error messages). */
@@ -39,7 +70,20 @@ const char* checksum_algo_name(ChecksumAlgo algo);
 /* True when `algo` is a supported id (used by config receive validation). */
 bool checksum_algo_valid(int algo);
 
-/* Digest length in bytes for an algorithm (xxx64 = 8, md5 = 16). */
+/* Digest length in bytes for an algorithm (xxh64/xxh3 = 8,
+ * md5/md4/xxh128 = 16, sha1 = 20, none = 0). */
 uint8_t checksum_digest_len(ChecksumAlgo algo);
 
+/* Pick the first algorithm from FastSync's compiled-in preference list that is
+ * supported on this build (rsync 3.4.1's `--version` order:
+ * xxh128 xxh3 xxh64 md5 md4 sha1 none).  Used to resolve "auto". */
+ChecksumAlgo checksum_negotiate_default(void);
+
+/* Resolve "auto" the way rsync does: the first supported name in
+ * RSYNC_CHECKSUM_LIST (whitespace-separated, client half ends at '&'), then the
+ * compiled-in preference order when the variable is unset/blank.  Returns -1
+ * when the variable is set but names no supported checksum (rsync's failed
+ * negotiation), otherwise a valid ChecksumAlgo id. */
+int checksum_choice_resolve(void);
+
 #endif /* CHECKSUM_H */

src/shared/chmod.c

@@ -1,90 +1,183 @@
 #include "chmod.h"
+#include "file.h"
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-static bool parse_clause(mode_t* mode, const char* begin, const char* end) {
+/* rsync's --chmod parser (parse_chmod + tweak_mode).  A single clause is
-  const char* p = begin;
+ * applied as it is completed, so repeated clauses and repeated --chmod options
-  unsigned who = 0;
+ * (joined with commas by the CLI) accumulate exactly like rsync.  The D/F
-  while (p < end && strchr("ugoa", *p)) {
+ * selectors restrict a clause to directories/files; X adds execute only to
-    if (*p == 'a')
+ * directories or files that were already executable. */
-      who = 7;
+
-    else
+#define CHMOD_BITS 07777
-      who |= *p == 'u' ? 1U : (*p == 'g' ? 2U : 4U);
+#define CHMOD_FLAG_X_KEEP (1U << 0)
-    p++;
+#define CHMOD_FLAG_DIRS_ONLY (1U << 1)
-  }
+#define CHMOD_FLAG_FILES_ONLY (1U << 2)
-  if (who == 0)
+
-    who = 7;
+enum chmod_op { CHMOD_OP_ADD = 1, CHMOD_OP_SUB, CHMOD_OP_EQ, CHMOD_OP_SET };
-  if (p == end || (*p != '+' && *p != '-' && *p != '='))
+enum chmod_state {
-    return false;
+  CHMOD_STATE_ERROR,
-  char operation = *p++;
+  CHMOD_STATE_1ST_HALF,
-  mode_t bits = 0;
+  CHMOD_STATE_2ND_HALF,
-  while (p < end) {
+  CHMOD_STATE_OCTAL
-    mode_t bit;
+};
-    switch (*p++) {
-    case 'r':
-      bit = 4;
-      break;
-    case 'w':
-      bit = 2;
-      break;
-    case 'x':
-      bit = 1;
-      break;
-    default:
-      return false;
-    }
-    bits |= bit;
-  }
-  for (unsigned class_index = 0; class_index < 3; class_index++) {
-    unsigned class_bit = 1U << class_index;
-    if (!(who & class_bit))
-      continue;
-    mode_t shift = (mode_t)((2U - class_index) * 3U);
-    mode_t mask = (mode_t)(7U << shift);
-    mode_t class_bits = (mode_t)(bits << shift);
-    if (operation == '+')
-      *mode |= class_bits;
-    else if (operation == '-')
-      *mode &= ~class_bits;
-    else
-      *mode = (*mode & ~mask) | class_bits;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
 
 bool chmod_apply(mode_t mode, const char* spec, mode_t* result) {
   if (!spec || !*spec || !result)
     return false;
-  bool numeric = true;
+  const mode_t nonperm = mode & ~(mode_t)CHMOD_BITS;
-  size_t length = strlen(spec);
+  const bool initially_executable = (mode & 0111) != 0;
-  if (length > 4)
-    numeric = false;
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < length && numeric; i++)
-    numeric = spec[i] >= '0' && spec[i] <= '7';
-  if (numeric) {
-    if (length == 0 || length > 4)
-      return false;
-    mode_t parsed = 0;
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < length; i++)
-      parsed = (mode_t)((parsed << 3) | (spec[i] - '0'));
-    *result = parsed;
-    return true;
-  }
-
   mode_t changed = mode;
-  const char* begin = spec;
+  int state = CHMOD_STATE_1ST_HALF;
-  while (*begin) {
+  unsigned where = 0;
-    const char* end = strchr(begin, ',');
+  int what = 0, op = 0, topbits = 0, topoct = 0, flags = 0;
-    if (!end)
+  const char* p = spec;
-      end = begin + strlen(begin);
+  while (state != CHMOD_STATE_ERROR) {
-    if (!parse_clause(&changed, begin, end))
+    if (*p == '\0' || *p == ',') {
-      return false;
+      int bits;
-    if (*end == '\0')
+      if (!op) {
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
         break;
-    begin = end + 1;
-    if (!*begin)
-      return false;
       }
-  *result = changed;
+      if (where)
+        bits = (int)(where * (unsigned)what);
+      else {
+        where = 0111;
+        bits = (int)((where * (unsigned)what) & ~(unsigned)file_process_umask());
+      }
+      int mode_and, mode_or;
+      switch (op) {
+      case CHMOD_OP_ADD:
+        mode_and = CHMOD_BITS;
+        mode_or = bits + topoct;
+        break;
+      case CHMOD_OP_SUB:
+        mode_and = CHMOD_BITS - bits - topoct;
+        mode_or = 0;
+        break;
+      case CHMOD_OP_EQ:
+        mode_and = CHMOD_BITS - (int)(where * 7U) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
+        mode_or = bits + topoct;
+        break;
+      default:
+        mode_and = 0;
+        mode_or = bits;
+        break;
+      }
+      bool is_dir = S_ISDIR(nonperm);
+      if (!((flags & CHMOD_FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) && !is_dir) &&
+          !((flags & CHMOD_FLAG_FILES_ONLY) && is_dir)) {
+        changed &= (mode_t)mode_and;
+        if ((flags & CHMOD_FLAG_X_KEEP) && !initially_executable && !is_dir)
+          changed |= (mode_t)(mode_or & ~0111);
+        else
+          changed |= (mode_t)mode_or;
+      }
+      if (*p == '\0')
+        break;
+      p++;
+      state = CHMOD_STATE_1ST_HALF;
+      where = 0;
+      what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    switch (state) {
+    case CHMOD_STATE_1ST_HALF:
+      switch (*p) {
+      case 'D':
+        if (flags & CHMOD_FLAG_FILES_ONLY) {
+          state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+          break;
+        }
+        flags |= CHMOD_FLAG_DIRS_ONLY;
+        break;
+      case 'F':
+        if (flags & CHMOD_FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) {
+          state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+          break;
+        }
+        flags |= CHMOD_FLAG_FILES_ONLY;
+        break;
+      case 'u':
+        where |= 0100;
+        topbits |= 04000;
+        break;
+      case 'g':
+        where |= 0010;
+        topbits |= 02000;
+        break;
+      case 'o':
+        where |= 0001;
+        break;
+      case 'a':
+        where |= 0111;
+        break;
+      case '+':
+        op = CHMOD_OP_ADD;
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_2ND_HALF;
+        break;
+      case '-':
+        op = CHMOD_OP_SUB;
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_2ND_HALF;
+        break;
+      case '=':
+        op = CHMOD_OP_EQ;
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_2ND_HALF;
+        break;
+      default:
+        if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7' && !where) {
+          op = CHMOD_OP_SET;
+          state = CHMOD_STATE_OCTAL;
+          where = 1;
+          what = *p - '0';
+        } else {
+          state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CHMOD_STATE_2ND_HALF:
+      switch (*p) {
+      case 'r':
+        what |= 4;
+        break;
+      case 'w':
+        what |= 2;
+        break;
+      case 'X':
+        flags |= CHMOD_FLAG_X_KEEP;
+        /* fall through */
+      case 'x':
+        what |= 1;
+        break;
+      case 's':
+        if (topbits)
+          topoct |= topbits;
+        else
+          topoct = 04000;
+        break;
+      case 't':
+        topoct |= 01000;
+        break;
+      default:
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') {
+        what = what * 8 + (*p - '0');
+        if (what > CHMOD_BITS)
+          state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+      } else {
+        state = CHMOD_STATE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    p++;
+  }
+  if (state == CHMOD_STATE_ERROR)
+    return false;
+  *result = (changed & (mode_t)CHMOD_BITS) | nonperm;
   return true;
 }

src/shared/chmod.h

@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-/* Apply the supported rsync --chmod syntax to a permission mode. */
+/* Apply rsync's --chmod syntax to a permission mode, including the D/F/X
+ * selectors and the s/t special bits.  `mode` should carry the file type bits
+ * (S_IFDIR/S_IFREG) so D/F/X can be evaluated; the type bits are preserved in
+ * `result`.  A spec may contain comma-separated clauses, which accumulate. */
 bool chmod_apply(mode_t mode, const char* spec, mode_t* result);
 
 #endif

src/shared/chunk.c

@@ -17,8 +17,9 @@
 #include "protocol.h"
 #include "utils.h"
 
-/* Maximum individual file data size within a chunk (64 MB) */
+/* Maximum individual file data size within a chunk (64 MB).  Distinct from the
-#define MAX_FILE_DATA_SIZE (64ULL * 1024 * 1024)
+ * receiver's whole-file MAX_FILE_DATA_SIZE (256 MB) in file_receive.c. */
+#define MAX_CHUNK_FILE_DATA_SIZE (64ULL * 1024 * 1024)
 #define MAX_FILES_PER_CHUNK 65536U
 
 /* Reserve `charge` against `session`'s connection budget.  This mirrors the
@@ -382,9 +383,9 @@ Chunk* chunk_deserialize(Data* data, bool use_metadata) {
     }
 
     // Reject individual file data larger than the maximum allowed size.
-    if (file_data_size > MAX_FILE_DATA_SIZE) {
+    if (file_data_size > MAX_CHUNK_FILE_DATA_SIZE) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "File data size %zu exceeds maximum %llu", file_data_size,
-                  (unsigned long long)MAX_FILE_DATA_SIZE);
+                  (unsigned long long)MAX_CHUNK_FILE_DATA_SIZE);
       goto error;
     }
 

src/shared/compression.c

@@ -2,40 +2,206 @@
 #include "data.h"
 #include "log.h"
 #include "protocol.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <errno.h>
 #include <limits.h>
+#include <lz4.h>
+#include <stdatomic.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <strings.h>
 #include <threads.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
+#include <zlib.h>
 #include <zstd.h>
 
 #define INITIAL_DECOMPRESS_BUF_SIZE (1024 * 1024)
-#define MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE (100ULL * 1024 * 1024) /* 100 MB hard ceiling */
 
-static char* SKIP_COMPRESSION_EXTENSIONS[] = {".jpg", ".jpeg", ".png", ".gif", ".mp4", ".mkv",
+/* Hard ceiling for a single decompression.  The sender compresses whole files
-                                              ".zip", ".gz",   ".xz",  ".zst", NULL};
+ * up to the protocol's whole-file receive bound, so the decompressor must
+ * accept payloads that large; referencing the protocol constant keeps the two
+ * bounds from drifting apart (they previously did: a 100 MB ceiling rejected
+ * 100-256 MB files).  This remains a real bomb guard -- every allocation in the
+ * paths below is clamped to it -- so it must not exceed the protocol bound. */
+#define MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1's built-in skip-compress suffix list (the `--skip-compress`
+ * defaults, in the man page's order).  rsync stores it as space-separated
+ * "*.suffix" globs; FastSync matches the plain suffix after the final dot, so
+ * the leading "*." is omitted here.  A user --skip-compress list replaces this
+ * default entirely (matching rsync). */
+#define DEFAULT_SKIP_COMPRESS_SUFFIXES                                                             \
+  "3g2 3gp 7z aac ace apk avi bz2 deb dmg ear f4v flac flv gpg gz iso jar jpeg jpg lrz lz lz4 "    \
+  "lzma "                                                                                          \
+  "lzo m1a m1v m2a m2ts m2v m4a m4b m4p m4r m4v mka mkv mov mp1 mp2 mp3 mp4 mpa mpeg mpg mpv mts " \
+  "odb odf odg odi odm odp ods odt oga ogg ogm ogv ogx opus otg oth otp ots ott oxt png qt rar "   \
+  "rpm "                                                                                           \
+  "rz rzip spx squashfs sxc sxd sxg sxm sxw sz tbz tbz2 tgz tlz ts txz tzo vob war webm webp xz "  \
+  "z "                                                                                             \
+  "zip zst"
+
+/* Self-describing compressed frames: the first byte is the CompressionAlgo id.
+ * zlib/lz4 store the uncompressed size as a little-endian uint32 after the
+ * codec byte so decompression can be exactly pre-sized and bounded. */
+#define LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN 4
+
+static _Atomic int g_compression_algo = COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD;
+
+/* Case-insensitive match of a bare suffix (no leading dot) against a
+ * space-separated suffix list. */
+static bool suffix_in_list(const char* name, const char* list) {
+  size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+  while (*list) {
+    while (*list == ' ')
+      list++;
+    const char* start = list;
+    while (*list && *list != ' ')
+      list++;
+    size_t len = (size_t)(list - start);
+    if (len == name_len && strncasecmp(name, start, len) == 0)
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
 
 bool compression_should_skip_with_suffixes(const char* path, char* const* suffixes, int count) {
   if (!path)
     return false;
   const char* dot = strrchr(path, '.');
-  if (!dot)
+  if (!dot || dot[1] == '\0')
     return false;
-  if (count < 0) {
+  const char* name = dot + 1;
-    suffixes = SKIP_COMPRESSION_EXTENSIONS;
+  /* count < 0 (the user gave no --skip-compress) selects rsync's built-in
-    count = 0;
+   * default list; a non-negative count is the user's explicit list. */
-    while (SKIP_COMPRESSION_EXTENSIONS[count])
+  if (count < 0)
-      count++;
+    return suffix_in_list(name, DEFAULT_SKIP_COMPRESS_SUFFIXES);
-  }
   for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-    if (strcasecmp(dot, suffixes[i]) == 0)
+    const char* suffix = suffixes[i];
+    if (suffix[0] == '.')
+      suffix++;
+    if (strcasecmp(name, suffix) == 0)
       return true;
   }
   return false;
 }
 
+int compression_algo_from_name(const char* name) {
+  if (!name)
+    return -1;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "zstd") == 0)
+    return (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "lz4") == 0)
+    return (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "zlib") == 0)
+    return (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "zlibx") == 0)
+    return (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX;
+  if (strcasecmp(name, "none") == 0)
+    return (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+const char* compression_algo_name(CompressionAlgo algo) {
+  switch (algo) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return "none";
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    return "zstd";
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    return "lz4";
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+    return "zlib";
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    return "zlibx";
+  }
+  return "<unknown>";
+}
+
+bool compression_algo_valid(int algo) {
+  return algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE || algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD ||
+         algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4 || algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB ||
+         algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX;
+}
+
+bool compression_algo_enabled(CompressionAlgo algo) {
+  return algo != COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE;
+}
+
+static CompressionAlgo compiled_preference_first(void) {
+  /* rsync 3.4.1 default preference order; every entry is compiled in, so this
+   * resolves to zstd. */
+  static const CompressionAlgo preference[] = {
+      COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD, COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4,  COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX,
+      COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB, COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE,
+  };
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(preference) / sizeof(preference[0]); i++) {
+    if (compression_algo_valid((int)preference[i]))
+      return preference[i];
+  }
+  return COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD;
+}
+
+int compression_choice_resolve(void) {
+  bool specified = false;
+  int env = env_choice_first("RSYNC_COMPRESS_LIST", compression_algo_from_name, &specified);
+  if (specified)
+    return env; /* -1 = the list named no supported codec */
+  return (int)compiled_preference_first();
+}
+
+CompressionAlgo compression_negotiate_default(void) {
+  int resolved = compression_choice_resolve();
+  return resolved >= 0 ? (CompressionAlgo)resolved : compiled_preference_first();
+}
+
+int compression_default_level(CompressionAlgo algo) {
+  switch (algo) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    return ZSTD_CLEVEL_DEFAULT;
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    return 6; /* rsync resolves zlib's Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) to 6 */
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    return 1; /* rsync lz4 level is 0/ignored; positive keeps the gate on */
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int compression_clamp_level(CompressionAlgo algo, int level) {
+  switch (algo) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    if (level < 1)
+      return 1;
+    if (level > 22)
+      return 22;
+    return level;
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    if (level < 1)
+      return 1;
+    if (level > 9)
+      return 9;
+    return level;
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    return 1; /* ignored by lz4_compress; keeps the "compress" gate on */
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return level;
+}
+
+void compression_set_algo(CompressionAlgo algo) {
+  if (compression_algo_valid((int)algo))
+    atomic_store(&g_compression_algo, (int)algo);
+}
+
+CompressionAlgo compression_get_algo(void) {
+  return (CompressionAlgo)atomic_load(&g_compression_algo);
+}
+
 /* Per-thread cache of zstd contexts plus the grow-only compression scratch
  * buffer.  zstd contexts are stateful and not safe to share between threads,
  * so each thread keeps its own (see compression_get_thread_ctx).  The cache is
@@ -126,17 +292,25 @@ static void compression_ctx_put(CompressionThreadCtx* ctx) {
     compression_ctx_free(ctx);
 }
 
-Data* data_compress(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level) {
+/* Build a frame consisting of a copy of `src` prefixed by `codec`. */
-  return data_compress_with_threads(data_to_compress, compression_level, 0);
+static Data* frame_with_codec(const void* src, size_t size, CompressionAlgo codec) {
+  if (size > SIZE_MAX - 1)
+    return NULL;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty(size + 1);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  ((uint8_t*)out->data)[0] = (uint8_t)codec;
+  if (size > 0)
+    memcpy((uint8_t*)out->data + 1, src, size);
+  out->size = size + 1;
+  return out;
 }
 
-Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
+static Data* zstd_compress(Data* in, int compression_level, int compression_threads) {
-                                 int compression_threads) {
+  size_t dst_size = ZSTD_compressBound(in->size);
-  if (!data_to_compress || (!data_to_compress->data && data_to_compress->size != 0) ||
+  if (dst_size > SIZE_MAX - 1)
-      compression_threads < 0 || compression_threads > COMPRESSION_MAX_THREADS)
     return NULL;
-  log_message(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, "Starting to compress data");
+  dst_size += 1; /* codec prefix */
-  size_t dst_size = ZSTD_compressBound(data_to_compress->size);
 
   CompressionThreadCtx* ctx = compression_get_thread_ctx();
   if (ctx == NULL) {
@@ -187,7 +361,7 @@ Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
 
   if (available_threads > 0) {
     /* Streaming compression needs the source size before threaded mode can end a frame. */
-    size_t zret = ZSTD_CCtx_setPledgedSrcSize(ctx->cctx, data_to_compress->size);
+    size_t zret = ZSTD_CCtx_setPledgedSrcSize(ctx->cctx, in->size);
     if (ZSTD_isError(zret)) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Failed to set compression source size: %s",
                   ZSTD_getErrorName(zret));
@@ -205,8 +379,8 @@ Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
     ctx->out_cap = dst_size;
   }
 
-  ZSTD_inBuffer input = {data_to_compress->data, data_to_compress->size, 0};
+  ZSTD_inBuffer input = {in->data, in->size, 0};
-  ZSTD_outBuffer output = {ctx->out_buf, dst_size, 0};
+  ZSTD_outBuffer output = {(uint8_t*)ctx->out_buf + 1, dst_size - 1, 0};
 
   size_t ret;
   do {
@@ -219,30 +393,192 @@ Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
 
   /* Hand off an exactly-sized copy; the scratch buffer stays cached so the next
    * call does not reallocate a ZSTD_compressBound-sized block. */
-  compressed_data = data_create_empty(output.pos);
+  compressed_data = data_create_empty(output.pos + 1);
   if (compressed_data == NULL) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Failed to allocate compressed data");
     goto cleanup;
   }
+  ((uint8_t*)compressed_data->data)[0] = (uint8_t)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD;
   if (output.pos > 0)
-    memcpy(compressed_data->data, ctx->out_buf, output.pos);
+    memcpy((uint8_t*)compressed_data->data + 1, (uint8_t*)ctx->out_buf + 1, output.pos);
-  compressed_data->size = output.pos;
+  compressed_data->size = output.pos + 1;
 
-  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_UTIL, "Data succesfully compressed from %zu to %zu",
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_UTIL, "Data succesfully compressed from %zu to %zu", in->size,
-                    data_to_compress->size, compressed_data->size);
+                    compressed_data->size);
 
 cleanup:
   compression_ctx_put(ctx);
   return compressed_data;
 }
 
-Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
+static Data* lz4_compress(Data* in) {
-  if (!compressed_data || (!compressed_data->data && compressed_data->size != 0) ||
+  int bound = LZ4_compressBound((int)in->size);
-      maximum_size == 0)
+  if (bound < 0 || in->size > (size_t)INT_MAX)
     return NULL;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty((size_t)bound + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  uint32_t raw_size = (uint32_t)in->size;
+  uint8_t* p = (uint8_t*)out->data;
+  p[0] = (uint8_t)COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4;
+  for (int i = 0; i < LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN; i++)
+    p[1 + i] = (uint8_t)((raw_size >> (8 * i)) & 0xff);
+  int written = 0;
+  if (in->size > 0) {
+    written = LZ4_compress_default((const char*)in->data, (char*)p + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN,
+                                   (int)in->size, bound);
+    if (written <= 0) {
+      data_destroy(out);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  out->size = (size_t)written + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN;
+  return out;
+}
+
+static Data* zlib_compress(Data* in, CompressionAlgo algo, int compression_level) {
+  int level = compression_level;
+  if (level < 1)
+    level = Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
+  if (level > 9)
+    level = 9;
+  uLong bound = compressBound((uLong)in->size);
+  if (in->size > (size_t)ULONG_MAX)
+    return NULL;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty((size_t)bound + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  uint32_t raw_size = (uint32_t)in->size;
+  uint8_t* p = (uint8_t*)out->data;
+  p[0] = (uint8_t)algo;
+  for (int i = 0; i < LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN; i++)
+    p[1 + i] = (uint8_t)((raw_size >> (8 * i)) & 0xff);
+  uLongf dest_len = bound;
+  int rc = compress2(p + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN, &dest_len, (const Bytef*)in->data,
+                     (uLong)in->size, level);
+  if (rc != Z_OK) {
+    data_destroy(out);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  out->size = (size_t)dest_len + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN;
+  return out;
+}
+
+Data* data_compress_codec(Data* data_to_compress, CompressionAlgo algo, int compression_level,
+                          int compression_threads) {
+  if (!data_to_compress || (!data_to_compress->data && data_to_compress->size != 0) ||
+      compression_threads < 0 || compression_threads > COMPRESSION_MAX_THREADS)
+    return NULL;
+  if (!compression_algo_valid((int)algo))
+    return NULL;
+  log_message(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, "Starting to compress data");
+  switch (algo) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return frame_with_codec(data_to_compress->data, data_to_compress->size, COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    return zstd_compress(data_to_compress, compression_level, compression_threads);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    return lz4_compress(data_to_compress);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    return zlib_compress(data_to_compress, algo, compression_level);
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
+                                 int compression_threads) {
+  return data_compress_codec(data_to_compress, compression_get_algo(), compression_level,
+                             compression_threads);
+}
+
+Data* data_compress(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level) {
+  return data_compress_codec(data_to_compress, compression_get_algo(), compression_level, 0);
+}
+
+static Data* decompress_none(const Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
+  size_t size = compressed_data->size - 1;
+  if (size > maximum_size)
+    return NULL;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty(size);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  if (size > 0)
+    memcpy(out->data, (const uint8_t*)compressed_data->data + 1, size);
+  out->size = size;
+  return out;
+}
+
+/* Read the 4-byte little-endian raw size stored after the codec byte. */
+static bool read_raw_size(const Data* in, uint32_t* raw_size) {
+  if (in->size < 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN)
+    return false;
+  const uint8_t* p = (const uint8_t*)in->data;
+  uint32_t v = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN; i++)
+    v |= (uint32_t)p[1 + i] << (8 * i);
+  *raw_size = v;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static Data* lz4_decompress(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size, size_t hard_limit) {
+  uint32_t raw_size = 0;
+  if (!read_raw_size(compressed_data, &raw_size))
+    return NULL;
+  if (raw_size > hard_limit || raw_size > maximum_size)
+    return NULL;
+  size_t comp_size = compressed_data->size - 1 - LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty(raw_size);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  if (raw_size == 0) {
+    out->size = 0;
+    return out;
+  }
+  int rc = LZ4_decompress_safe((const char*)compressed_data->data + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN,
+                               (char*)out->data, (int)comp_size, (int)raw_size);
+  if (rc < 0 || (uint32_t)rc != raw_size) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "LZ4 decompression failed");
+    data_destroy(out);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  out->size = raw_size;
+  return out;
+}
+
+static Data* zlib_decompress(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size, size_t hard_limit) {
+  uint32_t raw_size = 0;
+  if (!read_raw_size(compressed_data, &raw_size))
+    return NULL;
+  if (raw_size > hard_limit || raw_size > maximum_size)
+    return NULL;
+  size_t comp_size = compressed_data->size - 1 - LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN;
+  Data* out = data_create_empty(raw_size);
+  if (!out)
+    return NULL;
+  if (raw_size == 0) {
+    out->size = 0;
+    return out;
+  }
+  uLongf dest_len = raw_size;
+  int rc =
+      uncompress((Bytef*)out->data, &dest_len,
+                 (const Bytef*)compressed_data->data + 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN, (uLong)comp_size);
+  if (rc != Z_OK || dest_len != raw_size) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "zlib decompression failed");
+    data_destroy(out);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  out->size = raw_size;
+  return out;
+}
+
+static Data* zstd_decompress(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
+  /* The zstd frame starts after the codec byte. */
+  const void* frame = (const uint8_t*)compressed_data->data + 1;
+  size_t frame_size = compressed_data->size - 1;
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_UTIL, "Start to decompress data");
-  unsigned long long dst_size =
+  unsigned long long dst_size = ZSTD_getFrameContentSize(frame, frame_size);
-      ZSTD_getFrameContentSize(compressed_data->data, compressed_data->size);
   /* ZSTD_isError() is also true for ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_ERROR and
    * ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_UNKNOWN (both are encoded near (size_t)-1), so test the
    * sentinels explicitly instead of blanket-rejecting every error-ish value:
@@ -256,9 +592,9 @@ Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
   // ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_UNKNOWN (~2^64) can cause massive allocation;
   // fall back to a conservative estimate (3x compressed size) when unknown.
   if (dst_size == ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_UNKNOWN) {
-    if (compressed_data->size > ULLONG_MAX / 3)
+    if (frame_size > ULLONG_MAX / 3)
       return NULL;
-    dst_size = compressed_data->size * 3;
+    dst_size = frame_size * 3;
     if (dst_size < INITIAL_DECOMPRESS_BUF_SIZE)
       dst_size = INITIAL_DECOMPRESS_BUF_SIZE;
   }
@@ -295,7 +631,7 @@ Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
     goto cleanup;
   }
 
-  ZSTD_inBuffer input = {compressed_data->data, compressed_data->size, 0};
+  ZSTD_inBuffer input = {frame, frame_size, 0};
   ZSTD_outBuffer output = {uncompressed_data->data, buf_size, 0};
 
   size_t ret;
@@ -309,8 +645,7 @@ Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
     }
     if (ret > 0 && output.pos == output.size) {
       if (buf_size >= hard_limit || buf_size > SIZE_MAX / 2) {
-        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Decompressed data exceeds %llu bytes",
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Decompressed data exceeds %llu bytes", hard_limit);
-                    (unsigned long long)MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE);
         data_destroy(uncompressed_data);
         uncompressed_data = NULL;
         goto cleanup;
@@ -354,6 +689,407 @@ cleanup:
   return uncompressed_data;
 }
 
+Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size) {
+  if (!compressed_data || (!compressed_data->data && compressed_data->size != 0) ||
+      maximum_size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (compressed_data->size < 1)
+    return NULL;
+  unsigned long long hard_limit =
+      maximum_size < MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE ? maximum_size : MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE;
+  uint8_t codec = ((const uint8_t*)compressed_data->data)[0];
+  if (!compression_algo_valid(codec))
+    return NULL;
+  switch ((CompressionAlgo)codec) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return decompress_none(compressed_data, (size_t)hard_limit);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    return zstd_decompress(compressed_data, (size_t)hard_limit);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    return lz4_decompress(compressed_data, maximum_size, (size_t)hard_limit);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    return zlib_decompress(compressed_data, maximum_size, (size_t)hard_limit);
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
 Data* data_decompress(Data* compressed_data) {
   return data_decompress_limited(compressed_data, MAX_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE);
 }
+
+/* ---- streaming decompression ---- */
+
+#define STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK (256 * 1024)
+
+struct CompressionStreamDecompressor {
+  CompressionAlgo algo;
+  unsigned long long expected_out;
+  unsigned long long total;
+  int out_fd;
+  unsigned char* out_buf;
+  ZSTD_DCtx* dctx;
+  z_stream zs;
+  bool zs_initialized;
+  bool failed;
+};
+
+static bool stream_write_all(int fd, const void* data, size_t size) {
+  const unsigned char* p = data;
+  size_t done = 0;
+  while (done < size) {
+    ssize_t n = write(fd, p + done, size - done);
+    if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+      continue;
+    if (n <= 0)
+      return false;
+    done += (size_t)n;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+CompressionStreamDecompressor*
+compression_stream_decompressor_create(CompressionAlgo algo, unsigned long long expected_out) {
+  CompressionStreamDecompressor* d = calloc(1, sizeof(*d));
+  if (!d)
+    return NULL;
+  d->algo = algo;
+  d->expected_out = expected_out;
+  d->out_fd = -1;
+  d->out_buf = malloc(STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK);
+  if (!d->out_buf) {
+    free(d);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    d->dctx = ZSTD_createDCtx();
+    if (!d->dctx) {
+      free(d->out_buf);
+      free(d);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  } else if (algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB || algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX) {
+    if (inflateInit(&d->zs) != Z_OK) {
+      free(d->out_buf);
+      free(d);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    d->zs_initialized = true;
+  } else if (algo != COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE) {
+    /* lz4's block format cannot be decompressed incrementally. */
+    free(d->out_buf);
+    free(d);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return d;
+}
+
+static bool stream_emit(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* buf, size_t len) {
+  if (len == 0)
+    return true;
+  if (d->expected_out != 0 && (d->total > d->expected_out || len > d->expected_out - d->total)) {
+    d->failed = true;
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (!stream_write_all(d->out_fd, buf, len)) {
+    d->failed = true;
+    return false;
+  }
+  d->total += len;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool stream_feed_none(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* in, size_t in_len,
+                             bool* done) {
+  if (!stream_emit(d, in, in_len))
+    return false;
+  /* NONE has no end marker; the caller knows the frame length. */
+  *done = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool stream_feed_zstd(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* in, size_t in_len,
+                             bool* done) {
+  ZSTD_inBuffer input = {in, in_len, 0};
+  while (input.pos < input.size) {
+    ZSTD_outBuffer output = {d->out_buf, STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK, 0};
+    size_t ret = ZSTD_decompressStream(d->dctx, &output, &input);
+    if (ZSTD_isError(ret)) {
+      d->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (!stream_emit(d, d->out_buf, output.pos))
+      return false;
+    if (ret == 0) {
+      *done = true;
+      /* Trailing bytes after a complete frame are malformed; stop consuming. */
+      if (input.pos < input.size) {
+        d->failed = true;
+        return false;
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool stream_feed_zlib(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* in, size_t in_len,
+                             bool* done) {
+  d->zs.next_in = (Bytef*)in;
+  d->zs.avail_in = (uInt)in_len;
+  while (d->zs.avail_in > 0) {
+    d->zs.next_out = d->out_buf;
+    d->zs.avail_out = STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK;
+    int rc = inflate(&d->zs, Z_NO_FLUSH);
+    if (rc != Z_OK && rc != Z_STREAM_END && rc != Z_BUF_ERROR) {
+      d->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+    size_t produced = STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK - d->zs.avail_out;
+    if (!stream_emit(d, d->out_buf, produced))
+      return false;
+    if (rc == Z_STREAM_END) {
+      *done = true;
+      return d->zs.avail_in == 0;
+    }
+    if (rc == Z_BUF_ERROR && produced == 0) {
+      /* Need more input. */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool compression_stream_decompressor_feed(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* in,
+                                          size_t in_len, int out_fd, bool* done) {
+  if (!d || d->failed)
+    return false;
+  d->out_fd = out_fd;
+  if (done)
+    *done = false;
+  switch (d->algo) {
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE:
+    return stream_feed_none(d, in, in_len, done);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD:
+    return stream_feed_zstd(d, in, in_len, done);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB:
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX:
+    return stream_feed_zlib(d, in, in_len, done);
+  case COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4:
+    break;
+  }
+  d->failed = true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+unsigned long long compression_stream_decompressor_total(const CompressionStreamDecompressor* d) {
+  return d ? d->total : 0;
+}
+
+void compression_stream_decompressor_destroy(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d) {
+  if (!d)
+    return;
+  if (d->dctx)
+    ZSTD_freeDCtx(d->dctx);
+  if (d->zs_initialized)
+    inflateEnd(&d->zs);
+  free(d->out_buf);
+  free(d);
+}
+
+/* ---- streaming compression ---- */
+
+struct CompressionStreamCompressor {
+  CompressionAlgo algo;
+  int level;
+  ZSTD_CCtx* cctx;
+  z_stream zs;
+  bool zs_initialized;
+  unsigned char* out_buf;
+  bool failed;
+};
+
+bool compression_stream_compress_supported(CompressionAlgo algo) {
+  return algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD || algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB ||
+         algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX;
+}
+
+CompressionStreamCompressor* compression_stream_compressor_create(CompressionAlgo algo, int level,
+                                                                  int threads) {
+  (void)threads;
+  if (!compression_algo_valid((int)algo) || algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4)
+    return NULL;
+  CompressionStreamCompressor* c = calloc(1, sizeof(*c));
+  if (!c)
+    return NULL;
+  c->algo = algo;
+  c->level = level;
+  c->out_buf = malloc(STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK);
+  if (!c->out_buf) {
+    free(c);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    c->cctx = ZSTD_createCCtx();
+    if (!c->cctx) {
+      free(c->out_buf);
+      free(c);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  } else if (algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB || algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX) {
+    if (deflateInit(&c->zs, level < 1 ? Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION : level) != Z_OK) {
+      free(c->out_buf);
+      free(c);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    c->zs_initialized = true;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+bool compression_stream_compressor_begin(CompressionStreamCompressor* c,
+                                         unsigned long long raw_size, int out_fd) {
+  if (!c || c->failed)
+    return false;
+  unsigned char hdr[1 + 4];
+  size_t hdr_len = 1;
+  hdr[0] = (unsigned char)c->algo;
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB || c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX) {
+    uint32_t size32 = raw_size > UINT32_MAX ? UINT32_MAX : (uint32_t)raw_size;
+    for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+      hdr[1 + i] = (uint8_t)((size32 >> (8 * i)) & 0xff);
+    hdr_len = 5;
+  }
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    /* Pledge the source size and force the frame content-size field so the
+       receiver can decide whether to stream from the frame header alone. */
+    if (ZSTD_isError(ZSTD_CCtx_setPledgedSrcSize(c->cctx, raw_size)) ||
+        ZSTD_isError(ZSTD_CCtx_setParameter(c->cctx, ZSTD_c_compressionLevel, c->level)) ||
+        ZSTD_isError(ZSTD_CCtx_setParameter(c->cctx, ZSTD_c_contentSizeFlag, 1))) {
+      c->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (ZSTD_isError(ZSTD_CCtx_setParameter(c->cctx, ZSTD_c_checksumFlag, 0))) {
+      c->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  if (!stream_write_all(out_fd, hdr, hdr_len)) {
+    c->failed = true;
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool stream_compress_zlib(CompressionStreamCompressor* c, const void* in, size_t in_len,
+                                 int out_fd, int flush) {
+  c->zs.next_in = (Bytef*)in;
+  c->zs.avail_in = (uInt)in_len;
+  do {
+    c->zs.next_out = c->out_buf;
+    c->zs.avail_out = STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK;
+    int rc = deflate(&c->zs, flush);
+    if (rc != Z_OK && rc != Z_STREAM_END && rc != Z_BUF_ERROR) {
+      c->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+    size_t produced = STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK - c->zs.avail_out;
+    if (!stream_write_all(out_fd, c->out_buf, produced)) {
+      c->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (rc == Z_STREAM_END)
+      return true;
+    if (rc == Z_BUF_ERROR && produced == 0)
+      break;
+  } while (c->zs.avail_in > 0 || flush == Z_FINISH);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool compression_stream_compressor_feed(CompressionStreamCompressor* c, const void* in,
+                                        size_t in_len, int out_fd) {
+  if (!c || c->failed)
+    return false;
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE)
+    return stream_write_all(out_fd, in, in_len);
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    ZSTD_inBuffer input = {in, in_len, 0};
+    while (input.pos < input.size) {
+      ZSTD_outBuffer output = {c->out_buf, STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK, 0};
+      size_t ret = ZSTD_compressStream2(c->cctx, &output, &input, ZSTD_e_continue);
+      if (ZSTD_isError(ret)) {
+        c->failed = true;
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (!stream_write_all(out_fd, c->out_buf, output.pos)) {
+        c->failed = true;
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (output.pos == 0 && input.pos < input.size)
+        break; /* avoid spinning; zstd buffers the rest internally */
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+  return stream_compress_zlib(c, in, in_len, out_fd, Z_NO_FLUSH);
+}
+
+bool compression_stream_compressor_finish(CompressionStreamCompressor* c, int out_fd) {
+  if (!c || c->failed)
+    return false;
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE)
+    return true;
+  if (c->algo == COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    size_t ret;
+    do {
+      ZSTD_inBuffer input = {NULL, 0, 0};
+      ZSTD_outBuffer output = {c->out_buf, STREAM_DECOMPRESS_OUT_CHUNK, 0};
+      ret = ZSTD_compressStream2(c->cctx, &output, &input, ZSTD_e_end);
+      if (ZSTD_isError(ret)) {
+        c->failed = true;
+        return false;
+      }
+      if (!stream_write_all(out_fd, c->out_buf, output.pos)) {
+        c->failed = true;
+        return false;
+      }
+    } while (ret > 0);
+    return true;
+  }
+  return stream_compress_zlib(c, NULL, 0, out_fd, Z_FINISH);
+}
+
+void compression_stream_compressor_destroy(CompressionStreamCompressor* c) {
+  if (!c)
+    return;
+  if (c->cctx)
+    ZSTD_freeCCtx(c->cctx);
+  if (c->zs_initialized)
+    deflateEnd(&c->zs);
+  free(c->out_buf);
+  free(c);
+}
+
+unsigned long long compression_peek_frame_content_size(const void* buf, size_t len) {
+  if (!buf || len < 1)
+    return 0;
+  const uint8_t* p = buf;
+  uint8_t codec = p[0];
+  if (!compression_algo_valid(codec))
+    return 0;
+  if (codec == (uint8_t)COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE)
+    return len - 1;
+  if (codec == (uint8_t)COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD) {
+    if (len < 2)
+      return 0;
+    unsigned long long size = ZSTD_getFrameContentSize(p + 1, len - 1);
+    if (size == ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_ERROR || size == ZSTD_CONTENTSIZE_UNKNOWN)
+      return 0;
+    return size;
+  }
+  if (len < 1 + LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN)
+    return 0;
+  uint32_t raw = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < LZ4_SIZE_PREFIX_LEN; i++)
+    raw |= (uint32_t)p[1 + i] << (8 * i);
+  return raw;
+}

src/shared/compression.h

@@ -6,13 +6,129 @@
 
 #define COMPRESSION_MAX_THREADS 64
 
+/* Compression algorithms selectable with --compress-choice / -z.  The ids are
+ * the values placed on the wire (Config->compression_algo), so they must be
+ * kept stable.  NONE is "no compression"; ZSTD is the historical FastSync
+ * default and the negotiated "auto" choice.  ZLIBX is rsync's zlib-without-
+ * matched-data variant: FastSync compresses only the delta/token bytes (it does
+ * not put matched file data in the compression stream), so its zlib codec is
+ * already the "x" form and zlib/zlibx share the same implementation, recorded
+ * under distinct ids. */
+typedef enum {
+  COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE = 0,
+  COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD = 1,
+  COMPRESSION_ALGO_LZ4 = 2,
+  COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIB = 3,
+  COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZLIBX = 4
+} CompressionAlgo;
+
+/* Resolve a --compress-choice string (case-insensitive) to an algorithm id.
+ * Accepts "zstd", "lz4", "zlib", "zlibx", "none".  "auto" is not an algorithm
+ * here; the caller resolves it to the negotiated default.  Returns -1 for any
+ * unrecognized name. */
+int compression_algo_from_name(const char* name);
+const char* compression_algo_name(CompressionAlgo algo);
+bool compression_algo_valid(int algo);
+
+/* Pick the first algorithm from FastSync's compiled-in preference list
+ * (rsync 3.4.1's `--version` order: zstd lz4 zlibx zlib none).  Resolves
+ * "auto". */
+CompressionAlgo compression_negotiate_default(void);
+
+/* Resolve "auto" the way rsync does: the first supported name in
+ * RSYNC_COMPRESS_LIST (whitespace-separated, client half ends at '&'), then the
+ * compiled-in preference order when the variable is unset/blank.  Returns -1
+ * when the variable is set but names no supported codec (rsync's failed
+ * negotiation), otherwise a valid CompressionAlgo id. */
+int compression_choice_resolve(void);
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1's per-codec default level, applied when the user did not pass
+ * --compress-level/--zl.  zstd uses ZSTD_CLEVEL_DEFAULT (3) and zlib/zlibx the
+ * resolved Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (6).  lz4 has no tunable level in rsync
+ * (always the default acceleration); FastSync returns a positive placeholder so
+ * its "level > 0" compression gate stays engaged, and lz4_compress ignores the
+ * value, so the output is identical to rsync's.  none is 0. */
+int compression_default_level(CompressionAlgo algo);
+
+/* Clamp an explicit --compress-level to the codec's accepted range the way
+ * rsync's init_compression_level() does: zstd 1..22, zlib/zlibx 1..9, lz4
+ * ignored (fixed positive placeholder), none 0. */
+int compression_clamp_level(CompressionAlgo algo, int level);
+
+/* True when the algorithm actually compresses (i.e. is not NONE). */
+bool compression_algo_enabled(CompressionAlgo algo);
+
+/* Select the process-wide codec used by the legacy wrappers below.  Each
+ * process serves exactly one transfer config (the server forks per connection,
+ * the client configures itself before spawning transfer threads), so a
+ * process-global default is sufficient and constant for the lifetime of a
+ * transfer.  Defaults to ZSTD when never set.  Thread-safe. */
+void compression_set_algo(CompressionAlgo algo);
+CompressionAlgo compression_get_algo(void);
+
+/* Codec-aware primitives.  The compressed buffer is self-describing: its first
+ * byte is the CompressionAlgo id, so decompression never needs the codec passed
+ * separately (this keeps every existing Decompress call site source-compatible).
+ * `data_compress_codec` returns NULL on invalid input or an unsupported codec. */
+Data* data_compress_codec(Data* data_to_compress, CompressionAlgo algo, int compression_level,
+                          int compression_threads);
+Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size);
+
+/* Legacy zstd-default wrappers retained for existing callers/tests. */
 Data* data_compress(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level);
 Data* data_compress_with_threads(Data* data_to_compress, int compression_level,
                                  int compression_threads);
 Data* data_decompress(Data* compressed_data);
-Data* data_decompress_limited(Data* compressed_data, size_t maximum_size);
 bool compression_should_skip_with_suffixes(const char* path, char* const* suffixes, int count);
 
+/* Streaming decompression for a payload too large to hold in memory.  The
+ * caller consumes the frame's leading codec byte (and, for lz4/zlib/zlibx, the
+ * 4-byte little-endian raw-size prefix) and then feeds the remaining frame
+ * bytes in bounded chunks; decompressed output is written straight to `out_fd`
+ * so neither the compressed nor the decompressed image is ever materialized.
+ * Only zstd (the default), zlib/zlibx and none support streaming; lz4's block
+ * format is one-shot, so its stream decompressor reports failure and the caller
+ * falls back (the whole-buffer path keeps its existing bound). */
+typedef struct CompressionStreamDecompressor CompressionStreamDecompressor;
+
+CompressionStreamDecompressor*
+compression_stream_decompressor_create(CompressionAlgo algo, unsigned long long expected_out);
+/* Feed one chunk.  Returns false on a malformed frame, an I/O error, or when the
+ * total output would exceed `expected_out` (when non-zero).  *done is set once
+ * the frame end has been reached. */
+bool compression_stream_decompressor_feed(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d, const void* in,
+                                          size_t in_len, int out_fd, bool* done);
+unsigned long long compression_stream_decompressor_total(const CompressionStreamDecompressor* d);
+void compression_stream_decompressor_destroy(CompressionStreamDecompressor* d);
+
+/* Peek the logical (decompressed) size from the leading bytes of a compressed
+ * frame (codec byte + header), returning 0 when it cannot be determined from
+ * the supplied prefix.  Used to decide whether a frame must take the streaming
+ * path before its body is read. */
+unsigned long long compression_peek_frame_content_size(const void* buf, size_t len);
+
+/* Streaming compression (sender side).  Compresses a source in bounded chunks
+ * into `out_fd` as one self-describing frame (codec byte, the lz4/zlib raw-size
+ * prefix, then the codec stream), so a whole file can be compressed without
+ * materializing it in memory.  zstd/zlib/zlibx/none are supported; lz4's block
+ * format is one-shot, so its create() returns NULL and the caller keeps the
+ * buffered path.  `raw_size` is the known source length (used for the zlib
+ * prefix and, for zstd, the frame content-size field). */
+typedef struct CompressionStreamCompressor CompressionStreamCompressor;
+
+/* True when `algo` can be stream-compressed (zstd/zlib/zlibx; lz4's block format
+ * is one-shot).  Used by the sender to decide whether an over-threshold source
+ * may stay unloaded. */
+bool compression_stream_compress_supported(CompressionAlgo algo);
+CompressionStreamCompressor* compression_stream_compressor_create(CompressionAlgo algo, int level,
+                                                                  int threads);
+bool compression_stream_compressor_begin(CompressionStreamCompressor* c,
+                                         unsigned long long raw_size, int out_fd);
+bool compression_stream_compressor_feed(CompressionStreamCompressor* c, const void* in,
+                                        size_t in_len, int out_fd);
+bool compression_stream_compressor_finish(CompressionStreamCompressor* c, int out_fd);
+void compression_stream_compressor_destroy(CompressionStreamCompressor* c);
+
 /* Release the calling thread's cached zstd contexts (compressor, decompressor
  * and scratch buffer).  The cache is thread-local and is also released
  * automatically when a worker thread exits (via a C11 tss destructor) and for

src/shared/config.c

@@ -14,12 +14,15 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#include <strings.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
 static void config_set_defaults(Config* config) {
   config->scanner_threads = 0;
-  config->metadata_explicitly_disabled = false;
+  config->cli.preserve_perms_explicit_off = false;
+  config->cli.preserve_times_explicit_off = false;
+  config->cli.metadata_explicitly_disabled = false;
   config->show_progress = false;
   config->compression_threads = 0;
   config->ssh_port = 22;
@@ -41,14 +44,16 @@ static void config_set_defaults(Config* config) {
   config->tls_ca = NULL;
   config->server_host = str_dup("127.0.0.1");
   config->server_port = 8080;
-  config->server_port_set = false;
+  config->cli.server_port_set = false;
-  config->server_host_set = false;
+  config->cli.server_host_set = false;
-  /* 0 means "--timeout not given": the transport keeps its own built-in 30 s
+  /* rsync defaults: --timeout=0 (I/O timeouts disabled) and --contimeout=60.
-   * socket timeout (tcp_set_timeouts ignores non-positive values) and the
+   * A value of 0 disables the client's own deadline on both the socket layer
-   * protocol layer keeps its built-in 60 s per-message deadline.  A positive
+   * (tcp_set_timeouts) and the protocol layer
-   * value overrides BOTH (see protocol_session_set_io_timeout). */
+   * (protocol_session_set_io_timeout); a positive value sets it.  A server
+   * session floors the deadline at SERVER_IO_TIMEOUT_SEC so 0 can never hold a
+   * connection open forever. */
   config->timeout = 0;
-  config->contimeout = 10;
+  config->contimeout = 60;
   config->quiet = false;
   config->stats = false;
   config->max_depth = 0;
@@ -63,19 +68,23 @@ static void config_set_defaults(Config* config) {
   config->human_readable = false;
   config->ignore_errors = false;
   config->ignore_missing_args = false;
+  config->cli.checksum_transfer_algo = CHECKSUM_ALGO_DEFAULT;
+  config->cli.cli_exit_code = 0;
+  config->cli.compression_level_set = false;
+  config->cli.checksum_choice_set = false;
   config->filters = NULL;
   config->files_from = NULL;
   config->files_from_set = NULL;
   config->from0 = false;
   config->cvs_exclude = false;
   config->per_dir_filter = false;
-  config->one_file_system = false;
+  config->per_dir_filter_count = 0;
+  config->one_file_system = 0;
   config->no_implied_dirs = false;
   config->dirs = false;
   config->rsh_command = NULL;
   config->blocking_io = false;
   config->outbuf = OUTBUF_BLOCK;
-  config->old_args = false;
   config->remote_options = NULL;
   config->remote_option_count = 0;
   config->address = NULL;
@@ -91,7 +100,7 @@ static void config_set_defaults(Config* config) {
   config->trust_sender = false;
   config->stop_after_mins = 0;
   config->stop_at = 0;
-  config->stop_at_set = false;
+  config->cli.stop_at_set = false;
   config->write_batch = NULL;
   config->only_write_batch = NULL;
   config->read_batch = NULL;
@@ -192,10 +201,14 @@ static bool validate_received_config(const Config* config) {
          valid_wire_bool(config->partial) && valid_wire_bool(config->delete_before) &&
          valid_wire_bool(config->checksum) && valid_wire_bool(config->eight_bit_output) &&
          valid_wire_bool(config->dry_run) && checksum_algo_valid(config->checksum_algo) &&
-         identity_wire_valid(config) && valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_atimes) &&
+         compression_algo_valid(config->compression_algo) && identity_wire_valid(config) &&
-         valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_crtimes) && valid_wire_bool(config->omit_dir_times) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_atimes) && valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_crtimes) &&
-         valid_wire_bool(config->omit_link_times) && valid_wire_bool(config->munge_links) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->omit_dir_times) && valid_wire_bool(config->omit_link_times) &&
-         valid_wire_bool(config->keep_dirlinks) && valid_wire_bool(config->fake_super) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_perms) && valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_times) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_owner) && valid_wire_bool(config->preserve_group) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->munge_links) && valid_wire_bool(config->keep_dirlinks) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->fake_super) && valid_wire_bool(config->report_dest_info) &&
+         valid_wire_bool(config->report_stats) && valid_wire_bool(config->report_deletes) &&
          (!config->copy_as_set || (config->copy_as_uid >= 0 && config->copy_as_gid >= 0)) &&
          (!config->use_compression ||
           (config->compression_level >= 1 && config->compression_level <= 22)) &&
@@ -203,8 +216,9 @@ static bool validate_received_config(const Config* config) {
          config->delta_block_size >= DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_MIN &&
          config->delta_block_size <= DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX &&
          config->delta_max_file_size <= DELTA_MAX_FILE_SIZE && config->modify_window >= 0 &&
-         config->max_delete >= -1 && config->skip_compress_count >= 0 &&
+         config->max_delete >= -1 && config->max_alloc <= MAX_SERVER_ALLOC &&
-         config->skip_compress_count <= MAX_SKIP_COMPRESS_SUFFIXES && config->max_alloc > 0 &&
+         config->skip_compress_count >= 0 &&
+         config->skip_compress_count <= MAX_SKIP_COMPRESS_SUFFIXES &&
          (!config->chmod_spec || !*config->chmod_spec ||
           chmod_apply(0, config->chmod_spec, &(mode_t){0})) &&
          config->super_mode >= SUPER_MODE_AUTO && config->super_mode <= SUPER_MODE_OFF;
@@ -215,13 +229,26 @@ Config* config_create(void) {
   if (!config)
     return NULL;
   config_set_defaults(config);
+  /* config_set_defaults() dups the default server host; a failure there leaves
+   * server_host NULL and would crash later consumers, so fail the whole create
+   * (every caller already handles a NULL return). */
+  if (!config->server_host) {
+    config_delete(config);
+    return NULL;
+  }
   return config;
 }
 
 bool config_delete_timing_early(const Config* config) {
   if (!config)
     return false;
-  return config->delete_before || config->delete_during;
+  return config->delete_before;
+}
+
+bool config_delete_timing_per_dir(const Config* config) {
+  if (!config)
+    return false;
+  return config->delete_during || config->delete_delay;
 }
 
 /* A delete-timing flag is only meaningful together with --delete.  At most one
@@ -292,40 +319,69 @@ const char* config_invariants_error(const Config* config) {
            "timing; at most one may be given and each implies --delete";
   if (config->iconv_spec && !charset_spec_valid(config->iconv_spec))
     return "--iconv requires LOCAL[,REMOTE] charset names supported by iconv";
+  if ((config->preserve_perms || config->preserve_times || config->preserve_owner ||
+       config->preserve_group || config->preserve_atimes || config->preserve_crtimes ||
+       config->use_executability) &&
+      !config->use_metadata)
+    return "a preservation attribute requires metadata transmission";
   if (config->copy_as_set && !config->use_metadata)
     return "--copy-as requires metadata preservation and cannot be combined with --no-preserve";
   return NULL;
 }
 
+bool config_derived_use_metadata(const Config* config) {
+  if (!config)
+    return false;
+  if (config->preserve_perms || config->preserve_times || config->preserve_owner ||
+      config->preserve_group || config->preserve_atimes || config->preserve_crtimes ||
+      config->use_executability || config->preserve_xattrs || config->preserve_acls ||
+      config->fake_super || config->preserve_devices || config->preserve_specials ||
+      config->copy_devices || config->write_devices ||
+      (config->chmod_spec && config->chmod_spec[0]) || config->copy_as_set ||
+      config->chown_uid_set || config->chown_gid_set || config->usermap_count > 0 ||
+      config->groupmap_count > 0 || config->update)
+    return true;
+  return (config->use_incremental || config->use_delta) &&
+         !config->cli.metadata_explicitly_disabled;
+}
+
 bool config_has_basis(const Config* config) {
   return config && config->basis_count > 0;
 }
 
 /* A basis-dir path travels from the client to the receiver and is resolved
- * below the destination root, so it must be a non-empty relative path with no
+ * below the destination root when relative, or used verbatim when absolute
- * "." or ".." component and no traversal: an absolute or escaping path would
+ * (matching rsync).  Either form must be non-empty, traversal-free (no "..")
- * make the receiver read or link files outside its authorized root.
+ * and free of "." components: an escaping path would make the receiver read or
+ * link files outside its authorized root.  An absolute path is still subject to
+ * the receiver's root confinement at open time (file_open_secure_parent), so a
+ * basis outside the authorized root is simply not found rather than an escape.
  *
  * Returns a malloc'd CANONICAL copy of an accepted path, or NULL when the path
  * is rejected.  Canonicalization collapses interior empty components ("a//b" ->
- * "a/b"), drops "." components and trailing "/"s, so validation, the delete
+ * "a/b"), drops "." components and trailing "/"s, and preserves a leading '/'
- * walker prefix match and the receiver's basis lookup all agree on one form.
+ * for absolute paths, so validation, the delete walker prefix match and the
- * The normalizer is the single source of truth for both config_basis_path_valid
+ * receiver's basis lookup all agree on one form.  The normalizer is the single
- * and config_basis_append. */
+ * source of truth for both config_basis_path_valid and config_basis_append. */
 static char* basis_path_normalize(const char* path) {
-  if (!path || path[0] == '\0' || path[0] == '/' || has_path_traversal(path))
+  if (!path || path[0] == '\0' || has_path_traversal(path))
     return NULL;
-  if (strcmp(path, ".") == 0)
+  bool absolute = path[0] == '/';
+  if (!absolute && strcmp(path, ".") == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (absolute && strcmp(path, "/") == 0)
     return NULL;
   char* dup = str_dup(path);
   if (!dup)
     return NULL;
   size_t out_len = 0;
-  char* out = malloc(strlen(path) + 1);
+  char* out = malloc(strlen(path) + 2);
   if (!out) {
     free(dup);
     return NULL;
   }
+  if (absolute)
+    out[out_len++] = '/';
   char* saveptr = NULL;
   bool ok = true;
   for (char* part = strtok_r(dup, "/", &saveptr); part; part = strtok_r(NULL, "/", &saveptr)) {
@@ -335,14 +391,14 @@ static char* basis_path_normalize(const char* path) {
     }
     if (strcmp(part, ".") == 0)
       continue;
-    if (out_len > 0)
+    if (out_len > 0 && out[out_len - 1] != '/')
       out[out_len++] = '/';
     size_t len = strlen(part);
     memcpy(out + out_len, part, len);
     out_len += len;
   }
   free(dup);
-  if (!ok || out_len == 0) {
+  if (!ok || out_len == 0 || (absolute && out_len == 1)) {
     free(out);
     return NULL;
   }
@@ -637,9 +693,15 @@ int config_parse_ssh_dest(Config* config) {
     return daemon_dest_parse_error("invalid remote destination user@host (must not be empty or "
                                    "start with '-')",
                                    dest);
-  config->transport = TRANSPORT_SSH;
+  char* ssh_destination = str_dup(dest);
-  config->ssh_destination = str_dup(dest);
   char* path = str_dup(colon + 1);
+  if (!ssh_destination || !path) {
+    free(ssh_destination);
+    free(path);
+    return daemon_dest_parse_error("out of memory parsing remote destination", dest);
+  }
+  config->transport = TRANSPORT_SSH;
+  config->ssh_destination = ssh_destination;
   free(config->receive_root_directory);
   config->receive_root_directory = path;
   return 0;
@@ -725,15 +787,25 @@ void config_delete(Config* config) {
       free(config->skip_compress_suffixes[i]);
     free(config->skip_compress_suffixes);
   }
+  if (config->usermap) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < config->usermap_count; i++)
+      free(config->usermap[i].to_name);
     free(config->usermap);
+  }
   config->usermap = NULL;
   config->usermap_count = 0;
+  if (config->groupmap) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < config->groupmap_count; i++)
+      free(config->groupmap[i].to_name);
     free(config->groupmap);
+  }
   config->groupmap = NULL;
   config->groupmap_count = 0;
   if (config->filters) {
     array_list_delete(config->filters);
   }
+  filter_rule_list_free(config->protect_rules);
+  config->protect_rules = NULL;
   /* A --delay-updates staging tree is transient receiver state: remove any
      leftovers on every exit path (success already emptied it). */
   if (config->delay_context)
@@ -756,11 +828,14 @@ void config_delete(Config* config) {
  * ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /* --max-alloc: raw 64-bit value, clamped server-side and installed as the
- * session allocation ceiling.  A zero value is rejected. */
+ * session allocation ceiling.  A received 0 is rsync's "no alloc limit"; on the
+ * receive path it is mapped to the server ceiling so a client can never disable
+ * it (client-side 0 remains unlimited).  Any value above the ceiling is clamped
+ * to it. */
 static bool config_receive_max_alloc(int fd, unsigned long long* value) {
-  if (!receive_n_data(fd, value, sizeof(*value)) || *value == 0)
+  if (!receive_n_data(fd, value, sizeof(*value)))
     return false;
-  if (*value > MAX_SERVER_ALLOC)
+  if (*value == 0 || *value > MAX_SERVER_ALLOC)
     *value = MAX_SERVER_ALLOC;
   protocol_session_set_max_alloc(NULL, *value);
   return true;
@@ -842,6 +917,14 @@ static bool config_receive_checksum_algo(int fd, int* value) {
   return true;
 }
 
+static bool config_receive_compression_algo(int fd, int* value) {
+  int algo;
+  if (!receive_int(fd, &algo) || !compression_algo_valid(algo))
+    return false;
+  *value = algo;
+  return true;
+}
+
 static bool config_receive_super_mode(int fd, SuperMode* value) {
   int mode;
   if (!receive_int(fd, &mode) || mode < SUPER_MODE_AUTO || mode > SUPER_MODE_OFF)
@@ -958,9 +1041,138 @@ static bool receive_basis_entries(int fd, Config* c, ConfigStringBudget* budget)
   return true;
 }
 
+/* Receiver-side delete-protection rules (protocol 2.28.0).  The sender compiles
+ * its command-line selection rules exactly as the scanner does and streams the
+ * result as one bounded, self-describing block (count + per-rule records); the
+ * receiver reconstructs a FilterRuleList for the --delete extras walk.  owner
+ * and pattern are charged through the shared ConfigStringBudget and the block
+ * additionally enforces MAX_FILTER_RULES / MAX_FILTER_BYTES. */
+static bool send_protect_entries(int fd, const Config* c) {
+  int count = c->filters ? c->filters->size : 0;
+  const char** texts = NULL;
+  if (count > 0) {
+    texts = malloc((size_t)count * sizeof(char*));
+    if (!texts)
+      return false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      texts[i] = (const char*)c->filters->items[i];
+  }
+  char err[160];
+  FilterRuleList* rules =
+      filter_base_build(texts, count, c->cvs_exclude, c->delete_excluded, err, sizeof(err));
+  free(texts);
+  if (!rules) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "invalid filter rule: %s", err);
+    return false;
+  }
+  /* The receiver rejects any block with more than MAX_FILTER_RULES entries as a
+   * protocol error; refuse to emit such a frame at all.  filter_base_build()
+   * can expand the client rule set (cvs-exclude, merge files), so this is the
+   * authoritative bound, not config->filters->size. */
+  if (rules->count < 0 || rules->count > MAX_FILTER_RULES) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "too many filter rules: %d (maximum %d)", rules->count,
+                MAX_FILTER_RULES);
+    filter_rule_list_free(rules);
+    return false;
+  }
+  bool ok = send_int(fd, rules->count);
+  for (int i = 0; ok && i < rules->count; i++) {
+    const FilterRule* r = rules->items[i];
+    /* Mirror the receiver's limit so the peer never receives a rule it will
+       reject as a protocol error. */
+    if (r->pattern && strlen(r->pattern) > MAX_PROTECT_PATTERN_LEN) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "filter pattern exceeds %d bytes", MAX_PROTECT_PATTERN_LEN);
+      filter_rule_list_free(rules);
+      return false;
+    }
+    ok = send_int(fd, (int)r->action) && send_int(fd, (int)r->sides) &&
+         send_int(fd, r->anchored ? 1 : 0) && send_int(fd, r->dir_only ? 1 : 0) &&
+         send_int(fd, r->negate ? 1 : 0) && send_str(fd, r->owner ? r->owner : "") &&
+         send_str(fd, r->pattern ? r->pattern : "");
+  }
+  filter_rule_list_free(rules);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+static bool receive_protect_entries(int fd, Config* c, ConfigStringBudget* budget) {
+  int count;
+  if (!receive_int(fd, &count))
+    return false;
+  if (count < 0 || count > MAX_FILTER_RULES)
+    return false;
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+  FilterRuleList* list = filter_rule_list_create();
+  if (!list)
+    return false;
+  size_t pattern_bytes = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    int action;
+    int sides;
+    bool anchored;
+    bool dir_only;
+    bool negate;
+    if (!receive_int(fd, &action) ||
+        (action != FILTER_ACTION_EXCLUDE && action != FILTER_ACTION_INCLUDE) ||
+        !receive_int(fd, &sides) || sides < (int)FILTER_SIDE_SENDER ||
+        sides > (int)(FILTER_SIDE_SENDER | FILTER_SIDE_RECEIVER) ||
+        !receive_wire_bool(fd, &anchored) || !receive_wire_bool(fd, &dir_only) ||
+        !receive_wire_bool(fd, &negate))
+      goto fail;
+    char* owner = config_receive_str(fd, budget);
+    if (!owner)
+      goto fail;
+    char* pattern = config_receive_str(fd, budget);
+    if (!pattern || pattern[0] == '\0') {
+      free(owner);
+      free(pattern);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+    /* A pattern too long to be evaluated by glob_match against a PATH_MAX path
+       would silently fail to match and leave a protect rule inert (fail-open:
+       the entry is then deleted).  Reject it up front as a protocol error
+       rather than accept a rule that can never shield anything. */
+    if (strlen(pattern) > MAX_PROTECT_PATTERN_LEN) {
+      free(owner);
+      free(pattern);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+    size_t bytes = strlen(owner) + strlen(pattern);
+    if (bytes > MAX_FILTER_BYTES - pattern_bytes) {
+      free(owner);
+      free(pattern);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+    pattern_bytes += bytes;
+    FilterRule* rule = calloc(1, sizeof(FilterRule));
+    if (!rule) {
+      free(owner);
+      free(pattern);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+    rule->action = (FilterAction)action;
+    rule->sides = (unsigned)sides;
+    rule->anchored = anchored;
+    rule->dir_only = dir_only;
+    rule->negate = negate;
+    rule->owner = owner;
+    rule->pattern = pattern;
+    if (!filter_rule_list_add(list, rule)) {
+      filter_rule_free(rule);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+  }
+  c->protect_rules = list;
+  return true;
+fail:
+  filter_rule_list_free(list);
+  return false;
+}
+
 static bool send_identity_entries(int fd, const IdentityMap* map, int count) {
   for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-    if (!send_int(fd, map[i].from) || !send_int(fd, map[i].to))
+    if (!send_int(fd, map[i].from) || !send_int(fd, map[i].from_hi) || !send_int(fd, map[i].to) ||
+        !send_str(fd, map[i].to_name ? map[i].to_name : ""))
       return false;
   }
   return true;
@@ -968,20 +1180,32 @@ static bool send_identity_entries(int fd, const IdentityMap* map, int count) {
 
 static bool receive_identity_entries(int fd, ConfigStringBudget* budget, int count,
                                      IdentityMap** out) {
-  (void)budget;
   if (count <= 0)
     return true;
   IdentityMap* map = calloc((size_t)count, sizeof(IdentityMap));
   if (!map)
     return false;
   for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-    if (!receive_int(fd, &map[i].from) || !receive_int(fd, &map[i].to)) {
+    if (!receive_int(fd, &map[i].from) || !receive_int(fd, &map[i].from_hi) ||
-      free(map);
+        !receive_int(fd, &map[i].to))
-      return false;
+      goto fail;
+    char* name = config_receive_str(fd, budget);
+    if (!name)
+      goto fail;
+    if (name[0] == '\0') {
+      free(name);
+      map[i].to_name = NULL;
+    } else {
+      map[i].to_name = name;
     }
   }
   *out = map;
   return true;
+fail:
+  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    free(map[i].to_name);
+  free(map);
+  return false;
 }
 
 /* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1030,6 +1254,9 @@ static bool receive_identity_entries(int fd, ConfigStringBudget* budget, int cou
 #define CONFIG_SEND_INT_CHECKSUM_ALGO(name) send_int(fd, c->name)
 #define CONFIG_RECV_INT_CHECKSUM_ALGO(name) config_receive_checksum_algo(fd, &c->name)
 
+#define CONFIG_SEND_INT_COMPRESSION_ALGO(name) send_int(fd, c->name)
+#define CONFIG_RECV_INT_COMPRESSION_ALGO(name) config_receive_compression_algo(fd, &c->name)
+
 #define CONFIG_SEND_SUPERMODE(name) send_int(fd, (int)c->name)
 #define CONFIG_RECV_SUPERMODE(name) config_receive_super_mode(fd, &c->name)
 
@@ -1069,6 +1296,9 @@ static bool receive_identity_entries(int fd, ConfigStringBudget* budget, int cou
 #define CONFIG_RECV_BLOCK_IDMAP(name)                                                              \
   receive_identity_entries(fd, budget, c->name##_count, &c->name)
 
+#define CONFIG_SEND_BLOCK_PROTECT_RULES(name) send_protect_entries(fd, c)
+#define CONFIG_RECV_BLOCK_PROTECT_RULES(name) receive_protect_entries(fd, c, budget)
+
 /* One table entry, applied in sequence.  XSEND/XRECV are statement macros so
  * consecutive entries read as a plain sequence of assignments. */
 #define XSEND(name, ctype, def, kind) ok = ok && (CONFIG_SEND_##kind(name));
@@ -1104,6 +1334,9 @@ CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_daemon_auth, CONFIG_WIRE_DAEMON_AUTH_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_iconv_spec, CONFIG_WIRE_ICONV_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_privilege_options, CONFIG_WIRE_PRIVILEGE_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_copy_as_options, CONFIG_WIRE_COPY_AS_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_output_options, CONFIG_WIRE_OUTPUT_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_codec_options, CONFIG_WIRE_CODEC_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_SEND(send_protect_options, CONFIG_WIRE_PROTECT_FIELDS)
 
 CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_core_fields, CONFIG_WIRE_CORE_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_delta_fields, CONFIG_WIRE_DELTA_FIELDS)
@@ -1122,6 +1355,9 @@ CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_daemon_auth, CONFIG_WIRE_DAEMON_AUTH_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_iconv_spec, CONFIG_WIRE_ICONV_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_privilege_options, CONFIG_WIRE_PRIVILEGE_FIELDS)
 CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_copy_as_options, CONFIG_WIRE_COPY_AS_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_output_options, CONFIG_WIRE_OUTPUT_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_codec_options, CONFIG_WIRE_CODEC_FIELDS)
+CONFIG_DEFINE_RECV(receive_protect_options, CONFIG_WIRE_PROTECT_FIELDS)
 
 #undef XSEND
 #undef XRECV
@@ -1238,7 +1474,10 @@ bool config_send_wire_block(int file_descriptor, const Config* config) {
          send_daemon_module(file_descriptor, config) && send_daemon_auth(file_descriptor, config) &&
          send_iconv_spec(file_descriptor, config) &&
          send_privilege_options(file_descriptor, config) &&
-         send_copy_as_options(file_descriptor, config);
+         send_copy_as_options(file_descriptor, config) &&
+         send_output_options(file_descriptor, config) &&
+         send_codec_options(file_descriptor, config) &&
+         send_protect_options(file_descriptor, config);
 }
 
 bool config_send(int file_descriptor, const Config* config) {
@@ -1308,20 +1547,62 @@ Config* config_receive_with_validate(int file_descriptor, ConfigValidateFunc val
       !receive_daemon_auth(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
       !receive_iconv_spec(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
       !receive_privilege_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
-      !receive_copy_as_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget))
+      !receive_copy_as_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
+      !receive_output_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
+      !receive_codec_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget) ||
+      !receive_protect_options(file_descriptor, config, &budget))
     goto error;
-  if (config->compress_choice[0] != '\0' && strcmp(config->compress_choice, "zstd") != 0 &&
+  /* Validate/normalize the negotiated codec.  compress_choice is the human
-      strcmp(config->compress_choice, "none") != 0) {
+   * spelling (NULL or "" when -z was not given); compression_algo is the
+   * concrete codec id the sender used.  They must agree, and "auto" is
+   * canonicalized to FastSync's negotiated default so the stored spelling is
+   * always concrete (a hostile/older client may still send "auto"). */
+  if (config->compress_choice && config->compress_choice[0] != '\0') {
+    int choice_algo = compression_algo_from_name(config->compress_choice);
+    if (choice_algo < 0 && strcasecmp(config->compress_choice, "auto") != 0) {
       char* escaped_choice = output_escape(config->compress_choice, config->eight_bit_output);
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Unsupported compression choice: %s",
                   escaped_choice ? escaped_choice : "<allocation failed>");
-    char detail[128];
+      char detail[160];
       snprintf(detail, sizeof(detail), "unsupported compression choice: %s",
                escaped_choice ? escaped_choice : "<allocation failed>");
       send_error_detail(file_descriptor, detail);
       free(escaped_choice);
       goto error;
     }
+    if (choice_algo < 0)
+      choice_algo = (int)compression_negotiate_default();
+    if (strcasecmp(config->compress_choice, "auto") == 0 ||
+        choice_algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE) {
+      const char* canonical = compression_algo_name((CompressionAlgo)choice_algo);
+      char* dup = str_dup(canonical);
+      if (!dup)
+        goto error;
+      free(config->compress_choice);
+      config->compress_choice = dup;
+    }
+    if (config->compression_algo != choice_algo) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Compression choice '%s' does not match codec id %d",
+                  config->compress_choice, config->compression_algo);
+      send_error_detail(file_descriptor, "compression choice/codec mismatch");
+      goto error;
+    }
+  }
+  /* The concrete codec must exist only when compression is on.  A client that
+   * left -z off has no codec in effect, but the field keeps whatever id it
+   * carried (the receiver never dispatches on it without use_compression), so
+   * the wire value round-trips untouched. */
+  if (config->use_compression && config->compression_algo == (int)COMPRESSION_ALGO_NONE) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Compression requested with the 'none' codec");
+    send_error_detail(file_descriptor, "compression requested with the none codec");
+    goto error;
+  }
+  /* rsync: "none" as the pre-transfer checksum is invalid with --checksum. */
+  if (config->checksum && config->checksum_algo == (int)CHECKSUM_ALGO_NONE) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Invalid checksum-choice for --checksum: none");
+    send_error_detail(file_descriptor, "checksum-choice 'none' cannot be used with --checksum");
+    goto error;
+  }
   if (!validate_received_config(config)) {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Invalid configuration received from client");
     send_error_detail(file_descriptor, "invalid configuration received from client");

src/shared/config.h

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
 
 #include "array_list.h"
 #include "checksum.h"
+#include "compression.h"
+#include "filter.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -39,15 +41,20 @@ typedef struct BasisDest {
   char* path; /* relative to the destination root (receiver-confined) */
 } BasisDest;
 
-/* One resolved FROM:TO identity-mapping rule (--usermap / --groupmap).  Both
+/* One FROM:TO identity-mapping rule (--usermap / --groupmap).  `from`/`from_hi`
- * fields are numeric ids.  IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY (-1) in `from` is rsync's '*'
+ * describe the sender-side FROM matcher (a single id when from_hi == from, an
- * wildcard (matches any transmitted id); IDENTITY_CURRENT (-1) in `to` makes
+ * inclusive LOW-HIGH range, IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY for rsync's '*', or
- * the receiver resolve the receiving process's own current euid/egid at apply
+ * IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED for rsync's empty FROM).  `to` is the receiver-side TO
- * time.  Names are resolved to numbers at parse time on the client (see
+ * numeric id (IDENTITY_CURRENT = the receiving process's own euid/egid) UNLESS
- * identity.h for the exact subset). */
+ * `to_name` is non-NULL, in which case the receiver resolves the name against
+ * its own account database at apply time (rsync resolves TO names on the
+ * receiver) and `to` is ignored.  FROM names/ranges/globs are resolved on the
+ * client (the sender) exactly as rsync matches them against sender names. */
 typedef struct {
   int32_t from;
+  int32_t from_hi;
   int32_t to;
+  char* to_name;
 } IdentityMap;
 
 /* --sockopts=OPTIONS allowlist.  Only these option names are accepted; anything
@@ -76,7 +83,7 @@ typedef struct {
 typedef enum SuperMode { SUPER_MODE_AUTO = 0, SUPER_MODE_ON = 1, SUPER_MODE_OFF = 2 } SuperMode;
 
 /* ===========================================================================
- * Config wire-field table (single source of truth for protocol 2.21.0).
+ * Config wire-field table (single source of truth for protocol 2.30.0).
  *
  * Every field below crosses the wire.  The table is the ONLY place a
  * serialized field is named: config.h expands CONFIG_WIRE_FIELDS() to declare
@@ -191,14 +198,23 @@ typedef enum SuperMode { SUPER_MODE_AUTO = 0, SUPER_MODE_ON = 1, SUPER_MODE_OFF
   X(skip_compress_count, int, 0, INT_SKIPCOUNT)                                                    \
   X(skip_compress_suffixes, char**, NULL, BLOCK_SKIP_SUFFIXES)
 
+/* FastSync-only --verify-basis (protocol 2.28.0, no version bump by project
+ * decision): restores the stricter content equality on a basis hit.  By
+ * default a basis hit is accepted on rsync's metadata quick-check alone (equal
+ * size plus equal mtime, or size alone under --size-only); with this flag the
+ * receiver ALSO requires the basis bytes' whole-file digest (the negotiated
+ * --checksum-choice algorithm) to equal the sender's, exactly FastSync's
+ * historical behavior.  It is a receiver policy and crosses the wire so the
+ * receiver knows whether to read and hash the basis content. */
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_BASIS_FIELDS(X)                                                                \
   X(basis_count, int, 0, INT_BASISCOUNT)                                                           \
-  X(basis_dirs, BasisDest*, NULL, BLOCK_BASIS)
+  X(basis_dirs, BasisDest*, NULL, BLOCK_BASIS)                                                     \
+  X(verify_basis, bool, false, BOOL)
 
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_FUZZY_FIELDS(X) X(fuzzy, bool, false, BOOL)
 
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_CHECKSUM_FIELDS(X)                                                             \
-  X(checksum_algo, int, CHECKSUM_ALGO_XXH64, INT_CHECKSUM_ALGO)                                    \
+  X(checksum_algo, int, CHECKSUM_ALGO_DEFAULT, INT_CHECKSUM_ALGO)                                  \
   X(checksum_seed, uint64_t, 0, RAW)
 
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_IDENTITY_FIELDS(X)                                                             \
@@ -216,7 +232,11 @@ typedef enum SuperMode { SUPER_MODE_AUTO = 0, SUPER_MODE_ON = 1, SUPER_MODE_OFF
   X(preserve_atimes, bool, false, BOOL)                                                            \
   X(preserve_crtimes, bool, false, BOOL)                                                           \
   X(omit_dir_times, bool, false, BOOL)                                                             \
-  X(omit_link_times, bool, false, BOOL)
+  X(omit_link_times, bool, false, BOOL)                                                            \
+  X(preserve_perms, bool, false, BOOL)                                                             \
+  X(preserve_times, bool, false, BOOL)                                                             \
+  X(preserve_owner, bool, false, BOOL)                                                             \
+  X(preserve_group, bool, false, BOOL)
 
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_SYMLINK_TRUST_FIELDS(X)                                                        \
   X(munge_links, bool, false, BOOL)                                                                \
@@ -237,6 +257,66 @@ typedef enum SuperMode { SUPER_MODE_AUTO = 0, SUPER_MODE_ON = 1, SUPER_MODE_OFF
   X(copy_as_uid, int32_t, 0, COPY_AS_ID)                                                           \
   X(copy_as_gid, int32_t, 0, COPY_AS_ID)
 
+/* Output-parity wave (protocol 2.23.0).  report_dest_info tells the receiver to
+ * answer every per-file STATUS_CHECK with a STATUS_DEST_INFO snapshot of the
+ * pre-transfer destination entry (see protocol.h).  It is set by the client
+ * only when -i/--itemize-changes or --out-format asks for per-file change
+ * output; the transfer decision itself is unchanged.
+ *
+ * Wire-stats wave (protocol 2.25.0).  report_stats tells the receiver to send a
+ * STATUS_STATS frame immediately before its terminal success status carrying
+ * the receiver-only counters (matched data, deleted-file count) and,
+ * for -n/--dry-run --delete, the destination-relative paths it WOULD have
+ * deleted.  It is set by the client only when --stats, --progress/-P, an
+ * --out-format token needs a wire counter (%b/%c), or a dry-run carries
+ * --delete; the transfer decision itself is unchanged.
+ *
+ * --info wave (protocol 2.27.0).  report_deletes tells the receiver to include
+ * the destination-relative paths it ACTUALLY removed in its terminal
+ * STATUS_STATS record (the same path-list field the dry-run would-delete report
+ * uses), so the sender can print rsync's `deleting PATH`/`*deleting` lines for a
+ * real (non-dry-run) deletion.  It is set when --delete is active and any of
+ * --info=del, -i/--itemize-changes or --out-format requests per-file change
+ * output; the transfer decision itself is unchanged. */
+#define CONFIG_WIRE_OUTPUT_FIELDS(X)                                                               \
+  X(report_dest_info, bool, false, BOOL)                                                           \
+  X(report_stats, bool, false, BOOL) X(report_deletes, bool, false, BOOL)
+
+/* Codec-negotiation wave (protocol 2.26.0).  compression_algo is the concrete
+ * codec the client selected for this transfer (a CompressionAlgo id) and is the
+ * value the receiver validates and installs.  It is the resolved result of
+ * --compress-choice / the "auto" negotiation so both peers agree exactly.
+ *
+ * Negotiation model: FastSync enforces a strict same-version handshake, so both
+ * peers carry the identical compiled-in codec set.  The client resolves the
+ * effective algorithm deterministically and serializes it here; "auto" picks
+ * the first entry of the rsync 3.4.1 preference order
+ * (compression: zstd lz4 zlibx zlib none; checksum: xxh128 xxh3 xxh64 md5 md4
+ * sha1 none), and an explicit request wins.  The receiver rejects (before
+ * STATUS_OK) any algorithm outside its own supported set, which is rsync's
+ * "no common choice is an error" behavior.  The same resolver runs on both
+ * sides (compression_negotiate_default / checksum_negotiate_default), so the
+ * fallback is consistent.
+ *
+ * The field is appended after the output block so every pre-2.26 field keeps
+ * its wire position. */
+#define CONFIG_WIRE_CODEC_FIELDS(X)                                                                \
+  X(compression_algo, int, COMPRESSION_ALGO_ZSTD, INT_COMPRESSION_ALGO)
+
+/* Receiver-side delete-protection filter rules (protocol 2.28.0).  The sender
+ * compiles its root-level selection rules exactly as the scanner does
+ * (filter_base_build over --filter/-f/--exclude/--include/-C) and streams them
+ * as one self-describing, bounded block (count followed by per-rule records).
+ * The receiver reconstructs `protect_rules` and evaluates them against
+ * DESTINATION-ONLY entries during the --delete extras walk, so a
+ * `protect`/`P` rule protects an extra that never appeared on the sender
+ * (rsync re-derives deletion protection from the filter list; FastSync
+ * historically derived it only from the source scan).  `protect_rules` is NULL
+ * on the sender and is owned/freed by the receiver Config.  Bounded by
+ * MAX_FILTER_RULES and MAX_FILTER_BYTES; an unknown action/sides is a protocol
+ * error. */
+#define CONFIG_WIRE_PROTECT_FIELDS(X) X(protect_rules, FilterRuleList*, NULL, BLOCK_PROTECT_RULES)
+
 /* All serialized fields, in exact wire order.  Concatenating the per-segment
  * lists here is what keeps the declaration order = the wire order. */
 #define CONFIG_WIRE_FIELDS(X)                                                                      \
@@ -257,7 +337,56 @@ typedef enum SuperMode { SUPER_MODE_AUTO = 0, SUPER_MODE_ON = 1, SUPER_MODE_OFF
   CONFIG_WIRE_DAEMON_AUTH_FIELDS(X)                                                                \
   CONFIG_WIRE_ICONV_FIELDS(X)                                                                      \
   CONFIG_WIRE_PRIVILEGE_FIELDS(X)                                                                  \
-  CONFIG_WIRE_COPY_AS_FIELDS(X)
+  CONFIG_WIRE_COPY_AS_FIELDS(X)                                                                    \
+  CONFIG_WIRE_OUTPUT_FIELDS(X)                                                                     \
+  CONFIG_WIRE_CODEC_FIELDS(X)                                                                      \
+  CONFIG_WIRE_PROTECT_FIELDS(X)
+
+/* Client-only, CLI-parse bookkeeping (never serialized).  These members exist
+ * only so the client command-line parser can record HOW an option was
+ * specified (explicitly set, explicitly negated, or a parser-requested exit
+ * code); no other module and no wire peer ever needs them.  Grouping them in
+ * one nested member keeps the public Config free of client-CLI-only state. */
+typedef struct {
+  /* Set when the user explicitly turned an attribute off with --no-perms /
+   * --no-times (long or short form).  --incremental/--delta historically
+   * auto-enabled mode and mtime preservation; these flags let
+   * cli_finalize_config restore that behavior while still honoring the
+   * explicit per-attribute negation.  A later -p/-t re-enables the attribute
+   * directly, so the flag only prevents the incremental/delta implication,
+   * never a POSITIVE request. */
+  bool preserve_perms_explicit_off;
+  bool preserve_times_explicit_off;
+  /* Set by --no-preserve, the explicit opt-out of the whole preservation
+   * bundle, so the --incremental/--delta auto-preserve implication stays off. */
+  bool metadata_explicitly_disabled;
+  /* True when --server-port/--port was explicitly given.  --dry-run uses it to
+   * decide whether a real server handshake was requested, so a plain local
+   * destination (no explicit port) keeps the existing client-side dry-run
+   * behavior instead of dialing the default 127.0.0.1:8080. */
+  bool server_port_set;
+  /* True when --server-host was explicitly given, and distinct from the
+   * "127.0.0.1" default: --dry-run uses it to route an explicit remote target
+   * to the server so it reports receiver state exactly like a real run,
+   * instead of silently running the client-side manifest. */
+  bool server_host_set;
+  /* Codec-negotiation CLI state.  The effective pre-transfer checksum is
+   * Config->checksum_algo (serialized); checksum_transfer_algo is the rsync
+   * "transfer" half of a two-name --checksum-choice form (validated and used
+   * only to mirror rsync's whole-file forcing, since FastSync's per-block
+   * strong hash is fixed).  cli_exit_code carries a parser-requested process
+   * exit status (rsync uses 4 for an unsupported checksum/compress algorithm)
+   * so main() can mirror it. */
+  int checksum_transfer_algo;
+  int cli_exit_code;
+  /* "The user explicitly chose" bits.  They let the per-codec default level /
+   * checksum list be applied only when the corresponding rsync option was
+   * omitted (an explicit --compress-level / --checksum-choice always wins). */
+  bool compression_level_set;
+  bool checksum_choice_set;
+  /* True when --stop-at was given. */
+  bool stop_at_set;
+} ConfigCliParse;
 
 typedef struct Config {
   /* -j/--threads=N: number of parallel scanner worker threads for the -m
@@ -265,7 +394,8 @@ typedef struct Config {
    * scanner's built-in default" (4).  CLIENT-ONLY: it is a local scheduling
    * concern and is NEVER serialized into the wire config frame. */
   int scanner_threads;
-  bool metadata_explicitly_disabled;
+  /* Client-only CLI-parse bookkeeping (never serialized).  See ConfigCliParse. */
+  ConfigCliParse cli;
   bool show_progress;
   int compression_threads;
   int ssh_port;
@@ -286,27 +416,17 @@ typedef struct Config {
   bool use_tls;
   char* server_host;
   int server_port;
-  /* True when --server-port/--port was explicitly given.  CLIENT-ONLY (never
-   * serialized): --dry-run uses it to decide whether a real server handshake
-   * was requested, so a plain local destination (no explicit port) keeps the
-   * existing client-side dry-run behavior instead of dialing the default
-   * 127.0.0.1:8080. */
-  bool server_port_set;
-  /* True when --server-host was explicitly given.  CLIENT-ONLY (never
-   * serialized), and distinct from the "127.0.0.1" default: --dry-run uses it
-   * to route an explicit remote target to the server so it reports receiver
-   * state exactly like a real run, instead of silently running the client-side
-   * manifest. */
-  bool server_host_set;
   char* tls_cert;
   char* tls_key;
   char* tls_ca;
-  /* --timeout: per-message I/O deadline in seconds.  0 (the default/unset
+  /* --timeout: per-message I/O deadline in seconds.  0 (rsync's default)
-   * sentinel) leaves the transport's built-in 30 s socket timeout and the
+   * disables the deadline entirely on the client's own socket and protocol
-   * protocol's built-in 60 s per-message deadline in place; a positive value
+   * layers; a positive value sets it.  A server session never inherits the
-   * overrides both.  See protocol_session_set_io_timeout. */
+   * disabled value: it applies the SERVER_IO_TIMEOUT_SEC floor (see
+   * protocol_server_io_timeout_sec and tcp_set_timeouts). */
   int timeout;
-  /* --contimeout: connect()/accept timeout, transport layer only. */
+  /* --contimeout: connect()/accept timeout in seconds (rsync's default 60);
+   * 0 disables it.  Transport layer only. */
   int contimeout;
   bool quiet;
   bool stats;
@@ -349,9 +469,17 @@ typedef struct Config {
   bool from0;           /* -0/--from0: NUL-delimited *-from files */
   bool cvs_exclude;     /* -C/--cvs-exclude: standard CVS ignore set */
   bool per_dir_filter;  /* -F: apply per-directory .rsync-filter files */
-  bool one_file_system; /* -x/--one-file-system: do not cross filesystem boundaries */
+  /* -F click count.  rsync's single -F means --filter='dir-merge
-  /* --no-implied-dirs: client-only.  With -R + --files-from, refuse to place a
+   * /.rsync-filter' (the .rsync-filter files themselves are transferred); a
-   * listed file whose ancestor directory is not itself explicitly listed. */
+   * repeated -F adds --filter='- .rsync-filter' so they are excluded too. */
+  int per_dir_filter_count;
+  int one_file_system; /* -x/--one-file-system: do not cross filesystem boundaries.
+                          Repeated -x (rsync's -xx) drops the mount-point
+                          directory entirely instead of recreating it empty. */
+  /* --no-implied-dirs: client-only.  With -R, do not transfer the source
+   * metadata of the parent directories implied by a listed path; an unlisted
+   * implied parent is still created (with default attributes) so the listed
+   * file can be placed, matching rsync. */
   bool no_implied_dirs;
   /* -d/--dirs: client-only.  Transfer the directory entries named by the
    * source argument / --files-from list without recursing into contents. */
@@ -368,7 +496,6 @@ typedef struct Config {
   /* --outbuf mode (OutbufMode): stdout/stderr buffering.  Client-only launch
    * concern: NEVER crosses the wire. */
   int outbuf;
-  bool old_args;
   /* --remote-option=OPT (Phase 5, long form only): one or more extra command-line
    * options to append to the REMOTE server invocation over SSH.  CLIENT-ONLY:
    * they are composed into the remote command line by ssh_build_remote_command()
@@ -438,7 +565,6 @@ typedef struct Config {
    * process and are NEVER serialized into the config frame. */
   int stop_after_mins; /* --stop-after=MINS minutes; 0 when unset */
   time_t stop_at;      /* --stop-at=... absolute wall-clock deadline */
-  bool stop_at_set;    /* true when --stop-at was given */
 
   /* Client-only residual-batch paths.  A residual batch is a self-contained
    * single-file record of the whole source tree (full file images using the
@@ -519,13 +645,21 @@ typedef struct Config {
   /* rsync deletion-timing family (real from Phase 3).  At most one of
      delete_before / delete_during / delete_delay / delete_after may be set, and
      only together with use_delete (the CLI implies --delete for each of them).
-     delete_before and delete_during select the EARLY engine mode: the keep-set
+     delete_before selects the EARLY engine mode: the whole-tree keep-set
      manifest is transmitted before any file data and extras are removed then,
-     acknowledged, before the first data byte.  delete_delay and delete_after
+     acknowledged, before the first data byte.  delete_during and delete_delay
-     select the LATE commit mode: extras are removed only after the whole
+     select the per-directory delete-plan mode (protocol 2.24.0): one plan per
-     transfer has succeeded (plain --delete keeps this mode).  The exact
+     source directory is streamed in directory order, and the receiver removes
-     semantics and the divergences from rsync are documented in RSYNC_COMPAT.md
+     each directory's extras when its plan arrives (during) or snapshots them
-     and in config_delete_timing_early() below. */
+     and removes them only after a successful transfer (delay).  delete_after
+     keeps the whole-tree commit mode: extras are removed from a fresh
+     end-of-transfer destination scan only after the whole transfer succeeded.
+     A plain --delete with no explicit timing flag defaults to delete_during on
+     the client (cli_finalize_config), matching rsync's --del default; the old
+     late-commit behavior is selected explicitly by --delete-after or the
+     FastSync-only long spelling --delete-commit (an exact alias for
+     --delete-after, mapped onto the same wire field).  See
+     config_delete_timing_early()/config_delete_timing_per_dir() below. */
   /* partial_dir */
   // PR #174: Partial transfer resumption
   /* suffix */
@@ -563,13 +697,17 @@ typedef struct Config {
    * targets and, with -K, follows an in-root destination symlink-to-directory);
    * -k/--copy-dirlinks is sender-only and is never serialized. */
   /* numeric_ids */
-  /* --numeric-ids: no name lookup, use the transmitted numeric ids raw. */
+  /* --numeric-ids: a mapping MODIFIER only -- no name lookup, use the
+   * transmitted numeric ids raw.  It does NOT by itself request ownership. */
   /* chown_uid_set */
   /* --chown USER (owner) override; IDENTITY_CURRENT = the receiver's euid. */
   /* chown_gid_set */
   /* --chown :GROUP (group) override; IDENTITY_CURRENT = the receiver's egid. */
   /* usermap */
-  /* --usermap / --groupmap entries, in order (first match wins). */
+  /* --usermap / --groupmap entries, in order (first match wins).  Each entry's
+   * from/from_hi are a single id, an inclusive range, IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY ('*'),
+   * or IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED (empty FROM); to_name carries a receiver-resolved
+   * TO name (rsync resolves TO names on the receiving side). */
   /* preserve_atimes */
   /* -U/--atimes: preserve source access times on the destination. */
   /* preserve_crtimes */
@@ -579,10 +717,31 @@ typedef struct Config {
   /* -O/--omit-dir-times: do not apply mtimes to directories. */
   /* omit_link_times */
   /* -J/--omit-link-times: do not apply times to symlinks. */
+  /* preserve_perms */
+  /* -p/--perms: preserve the source permission bits (mode).  One of the four
+   * per-attribute preservation flags split out of the former single
+   * use_metadata bundle; --chmod and -A/--acls also imply it. */
+  /* preserve_times */
+  /* -t/--times: preserve source modification times.  Split out of the former
+   * use_metadata bundle; --preserve and -a/--archive imply it. */
+  /* preserve_owner */
+  /* -o/--owner: preserve the source owner (uid).  Split out of the former
+   * use_metadata bundle; --usermap/--chown (and, when a uid is requested,
+   * --copy-as) imply it.  Owner application still requires receiver privilege
+   * and is gated separately by the identity flags. */
+  /* preserve_group */
+  /* -g/--group: preserve the source group (gid).  Split out of the former
+   * use_metadata bundle; --groupmap/--chown (and, when a gid is requested,
+   * --copy-as) imply it. */
   /* fake_super */
   /* --fake-super: receiver-only.  When set, each written file additionally gets
-   * a reserved user.fastsync.stat xattr recording the source uid/gid/mode/mtime
+   * rsync's reserved user.rsync.%stat xattr recording the RESOLVED uid/gid (the
-   * so a later privileged restore could re-apply them.  Crosses the wire. */
+   * source's own when no ownership request is active, else the --chown/--usermap
+   * result) plus the full mode and rdev, in rsync 3.4.1's grammar, so the tree is
+   * interoperable and a later privileged restore could re-apply them.  mtime is
+   * carried by the file's own timestamp, exactly as rsync does it.  It NEVER
+   * real-chowns: the point is to record the source ownership on an unprivileged
+   * receiver.  Crosses the wire. */
   /* module */
   /* Daemon module selection (Wave A, protocol 2.15.0).  Client-composed from a
    * host::module/path destination; NULL or "" means "no module" (the ordinary
@@ -623,7 +782,7 @@ typedef struct Config {
    * fd-relative confinement (file_open_secure_parent, O_NOFOLLOW, root checks);
    * --super only permits an attempt that is already confined.  Crosses the wire
    * as a trailing int so the receiver can enforce the policy.  See
-   * privilege_super_permitted() and identity_ownership_requested() in
+   * privilege_super_permitted() and identity_explicit_ownership_requested() in
    * identity.h. */
   /* copy_as_set */
   /* --copy-as=USER[:GROUP] (P7 Wave E, protocol 2.18.0).  Safe-subset
@@ -803,12 +962,161 @@ typedef struct Config {
  * unknown status, or the unconsumed detail body, and the strict same-version
  * handshake (config_receive rejects a mismatched version before parsing
  * anything else) is what keeps a 2.21 client and a 2.20 server from ever
- * reaching that state. */
+ * reaching that state.
-#define PROTOCOL_VERSION "2.21.0"
+ *
+ * Preserve-Attribute Split Wave: 2.21.0 -> 2.22.0.
+ *
+ * WHY the bump, grounded in the wire: this wave splits the former single
+ * use_metadata bundle into four independent rsync-compatible preservation
+ * attributes (preserve_perms / preserve_times / preserve_owner /
+ * preserve_group) so -p/-t/-o/-g (and their --no-* negations) become real
+ * drop-in flags.  The binary config frame gains four serialized bools appended
+ * to CONFIG_WIRE_METADATA_TIMES_FIELDS after omit_link_times, in this fixed
+ * order: preserve_perms, preserve_times, preserve_owner, preserve_group.  Any
+ * config-frame layout change must bump the protocol version: a peer that does
+ * not parse the new trailing bytes would desynchronize on the frame boundary,
+ * and the strict same-version handshake (config_receive rejects a mismatched
+ * version before parsing anything else) is what keeps a 2.22 client and a 2.21
+ * server from ever reaching that state.  The fixed-width FileMetadata layout is
+ * UNCHANGED: the receiver still gates attribute application on use_metadata,
+ * which is now DERIVED from these attributes by config_derived_use_metadata().
+ *
+ * Rsync-Parity Wave: 2.22.0 -> 2.23.0.
+ *
+ * WHY the bump, grounded in the wire.  Several independent changes land in this
+ * protocol version:
+ *
+ * (1) Ownership parity (#286/#294): each --usermap/--groupmap wire entry grows
+ * from two int32s to [from][from_hi][to][to_name]; `from_hi` carries an
+ * inclusive LOW-HIGH range (== from for a single/any/unnamed matcher) and the
+ * trailing string carries a TO NAME for the receiver to resolve (rsync resolves
+ * TO names on the receiving side).  The STATUS_MKDIR and STATUS_DIR_TIMES frames
+ * also gain a bounded per-entry xattr block when -X/-A is negotiated, so
+ * directory xattrs/ACLs (including default ACLs) are preserved like regular-file
+ * xattrs.
+ *
+ * (2) Delete semantics (#290): the delete-manifest frame gains a fourth trailing
+ * section -- a synchronized-directory count followed by that many
+ * destination-relative directory paths (the receive root is ".").  The receiver
+ * confines its extras walk to these directories, so `--files-from` with
+ * `--delete` only removes inside listed directory subtrees (rsync parity)
+ * instead of deleting every untransmitted path under the receive root.  The
+ * frame stream also gains STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT, the terminal success status sent
+ * instead of STATUS_OK when a --max-delete commit removes up to the bound and
+ * skips the rest (the sender then exits 25 like rsync).
+ *
+ * Any config-frame layout or frame-sequence change must bump the protocol
+ * version: a 2.22 peer would desynchronize on the new entry bytes, the extra
+ * trailing section or the unknown status, and the strict same-version handshake
+ * (config_receive rejects a mismatched version before parsing anything else) is
+ * what keeps a 2.23 client and a 2.22 server from ever reaching that state.
+ *
+ * (3) Output parity (#291/#292): -i/--itemize-changes and --out-format must
+ * compare the source against the PRE-TRANSFER destination entry (new vs
+ * modified, and which of size/time/perms/owner/group differ), but FastSync's
+ * push sender never sees the destination.  The receiver therefore answers a
+ * per-file STATUS_CHECK with a new STATUS_DEST_INFO frame (a fixed-width
+ * snapshot of the old entry) before its ordinary verdict when the config frame
+ * carries the new report_dest_info bool appended after the --copy-as block.
+ * This is both a config-frame layout change (one trailing bool) and a frame
+ * sequence change (the new status).
+ *
+ * (4) Delete timing (protocol 2.24.0): the sender streams one delete plan per
+ * source directory so --delete-during/--delete-delay reproduce rsync's deletion
+ * timing (the plan fields and STATUS_DELETE_PLAN are documented at the keep-set
+ * / delete-plan definitions below).
+ *
+ * (5) Wire-stats parity (protocol 2.25.0): --stats, --progress/-P and the
+ * --out-format %b/%c tokens need receiver-only and wire counters that the push
+ * sender cannot observe, and -n/--dry-run --delete must report the extras it
+ * would have removed without deleting anything.  The config frame gains one
+ * trailing report_stats bool and the receiver emits a new STATUS_STATS frame
+ * (carrying matched data, the deleted-file count and the would-delete path
+ * list) immediately before its terminal success status.
+ *
+ * (6) Codec breadth + negotiation (protocol 2.26.0): the config frame gains one
+ * trailing int, compression_algo (a CompressionAlgo id), appended after the
+ * output block.  It is the negotiated/effective compression codec and is what
+ * the receiver's self-describing decompressor validates against its own
+ * supported set.  The checksum_algo wire value now also accepts md4/sha1/none,
+ * and its default changes to the rsync 3.4.1 auto-negotiated xxh128.
+ *
+ * Any config-frame layout change must bump the protocol version: a peer that
+ * does not parse the new trailing bytes would desynchronize on the frame
+ * boundary, and the strict same-version handshake (config_receive rejects a
+ * mismatched version before parsing anything else) keeps mixed deployments from
+ * ever reaching that state. */
+/* (7) --info=del report (protocol 2.27.0): the config frame gains one trailing
+ * bool, report_deletes, appended after report_stats.  When set, the receiver
+ * lists the paths it actually removed in the terminal STATUS_STATS path list
+ * (the same count-delimited list the -n/--dry-run would-delete report uses), so
+ * the sender can print rsync's `deleting PATH` lines for a real deletion.  No
+ * change to the fixed STATUS_STATS record itself; only a new trailing config
+ * bool, which still requires the version bump for the strict lockstep. */
+/* (8) --stats receiver-observed counters (protocol 2.28.0): the fixed
+ * STATUS_STATS record grows from three counters to eight.  The receiver now
+ * reports the bytes it literally stored (`literal_data`) and the count of
+ * destination entries it newly CREATED, split by type
+ * (reg/dir/link/special), so the sender can print rsync's exact
+ * `Number of created files: N (reg: X, dir: Y, link: Z, special: W)` line and
+ * an exact `Literal data` total even for delta transfers.  The config-frame
+ * LAYOUT is unchanged (no new config field), but the STATUS_STATS body grows,
+ * so a 2.27 peer that does not consume the five new fixed-width counters would
+ * desynchronize on the trailing would-delete path list; the strict
+ * same-version handshake (config_receive rejects a mismatched version before
+ * parsing anything else) keeps mixed deployments from ever reaching that
+ * state. */
+/* (9) Receiver-side delete protection (still protocol 2.28.0): the config frame
+ * gains one trailing self-describing block carrying the sender's compiled base
+ * filter rules so the receiver can protect DESTINATION-ONLY entries from
+ * --delete with `protect`/`risk` rules (rsync parity).  The block appends after
+ * compression_algo; see CONFIG_WIRE_PROTECT_FIELDS. */
+/* (10) Symlink xattrs/ACLs (protocol 2.29.0): the config-frame LAYOUT is
+ * unchanged (the derived use_xattrs bit already crosses the wire), but the
+ * STATUS_SYMLINK frame BODY grows a trailing bounded xattr block when -X/-A is
+ * negotiated -- exactly the block STATUS_MKDIR, STATUS_DIR_TIMES and regular
+ * files already carry.  The sender captures the symlink's OWN xattrs with
+ * llistxattr/lgetxattr (so it can never attach the REFERENT's attributes to the
+ * link) and the receiver re-applies them to the link itself with lsetxattr on a
+ * confined /proc/self/fd/<parent>/<leaf> path (there is no *at xattr syscall and
+ * fsetxattr cannot target a symlink).  A 2.28 peer that does not consume the new
+ * trailing block would desynchronize after every symlink, so the protocol
+ * version must bump; the strict same-version handshake (config_receive rejects a
+ * mismatched version before parsing anything else) keeps a 2.29 client and a
+ * 2.28 server from ever reaching that state. */
+/* (11) Client-message channel + partial exit (protocol 2.30.0): the
+ * config-frame LAYOUT is unchanged (no new config field), but the frame stream
+ * gains two statuses.  STATUS_CLIENT_MSG (client->server) carries a bounded,
+ * length-prefixed diagnostic string so a client running with --stderr=client
+ * (rsync's --no-msgs2stderr spelling) can forward its own diagnostics to the
+ * server's stderr.  STATUS_PARTIAL (receiver->client) is the terminal status
+ * sent instead of STATUS_OK when a per-entry receiver failure (e.g. an
+ * unprivileged --devices mknod) did not abort the stream; the sender exits 23
+ * (rsync's partial transfer) and still removes successfully transferred
+ * --remove-source-files sources.  A 2.29 peer that does not know these status
+ * values would reject them as an unknown status and tear the connection down,
+ * so the protocol version must bump; the strict same-version handshake keeps a
+ * 2.30 client and a 2.29 server from ever reaching that state. */
+#define PROTOCOL_VERSION "2.30.0"
 #define DEFAULT_CHUNK_SIZE (10 * 1024 * 1024)
 /* Upper bound on total basis-dir entries (rsync caps --link-dest at 20). */
 #define MAX_BASIS_DIRS 64
 
+/* Bounds on the received receiver-side delete-protection rule block.  The rule
+ * count and the aggregate pattern+owner bytes are each capped so a hostile
+ * peer cannot pin unbounded pre-auth memory; both are validated strictly on
+ * receive (alongside the per-string ConfigStringBudget). */
+/* A peer may supply protect rules; cap the list so a crafted config cannot make
+ * the receiver's delete walk evaluate an unbounded number of glob patterns per
+ * destination entry (glob_match is O(pattern x path)).  1024 is far above any
+ * legitimate selection. */
+#define MAX_FILTER_RULES 1024
+#define MAX_FILTER_BYTES (256 * 1024)
+/* glob_match's DP is capped at 64 Mi work units; a pattern longer than this
+ * could exceed the cap against a PATH_MAX path and silently stop matching,
+ * leaving a protect rule inert.  Reject such a rule at receive time. */
+#define MAX_PROTECT_PATTERN_LEN 8192
+
 /* Upper bound on the number of --skip-compress suffixes accepted from the wire.
  * Each suffix is an independent wire string (up to MAX_STRING_SIZE = 64 KiB), so
  * without this a hostile pre-auth client could otherwise retain
@@ -829,9 +1137,11 @@ typedef struct Config {
 
 /* Identity-mapping sentinels and bounds (see identity.h for semantics).
  * IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY is a usermap/groupmap FROM '*' (matches any id);
- * IDENTITY_CURRENT is a chown / map TO '*' (resolve to the receiver's current
+ * IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED is a FROM with an empty token (rsync's "ids with no
- * euid/egid at apply time). */
+ * name on the sender"); IDENTITY_CURRENT is a chown / map TO '*' (resolve to
+ * the receiver's current euid/egid at apply time). */
 #define IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY (-1)
+#define IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED (-2)
 #define IDENTITY_CURRENT (-1)
 #define MAX_IDENTITY_MAP 128
 
@@ -896,16 +1206,23 @@ int config_parse_daemon_dest(Config* config);
  * 0. */
 int config_parse_transport_dest(Config* config);
 
-/* True when the negotiated delete timing performs the extra-file deletion
+/* True for the whole-tree delete-before timing: a complete keep-set manifest is
- * BEFORE the transfer data (--delete-before / --delete-during).  The flag is
+ * transmitted before any data and committed (with an ack) before the first data
- * a pure function of the config and is used identically on the sender (to pick
+ * byte.  Pure function of the config, used identically on the sender (to pick
  * the manifest-first frame order) and the receiver (to delete when the early
- * manifest arrives).  When false the deletion is committed only after the whole
+ * manifest arrives). */
- * transfer succeeded (--delete / --delete-after / --delete-delay). */
 bool config_delete_timing_early(const Config* config);
+/* True for the per-directory timings (--delete-during / --delete-delay).  The
+ * sender streams a delete plan per source directory in directory order; the
+ * receiver applies each plan on arrival (during) or snapshots its extras and
+ * commits them only after a fully-successful transfer (delay). */
+bool config_delete_timing_per_dir(const Config* config);
 /* Delete-timing sanity: with deletion enabled at most one timing flag may be
- * set (none = the default delete-after commit timing); without deletion no
+ * set; without deletion no timing flag may be set (each timing flag implies
- * timing flag may be set (each timing flag implies --delete). */
+ * --delete).  A plain --delete is normalized to delete_during by
+ * cli_finalize_config on the client, so a transmitted use_delete config always
+ * carries exactly one timing; the zero-timing case remains valid only for a
+ * config that has not been through the CLI. */
 bool config_has_valid_delete_timing(const Config* config);
 
 /* Single source of truth for the cross-field ("combination") invariants a
@@ -918,6 +1235,14 @@ bool config_has_valid_delete_timing(const Config* config);
  * validate_received_config() so the receiver enforces exactly the same
  * invariants it relies on (the server is the trust boundary). */
 const char* config_invariants_error(const Config* config);
+/* Single source of truth for the DERIVED transport bit (use_metadata): true
+ * when any configured preservation/ownership option requires the metadata
+ * frame to travel.  Returns false when no such option is set (a bare run).
+ * This is a pure predicate over the config; the client lowers it into
+ * Config->use_metadata at the end of parsing so every implication (devices,
+ * executability, identity maps, incremental/delta, ...) is centralized here
+ * rather than scattered as direct writes. */
+bool config_derived_use_metadata(const Config* config);
 /* True when at least one --compare-dest/--copy-dest/--link-dest was set. */
 bool config_has_basis(const Config* config);
 /* Append one basis-dir entry. Returns 0 on success, -1 on allocation failure. */

src/shared/credentials.c

@@ -8,12 +8,13 @@
 #include <openssl/evp.h>
 #include <openssl/params.h>
 #include <openssl/rand.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <poll.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 /* One store entry: a username and its salted PBKDF2 verifier.  The plaintext
@@ -58,19 +59,37 @@ struct CredentialStore {
 static const uint8_t k_dummy_stored_key[CREDENTIAL_KEY_LEN] = {0};
 static const uint8_t k_dummy_server_key[CREDENTIAL_KEY_LEN] = {0};
 
-static void set_error(char* err, size_t err_size, const char* fmt, ...) {
+#define set_error utils_set_error
-  if (!err || err_size == 0)
-    return;
-  va_list args;
-  va_start(args, fmt);
-  vsnprintf(err, err_size, fmt, args);
-  va_end(args);
-}
 
 static bool is_comment_char(char c) {
   return c == '#' || c == ';';
 }
 
+/* True for a literal fd-backed store path: exactly "/dev/fd/<digits>" or
+ * "/proc/self/fd/<digits>", with no trailing component and no "..".  These name
+ * the calling process's own open descriptors (e.g. a bash process substitution
+ * `<(...)`, which passes /dev/fd/N), and both prefixes are symlinks by
+ * construction. */
+static bool is_fd_backed_path(const char* path) {
+  static const char* const prefixes[] = {"/dev/fd/", "/proc/self/fd/"};
+  if (!path)
+    return false;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(prefixes) / sizeof(prefixes[0]); i++) {
+    const char* prefix = prefixes[i];
+    size_t prefix_len = strlen(prefix);
+    if (strncmp(path, prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
+      continue;
+    const char* digits = path + prefix_len;
+    if (*digits < '0' || *digits > '9')
+      return false;
+    const char* p = digits;
+    while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
+      p++;
+    return *p == '\0';
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
 /* Open a --password-file / --early-input after verifying the EXACT inode we
  * will read: it must be owned by the effective user and grant no group/other
  * permission bit (so 0600 and stricter modes such as 0400 are accepted),
@@ -80,12 +99,31 @@ static bool is_comment_char(char c) {
  * path and then fstat the resulting fd (rather than stat()ing the path first
  * and reopening it), so the permission decision is made on the same inode that
  * is read and cannot be raced by swapping the path between check and open.
- * The path may be a process-substitution pipe (`<(...)` -> /dev/fd/N), so
+ * O_NOFOLLOW refuses a symlinked path outright (ELOOP fails closed) instead of
- * regular files and FIFOs are accepted when the ownership/mode checks pass.
+ * following it before the owner/mode gate can run.  The one exception is a
+ * literal fd-backed path (/dev/fd/N or /proc/self/fd/N, see
+ * is_fd_backed_path): those entries are symlinks to the CALLING process's own
+ * descriptors, so following them is not the untrusted-symlink hazard
+ * O_NOFOLLOW guards against, and requiring O_NOFOLLOW would break the
+ * documented process-substitution/FIFO usage.  For them only, O_NOFOLLOW is
+ * omitted; the same fstat owner/mode gate still applies to the resolved inode.
+ * O_NONBLOCK keeps the OPEN itself from
+ * blocking forever on a writer-less FIFO (a blocking O_RDONLY open would wait
+ * for a writer).  The fd is left nonblocking for FIFOs so a read never blocks
+ * either; the read loop (secret_read_line) absorbs the resulting EAGAIN by
+ * waiting, under a bounded deadline, for the writer -- this is what makes a
+ * slow process substitution (`--password-file <(sleep 1; ...)`) work while a
+ * writer-less FIFO still fails after the deadline instead of hanging.  Only
+ * regular files and FIFOs pass the ownership/mode checks; O_NONBLOCK is
+ * cleared for regular files, where it is a no-op anyway and no EAGAIN can
+ * occur, so their stdio read path is byte-for-byte unchanged.
  *
  * Returns a FILE* the caller must fclose, or NULL with `err` filled. */
 static FILE* secret_file_open(const char* path, char* err, size_t err_size) {
-  int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  int flags = O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC;
+  if (!is_fd_backed_path(path))
+    flags |= O_NOFOLLOW;
+  int fd = open(path, flags);
   if (fd < 0) {
     set_error(err, err_size, "cannot open secret file '%s': %s", path, strerror(errno));
     return NULL;
@@ -105,6 +143,15 @@ static FILE* secret_file_open(const char* path, char* err, size_t err_size) {
     close(fd);
     return NULL;
   }
+  /* O_NONBLOCK is only meaningful for the FIFO allowance.  Restore blocking
+   * mode on a regular file so its read path is exactly as before; a no-op on
+   * most systems, but explicit.  Failures here are ignored: O_NONBLOCK on a
+   * regular file does not affect reads either way. */
+  if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+    int status_flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL);
+    if (status_flags >= 0)
+      (void)fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, status_flags & ~O_NONBLOCK);
+  }
   FILE* fp = fdopen(fd, "r");
   if (!fp) {
     set_error(err, err_size, "cannot read secret file '%s': %s", path, strerror(errno));
@@ -114,6 +161,123 @@ static FILE* secret_file_open(const char* path, char* err, size_t err_size) {
   return fp;
 }
 
+/* Overall bound on how long the reader waits for a process-substitution/FIFO
+ * writer to produce data before giving up.  It must comfortably exceed a
+ * producer's startup delay (e.g. `--password-file <(sleep 1; ...)`) while still
+ * bounding a writer-less FIFO, so a stray or hostile FIFO cannot stall the
+ * daemon or client indefinitely. */
+#define CREDENTIAL_FIFO_READ_TIMEOUT_MS 3000
+
+/* Monotonic milliseconds, used only for the read deadline (wall-clock changes
+ * must not extend or shorten the wait). */
+static int64_t credential_monotonic_ms(void) {
+  struct timespec ts;
+  if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &ts) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return (int64_t)ts.tv_sec * 1000 + (int64_t)(ts.tv_nsec / 1000000);
+}
+
+/* Wait until `fd` is readable or the deadline passes.  Returns true when it is
+ * readable, false on timeout or a poll error (err filled).  EINTR is retried
+ * against the same deadline, so signals cannot extend the wait. */
+static bool credential_wait_readable(int fd, int64_t deadline, const char* label, const char* path,
+                                     char* err, size_t err_size) {
+  for (;;) {
+    int64_t remaining = deadline - credential_monotonic_ms();
+    if (remaining <= 0)
+      break;
+    if (remaining > INT_MAX)
+      remaining = INT_MAX;
+    struct pollfd pfd = {.fd = fd, .events = POLLIN, .revents = 0};
+    int rc = poll(&pfd, 1, (int)remaining);
+    if (rc > 0)
+      return true;
+    if (rc == 0)
+      break;
+    if (errno != EINTR) {
+      set_error(err, err_size, "error waiting for %s '%s': %s", label, path, strerror(errno));
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  set_error(err, err_size, "timed out after %d ms waiting for %s '%s'",
+            CREDENTIAL_FIFO_READ_TIMEOUT_MS, label, path);
+  return false;
+}
+
+typedef enum {
+  SECRET_READ_LINE,
+  SECRET_READ_EOF,
+  SECRET_READ_ERROR,
+} SecretReadResult;
+
+/* Read one complete line from `fp` into `line` (capacity `cap`), including the
+ * trailing newline when present and always NUL-terminating.  `*out_len`
+ * receives strlen(line).
+ *
+ * A regular file is read exactly as before: secret_file_open leaves it
+ * blocking, so fgets never sees EAGAIN.  A FIFO stays nonblocking, so fgets
+ * returns NULL (or a partial line) with EAGAIN while the writer is still
+ * starting up; instead of treating that as a fatal error the loop clearerr()s
+ * and polls for readability against one overall deadline.  The `used`
+ * accumulator reassembles a line that arrived in several write()s into a single
+ * line, so a split write is not misparsed as two entries.
+ *
+ * Returns SECRET_READ_LINE, SECRET_READ_EOF, or SECRET_READ_ERROR (err filled)
+ * on timeout or a genuine read error. */
+static SecretReadResult secret_read_line(char* line, size_t cap, FILE* fp, const char* label,
+                                         const char* path, size_t* out_len, char* err,
+                                         size_t err_size) {
+  int fd = fileno(fp);
+  int64_t deadline = credential_monotonic_ms() + CREDENTIAL_FIFO_READ_TIMEOUT_MS;
+  size_t used = 0;
+  line[0] = '\0';
+  for (;;) {
+    errno = 0;
+    if (fgets(line + used, (int)(cap - used), fp)) {
+      used += strlen(line + used);
+      if (used > 0 && line[used - 1] == '\n') {
+        *out_len = used;
+        return SECRET_READ_LINE;
+      }
+      if (feof(fp)) {
+        *out_len = used; /* final unterminated line */
+        return SECRET_READ_LINE;
+      }
+      /* No newline and not EOF.  A full buffer is the caller's over-long-line
+       * case; otherwise the line is only partially available (a nonblocking
+       * FIFO under a slow writer), so any genuine read error fails and anything
+       * else waits for the rest. */
+      if (used >= cap - 1) {
+        *out_len = used;
+        return SECRET_READ_LINE;
+      }
+      int e = ferror(fp) ? errno : 0;
+      if (e != 0 && e != EAGAIN && e != EWOULDBLOCK) {
+        set_error(err, err_size, "error reading %s '%s': %s", label, path, strerror(e));
+        return SECRET_READ_ERROR;
+      }
+      clearerr(fp);
+      if (!credential_wait_readable(fd, deadline, label, path, err, err_size))
+        return SECRET_READ_ERROR;
+      continue;
+    }
+    /* fgets returned NULL: EOF, a not-yet-readable FIFO, or a real error. */
+    if (feof(fp)) {
+      *out_len = used;
+      return used > 0 ? SECRET_READ_LINE : SECRET_READ_EOF;
+    }
+    if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK) {
+      clearerr(fp);
+      if (!credential_wait_readable(fd, deadline, label, path, err, err_size))
+        return SECRET_READ_ERROR;
+      continue;
+    }
+    set_error(err, err_size, "error reading %s '%s': %s", label, path,
+              errno != 0 ? strerror(errno) : "read failed");
+    return SECRET_READ_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
 /* Trim leading/trailing ASCII space and tab in place; returns the new start. */
 static char* trim_space(char* s) {
   while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
@@ -509,9 +673,17 @@ static CredentialStore* load_store_file(const char* path, char* err, size_t err_
   char line[CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 2];
   bool ok = true;
 
-  while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
+  for (;;) {
+    size_t len = 0;
+    SecretReadResult rr =
+        secret_read_line(line, sizeof(line), fp, "credential file", path, &len, err, err_size);
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_EOF)
+      break;
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_ERROR) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
     line_no++;
-    size_t len = strlen(line);
     if (len == CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 1 && line[len - 1] != '\n' && !feof(fp)) {
       set_error(err, err_size, "credential file '%s' line %d exceeds the %d-byte limit", path,
                 line_no, CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE);
@@ -1148,9 +1320,17 @@ int credentials_hash_file(const char* path, uint32_t iters, FILE* out, char* err
   int line_no = 0;
   int result = 0;
   char line[CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 2];
-  while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
+  for (;;) {
+    size_t len = 0;
+    SecretReadResult rr =
+        secret_read_line(line, sizeof(line), fp, "plaintext file", path, &len, err, err_size);
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_EOF)
+      break;
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_ERROR) {
+      result = -1;
+      break;
+    }
     line_no++;
-    size_t len = strlen(line);
     if (len == CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 1 && line[len - 1] != '\n' && !feof(fp)) {
       set_error(err, err_size, "plaintext file '%s' line %d exceeds the %d-byte limit", path,
                 line_no, CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE);
@@ -1228,9 +1408,15 @@ int credentials_read_secret_file(const char* path, char** user_out, char** passw
   char line[CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 2];
   int result = -1;
 
-  while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
+  for (;;) {
+    size_t len = 0;
+    SecretReadResult rr =
+        secret_read_line(line, sizeof(line), fp, "password file", path, &len, err, err_size);
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_EOF)
+      break;
+    if (rr == SECRET_READ_ERROR)
+      goto done;
     line_no++;
-    size_t len = strlen(line);
     if (len == CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE + 1 && line[len - 1] != '\n' && !feof(fp)) {
       set_error(err, err_size, "password file '%s' line %d exceeds the %d-byte limit", path,
                 line_no, CREDENTIAL_MAX_LINE);

src/shared/daemon_conf.c

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 #include "daemon_conf.h"
 #include "credentials.h"
+#include "log.h"
 #include "utils.h"
 #include <arpa/inet.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -17,14 +17,7 @@
 /* helpers                                                             */
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
 
-static void set_error(char* err, size_t err_size, const char* fmt, ...) {
+#define set_error utils_set_error
-  if (!err || err_size == 0)
-    return;
-  va_list args;
-  va_start(args, fmt);
-  vsnprintf(err, err_size, fmt, args);
-  va_end(args);
-}
 
 /* Trim leading and trailing ASCII space/tab in place; returns the new start. */
 static char* trim_ws(char* s) {
@@ -41,6 +34,158 @@ static bool key_equals(const char* key, const char* canonical) {
   return strcasecmp(key, canonical) == 0;
 }
 
+/* True when `key` matches one of the NUL-terminated names in `list`. */
+static bool key_in_list(const char* key, const char* const* list, size_t count) {
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    if (strcasecmp(key, list[i]) == 0)
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1 rsyncd.conf GLOBAL keys accepted in the pre-module section that
+ * have no FastSync equivalent.  They are recognized and documented as inert:
+ * accepting a real rsync config must not fail on a logging/process key, but a
+ * silently-reinterpreted key is never invented.  `pidfile`/`logfile` are the
+ * compact --dparam spellings rsync documents.  The same list is used by the
+ * `--dparam` dispatch (apply_global_key), so there is a single impl. */
+static const char* const kRsyncInertGlobalKeys[] = {
+    "pid file",
+    "pidfile",
+    "log file",
+    "logfile",
+    "socket options",
+    "sockopts",
+    "listen backlog",
+    "syslog facility",
+    "syslog tag",
+    "log format",
+    "use chroot",
+    "uid",
+    "gid",
+    "timeout",
+    "max verbosity",
+    "min verbosity",
+    "lock file",
+    "transfer logging",
+    "strict modes",
+    "reverse lookup",
+    "forward lookup",
+    "ignore errors",
+    "ignore nonreadable",
+    "dont compress",
+};
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1 rsyncd.conf MODULE keys accepted in a [module] section that have
+ * no FastSync equivalent (accepted-and-documented inert).  Keys with a FastSync
+ * meaning (`path`, `read only`, `write only`, `auth users`, `max connections`,
+ * `hosts allow`/`hosts deny`, `client owner`) are handled by apply_module_key
+ * before this list is consulted.  Security-relevant keys (`exclude`, `filter`,
+ * `secrets file`, `refuse options`, ...) are inert, so a daemon-side filter or
+ * rsync secrets file is NOT enforced: each is loudly warned about at load time
+ * (see kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityKeys) and documented as a residual in
+ * RSYNC_COMPAT.md. */
+static const char* const kRsyncInertModuleKeys[] = {
+    "comment",
+    "use chroot",
+    "daemon chroot",
+    "uid",
+    "gid",
+    "daemon uid",
+    "daemon gid",
+    "exclude",
+    "include",
+    "exclude from",
+    "include from",
+    "filter",
+    "max verbosity",
+    "min verbosity",
+    "lock file",
+    "transfer logging",
+    "log file",
+    "log format",
+    "syslog facility",
+    "syslog tag",
+    "timeout",
+    "secrets file",
+    "auth digest",
+    "strict modes",
+    "numeric ids",
+    "fake super",
+    "munge symlinks",
+    "list",
+    "dont compress",
+    "charset",
+    "refuse options",
+    "incoming chmod",
+    "outgoing chmod",
+    "open noatime",
+    "max size",
+    "min size",
+    "temp dir",
+    "pre-xfer exec",
+    "post-xfer exec",
+    "name converter",
+    "proxy protocol",
+    "proxy protocol hosts",
+    "reverse lookup",
+    "forward lookup",
+    "ignore errors",
+    "ignore nonreadable",
+};
+
+/* Subset of the inert rsync keys whose intent is access control (data
+ * visibility, credential source, transfer hooks, daemon privilege), plus the
+ * global keys that shape the daemon's privilege/identity.  These load for
+ * rsync-config compatibility, but because FastSync ignores them an operator
+ * migrating a hardened rsyncd.conf must not believe the restriction applies.
+ * The loader emits one LOG_LEVEL_WARNING per occurrence naming the key (and the
+ * module, for a module key).  `write only` is deliberately absent: it is mapped
+ * onto writability instead (FastSync is push-only, so a write-only module is
+ * simply writable). */
+static const char* const kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityKeys[] = {
+    "secrets file",
+    "auth digest",
+    "refuse options",
+    "exclude",
+    "include",
+    "exclude from",
+    "include from",
+    "filter",
+    "max size",
+    "min size",
+    "pre-xfer exec",
+    "post-xfer exec",
+    "incoming chmod",
+    "outgoing chmod",
+    "name converter",
+    "use chroot",
+    "daemon chroot",
+    "uid",
+    "gid",
+    "daemon uid",
+    "daemon gid",
+    "munge symlinks",
+    "fake super",
+    "strict modes",
+    "proxy protocol",
+    "proxy protocol hosts",
+};
+
+static const char* const kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityKeys[] = {
+    "use chroot",
+    "uid",
+    "gid",
+    "strict modes",
+};
+
+#define kRsyncInertGlobalCount (sizeof(kRsyncInertGlobalKeys) / sizeof(kRsyncInertGlobalKeys[0]))
+#define kRsyncInertModuleCount (sizeof(kRsyncInertModuleKeys) / sizeof(kRsyncInertModuleKeys[0]))
+#define kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityCount                                                        \
+  (sizeof(kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityKeys) / sizeof(kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityKeys[0]))
+#define kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityCount                                                        \
+  (sizeof(kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityKeys) / sizeof(kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityKeys[0]))
+
 static bool parse_bool_value(const char* value, bool* out) {
   if (strcasecmp(value, "yes") == 0 || strcasecmp(value, "true") == 0 || strcmp(value, "1") == 0) {
     *out = true;
@@ -258,6 +403,10 @@ DaemonConf* daemon_conf_create(void) {
   if (!conf)
     return NULL;
   conf->global.port = DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_PORT;
+  /* rsync modules are READ-ONLY unless `read only = no` (or `write only = yes`)
+   * is set, so FastSync must default the same way: a migrated rsyncd.conf that
+   * omits `read only` is served read-only, never writable. */
+  conf->global.read_only_default = true;
   conf->global.max_connections = DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_MAX_CONNECTIONS;
   conf->global.auth_failure_delay_ms = DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_AUTH_FAILURE_DELAY_MS;
   conf->global.max_connections_per_host = DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_MAX_CONNECTIONS_PER_HOST;
@@ -332,7 +481,7 @@ static bool apply_global_key(DaemonConf* conf, char* key, const char* value, boo
                              char* err, size_t err_size) {
   if (key_equals(key, "port"))
     return store_port(&conf->global.port, value, err, err_size);
-  if (key_equals(key, "motd file")) {
+  if (key_equals(key, "motd file") || key_equals(key, "motdfile")) {
     if (!store_string(&conf->global.motd_file, value)) {
       set_error(err, err_size, "out of memory parsing 'motd file'");
       return false;
@@ -346,6 +495,25 @@ static bool apply_global_key(DaemonConf* conf, char* key, const char* value, boo
     }
     return true;
   }
+  /* rsync allows the `read only` module key in the global section as the
+   * default for modules defined after it.  Map it to that default (a later
+   * --dparam re-applies it to modules that did not set their own value) so a
+   * global `read only = yes` cannot be silently dropped into a writable
+   * default. */
+  if (key_equals(key, "read only")) {
+    bool parsed;
+    if (!parse_bool_value(value, &parsed)) {
+      set_error(err, err_size, "global 'read only' must be yes/no (or true/false/1/0), got '%s'",
+                value);
+      return false;
+    }
+    conf->global.read_only_default = parsed;
+    for (int i = 0; i < conf->module_count; i++) {
+      if (!conf->modules[i].read_only_explicit)
+        conf->modules[i].read_only = parsed;
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
   if (key_equals(key, "max connections"))
     return store_max_connections(&conf->global.max_connections, value, NULL, err, err_size);
   if (key_equals(key, "max connections per host"))
@@ -368,6 +536,15 @@ static bool apply_global_key(DaemonConf* conf, char* key, const char* value, boo
   if (key_equals(key, "hosts deny"))
     return store_host_list(&conf->global.hosts_deny, &conf->global.hosts_deny_count, value,
                            "hosts deny", NULL, replace_hosts, err, err_size);
+  /* A recognized rsync global key with no FastSync equivalent loads inert. */
+  if (key_in_list(key, kRsyncInertGlobalKeys, kRsyncInertGlobalCount)) {
+    if (key_in_list(key, kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityKeys, kRsyncUnenforcedGlobalSecurityCount))
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                  "daemon config: global key '%s' is accepted for rsync compatibility but is NOT "
+                  "enforced by FastSync; the restriction it expresses will not be applied",
+                  key);
+    return true;
+  }
   set_error(err, err_size, "unknown global key '%s'", key);
   return false;
 }
@@ -396,6 +573,26 @@ static bool apply_module_key(DaemonModule* module, char* key, char* value, char*
       return false;
     }
     module->read_only = parsed;
+    module->read_only_explicit = true;
+    return true;
+  }
+  /* rsync's `write only = yes` makes the module client-writable.  FastSync has
+   * no read/pull path, so mapping it to writability is the exact
+   * security-relevant effect; set `read_only_explicit` so a global default
+   * cannot override the module's explicit choice.  `write only = no` is the
+   * rsync default and leaves the module's read-only state untouched. */
+  if (key_equals(key, "write only")) {
+    bool parsed;
+    if (!parse_bool_value(value, &parsed)) {
+      set_error(err, err_size,
+                "module '%s': 'write only' must be yes/no (or true/false/1/0), got '%s'",
+                module->name, value);
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (parsed) {
+      module->read_only = false;
+      module->read_only_explicit = true;
+    }
     return true;
   }
   if (key_equals(key, "client owner")) {
@@ -465,6 +662,15 @@ static bool apply_module_key(DaemonModule* module, char* key, char* value, char*
   if (key_equals(key, "hosts deny"))
     return store_host_list(&module->hosts_deny, &module->hosts_deny_count, value, "hosts deny",
                            module->name, false, err, err_size);
+  /* A recognized rsync module key with no FastSync equivalent loads inert. */
+  if (key_in_list(key, kRsyncInertModuleKeys, kRsyncInertModuleCount)) {
+    if (key_in_list(key, kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityKeys, kRsyncUnenforcedModuleSecurityCount))
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                  "daemon config: module '%s' key '%s' is accepted for rsync compatibility but is "
+                  "NOT enforced by FastSync; the restriction it expresses will not be applied",
+                  module->name, key);
+    return true;
+  }
   set_error(err, err_size, "unknown key '%s' in module '%s'", key, module->name);
   return false;
 }
@@ -515,6 +721,7 @@ static int open_module(DaemonConf* conf, int* current_module, const char* name,
   }
   conf->modules = grown;
   memset(&conf->modules[conf->module_count], 0, sizeof(DaemonModule));
+  conf->modules[conf->module_count].read_only = conf->global.read_only_default;
   conf->modules[conf->module_count].name = str_dup(name);
   if (!conf->modules[conf->module_count].name) {
     set_error(err, err_size, "out of memory adding module '%s'", name);

src/shared/daemon_conf.h

@@ -17,7 +17,20 @@
  * DAEMON_CONF_MAX_LINE all fail the whole load with a clear, line-numbered
  * error instead of being silently ignored.  This keeps a typo from silently
  * changing what a module serves.
- */
+ *
+ * rsync compatibility: to reduce the divergence from rsync 3.4.1's rsyncd.conf
+ * grammar, the parser also ACCEPTS the common rsync GLOBAL and MODULE keys.
+ * Keys with a FastSync equivalent are mapped onto it (the native spellings are
+ * unchanged; `read only` defaults to yes like rsync, and `write only = yes`
+ * opts a module into writability).  Keys with no FastSync equivalent are
+ * accepted and documented as inert (they load successfully but have no effect)
+ * rather than failing the whole config; the accepted inert set is listed in
+ * kRsyncInertGlobalKeys / kRsyncInertModuleKeys in daemon_conf.c and in
+ * RSYNC_COMPAT.md.  Every inert key whose intent is access control is loudly
+ * warned about at load time (kRsyncUnenforced*SecurityKeys) so an operator
+ * migrating a hardened rsyncd.conf is never misled into believing the
+ * restriction is enforced.  A key outside both the FastSync-native grammar and
+ * the recognized rsync subset is still rejected as unknown. */
 
 /* A daemon module's configured root is used exactly like the standalone
  * server's --destination-root: the daemon confines every connection that
@@ -44,7 +57,13 @@
 typedef struct DaemonModule {
   char* name;              /* module name, as the client requests it */
   char* path;              /* module root (daemon-side authorized root) */
-  bool read_only;    /* `read only = yes/no`; default no */
+  bool read_only;          /* `read only = yes/no`; defaults to the global `read only`
+                              default (rsync allows it in the global section), which is
+                              itself default YES (rsync modules are read-only unless
+                              `read only = no` / `write only = yes` opts in) */
+  bool read_only_explicit; /* set when this module set its own `read only` or
+                              `write only = yes`, so a later global default (from a
+                              `--dparam read only=`) does not override it */
   bool client_owner;       /* `client owner = yes/no`; default no.  Per-module opt-in
                               that lets this module's clients choose ownership
                               (--numeric-ids/--chown/--usermap/--groupmap/--fake-super/
@@ -69,6 +88,10 @@ typedef struct DaemonConfGlobals {
   int port;                      /* `port`, default DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_PORT (873) */
   char* motd_file;               /* `motd file`, may be NULL */
   char* address;                 /* `address` (optional bind address), may be NULL */
+  bool read_only_default;        /* global `read only` default for modules defined
+                                    after it (rsync allows the module key in the
+                                    global section); default YES to match rsync's
+                                    read-only modules */
   int max_connections;           /* `max connections`, default
                                     DAEMON_CONF_DEFAULT_MAX_CONNECTIONS (100) */
   int auth_failure_delay_ms;     /* `auth failure delay`, milliseconds; default
@@ -152,10 +175,13 @@ const DaemonModule* daemon_conf_find_module(const DaemonConf* conf, const char*
 bool daemon_module_name_valid(const char* name);
 
 /* Parse one --dparam=KEY=VALUE (or "--dparam KEY=VALUE") override string and
- * apply it to the global keys only.  Keys are case-insensitive and limited to
+ * apply it to the global keys only.  Keys are case-insensitive and cover the
- * the global keys defined by the grammar (port, motd file, address,
+ * global keys defined by the grammar (port, motd file, address, read only,
  * max connections, max connections per host, auth failure delay,
- * auth lockout threshold, auth lockout duration, hosts allow, hosts deny).
+ * auth lockout threshold, auth lockout duration, hosts allow, hosts deny) plus
+ * the recognized inert rsync global keys and the compact rsync spellings
+ * (`motdfile`, `pidfile`, `logfile`).  Applying `read only` sets the global
+ * default and re-applies it to every module that did not set its own value.
  * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error (err filled). */
 int daemon_conf_apply_dparam(DaemonConf* conf, const char* assignment, char* err, size_t err_size);
 

src/shared/delay_updates.c

@@ -8,13 +8,49 @@
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <libgen.h>
+#include <stdatomic.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <sys/file.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
+/* Process-wide counter so two staging contexts created in the same process (or
+   within the same clock tick) can never pick the same name. */
+static unsigned long long delay_updates_next_sequence(void) {
+  static atomic_ullong sequence;
+  return atomic_fetch_add_explicit(&sequence, 1, memory_order_relaxed);
+}
+
+/* Build the per-run staging directory basename: the reserved prefix plus the
+   pid and an entropy token.  A fixed name could collide with a genuine
+   destination entry; the token makes such a collision vanishingly unlikely and,
+   if it ever happens, prepare() refuses to touch the existing directory. */
+static char* delay_updates_make_staging_name(void) {
+  unsigned long long entropy = 0;
+  int fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd >= 0) {
+    ssize_t got = read(fd, &entropy, sizeof(entropy));
+    close(fd);
+    if (got != (ssize_t)sizeof(entropy))
+      entropy = 0;
+  }
+  if (entropy == 0)
+    entropy = ((unsigned long long)time(NULL) << 20) ^ ((unsigned long long)getpid() << 8) ^
+              delay_updates_next_sequence();
+  int length = snprintf(NULL, 0, DELAY_UPDATES_STAGING_DIR ".%ld.%llx", (long)getpid(), entropy);
+  if (length < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  char* name = malloc((size_t)length + 1);
+  if (!name)
+    return NULL;
+  snprintf(name, (size_t)length + 1, DELAY_UPDATES_STAGING_DIR ".%ld.%llx", (long)getpid(),
+           entropy);
+  return name;
+}
+
 DelayUpdatesContext* delay_updates_context_create(const char* root_directory) {
   if (!root_directory)
     return NULL;
@@ -26,8 +62,15 @@ DelayUpdatesContext* delay_updates_context_create(const char* root_directory) {
     free(context);
     return NULL;
   }
-  context->staging_root = path_cat(root_directory, DELAY_UPDATES_STAGING_DIR);
+  context->staging_name = delay_updates_make_staging_name();
+  if (!context->staging_name) {
+    free(context->root_directory);
+    free(context);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  context->staging_root = path_cat(root_directory, context->staging_name);
   if (!context->staging_root) {
+    free(context->staging_name);
     free(context->root_directory);
     free(context);
     return NULL;
@@ -39,6 +82,7 @@ DelayUpdatesContext* delay_updates_context_create(const char* root_directory) {
   context->lock_fd = -1;
   if (mtx_init(&context->mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success) {
     free(context->staging_root);
+    free(context->staging_name);
     free(context->root_directory);
     free(context);
     return NULL;
@@ -54,6 +98,7 @@ void delay_updates_context_destroy(DelayUpdatesContext* context) {
     close(context->lock_fd);
   context->lock_fd = -1;
   free(context->staging_root);
+  free(context->staging_name);
   free(context->root_directory);
   for (size_t i = 0; i < context->count; i++) {
     free(context->entries[i].staged_path);
@@ -125,48 +170,81 @@ bool delay_updates_prepare(DelayUpdatesContext* context) {
     return false;
   if (context->prepared)
     return true;
-  int fd = file_open_private_dir(context->staging_root);
+  /* Create the per-run staging directory with O_EXCL semantics.  The name is
-  if (fd < 0) {
+     unique to this transfer, so if the path already exists it is NOT ours:
+     either a genuine destination entry that happens to share the name or a
+     leftover from another session.  Refuse rather than wipe it -- the old
+     fixed-name design could destroy a real destination entry.  A crash
+     leftover is never reused (the next run picks a fresh name). */
+  char* leaf = NULL;
+  int parent_fd = file_open_secure_parent(context->staging_root, &leaf, true);
+  if (parent_fd < 0) {
     int saved_errno = errno;
     char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not create --delay-updates staging directory '%s': %s",
                 escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(saved_errno));
     free(escaped);
+    free(leaf);
     return false;
   }
-  /* Hold an exclusive advisory lock on the staging directory for the whole
+  int fd = openat(parent_fd, leaf, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
-     transfer.  The staging directory name is fixed, so two simultaneous
+  if (fd >= 0) {
-     delayed transfers to the same destination root would otherwise share it
+    close(fd);
-     and destroy each other's staged files.  The lock makes the second session
+    close(parent_fd);
-     fail cleanly instead of corrupting the first.  The lock is released when
+    char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
-     the context (and its file descriptor) is destroyed. */
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
+                "--delay-updates staging directory '%s' already exists and is not owned by this "
+                "transfer; refusing to overwrite it",
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+    free(escaped);
+    free(leaf);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (errno != ENOENT) {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    close(parent_fd);
+    char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not open --delay-updates staging directory '%s': %s",
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(saved_errno));
+    free(escaped);
+    free(leaf);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (mkdirat(parent_fd, leaf, 0700) != 0) {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    close(parent_fd);
+    char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not create --delay-updates staging directory '%s': %s",
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(saved_errno));
+    free(escaped);
+    free(leaf);
+    return false;
+  }
+  fd = openat(parent_fd, leaf, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+  close(parent_fd);
+  free(leaf);
+  if (fd < 0) {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not open --delay-updates staging directory '%s': %s",
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(saved_errno));
+    free(escaped);
+    return false;
+  }
+  /* Keep the exclusive advisory lock as defense in depth: the unique name
+     already prevents two sessions from sharing a staging directory, but the
+     lock also catches an improbable same-name collision that raced between the
+     existence check above and the open. */
   if (flock(fd, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB) != 0) {
     int saved_errno = errno;
     close(fd);
-    if (saved_errno == EWOULDBLOCK || saved_errno == EAGAIN) {
     char* escaped = output_escape(context->staging_root, false);
-      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
-                  "another --delay-updates transfer to '%s' is already in progress; refusing to "
-                  "share the staging directory",
-                  escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
-      free(escaped);
-    } else {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not lock --delay-updates staging directory '%s': %s",
-                  context->staging_root, strerror(saved_errno));
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(saved_errno));
-    }
+    free(escaped);
     return false;
   }
   context->lock_fd = fd;
-  /* Only now, with exclusive ownership, wipe leftovers from an interrupted
-     earlier transfer; this can never race with a live session. */
-  bool ok = delay_wipe_dir_fd(fd);
-  if (!ok) {
-    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not clear stale --delay-updates staging files under '%s'",
-                context->staging_root);
-    close(context->lock_fd);
-    context->lock_fd = -1;
-    return false;
-  }
   context->prepared = true;
   return true;
 }
@@ -264,6 +342,24 @@ static bool delay_publish_entry(DelayUpdatesContext* context, const Config* conf
                                 const StagedFileEntry* entry) {
   if (!delay_publish_backup(context, config, entry))
     return false;
+  /* An incoming regular file/symlink may replace a destination DIRECTORY that
+     blocks it.  rsync removes the blocker recursively when --delete or --force
+     is active (its generator's "make way" deletion), and a --delay-updates run
+     stages elsewhere so it only discovers the blocker here.  FastSync's
+     immediate-install path clears it too; without --delete/--force a non-empty
+     blocker fails the run (rsync's "could not make way for new regular file").
+     use_delete is gated by the server --allow-delete policy, so a client can
+     never use this to bypass deletion authorization. */
+  if (config && (config->force_delete || config->use_delete) &&
+      file_directory_exists_secure(entry->final_path)) {
+    if (!file_remove_tree_secure(entry->final_path)) {
+      char* escaped = output_escape(entry->final_path, false);
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "could not remove destination directory blocking '%s': %s",
+                  escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>", strerror(errno));
+      free(escaped);
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
   if (!file_rename_secure(entry->staged_path, entry->final_path)) {
     if (errno == EXDEV) {
       char* escaped = output_escape(entry->final_path, false);

src/shared/delay_updates.h

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ typedef struct {
    shared with the publish/cleanup phase that runs after the threads join. */
 typedef struct DelayUpdatesContext {
   char* root_directory; /* receive root the staging dir lives under */
+  char* staging_name;   /* per-run unique staging dir basename */
   char* staging_root;   /* root_directory/<staging dir name> */
   mtx_t mutex;
   StagedFileEntry* entries;
@@ -33,7 +34,11 @@ typedef struct DelayUpdatesContext {
   int lock_fd;   /* advisory exclusive flock held on the staging dir, or -1 */
 } DelayUpdatesContext;
 
-/* Name of the private staging subdirectory created under the receive root. */
+/* Reserved prefix for the private staging subdirectory created under the
+   receive root.  The actual directory name is per-run unique (the prefix plus a
+   pid/entropy token) so it can never clobber a genuine destination entry that
+   happens to share the name; the bare prefix is still what a --backup-dir must
+   not collide with. */
 #define DELAY_UPDATES_STAGING_DIR ".fastsync-stage"
 
 /* True when `dir` (ignoring a trailing "/") is the reserved staging directory

src/shared/delete.c

@@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
+#include "delete.h"
+
+#include "delay_updates.h"
+#include "filter.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Build the keep-set index from the exact manifest entries only.  A lookup of
+   `rel` succeeds iff `rel` is a kept entry, a kept directory, or an ancestor
+   directory of kept content (the old is_dir_in_manifest predicate); the sorted
+   view answers "is an ancestor of kept content" without materializing any
+   per-component prefix copy, so the index is O(manifest size) memory. */
+static bool build_keep_index(const ArrayList* manifest, PathIndex* index) {
+  if (!manifest || manifest->size <= 0)
+    return path_index_build(index, NULL, 0);
+  return path_index_build(index, (const char* const*)manifest->items, (size_t)manifest->size);
+}
+
+static bool keep_is_dir(const PathIndex* index, const char* rel_path) {
+  return path_index_contains(index, rel_path) || path_index_has_descendant(index, rel_path);
+}
+
+static bool keep_is_file(const PathIndex* index, const char* rel_path) {
+  return path_index_contains(index, rel_path);
+}
+
+/* rsync's receiver-side verdict for one candidate extra: the per-directory
+ * chain first (deepest directory before ancestors), then the command-line base
+ * rules.  Either rule set may be absent. */
+FilterAction delete_protect_verdict(const DeleteProtectRules* protect, const char* rel_path,
+                                    const char* leaf, bool is_dir) {
+  if (!protect)
+    return FILTER_ACTION_NONE;
+  /* rsync protects its own --backup files from the delete pass: a name ending
+     in the backup suffix is never an extra.  Checked before the filter rules so
+     an explicit exclude cannot be bypassed (the suffix is always a shield). */
+  if (protect->backup_suffix && protect->backup_suffix[0] != '\0') {
+    size_t name_len = strlen(leaf);
+    size_t suffix_len = strlen(protect->backup_suffix);
+    if (name_len > suffix_len &&
+        strcmp(leaf + (name_len - suffix_len), protect->backup_suffix) == 0)
+      return FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT;
+  }
+  FilterAction action = filter_dir_rules_apply_side(protect->dir_rules, rel_path, leaf, is_dir);
+  if (action != FILTER_ACTION_NONE)
+    return action;
+  return filter_rules_apply_side(protect->base_rules, rel_path, leaf, is_dir, FILTER_SIDE_RECEIVER);
+}
+
+const char* delete_backup_suffix(const Config* config) {
+  if (!config || !config->backup || config->ignore_existing)
+    return NULL;
+  const char* suffix = config->suffix ? config->suffix : "~";
+  if (!suffix[0] || strchr(suffix, '/'))
+    return NULL;
+  return suffix;
+}
+
+/* Classify a removed entry from its st_mode for the per-type delete counters. */
+DeleteEntryType delete_entry_type_of_mode(mode_t mode) {
+  if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+    return DELETE_ENTRY_DIR;
+  if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+    return DELETE_ENTRY_LINK;
+  if (S_ISREG(mode))
+    return DELETE_ENTRY_REG;
+  return DELETE_ENTRY_SPECIAL;
+}
+
+/* True when child_rel is, or lies below, a protected entry.  A prefix "a"
+   therefore protects "a" and "a/b/c" but not "ab".  Entries with top_level_only
+   set only protect DIRECT children of the receive root (at_root); nested
+   directories that share such a name stay ordinary destination content. */
+bool path_under_skip_prefix(const char* child_rel, bool at_root, const DeleteSkipEntry* skips,
+                            int skip_count) {
+  for (int i = 0; i < skip_count; i++) {
+    if (skips[i].top_level_only && !at_root)
+      continue;
+    size_t prefix_len = strlen(skips[i].prefix);
+    if (strncmp(child_rel, skips[i].prefix, prefix_len) == 0 &&
+        (child_rel[prefix_len] == '\0' || child_rel[prefix_len] == '/'))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Per-run deletion budget and tallies.  `max_delete` is the cap on the number
+   of entries the walker may remove (SIZE_MAX = unlimited); once it is reached
+   the remaining extras are counted in `skipped` and left in place, matching
+   rsync's partial --max-delete behavior. */
+typedef struct {
+  size_t max_delete;
+  size_t deleted;
+  size_t skipped;
+  bool limit_hit;
+} DeleteBudget;
+
+/* True when direct children of the directory named by `rel` may be removed.
+   With no synchronization info (dirs == NULL) the whole tree is deletable; when
+   a dirs index is supplied only its exact entries are (the receive root is the
+   "." sentinel). */
+static bool is_synced_dir(const PathIndex* dirs, const char* rel) {
+  if (!dirs)
+    return true;
+  return path_index_contains(dirs, rel[0] == '\0' ? "." : rel);
+}
+
+/* Unsigned byte-wise string compare, matching rsync's u_strcmp (a signed
+   strcmp would order bytes >= 0x80 differently). */
+static int delete_name_cmp(const char* a, const char* b) {
+  const unsigned char* pa = (const unsigned char*)a;
+  const unsigned char* pb = (const unsigned char*)b;
+  while (*pa != '\0' && *pa == *pb) {
+    pa++;
+    pb++;
+  }
+  return (int)*pa - (int)*pb;
+}
+
+bool delete_dir_entries_collect(int dirfd, DeleteDirEntry** out, size_t* count,
+                                bool* operation_ok) {
+  *out = NULL;
+  *count = 0;
+  if (operation_ok)
+    *operation_ok = true;
+  int scanfd = openat(dirfd, ".", O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (scanfd < 0)
+    return false;
+  DIR* dir = fdopendir(scanfd);
+  if (!dir) {
+    close(scanfd);
+    return false;
+  }
+  DeleteDirEntry* entries = NULL;
+  size_t used = 0;
+  size_t capacity = 0;
+  bool ok = true;
+  const struct dirent* entry;
+  while ((entry = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+    if (strcmp(entry->d_name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(entry->d_name, "..") == 0)
+      continue;
+    struct stat st;
+    if (fstatat(dirfd, entry->d_name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
+      if (errno != ENOENT && operation_ok)
+        *operation_ok = false;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (used == capacity) {
+      size_t next = capacity == 0 ? 16 : capacity * 2;
+      DeleteDirEntry* grown = realloc(entries, next * sizeof(*grown));
+      if (!grown) {
+        ok = false;
+        break;
+      }
+      entries = grown;
+      capacity = next;
+    }
+    entries[used].name = str_dup(entry->d_name);
+    if (!entries[used].name) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+    entries[used].is_dir = S_ISDIR(st.st_mode);
+    entries[used].mode = st.st_mode;
+    used++;
+  }
+  closedir(dir);
+  if (!ok) {
+    delete_dir_entries_free(entries, used);
+    return false;
+  }
+  *out = entries;
+  *count = used;
+  return true;
+}
+
+void delete_dir_entries_free(DeleteDirEntry* entries, size_t count) {
+  if (!entries)
+    return;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    free(entries[i].name);
+  free(entries);
+}
+
+/* rsync's extraneous-entry order: subdirectories before files, each group in
+   descending name order. */
+int delete_dir_entry_cmp_desc(const void* a, const void* b) {
+  const DeleteDirEntry* ea = a;
+  const DeleteDirEntry* eb = b;
+  if (ea->is_dir != eb->is_dir)
+    return ea->is_dir ? -1 : 1;
+  return -delete_name_cmp(ea->name, eb->name);
+}
+
+/* rsync's kept-subdirectory order: plain ascending name. */
+int delete_dir_entry_cmp_asc(const void* a, const void* b) {
+  const DeleteDirEntry* ea = a;
+  const DeleteDirEntry* eb = b;
+  return delete_name_cmp(ea->name, eb->name);
+}
+
+/* How the shared classification/descent walk disposes of an extra it has
+   identified.  LIST records the destination-relative path without touching disk
+   (the -n/--dry-run would-delete enumeration); DELETE unlinks/rmdirs it, charges
+   the shared --max-delete budget and notifies the observer.  Both modes classify
+   and traverse identically, so the dry-run enumeration and the real deletion
+   cannot drift. */
+typedef enum { DELETE_WALK_MODE_DELETE, DELETE_WALK_MODE_LIST } DeleteWalkMode;
+
+typedef struct {
+  DeleteWalkMode mode;
+  DeleteBudget* budget;        /* DELETE mode */
+  ArrayList* out;              /* LIST mode: receives strdup'd relative paths */
+  size_t* recorded;            /* LIST mode */
+  DeletePathObserver observer; /* DELETE mode */
+  void* observer_context;      /* DELETE mode */
+} DeleteWalkState;
+
+/* The per-walk invariants threaded unchanged through every recursive descent:
+   the keep/synchronized-dir indexes, the destination mode and the protection
+   rules.  Bundling them keeps the recursive helpers below to a handful of
+   positional arguments. */
+typedef struct {
+  const PathIndex* keep;
+  const PathIndex* dirs;
+  DeleteWalkState* state;
+  const DeleteSkipEntry* skips;
+  int skip_count;
+  const DeleteProtectRules* protect;
+} DeleteWalkContext;
+
+/* Duplicate `path` with rsync's trailing-slash convention, used to report a
+   removed (or would-be-removed) directory.  Returns NULL on allocation
+   failure. */
+static char* with_trailing_slash(const char* path) {
+  size_t len = strlen(path);
+  char* copy = malloc(len + 2);
+  if (!copy)
+    return NULL;
+  memcpy(copy, path, len);
+  copy[len] = '/';
+  copy[len + 1] = '\0';
+  return copy;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration: the ordered passes below recurse through the driver. */
+static bool delete_walk_fd(int dirfd, const char* rel_path, const DeleteWalkContext* ctx,
+                           bool parent_deletable, bool* all_removed);
+
+/* Descend into the child directory `name` of `dirfd`, walking it as part of the
+   current operation.  Returns false on a genuine open/walk failure; on success
+   *child_all_removed reports whether the child removed everything it held (so
+   the caller may rmdir it). */
+static bool delete_walk_child(int dirfd, const char* name, const char* child_rel,
+                              const DeleteWalkContext* ctx, bool deletable,
+                              bool* child_all_removed) {
+  *child_all_removed = false;
+  int childfd = openat(dirfd, name, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (childfd < 0)
+    return errno == ENOENT;
+  bool ok = delete_walk_fd(childfd, child_rel, ctx, deletable, child_all_removed);
+  close(childfd);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Classify every entry up front (the verdict does not depend on processing
+   order) so the ordered passes below can act on it.  Sets shielded[]/is_extra[]
+   and reports through *local_survives whether anything in this directory stays
+   in place.  Returns false on a path-construction failure. */
+static bool delete_walk_classify(const char* rel_path, const DeleteDirEntry* entries, size_t count,
+                                 const DeleteWalkContext* ctx, bool deletable, bool at_root,
+                                 bool* shielded, bool* is_extra, bool* local_survives) {
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    char* child_rel = path_cat((char*)rel_path, entries[i].name);
+    if (!child_rel) {
+      ok = false;
+      continue;
+    }
+    /* A --delay-updates run keeps its staging directory as a direct child of
+       the receive root, and basis-dir snapshots live below it too.  Their
+       contents are not manifest entries, so descending into them would delete
+       every staged / basis file as an "extra".  Only the staging name (a
+       top-level-only prefix) and the basis prefixes are protected: a nested
+       destination directory that happens to be called .fastsync-stage is
+       ordinary content. */
+    if (path_under_skip_prefix(child_rel, at_root, ctx->skips, ctx->skip_count)) {
+      shielded[i] = true;
+      *local_survives = true;
+    } else if (delete_protect_verdict(ctx->protect, child_rel, entries[i].name,
+                                      entries[i].is_dir) == FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT) {
+      /* A first-match protect rule shields the extra; for a directory the whole
+         subtree is shielded (rsync prunes an excluded directory), so do not
+         descend. */
+      shielded[i] = true;
+      *local_survives = true;
+    } else if (entries[i].is_dir) {
+      bool child_synced = ctx->dirs && path_index_contains(ctx->dirs, child_rel);
+      is_extra[i] = deletable && !child_synced && !keep_is_dir(ctx->keep, child_rel);
+      if (!is_extra[i])
+        *local_survives = true;
+    } else {
+      is_extra[i] = deletable && !keep_is_file(ctx->keep, child_rel);
+      if (!is_extra[i])
+        *local_survives = true;
+    }
+    free(child_rel);
+  }
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Pass 1: extraneous subdirectories, descending.  Recurses into each and, when
+   the child removed everything it held, records or removes it and charges the
+   budget. */
+static bool delete_walk_extra_dirs(int dirfd, const char* rel_path, const DeleteDirEntry* entries,
+                                   size_t dir_count, const DeleteWalkContext* ctx, bool deletable,
+                                   const bool* is_extra, bool* local_survives) {
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < dir_count; i++) {
+    if (!is_extra[i])
+      continue;
+    char* child_rel = path_cat((char*)rel_path, entries[i].name);
+    if (!child_rel) {
+      ok = false;
+      continue;
+    }
+    bool child_all_removed = false;
+    if (!delete_walk_child(dirfd, entries[i].name, child_rel, ctx, deletable, &child_all_removed))
+      ok = false;
+    if (child_all_removed && deletable) {
+      if (ctx->state->mode == DELETE_WALK_MODE_LIST) {
+        /* Record the directory with rsync's trailing slash. */
+        char* copy = with_trailing_slash(child_rel);
+        if (!copy) {
+          ok = false;
+        } else if (!array_list_add(ctx->state->out, copy)) {
+          free(copy);
+          ok = false;
+        } else {
+          (*ctx->state->recorded)++;
+        }
+      } else if (ctx->state->budget->deleted >= ctx->state->budget->max_delete) {
+        ctx->state->budget->limit_hit = true;
+        ctx->state->budget->skipped++;
+        *local_survives = true;
+      } else if (unlinkat(dirfd, entries[i].name, AT_REMOVEDIR) != 0) {
+        /* ENOENT: already gone (fine).  ENOTEMPTY/EEXIST: the directory still
+           holds entries the walker leaves in place (a protected excluded
+           prefix, a kept file the manifest protects, a symlink); rsync leaves
+           such a directory behind, so this is not an error.  Only genuine I/O
+           failures abort the deletion. */
+        if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST)
+          ok = false;
+        *local_survives = true;
+      } else {
+        ctx->state->budget->deleted++;
+        /* rsync reports a removed directory with a trailing slash. */
+        if (ctx->state->observer) {
+          char* with_slash = with_trailing_slash(child_rel);
+          if (with_slash) {
+            ctx->state->observer(ctx->state->observer_context, with_slash, DELETE_ENTRY_DIR);
+            free(with_slash);
+          } else {
+            ctx->state->observer(ctx->state->observer_context, child_rel, DELETE_ENTRY_DIR);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      *local_survives = true;
+    }
+    free(child_rel);
+  }
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Pass 2: extraneous files, descending. */
+static bool delete_walk_extra_files(int dirfd, const char* rel_path, const DeleteDirEntry* entries,
+                                    size_t dir_count, size_t count, const DeleteWalkContext* ctx,
+                                    const bool* is_extra, bool* local_survives) {
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (size_t i = dir_count; i < count; i++) {
+    if (!is_extra[i])
+      continue;
+    if (ctx->state->mode == DELETE_WALK_MODE_LIST) {
+      char* child_rel = path_cat((char*)rel_path, entries[i].name);
+      if (!child_rel) {
+        ok = false;
+        continue;
+      }
+      char* copy = str_dup(child_rel);
+      if (!copy || !array_list_add(ctx->state->out, copy)) {
+        free(copy);
+        ok = false;
+      } else {
+        (*ctx->state->recorded)++;
+      }
+      free(child_rel);
+    } else if (ctx->state->budget->deleted >= ctx->state->budget->max_delete) {
+      ctx->state->budget->limit_hit = true;
+      ctx->state->budget->skipped++;
+      *local_survives = true;
+    } else if (unlinkat(dirfd, entries[i].name, 0) != 0) {
+      if (errno != ENOENT)
+        ok = false;
+      *local_survives = true;
+    } else {
+      ctx->state->budget->deleted++;
+      char* child_rel = path_cat((char*)rel_path, entries[i].name);
+      if (child_rel) {
+        if (ctx->state->observer)
+          ctx->state->observer(ctx->state->observer_context, child_rel,
+                               delete_entry_type_of_mode(entries[i].mode));
+        char* escaped_path = output_escape(child_rel, log_get_8_bit_output());
+        fprintf(stderr, "  Deleted: %s\n", escaped_path ? escaped_path : "<allocation failed>");
+        free(escaped_path);
+      }
+      free(child_rel);
+    }
+  }
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Pass 3: kept subdirectories, ascending (rsync descends into these only after
+   the parent's own extras have been handled). */
+static bool delete_walk_kept_dirs(int dirfd, const char* rel_path, const DeleteDirEntry* entries,
+                                  size_t dir_count, const DeleteWalkContext* ctx, bool deletable,
+                                  const bool* is_extra, const bool* shielded,
+                                  bool* local_survives) {
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (size_t i = dir_count; i-- > 0;) {
+    if (is_extra[i] || shielded[i])
+      continue;
+    char* child_rel = path_cat((char*)rel_path, entries[i].name);
+    if (!child_rel) {
+      ok = false;
+      continue;
+    }
+    bool child_all_removed = false;
+    if (!delete_walk_child(dirfd, entries[i].name, child_rel, ctx, deletable, &child_all_removed))
+      ok = false;
+    /* A kept/synchronized directory is never removed. */
+    *local_survives = true;
+    free(child_rel);
+  }
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Remove the extras directly inside the directory open on `dirfd` (DELETE mode)
+   or record the paths that WOULD be removed (LIST mode), recursing into every
+   child directory so kept content below a synchronized prefix is reached.
+   `all_removed` reports whether every child entry was removed (so the caller may
+   rmdir this directory).  A child directory is never removed when it is itself a
+   synchronized directory or holds kept content; with a dirs index supplied,
+   direct children of a non-synchronized directory are never extras at all (they
+   are left in place but still descended into).  Symlinks are unlinked like any
+   other non-directory extra (never followed).
+
+   Entries are processed in rsync's order (extraneous subdirectories in
+   descending name order, then extraneous files, then kept subdirectories in
+   ascending order) rather than readdir() order, so `--max-delete` leaves the
+   same survivors and the `--info=del`/dry-run line order matches rsync. */
+static bool delete_walk_fd(int dirfd, const char* rel_path, const DeleteWalkContext* ctx,
+                           bool parent_deletable, bool* all_removed) {
+  DeleteDirEntry* entries = NULL;
+  size_t count = 0;
+  bool collect_ok = true;
+  if (!delete_dir_entries_collect(dirfd, &entries, &count, &collect_ok))
+    return false;
+  bool operation_ok = collect_ok;
+  bool local_survives = false;
+  bool* shielded = calloc(count ? count : 1, sizeof(bool));
+  bool* is_extra = calloc(count ? count : 1, sizeof(bool));
+  if (!shielded || !is_extra) {
+    free(shielded);
+    free(is_extra);
+    delete_dir_entries_free(entries, count);
+    return false;
+  }
+  /* A directory is deletable when it or ANY ancestor is synchronized; the
+     `parent_deletable` flag carries that down the recursion so dest-only
+     directories below a synchronized root are removed wholesale. */
+  bool deletable = parent_deletable || is_synced_dir(ctx->dirs, rel_path);
+  bool at_root = rel_path[0] == '\0';
+
+  /* Reproduce rsync's traversal order: extraneous subdirectories in descending
+     name order, then extraneous files in descending name order, and kept
+     subdirectories only afterwards (ascending).  Sorting up front also fixes the
+     identity of the survivors under a partial --max-delete. */
+  if (count > 1)
+    qsort(entries, count, sizeof(*entries), delete_dir_entry_cmp_desc);
+  size_t dir_count = 0;
+  while (dir_count < count && entries[dir_count].is_dir)
+    dir_count++;
+
+  if (!delete_walk_classify(rel_path, entries, count, ctx, deletable, at_root, shielded, is_extra,
+                            &local_survives))
+    operation_ok = false;
+  if (!delete_walk_extra_dirs(dirfd, rel_path, entries, dir_count, ctx, deletable, is_extra,
+                              &local_survives))
+    operation_ok = false;
+  if (!delete_walk_extra_files(dirfd, rel_path, entries, dir_count, count, ctx, is_extra,
+                               &local_survives))
+    operation_ok = false;
+  if (!delete_walk_kept_dirs(dirfd, rel_path, entries, dir_count, ctx, deletable, is_extra,
+                             shielded, &local_survives))
+    operation_ok = false;
+
+  free(shielded);
+  free(is_extra);
+  delete_dir_entries_free(entries, count);
+  *all_removed = !local_survives;
+  return operation_ok;
+}
+
+/* Open the receive root following the same authorized-root confinement the
+   walker uses, or dest_root directly when no authorized root is installed. */
+static int open_destination_root(const char* dest_root) {
+  int root_fd = utils_get_authorized_root_fd();
+  if (root_fd >= 0) {
+    if (utils_get_authorized_root_path())
+      return utils_open_authorized_destination(dest_root);
+    if (dest_root == NULL)
+      return dup(root_fd);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return open(dest_root, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+}
+
+bool delete_extras_list(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                        const ArrayList* synced_dirs, const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                        const DeleteProtectRules* protect, ArrayList* out, size_t* count_out) {
+  if (count_out)
+    *count_out = 0;
+  if (!manifest || !out)
+    return false;
+  PathIndex keep;
+  if (!build_keep_index(manifest, &keep))
+    return false;
+  PathIndex dirs;
+  bool have_dirs = synced_dirs != NULL;
+  if (have_dirs &&
+      !path_index_build(&dirs, (const char* const*)synced_dirs->items, (size_t)synced_dirs->size)) {
+    path_index_free(&keep);
+    return false;
+  }
+  int rootfd = open_destination_root(dest_root);
+  if (rootfd < 0) {
+    path_index_free(&keep);
+    if (have_dirs)
+      path_index_free(&dirs);
+    return false;
+  }
+  bool all_removed = false;
+  size_t recorded = 0;
+  DeleteWalkState state = {.mode = DELETE_WALK_MODE_LIST,
+                           .budget = NULL,
+                           .out = out,
+                           .recorded = &recorded,
+                           .observer = NULL,
+                           .observer_context = NULL};
+  DeleteWalkContext ctx = {.keep = &keep,
+                           .dirs = have_dirs ? &dirs : NULL,
+                           .state = &state,
+                           .skips = skips,
+                           .skip_count = skip_count,
+                           .protect = protect};
+  bool ok = delete_walk_fd(rootfd, "", &ctx, false, &all_removed);
+  if (close(rootfd) != 0)
+    ok = false;
+  path_index_free(&keep);
+  if (have_dirs)
+    path_index_free(&dirs);
+  if (count_out)
+    *count_out = recorded;
+  return ok;
+}
+
+DeleteWalkResult delete_extras_limited_observed(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                                                const ArrayList* synced_dirs, size_t max_delete,
+                                                const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                                                const DeleteProtectRules* protect,
+                                                size_t* deleted_out, size_t* skipped_out,
+                                                DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                                void* observer_context) {
+  if (deleted_out)
+    *deleted_out = 0;
+  if (skipped_out)
+    *skipped_out = 0;
+  if (!manifest)
+    return DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  /* Index the keep-set (and the synchronized-dir set, when supplied) once so
+     membership is answered in O(path length) instead of scanning every entry
+     for every destination entry. */
+  PathIndex keep;
+  if (!build_keep_index(manifest, &keep))
+    return DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  PathIndex dirs;
+  bool have_dirs = synced_dirs != NULL;
+  if (have_dirs &&
+      !path_index_build(&dirs, (const char* const*)synced_dirs->items, (size_t)synced_dirs->size)) {
+    path_index_free(&keep);
+    return DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  }
+  int rootfd = open_destination_root(dest_root);
+  if (rootfd < 0) {
+    path_index_free(&keep);
+    if (have_dirs)
+      path_index_free(&dirs);
+    return DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  }
+  DeleteBudget budget = {.max_delete = max_delete, .deleted = 0, .skipped = 0, .limit_hit = false};
+  bool all_removed = false;
+  DeleteWalkState state = {.mode = DELETE_WALK_MODE_DELETE,
+                           .budget = &budget,
+                           .out = NULL,
+                           .recorded = NULL,
+                           .observer = observer,
+                           .observer_context = observer_context};
+  DeleteWalkContext ctx = {.keep = &keep,
+                           .dirs = have_dirs ? &dirs : NULL,
+                           .state = &state,
+                           .skips = skips,
+                           .skip_count = skip_count,
+                           .protect = protect};
+  bool ok = delete_walk_fd(rootfd, "", &ctx, false, &all_removed);
+  if (close(rootfd) != 0)
+    ok = false;
+  path_index_free(&keep);
+  if (have_dirs)
+    path_index_free(&dirs);
+  if (deleted_out)
+    *deleted_out = budget.deleted;
+  if (skipped_out)
+    *skipped_out = budget.skipped;
+  if (!ok)
+    return DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  return budget.limit_hit ? DELETE_WALK_LIMIT_REACHED : DELETE_WALK_OK;
+}
+
+DeleteWalkResult delete_extras_limited(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                                       const ArrayList* synced_dirs, size_t max_delete,
+                                       const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                                       const DeleteProtectRules* protect, size_t* deleted_out,
+                                       size_t* skipped_out) {
+  return delete_extras_limited_observed(dest_root, manifest, synced_dirs, max_delete, skips,
+                                        skip_count, protect, deleted_out, skipped_out, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+bool delete_extras(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest) {
+  return delete_extras_limited(dest_root, manifest, NULL, SIZE_MAX, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL) ==
+         DELETE_WALK_OK;
+}
+
+/* Build the delete-walk protection prefix for one basis directory.  The walker
+   compares paths relative to the receive root, so a relative entry is already
+   in the right form; an absolute entry that lies below the root is converted to
+   its root-relative form, and one outside the root returns NULL (the walk
+   cannot reach it, and it is not protected data beneath the root).  Exposed so
+   tests can exercise the root-of-"/" child mapping directly. */
+char* delete_basis_relative(const Config* config, const char* path) {
+  if (!path)
+    return NULL;
+  if (path[0] != '/')
+    return str_dup(path);
+  const char* root = config->receive_root_directory;
+  if (!root || root[0] != '/')
+    return NULL;
+  size_t root_len = strlen(root);
+  while (root_len > 1 && root[root_len - 1] == '/')
+    root_len--;
+  if (strncmp(path, root, root_len) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (root_len == 1) {
+    /* `root` is "/" (the only single-character absolute root): every absolute
+       path is below it, and the child relative form is everything after the
+       leading '/'. */
+    if (path[1] == '\0')
+      return NULL; /* identical to the root, not a child */
+    return str_dup(path + 1);
+  }
+  if (path[root_len] != '/')
+    return NULL; /* identical or a sibling sharing a name prefix */
+  return str_dup(path + root_len + 1);
+}
+
+bool delete_skips_build(const Config* config, const ArrayList* protected_paths,
+                        const ArrayList* size_skipped, bool basis_root_relative,
+                        DeleteSkipSet* out) {
+  if (!out)
+    return false;
+  out->entries = NULL;
+  out->owned_prefixes = NULL;
+  out->count = 0;
+  out->owned_count = 0;
+  if (!config)
+    return false;
+  int protected_count = protected_paths ? protected_paths->size : 0;
+  int size_skipped_count = size_skipped ? size_skipped->size : 0;
+  int count =
+      (config->delay_updates ? 1 : 0) + config->basis_count + protected_count + size_skipped_count;
+  if (count == 0)
+    return true;
+  out->entries = calloc((size_t)count, sizeof(DeleteSkipEntry));
+  if (!out->entries)
+    return false;
+  if (basis_root_relative && config->basis_count > 0) {
+    out->owned_prefixes = calloc((size_t)config->basis_count, sizeof(char*));
+    if (!out->owned_prefixes) {
+      free(out->entries);
+      out->entries = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+    out->owned_count = config->basis_count;
+  }
+  int idx = 0;
+  if (config->delay_updates) {
+    /* Protect this transfer's actual (per-run unique) staging directory.  The
+       runtime name is only known to the receiver-side context; fall back to the
+       reserved prefix for a context that was never created (e.g. a dry run). */
+    const char* staging_name = (config->delay_context && config->delay_context->staging_name)
+                                   ? config->delay_context->staging_name
+                                   : DELAY_UPDATES_STAGING_DIR;
+    out->entries[idx].prefix = staging_name;
+    out->entries[idx].top_level_only = true;
+    idx++;
+  }
+  for (int i = 0; i < config->basis_count; i++) {
+    const char* prefix = config->basis_dirs[i].path;
+    if (basis_root_relative) {
+      /* An absolute basis outside the receive root is unreachable by this walk,
+         so it contributes no protection prefix (and no slot). */
+      char* relative = delete_basis_relative(config, config->basis_dirs[i].path);
+      if (!relative)
+        continue;
+      out->owned_prefixes[i] = relative;
+      prefix = relative;
+    }
+    out->entries[idx].prefix = prefix;
+    out->entries[idx].top_level_only = false;
+    idx++;
+  }
+  for (int i = 0; i < protected_count; i++) {
+    out->entries[idx].prefix = (const char*)protected_paths->items[i];
+    out->entries[idx].top_level_only = false;
+    idx++;
+  }
+  for (int i = 0; i < size_skipped_count; i++) {
+    out->entries[idx].prefix = (const char*)size_skipped->items[i];
+    out->entries[idx].top_level_only = false;
+    idx++;
+  }
+  out->count = idx;
+  return true;
+}
+
+void delete_skips_free(DeleteSkipSet* set) {
+  if (!set)
+    return;
+  if (set->owned_prefixes) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < set->owned_count; i++)
+      free(set->owned_prefixes[i]);
+  }
+  free(set->owned_prefixes);
+  free(set->entries);
+  set->entries = NULL;
+  set->owned_prefixes = NULL;
+  set->count = 0;
+  set->owned_count = 0;
+}

src/shared/delete.h

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+#ifndef DELETE_H
+#define DELETE_H
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "filter.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Delete engine.
+ *
+ * This module owns destination-relative delete traversal: the ordered directory
+ * walker that reproduces rsync's extraneous-entry order, the skip-prefix
+ * protection set shared by every delete pass, and the read-only enumeration
+ * that mirrors the walker for -n/--dry-run.  The budgeted manifest commit
+ * (delete_commit.c) and the per-directory delete plans (delete_plan.c) are
+ * built on the primitives exported here. */
+
+/* Result of a bounded extra-file deletion run. */
+typedef enum {
+  /* Every extra entry was removed (or there were none). */
+  DELETE_WALK_OK = 0,
+  /* The numeric cap for this run was reached before every extra was removed.
+     The walker removed exactly the entries the cap allowed and skipped (without
+     removing) the rest, matching rsync's partial --max-delete behavior. */
+  DELETE_WALK_LIMIT_REACHED,
+  /* A traversal or unlink failure aborted the deletion (partial removal is
+     possible, mirroring the delete pass). */
+  DELETE_WALK_ERROR
+} DeleteWalkResult;
+
+/* Receiver-side delete-protection rules for one walk.  `base_rules` is the
+ * command-line rule set the config frame carried (owner "" rules); `dir_rules`
+ * is the received per-directory rule set (rules carrying their owner directory
+ * and no-inherit flag).  Either may be NULL. */
+typedef struct {
+  const FilterRuleList* base_rules;
+  const FilterRuleList* dir_rules;
+  /* When non-NULL and non-empty, a destination entry whose name ends with this
+     suffix is protected from deletion.  rsync never treats a --backup file as
+     an extra, so a backup created at --delay-updates publication (or a
+     pre-existing one) survives the delete-after pass. */
+  const char* backup_suffix;
+} DeleteProtectRules;
+
+/* rsync's first-match-wins receiver verdict for one candidate extra: the
+ * per-directory chain is evaluated first (the containing directory's rules,
+ * then each ancestor's, then the receive root's), then the base rules.  Returns
+ * FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT when the entry is shielded by a receiver-side exclude,
+ * FILTER_ACTION_RISK when an include explicitly leaves it at risk, or
+ * FILTER_ACTION_NONE when no rule matched. */
+FilterAction delete_protect_verdict(const DeleteProtectRules* protect, const char* rel_path,
+                                    const char* leaf, bool is_dir);
+
+/* The backup suffix the delete walker must shield from deletion, or NULL when
+   --backup is inactive or the configured suffix is unusable (empty, or holding
+   a path separator).  Matches the suffix file_save uses for backups. */
+const char* delete_backup_suffix(const Config* config);
+
+/* One protected entry for the delete walker.  When top_level_only is true the
+   prefix is skipped only as a DIRECT child of dest_root (the --delay-updates
+   staging directory, which must not hide genuine extras inside a nested
+   destination directory that happens to share the staging name); otherwise the
+   prefix is skipped at any depth (the --compare-dest/--copy-dest/--link-dest
+   basis trees, and the sender-side protected filter-excluded prefixes, which
+   are never destination content). */
+typedef struct {
+  const char* prefix;
+  bool top_level_only;
+} DeleteSkipEntry;
+
+/* A built skip-prefix set.  `entries`/`count` are what path_under_skip_prefix()
+   consumes.  `owned_prefixes` holds any prefix strings the builder had to
+   allocate (root-relative basis-dir conversions); it is NULL when every prefix
+   is borrowed from the config or the caller's lists.  Release with
+   delete_skips_free(). */
+typedef struct {
+  DeleteSkipEntry* entries;
+  char** owned_prefixes;
+  int count;
+  int owned_count;
+} DeleteSkipSet;
+
+/* True when child_rel is, or lies below, one of the protected entries (a prefix
+   "a" protects "a" and "a/b/c" but not "ab"; top_level_only entries protect
+   only DIRECT children of the destination root, i.e. child_rel has no '/'). */
+bool path_under_skip_prefix(const char* child_rel, bool at_root, const DeleteSkipEntry* skips,
+                            int skip_count);
+
+/* One destination-directory entry collected up front so the delete walkers can
+   reproduce rsync's traversal order instead of readdir() order.  rsync processes
+   a directory's extraneous subdirectories first (descending name, depth-first),
+   then its extraneous files (descending name), and only afterwards descends into
+   its kept subdirectories (ascending name). */
+typedef struct {
+  char* name;
+  bool is_dir;
+  /* The entry's full st_mode from the AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW stat, so a delete
+     observer can classify a removed non-directory as reg/link/special. */
+  mode_t mode;
+} DeleteDirEntry;
+/* Collect the entries of the directory open on `dirfd` (excluding "." and ".."),
+   stat'ing each with AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW.  On success *out is a malloc'd array of
+   *count entries whose names the caller frees with delete_dir_entries_free().
+   Returns false on an allocation/readdir failure; a vanished entry (ENOENT) is
+   skipped, any other stat failure is reported through *operation_ok while the
+   walk continues. */
+bool delete_dir_entries_collect(int dirfd, DeleteDirEntry** out, size_t* count, bool* operation_ok);
+void delete_dir_entries_free(DeleteDirEntry* entries, size_t count);
+/* Sort comparators: `_desc` orders subdirectories before files and each group by
+   descending name (rsync's extraneous-entry order); `_asc` orders plain ascending
+   name (rsync's kept-subdirectory order). */
+int delete_dir_entry_cmp_desc(const void* a, const void* b);
+int delete_dir_entry_cmp_asc(const void* a, const void* b);
+
+/* Remove files/dirs/symlinks under dest_root that are not listed in manifest
+   without ever descending into a protected prefix (see DeleteSkipEntry).  When
+   `synced_dirs` is non-NULL, extras are only removed directly inside a directory
+   whose destination-relative path is an exact entry in that list (the receive
+   root is the "." sentinel); directories outside the synchronized set are still
+   descended into so kept content below a listed directory is preserved, but
+   nothing in them is removed.  A NULL `synced_dirs` keeps the legacy behavior of
+   treating the whole destination tree as deletable.  `max_delete` caps the
+   number of removed entries (SIZE_MAX = unlimited): the walker removes up to the
+   cap and returns DELETE_WALK_LIMIT_REACHED when more extras remained.
+   `deleted_out`/`skipped_out` optionally receive the number of entries removed
+   and the number skipped because of the cap. */
+DeleteWalkResult delete_extras_limited(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                                       const ArrayList* synced_dirs, size_t max_delete,
+                                       const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                                       const DeleteProtectRules* protect, size_t* deleted_out,
+                                       size_t* skipped_out);
+
+/* Entry kind of a removed path, reported to the delete observer so the receiver
+   can build rsync's `--stats` `Number of deleted files` per-type breakdown.  The
+   four categories are a strict partition of every removed entry. */
+typedef enum {
+  DELETE_ENTRY_REG = 0,
+  DELETE_ENTRY_DIR,
+  DELETE_ENTRY_LINK,
+  DELETE_ENTRY_SPECIAL
+} DeleteEntryType;
+
+/* Optional per-deletion observer: called for each destination-relative path
+   actually removed (a file, symlink, or directory) with its entry kind, in
+   removal order, so the receiver can stream rsync's `--info=del`/`--info=remove`
+   lines and tally the per-type `--stats` counters. */
+typedef void (*DeletePathObserver)(void* context, const char* rel_path, DeleteEntryType type);
+
+/* Classify a removed entry from its st_mode for the per-type delete counters. */
+DeleteEntryType delete_entry_type_of_mode(mode_t mode);
+
+/* `delete_extras_limited_observed` is delete_extras_limited with an optional
+ * observer; the observer is invoked only for entries truly removed.  When
+ * `protect` is non-NULL its receiver-side verdict is evaluated for every
+ * candidate extra: a first-match PROTECT leaves the entry (and, for a
+ * directory, its whole subtree) in place, while RISK/NONE fall through to the
+ * ordinary skip-prefix/keep-set logic. */
+DeleteWalkResult delete_extras_limited_observed(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                                                const ArrayList* synced_dirs, size_t max_delete,
+                                                const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                                                const DeleteProtectRules* protect,
+                                                size_t* deleted_out, size_t* skipped_out,
+                                                DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                                void* observer_context);
+/* Read-only companion to delete_extras_limited: walk the destination exactly as
+   the delete pass would and APPEND (strdup'd) destination-relative paths that
+   WOULD be removed, without touching disk.  Used for -n/--dry-run --delete
+   would-delete reporting.  Returns true on a clean walk; the caller owns the
+   strings appended to `out` and receives their count in *count_out. */
+bool delete_extras_list(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest,
+                        const ArrayList* synced_dirs, const DeleteSkipEntry* skips, int skip_count,
+                        const DeleteProtectRules* protect, ArrayList* out, size_t* count_out);
+bool delete_extras(const char* dest_root, const ArrayList* manifest);
+
+/* Build the delete walk's skip-prefix set from the config's --delay-updates
+   staging directory, its --compare-dest/--copy-dest/--link-dest basis dirs, and
+   the caller-supplied protection lists, in that order.  `protected_paths` and
+   `size_skipped` are borrowed (may be NULL); every entry in them is protected at
+   any depth.  The staging directory is protected only as a DIRECT child of the
+   receive root.  `basis_root_relative` selects how a basis path becomes a
+   prefix: true converts an absolute path under the receive root to its
+   root-relative form (the whole-tree commit walk; an unreachable path
+   contributes no slot), false keeps the configured path verbatim (the
+   per-directory plan walk).  On success the caller releases `*out` with
+   delete_skips_free(); returns false on allocation failure. */
+bool delete_skips_build(const Config* config, const ArrayList* protected_paths,
+                        const ArrayList* size_skipped, bool basis_root_relative,
+                        DeleteSkipSet* out);
+void delete_skips_free(DeleteSkipSet* set);
+
+/* Convert one basis-directory path to the receive-root-relative protection
+   prefix the delete walker uses (NULL when it lies outside the root).  Exposed
+   for unit tests of the root-of-"/" and normalization edge cases. */
+char* delete_basis_relative(const Config* config, const char* path);
+
+#endif

src/shared/delete_commit.c

@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "charset.h"
+#include "chmod.h"
+#include "chunk.h"
+#include "compression.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "data.h"
+#include "delay_updates.h"
+#include "delete_commit.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
+#include "delta.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include "identity.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "metadata.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include "xattr.h"
+
+#define MAX_SERVER_DELETE_COUNT 100000U
+/* Retained cost of one delete-manifest entry beyond its path bytes: the
+   ArrayList pointer slot plus an approximate malloc header/rounding for the
+   heap copy.  Charged against MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES so a frame full of tiny paths
+   cannot retain far more than the byte budget (B5). */
+#define MANIFEST_ENTRY_OVERHEAD (sizeof(char*) + 16)
+
+/* Read a delete-manifest frame (the STATUS_MANIFEST leading code has already
+   been consumed): a keep-set entry count followed by that many
+   destination-relative paths, then a protected-prefix count followed by that
+   many destination-relative prefixes, then a missing-args count followed by that
+   many destination-relative delete paths, then (protocol 2.23.0) a
+   synchronized-directory count followed by that many destination-relative
+   directory paths (the receive root is the "." sentinel).  The frame is
+   self-delimiting (the counts are authoritative), so the caller decides what to
+   do next and continues reading the following STATUS_* frame.  Every section is
+   validated identically: an entry must be non-empty, relative and traversal-free
+   and the aggregate length across ALL sections is capped by MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES
+   (so the missing-args deletion requests are confined like the rest of the
+   manifest).  Returns an owned DeleteManifest, or NULL after sending STATUS_ERROR
+   when the frame is malformed (bad count, empty/absolute path, path traversal,
+   or an aggregate size beyond MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES). */
+static bool receive_manifest_section(int fd, ArrayList* list, size_t* manifest_bytes,
+                                     size_t* manifest_entries) {
+  int count;
+  if (!receive_int(fd, &count)) {
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (count < 0 || count > MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES ||
+      (size_t)count > MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES - *manifest_entries) {
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return false;
+  }
+  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+    char* s = receive_wire_str(fd);
+    size_t entry_size = s ? strlen(s) + MANIFEST_ENTRY_OVERHEAD : 0;
+    if (!s || s[0] == '\0' || s[0] == '/' || has_path_traversal(s) ||
+        entry_size > MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES - *manifest_bytes ||
+        (*manifest_bytes += entry_size) > MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES || !array_list_add(list, s)) {
+      free(s);
+      send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  *manifest_entries += (size_t)count;
+  return true;
+}
+
+DeleteManifest* receive_manifest_entries(int fd) {
+  DeleteManifest* manifest = calloc(1, sizeof(DeleteManifest));
+  if (!manifest) {
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  manifest->keeps = array_list_create(free);
+  manifest->protected = array_list_create(free);
+  manifest->missing = array_list_create(free);
+  manifest->dirs = array_list_create(free);
+  if (!manifest->keeps || !manifest->protected || !manifest->missing || !manifest->dirs) {
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  size_t manifest_bytes = 0;
+  size_t manifest_entries = 0;
+  if (!receive_manifest_section(fd, manifest->keeps, &manifest_bytes, &manifest_entries) ||
+      !receive_manifest_section(fd, manifest->protected, &manifest_bytes, &manifest_entries) ||
+      !receive_manifest_section(fd, manifest->missing, &manifest_bytes, &manifest_entries) ||
+      !receive_manifest_section(fd, manifest->dirs, &manifest_bytes, &manifest_entries)) {
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  /* Per-directory filter rules (protocol 2.30.0) follow the manifest sections
+   * with their own bounded self-describing format. */
+  if (!delete_filter_dir_rules_receive(fd, &manifest->per_dir_rules)) {
+    delete_manifest_free(manifest);
+    send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return manifest;
+}
+
+void delete_manifest_free(DeleteManifest* manifest) {
+  if (!manifest)
+    return;
+  array_list_delete(manifest->keeps);
+  array_list_delete(manifest->protected);
+  array_list_delete(manifest->missing);
+  array_list_delete(manifest->dirs);
+  filter_rule_list_free(manifest->per_dir_rules);
+  free(manifest);
+}
+
+/* Shared --max-delete budget for one receiver-side deletion commit.  Both the
+   --delete-missing-args exact-path removals and the ordinary extras walk draw
+   from the same tally, matching rsync (whose --max-delete counts every deleted
+   file or directory).  `max_delete` is SIZE_MAX for an unlimited budget. */
+typedef struct {
+  size_t max_delete;
+  size_t deleted;
+  size_t skipped;
+  bool limit_hit;
+} DeleteBudgetState;
+
+/* Remove every destination entry under the receive root that is not in the
+   keep-set, bounded by the shared budget (a smaller client --max-delete=NUM
+   replaces the server hard bound; rsync deletes up to the bound and skips the
+   rest).  With --delay-updates the not-yet-published staging directory is a
+   direct child of the receive root and must not be treated as a set of extras;
+   the manifest's protected prefixes (paths excluded on the source), the
+   size-pruned prefixes (--max-size/--min-size, always protected) and the
+   alternate basis directories are never destination content and are skipped at
+   any depth.  Returns true unless a traversal/unlink error aborted the walk;
+   the budget's limit_hit/skipped fields report a cap-stopped run. */
+static bool delete_extras_budgeted_observed(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                            DeleteBudgetState* budget, DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                            void* observer_context) {
+  if (!config || !manifest || !manifest->keeps)
+    return false;
+  fprintf(stderr, "Deleting files not in manifest...\n");
+  /* Protected entries: the --delay-updates staging name (only as a DIRECT child
+     of the receive root), the alternate basis directories and the sender-side
+     protected prefixes (filter-excluded and size-pruned source mirrors), all at
+     any depth.  See delete_skips_build(). */
+  DeleteSkipSet skips;
+  if (!delete_skips_build(config, manifest->protected, NULL, true, &skips))
+    return false;
+  /* Clamp rather than subtract: an accounting bug where deleted already exceeds
+     max_delete must never underflow into an effectively unlimited budget. */
+  size_t remaining;
+  if (budget->max_delete == SIZE_MAX)
+    remaining = SIZE_MAX;
+  else if (budget->deleted >= budget->max_delete)
+    remaining = 0;
+  else
+    remaining = budget->max_delete - budget->deleted;
+  size_t deleted = 0;
+  size_t skipped = 0;
+  DeleteProtectRules protect = {.base_rules = config->protect_rules,
+                                .dir_rules = manifest->per_dir_rules,
+                                .backup_suffix = delete_backup_suffix(config)};
+  DeleteWalkResult result = delete_extras_limited_observed(
+      config->receive_root_directory, manifest->keeps, manifest->dirs, remaining, skips.entries,
+      skips.count, &protect, &deleted, &skipped, observer, observer_context);
+  delete_skips_free(&skips);
+  budget->deleted += deleted;
+  budget->skipped += skipped;
+  if (result == DELETE_WALK_LIMIT_REACHED) {
+    budget->limit_hit = true;
+    return true;
+  }
+  if (result != DELETE_WALK_OK) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "deletion failed while removing extraneous files");
+    return false;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool delete_extras_budgeted(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                   DeleteBudgetState* budget) {
+  return delete_extras_budgeted_observed(config, manifest, budget, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Prefixes every observed path with a fixed subtree root, so a nested walk
+   (a recursively removed missing-arg directory) reports receive-root-relative
+   names like the rest of the delete output. */
+typedef struct {
+  DeletePathObserver inner;
+  void* inner_context;
+  const char* prefix;
+} PrefixedDeleteObserver;
+
+static void prefixed_delete_observer(void* context, const char* rel, DeleteEntryType type) {
+  PrefixedDeleteObserver* prefixed = context;
+  if (!prefixed->inner || !rel)
+    return;
+  char* joined = path_cat((char*)prefixed->prefix, rel);
+  if (joined) {
+    prefixed->inner(prefixed->inner_context, joined, type);
+    free(joined);
+  }
+}
+
+/* --delete-missing-args exact-path deletions: each destination mirror in
+   manifest->missing is an explicit user request, so it is removed even when the
+   ordinary extras walk (with its protected prefixes) would leave it alone.  The
+   --delay-updates staging directory and basis snapshots are receiver artifacts
+   and stay protected exactly as in the extras walker.  A regular file or
+   symlink is unlinked, an empty directory removed, and a NON-empty directory is
+   removed recursively only when --delete or --force is in effect (rsync parity:
+   the man page says a non-empty directory mirror is only deleted with --force
+   or --delete); otherwise it is left with a warning and the run continues.  A
+   mirror that does not exist is a no-op.  Each removal draws from the shared
+   --max-delete budget: once it is exhausted the remaining requests are skipped
+   and counted.  Returns false only on a genuine error (a confinement failure on
+   a validated path or an I/O error), which fails the run. */
+
+/* How one missing-args request leaves the driver loop.  The original walker
+   `continue`s past an invalid/protected/absent/budget-skipped request (without
+   breaking) but stops after a request that ran to completion while an error is
+   pending; NEXT/STOP preserve that control flow exactly. */
+typedef enum { MISSING_ARG_NEXT, MISSING_ARG_STOP } MissingArgStep;
+
+/* Remove a NON-empty missing-args directory recursively (--delete/--force in
+   effect): walk its contents through the budgeted extras walker so every removed
+   file/dir counts toward --max-delete (rsync parity), then remove the now-empty
+   directory itself, which costs one more budget unit.  A run that hits the cap
+   leaves the remaining entries in place.  The observer is wrapped so the nested
+   walk reports receive-root-relative paths.  Sets the *removed and *ok outputs. */
+static void delete_nonempty_missing_dir(const char* full, const char* rel,
+                                        DeleteBudgetState* budget, DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                        void* observer_context, bool* removed, bool* ok) {
+  ArrayList* no_keeps = array_list_create(free);
+  /* Never let an accounting slip (deleted > max_delete) underflow the remaining
+     budget into SIZE_MAX, which would grant unlimited deletions. */
+  size_t remaining =
+      budget->deleted >= budget->max_delete ? 0 : budget->max_delete - budget->deleted;
+  size_t contents_deleted = 0;
+  size_t contents_skipped = 0;
+  PrefixedDeleteObserver nested = {observer, observer_context, rel};
+  DeleteWalkResult walk =
+      no_keeps ? delete_extras_limited_observed(full, no_keeps, NULL, remaining, NULL, 0, NULL,
+                                                &contents_deleted, &contents_skipped,
+                                                observer ? prefixed_delete_observer : NULL,
+                                                observer ? &nested : NULL)
+               : DELETE_WALK_ERROR;
+  if (no_keeps)
+    array_list_delete(no_keeps);
+  budget->deleted += contents_deleted;
+  budget->skipped += contents_skipped;
+  if (walk == DELETE_WALK_LIMIT_REACHED) {
+    budget->limit_hit = true;
+  } else if (walk != DELETE_WALK_OK) {
+    *ok = false;
+  } else if (budget->deleted >= budget->max_delete) {
+    budget->limit_hit = true;
+    budget->skipped++;
+  } else if (file_remove_tree_secure(full)) {
+    /* The shared `if (removed)` tail charges this directory exactly once;
+       counting it here too would consume two budget units. */
+    *removed = true;
+  } else {
+    *ok = false;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Remove one missing-args destination mirror.  `skips` holds the receiver
+   artifacts (staging directory, basis snapshots) that stay protected.  Returns
+   MISSING_ARG_STOP when the driver loop must stop (a completed removal left a
+   genuine error pending) and MISSING_ARG_NEXT otherwise; *ok accumulates the
+   overall success across the whole run. */
+static MissingArgStep delete_one_missing_arg(const Config* config, const char* rel,
+                                             const DeleteSkipSet* skips, DeleteBudgetState* budget,
+                                             DeletePathObserver observer, void* observer_context,
+                                             bool* ok) {
+  if (!rel || *rel == '\0' || *rel == '/' || has_path_traversal(rel)) {
+    /* Defensive only: receive_manifest_entries already validated every
+       section identically, so a controlled peer never reaches this branch. */
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "invalid missing-args delete path");
+    *ok = false;
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  bool at_root = strchr(rel, '/') == NULL;
+  if (path_under_skip_prefix(rel, at_root, skips->entries, skips->count)) {
+    char* escaped = output_escape(rel, log_get_8_bit_output());
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                "missing-args path '%s' is protected (staging directory or basis snapshot); "
+                "not deleting",
+                escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+    free(escaped);
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  char* full = path_cat(config->receive_root_directory, rel);
+  if (!full) {
+    *ok = false;
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  char* leaf = NULL;
+  int parent_fd = file_open_secure_parent(full, &leaf, false);
+  if (parent_fd < 0) {
+    /* The mirror's parent directory may itself not exist on the destination
+       (a deeper missing entry whose leading directories were never created).
+       That is a no-op -- there is nothing to delete -- matching
+       file_remove_tree_secure's absent-path handling; only a genuine I/O
+       error (EACCES, a symlink loop, ...) fails the run. */
+    bool absent = errno == ENOENT || errno == ENOTDIR;
+    free(full);
+    free(leaf);
+    if (!absent)
+      *ok = false;
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  struct stat st;
+  if (fstatat(parent_fd, leaf, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
+    /* Already absent: nothing to delete (a no-op, not a deletion). */
+    if (errno != ENOENT)
+      *ok = false;
+    close(parent_fd);
+    free(leaf);
+    free(full);
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  /* An entry that exists is one deletion: skip it (and count it) when the
+     shared --max-delete budget is already exhausted. */
+  if (budget->deleted >= budget->max_delete) {
+    budget->limit_hit = true;
+    budget->skipped++;
+    close(parent_fd);
+    free(leaf);
+    free(full);
+    return MISSING_ARG_NEXT;
+  }
+  bool removed = false;
+  if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+    if (unlinkat(parent_fd, leaf, AT_REMOVEDIR) == 0) {
+      removed = true;
+    } else if (errno == ENOTEMPTY || errno == EEXIST) {
+      close(parent_fd);
+      parent_fd = -1;
+      free(leaf);
+      leaf = NULL;
+      if (config->use_delete || config->force_delete) {
+        delete_nonempty_missing_dir(full, rel, budget, observer, observer_context, &removed, ok);
+      } else {
+        char* escaped = output_escape(rel, log_get_8_bit_output());
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                    "missing-args destination '%s' is a non-empty directory; use --force or "
+                    "--delete to remove it",
+                    escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+        free(escaped);
+      }
+    } else if (errno != ENOENT) {
+      *ok = false;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (unlinkat(parent_fd, leaf, 0) == 0) {
+      removed = true;
+    } else if (errno != ENOENT) {
+      *ok = false;
+    }
+  }
+  if (removed) {
+    budget->deleted++;
+    if (observer)
+      observer(observer_context, rel, delete_entry_type_of_mode(st.st_mode));
+    char* escaped = output_escape(rel, log_get_8_bit_output());
+    fprintf(stderr, "  Deleted: %s\n", escaped ? escaped : "<allocation failed>");
+    free(escaped);
+  }
+  if (parent_fd >= 0)
+    close(parent_fd);
+  free(leaf);
+  free(full);
+  return *ok ? MISSING_ARG_NEXT : MISSING_ARG_STOP;
+}
+
+static bool delete_missing_args_budgeted_observed(const Config* config,
+                                                  const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                                  DeleteBudgetState* budget,
+                                                  DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                                  void* observer_context) {
+  if (!config || !manifest)
+    return false;
+  if (!manifest->missing || manifest->missing->size == 0)
+    return true;
+  fprintf(stderr, "Deleting destination mirrors of missing source arguments...\n");
+  /* The staging directory and basis snapshots stay protected exactly as in the
+     extras walker (the missing-args path overrides the ordinary protected
+     prefixes, so those are not passed here). */
+  DeleteSkipSet skips;
+  if (!delete_skips_build(config, NULL, NULL, true, &skips))
+    return false;
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (int i = 0; i < manifest->missing->size; i++) {
+    const char* rel = (const char*)manifest->missing->items[i];
+    if (delete_one_missing_arg(config, rel, &skips, budget, observer, observer_context, &ok) ==
+        MISSING_ARG_STOP)
+      break;
+  }
+  delete_skips_free(&skips);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Public wrappers used outside the commit path (and by unit tests): no
+   --max-delete budget. */
+bool manifest_would_delete_list(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                ArrayList* out, size_t* count_out) {
+  if (count_out)
+    *count_out = 0;
+  if (!config || !manifest || !manifest->keeps || !out)
+    return false;
+  DeleteSkipSet skips;
+  if (!delete_skips_build(config, manifest->protected, NULL, true, &skips))
+    return false;
+  DeleteProtectRules protect = {.base_rules = config->protect_rules,
+                                .dir_rules = manifest->per_dir_rules,
+                                .backup_suffix = delete_backup_suffix(config)};
+  bool ok = delete_extras_list(config->receive_root_directory, manifest->keeps, manifest->dirs,
+                               skips.entries, skips.count, &protect, out, count_out);
+  delete_skips_free(&skips);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+bool manifest_delete_extras(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest) {
+  DeleteBudgetState budget = {
+      .max_delete = SIZE_MAX, .deleted = 0, .skipped = 0, .limit_hit = false};
+  return delete_extras_budgeted(config, manifest, &budget);
+}
+
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest) {
+  DeleteBudgetState budget = {
+      .max_delete = SIZE_MAX, .deleted = 0, .skipped = 0, .limit_hit = false};
+  return delete_missing_args_budgeted_observed(config, manifest, &budget, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args_limited(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                          size_t max_delete, size_t* deleted, size_t* skipped,
+                                          bool* limit_hit) {
+  return manifest_delete_missing_args_limited_observed(config, manifest, max_delete, deleted,
+                                                       skipped, limit_hit, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args_limited_observed(
+    const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest, size_t max_delete, size_t* deleted,
+    size_t* skipped, bool* limit_hit, DeletePathObserver observer, void* observer_context) {
+  DeleteBudgetState budget = {
+      .max_delete = max_delete, .deleted = 0, .skipped = 0, .limit_hit = false};
+  bool ok =
+      delete_missing_args_budgeted_observed(config, manifest, &budget, observer, observer_context);
+  if (deleted)
+    *deleted = budget.deleted;
+  if (skipped)
+    *skipped = budget.skipped;
+  if (limit_hit)
+    *limit_hit = budget.limit_hit;
+  return ok;
+}
+
+/* Commit every deletion family the manifest carries.  The --delete-missing-args
+   exact-path deletions run FIRST: they are explicit user requests and must not
+   be blocked by the extras walker's filter-exclusion protection (a protected
+   leftover inside a missing-argument directory must not make that user-requested
+   removal fail).  The ordinary extras walk then runs when --delete is active.
+   Both draw from one --max-delete budget; the result reports a cap-stopped
+   (partial) commit distinctly so the client can exit 25 like rsync. */
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest) {
+  return manifest_delete_all_counted(config, manifest, NULL);
+}
+
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all_counted(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                               size_t* deleted) {
+  return manifest_delete_all_observed(config, manifest, deleted, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all_observed(const Config* config,
+                                                const DeleteManifest* manifest, size_t* deleted,
+                                                DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                                void* observer_context) {
+  if (deleted)
+    *deleted = 0;
+  if (!config || !manifest)
+    return DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR;
+  /* Central no-mutation guard: a dry-run never deletes.  No manifest is sent on
+     the dry-run path, but a hostile/buggy peer could; treat it as a no-op so
+     the receiver can never remove anything. */
+  if (config->dry_run)
+    return DELETE_COMMIT_OK;
+  /* A client --max-delete=NUM smaller than the server's hard bound replaces it
+     for this run; both still bound the commit. */
+  bool user_limited =
+      config->max_delete >= 0 && (size_t)config->max_delete < MAX_SERVER_DELETE_COUNT;
+  DeleteBudgetState budget = {.max_delete = user_limited ? (size_t)config->max_delete
+                                                         : MAX_SERVER_DELETE_COUNT,
+                              .deleted = 0,
+                              .skipped = 0,
+                              .limit_hit = false};
+  if (config->delete_missing_args &&
+      !delete_missing_args_budgeted_observed(config, manifest, &budget, observer, observer_context))
+    return DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR;
+  if (config->use_delete &&
+      !delete_extras_budgeted_observed(config, manifest, &budget, observer, observer_context))
+    return DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR;
+  if (deleted)
+    *deleted = budget.deleted;
+  if (budget.limit_hit) {
+    if (user_limited) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Deletions stopped due to --max-delete limit (%zu skipped)",
+                  budget.skipped);
+    } else {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
+                  "Deletions stopped due to the server deletion limit of %u (%zu skipped)",
+                  (unsigned)MAX_SERVER_DELETE_COUNT, budget.skipped);
+    }
+    return DELETE_COMMIT_LIMIT_REACHED;
+  }
+  return DELETE_COMMIT_OK;
+}

src/shared/delete_commit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#ifndef DELETE_COMMIT_H
+#define DELETE_COMMIT_H
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "delete.h"
+#include "filter.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Delete-commit module: delete-manifest receive plus the budgeted extras and
+ * --delete-missing-args walkers.  These declarations are re-exported by the
+ * file_receive.h facade. */
+
+/* A received delete-manifest frame: the keep-set (`keeps`, destination-relative
+   paths the sender transferred/keeps) plus `protected`, destination-relative
+   prefixes the sender asks the receiver never to delete (paths excluded on the
+   source, protected at any depth).  When --delete-excluded is given the sender
+   transmits an empty protected list so excluded destination mirrors are treated
+   as ordinary extras.  With --delete-missing-args a third section (`missing`)
+   carries the destination mirrors of explicitly-listed source entries that do
+   not exist: each is an exact deletion request, independent of the ordinary
+   extras walk (never blocked by the protected prefixes) and processed when the
+   manifest is committed. */
+typedef struct DeleteManifest {
+  ArrayList* keeps;
+  ArrayList* protected;
+  ArrayList* missing;
+  /* Destination-relative paths of the directories the sender synchronized for
+     this run.  The extras walker only removes entries directly inside one of
+     these (the receive root is the "." sentinel); `--files-from` runs therefore
+     leave untransmitted directories and the unlisted parts of listed ones
+     alone, matching rsync's "delete only in synchronized directories". */
+  ArrayList* dirs;
+  /* Per-directory filter rules the sender compiled while scanning (protocol
+     2.30.0), each carrying its owner directory and no-inherit flag.  The
+     receiver evaluates them (deepest before ancestors, then the command-line
+     base rules) against every candidate extra so a destination-only entry that
+     matches ONLY a per-directory `.rsync-filter`/dir-merge rule is shielded.
+     NULL when the sender transmitted none. */
+  FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules;
+} DeleteManifest;
+
+void delete_manifest_free(DeleteManifest* manifest);
+/* Read a delete-manifest frame (protocol 2.23.0): keep count + keeps, then
+   protected count + protected prefixes, then missing count + missing paths,
+   then synchronized-directory count + directory paths (self-delimiting; the
+   leading STATUS_MANIFEST code has been consumed).  Returns an owned
+   DeleteManifest, or NULL after signalling STATUS_ERROR on a malformed frame. */
+DeleteManifest* receive_manifest_entries(int fd);
+/* Remove destination entries under config->receive_root_directory that are not
+   in `manifest` (bounded, all-or-nothing walk; staging-dir, basis-dir and
+   protected-prefix skips).  `--max-delete` and `--force` are honored here.  The
+   caller decides WHEN to run it based on the negotiated delete timing.  Returns
+   false (and the transfer fails) when the deletion cannot be committed. */
+bool manifest_delete_extras(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest);
+/* --delete-missing-args exact-path deletions: remove each destination mirror
+   in `manifest->missing` (never blocked by the protected prefixes, staging dir
+   and basis dirs excluded).  A regular file/symlink is unlinked; an empty
+   directory is removed; a NON-empty directory is removed recursively only when
+   --delete or --force is in effect, otherwise it is left with a warning (rsync
+   parity).  A missing path is a no-op.  Returns false only on a genuine
+   confinement or I/O error (the run then fails); tolerated per-path cases are
+   reported and skipped. */
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest);
+/* Budgeted form of manifest_delete_missing_args for the per-directory delete
+   session: each removed mirror draws from `max_delete` (SIZE_MAX = unlimited)
+   and the tallies are accumulated into `*deleted`/`*skipped`.  `*limit_hit` is set
+   when the budget stopped the pass with entries left over.  Returns false only
+   on a genuine deletion error. */
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args_limited(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                          size_t max_delete, size_t* deleted, size_t* skipped,
+                                          bool* limit_hit);
+/* Observer-aware form of manifest_delete_missing_args_limited: `observer` (may
+   be NULL) is invoked for every destination-relative path truly removed. */
+bool manifest_delete_missing_args_limited_observed(
+    const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest, size_t max_delete, size_t* deleted,
+    size_t* skipped, bool* limit_hit, DeletePathObserver observer, void* observer_context);
+/* Outcome of committing a delete manifest.  LIMIT_REACHED reports rsync's
+   partial --max-delete result: the budget allowed some deletions and the rest
+   were skipped (the run still stores all file data but the client exits 25). */
+typedef enum {
+  DELETE_COMMIT_OK = 0,
+  DELETE_COMMIT_LIMIT_REACHED,
+  DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR
+} DeleteCommitResult;
+
+/* Run every deletion family the manifest carries: the --delete-missing-args
+   exact-path deletions first (user requests are not blocked by exclusion
+   protection), then the ordinary extras walk when --delete is active.  Both
+   share one --max-delete budget.  Returns DELETE_COMMIT_OK when nothing was to
+   do or everything committed, DELETE_COMMIT_LIMIT_REACHED when the budget
+   stopped part of the work, or DELETE_COMMIT_ERROR on a genuine failure. */
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest);
+/* Like manifest_delete_all, but reports how many destination entries the commit
+   removed (for the end-of-transfer wire stats).  `deleted` may be NULL. */
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all_counted(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                               size_t* deleted);
+/* Observer-aware form of manifest_delete_all_counted: `observer` (may be NULL)
+   is invoked for every destination-relative path truly removed. */
+DeleteCommitResult manifest_delete_all_observed(const Config* config,
+                                                const DeleteManifest* manifest, size_t* deleted,
+                                                DeletePathObserver observer,
+                                                void* observer_context);
+
+/* -n/--dry-run --delete would-delete reporting: walk the destination exactly as
+   the delete pass would and append (strdup'd) destination-relative paths that
+   WOULD be removed to `out`, without touching disk.  Uses the same staging-dir,
+   basis-dir and protected-prefix skips as the real commit.  Returns true on a
+   clean walk; `*count_out` receives the number of paths appended. */
+bool manifest_would_delete_list(const Config* config, const DeleteManifest* manifest,
+                                ArrayList* out, size_t* count_out);
+
+#endif

src/shared/delete_plan.h

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#ifndef DELETE_PLAN_H
+#define DELETE_PLAN_H
+
+#include "array_list.h"
+#include "config.h"
+#include "delete.h"
+#include "file_receive.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include "utils.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Per-directory delete plans (protocol 2.24.0).
+ *
+ * rsync's --delete-during removes a directory's extras while the generator
+ * processes that directory, and --delete-delay records the deletion list during
+ * the scan but applies it only after a fully-successful transfer.  FastSync has
+ * no per-directory generator pass; instead the sender streams one plan per
+ * source directory, in directory order, and the receiver applies it when it
+ * arrives (during) or snapshots its extras and commits them at the end (delay).
+ *
+ * The sender side builds a plan set from the path-only pre-scan (it needs every
+ * directory's complete direct-child list before the first data byte of that
+ * directory).  The receiver side is a session that carries the global protected
+ * prefixes (filter-excluded and size-skipped source mirrors), the
+ * --delete-missing-args exact deletions, the shared --max-delete budget and,
+ * for --delete-delay, the snapshotted extras. */
+
+/* Per-directory filter-rule block (protocol 2.30.0).  The sender compiles the
+ * source's per-directory merge rules as it scans and streams them so the
+ * receiver can re-derive the receiver-side protect/risk verdicts for
+ * destination-only entries.  The wire format is a group count, then for each
+ * directory group its relative owner path followed by that directory's rule
+ * records (action, sides, anchored, dir-only, negate, no-inherit, pattern).
+ * All bounds (MAX_FILTER_RULES, MAX_FILTER_BYTES, MAX_PROTECT_PATTERN_LEN) are
+ * enforced on both sides; a malformed receive frame signals STATUS_ERROR and
+ * returns false.  Receive yields a flat FilterRuleList whose rules carry their
+ * owner, or NULL when no rules were sent. */
+bool delete_filter_dir_rules_send(int fd, const FilterRuleList* rules);
+bool delete_filter_dir_rules_receive(int fd, FilterRuleList** out);
+
+/* ---- Sender: plan builder ---- */
+
+typedef struct DeletePlanSender DeletePlanSender;
+
+DeletePlanSender* delete_plan_sender_create(void);
+void delete_plan_sender_destroy(DeletePlanSender* sender);
+/* Record one transmitted entry.  `path` is the destination-relative wire path;
+ * is_dir marks an explicit directory entry (--dirs, a -x mount point). */
+bool delete_plan_sender_add(DeletePlanSender* sender, const char* path, bool is_dir);
+/* Drop plans for directories outside `synced_dirs` (the --files-from
+ * synchronization scope; pass NULL when a full recursive transfer synchronized
+ * every directory).  The receive root is the "." sentinel.
+ *
+ * `walk_root` scopes a general -R transfer: when non-NULL it is the
+ * reconstructed destination prefix the run actually transferred, and only the
+ * plan for that prefix (and directories below it) is ever transmitted, so the
+ * prefix's parent-directory siblings are never walked.  Pass NULL for a plain
+ * recursive transfer and for --files-from. */
+void delete_plan_sender_finalize(DeletePlanSender* sender, const ArrayList* synced_dirs,
+                                 const char* walk_root);
+/* True when no transmitted FILE entry was recorded (an ambiguous empty scan).
+   Directory keep entries do not count, so an I/O error that hid every file
+   still refuses to delete. */
+bool delete_plan_sender_empty(const DeletePlanSender* sender);
+/* Attach the global config sections advertised on the first plan frame.  The
+ * block is always transmitted by delete_plan_send_root(), on a config-only
+ * carrier frame when the scope allows no directory plan. */
+void delete_plan_sender_set_config(DeletePlanSender* sender, const ArrayList* protected_prefixes,
+                                   const ArrayList* size_skipped, const ArrayList* missing_args,
+                                   const FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules);
+/* Send the root plan (even before any data, so root extras are handled like
+ * rsync's first generator directory), after transmitting the per-run config
+ * block on its own carrier frame.  Returns -1 on I/O error. */
+int delete_plan_send_root(int fd, DeletePlanSender* sender);
+/* Send the plans for every ancestor of `path` (root-first) and, when is_dir,
+ * for `path` itself; already-sent plans are skipped. */
+int delete_plan_send_for_path(int fd, DeletePlanSender* sender, const char* path, bool is_dir);
+/* Send the plan for every directory in `dirs` that has not been transmitted
+ * yet. */
+int delete_plan_send_remaining(int fd, DeletePlanSender* sender, const ArrayList* dirs);
+/* Transmit the COMPLETE per-directory plan set in one pass, before any data
+ * frame: the root plan (with the one-shot per-run config block on its carrier
+ * frame) followed by every directory in `dirs`.  Because the whole plan set is
+ * known from the path-only pre-scan, sending it all up front means a
+ * mid-transfer abort has already applied every planned removal, matching
+ * rsync's generator (which runs ahead of its throttled sender).  A completed
+ * run is unaffected.  `dirs` is the set of directories whose direct children
+ * were enumerated (the scanner's plan_dirs sink), so a merely listed but
+ * untraversed directory never gets a plan and its mirror is left intact.
+ * Returns -1 on I/O error. */
+int delete_plan_send_all(int fd, DeletePlanSender* sender, const ArrayList* dirs);
+
+/* ---- Receiver: delete session ---- */
+
+typedef struct DeletePlanSession DeletePlanSession;
+
+DeletePlanSession* delete_plan_session_create(const Config* config);
+void delete_plan_session_destroy(DeletePlanSession* session);
+/* Read one STATUS_DELETE_PLAN frame (the leading status already consumed) and
+ * act on it.  Returns 0 on success (including a dry-run/disabled no-op) and -1
+ * after signalling STATUS_ERROR on a malformed frame or a deletion failure. */
+int delete_plan_session_receive(DeletePlanSession* session, const Config* config, int fd);
+/* Apply the deferred snapshot (--delete-delay) and the missing-args deletions.
+ * Safe to call once; returns the commit outcome. */
+DeleteCommitResult delete_plan_session_commit(DeletePlanSession* session, const Config* config);
+/* True once the shared --max-delete budget stopped part of a deletion. */
+bool delete_plan_session_limit_reached(const DeletePlanSession* session);
+/* Number of destination entries the session actually removed, for the
+   end-of-transfer stats.  For --delete-delay this excludes a snapshotted entry
+   that survived (e.g. a refilled directory that failed ENOTEMPTY), even though
+   that entry already consumed --max-delete budget at snapshot time. */
+size_t delete_plan_session_deleted(const DeletePlanSession* session);
+/* Install an observer invoked for every destination-relative path the session
+   truly removes (including the deferred --delete-delay commit), so the receiver
+   can report rsync's `deleting PATH` lines through the terminal STATUS_STATS
+   record.  Pass NULL/0 to clear. */
+void delete_plan_session_set_delete_observer(DeletePlanSession* session,
+                                             DeletePathObserver observer, void* context);
+
+#endif

src/shared/delta.c

@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 #include "delta.h"
 #include "log.h"
 #include "protocol.h"
+#include <errno.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 
 #define XXH_STATIC_LINKING_ONLY
 #define XXH_IMPLEMENTATION
@@ -82,6 +84,64 @@ DeltaSignature* delta_signature_create_seeded(const void* old_file_data, uint64_
   return sig;
 }
 
+/* Bounded read of exactly `len` bytes at `off`; retries on EINTR. */
+static bool pread_all(int fd, void* buf, size_t len, uint64_t off) {
+  uint8_t* p = buf;
+  size_t done = 0;
+  while (done < len) {
+    ssize_t n = pread(fd, p + done, len - done, (off_t)(off + done));
+    if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+      continue;
+    if (n <= 0)
+      return false;
+    done += (size_t)n;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+DeltaSignature* delta_signature_create_fd_seeded(int fd, uint64_t old_file_size,
+                                                 uint32_t block_size, uint32_t seed) {
+  if (fd < 0 || old_file_size == 0 || block_size == 0 || block_size > DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX ||
+      old_file_size > UINT32_MAX * (uint64_t)block_size)
+    return NULL;
+  uint32_t block_count = (uint32_t)((old_file_size + block_size - 1) / block_size);
+  /* Bound the signature's own memory (block_count * sizeof(DeltaBlockSig)). */
+  if (block_count == 0 || block_count > MAX_DELTA_BLOCKS)
+    return NULL;
+  DeltaSignature* sig = protocol_alloc(sizeof(DeltaSignature));
+  if (!sig)
+    return NULL;
+  sig->file_size = old_file_size;
+  sig->block_size = block_size;
+  sig->block_count = block_count;
+  sig->blocks = protocol_alloc((size_t)block_count * sizeof(DeltaBlockSig));
+  if (!sig->blocks) {
+    free(sig);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  uint8_t* block = malloc(block_size);
+  if (!block) {
+    free(sig->blocks);
+    free(sig);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < block_count; i++) {
+    uint64_t offset = (uint64_t)i * block_size;
+    uint32_t len =
+        (uint32_t)((old_file_size - offset < block_size) ? (old_file_size - offset) : block_size);
+    if (!pread_all(fd, block, len, offset)) {
+      free(block);
+      free(sig->blocks);
+      free(sig);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    sig->blocks[i].adler32 = delta_adler32(block, len);
+    sig->blocks[i].xxhash = delta_xxhash32_seeded(block, len, seed);
+  }
+  free(block);
+  return sig;
+}
+
 Data* delta_signature_serialize(const DeltaSignature* sig) {
   if (!sig)
     return NULL;
@@ -687,6 +747,130 @@ void* delta_apply(const void* old_data, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta,
   return output;
 }
 
+void* delta_apply_fd(int src_fd, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta, uint32_t block_size) {
+  if (!delta || block_size == 0 || block_size > DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX ||
+      (delta->instruction_count > 0 && !delta->instructions) || delta->new_file_size == 0 ||
+      delta->new_file_size > SIZE_MAX)
+    return NULL;
+
+  void* output = protocol_alloc((size_t)delta->new_file_size);
+  if (!output)
+    return NULL;
+
+  uint8_t* out = (uint8_t*)output;
+  uint64_t out_pos = 0;
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < delta->instruction_count; i++) {
+    if (delta->instructions[i].type == DELTA_INSTR_BLOCK_MATCH) {
+      uint64_t src_offset = (uint64_t)delta->instructions[i].match.block_index * block_size;
+      if (src_offset > UINT64_MAX - delta->instructions[i].match.block_offset) {
+        free(output);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      src_offset += delta->instructions[i].match.block_offset;
+      uint32_t len = delta->instructions[i].match.length;
+
+      if (src_offset > old_size || (uint64_t)len > old_size - src_offset ||
+          out_pos > delta->new_file_size || (uint64_t)len > delta->new_file_size - out_pos) {
+        free(output);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      if (!pread_all(src_fd, out + out_pos, len, src_offset)) {
+        free(output);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      out_pos += len;
+    } else if (delta->instructions[i].type == DELTA_INSTR_LITERAL) {
+      uint32_t len = delta->instructions[i].literal.length;
+      if (out_pos > delta->new_file_size || (uint64_t)len > delta->new_file_size - out_pos) {
+        free(output);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      memcpy(out + out_pos, delta->instructions[i].literal.data, len);
+      out_pos += len;
+    } else {
+      free(output);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (out_pos != delta->new_file_size) {
+    free(output);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return output;
+}
+
+bool delta_apply_to_fd(const void* old_data, int src_fd, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta,
+                       uint32_t block_size, int dst_fd) {
+  if (!delta || (old_data == NULL && src_fd < 0) || block_size == 0 ||
+      block_size > DELTA_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX || (delta->instruction_count > 0 && !delta->instructions))
+    return false;
+  const int chunk = 1 << 20;
+  uint8_t* buf = malloc((size_t)chunk);
+  if (!buf)
+    return false;
+  uint64_t out_pos = 0;
+  bool ok = true;
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < delta->instruction_count && ok; i++) {
+    uint64_t src_offset = 0;
+    uint64_t len = 0;
+    const uint8_t* lit = NULL;
+    if (delta->instructions[i].type == DELTA_INSTR_BLOCK_MATCH) {
+      src_offset = (uint64_t)delta->instructions[i].match.block_index * block_size;
+      if (src_offset > UINT64_MAX - delta->instructions[i].match.block_offset ||
+          src_offset + delta->instructions[i].match.block_offset > old_size) {
+        ok = false;
+        break;
+      }
+      src_offset += delta->instructions[i].match.block_offset;
+      len = delta->instructions[i].match.length;
+      if (len > old_size - src_offset) {
+        ok = false;
+        break;
+      }
+    } else if (delta->instructions[i].type == DELTA_INSTR_LITERAL) {
+      lit = delta->instructions[i].literal.data;
+      len = delta->instructions[i].literal.length;
+    } else {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (out_pos > delta->new_file_size || len > delta->new_file_size - out_pos) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+    uint64_t done = 0;
+    while (ok && done < len) {
+      size_t want = (len - done) < (uint64_t)chunk ? (size_t)(len - done) : (size_t)chunk;
+      if (lit) {
+        memcpy(buf, lit + done, want);
+      } else if (old_data) {
+        memcpy(buf, (const uint8_t*)old_data + src_offset + done, want);
+      } else if (!pread_all(src_fd, buf, want, src_offset + done)) {
+        ok = false;
+        break;
+      }
+      const uint8_t* p = buf;
+      size_t written = 0;
+      while (written < want) {
+        ssize_t n = write(dst_fd, p + written, want - written);
+        if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+          continue;
+        if (n <= 0) {
+          ok = false;
+          break;
+        }
+        written += (size_t)n;
+      }
+      done += want;
+    }
+    out_pos += len;
+  }
+  free(buf);
+  return ok && out_pos == delta->new_file_size;
+}
+
 void delta_destroy(Delta* delta) {
   if (!delta)
     return;

src/shared/delta.h

@@ -61,6 +61,13 @@ DeltaSignature* delta_signature_create(const void* old_file_data, uint64_t old_f
  * identical to the unseeded function. */
 DeltaSignature* delta_signature_create_seeded(const void* old_file_data, uint64_t old_file_size,
                                               uint32_t block_size, uint32_t seed);
+/* Streaming equivalent of delta_signature_create_seeded: reads the basis blocks
+ * from `fd` in bounded chunks, so an arbitrarily large basis can be signed
+ * without materializing it.  The signature itself is bounded (MAX_DELTA_BLOCKS
+ * entries); an over-large basis returns NULL and the caller falls back to a
+ * whole-file transfer. */
+DeltaSignature* delta_signature_create_fd_seeded(int fd, uint64_t old_file_size,
+                                                 uint32_t block_size, uint32_t seed);
 Data* delta_signature_serialize(const DeltaSignature* sig);
 DeltaSignature* delta_signature_deserialize(const Data* data);
 void delta_signature_destroy(DeltaSignature* sig);
@@ -75,6 +82,15 @@ Delta* delta_compute_seeded(const void* new_file_data, uint64_t new_file_size,
 Data* delta_serialize(const Delta* delta);
 Delta* delta_deserialize(const Data* data);
 void* delta_apply(const void* old_data, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta, uint32_t block_size);
+/* Streaming equivalent of delta_apply: matched blocks are read from `src_fd` as
+ * they are emitted, so the basis never has to be resident. */
+void* delta_apply_fd(int src_fd, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta, uint32_t block_size);
+/* Fully streamed reconstruction: matched blocks come from `old_data` (when
+ * non-NULL) or are read from `src_fd`, and the reconstructed bytes are written
+ * straight to `dst_fd` in bounded chunks, so a reconstructed file larger than
+ * memory is never materialized. */
+bool delta_apply_to_fd(const void* old_data, int src_fd, uint64_t old_size, const Delta* delta,
+                       uint32_t block_size, int dst_fd);
 void delta_destroy(Delta* delta);
 
 bool delta_should_attempt(uint64_t old_size, uint64_t new_size, uint64_t max_file_size);

src/shared/file.h

@@ -28,17 +28,36 @@ void file_metadata_destroy(void* metadata);
 /* --open-noatime process-wide sender policy; see file.c. */
 void file_set_open_noatime(bool enable);
 bool file_get_open_noatime(void);
+/* Capture the process umask ONCE, before any threads are created.  Call this at
+ * the very top of main() in both entry points so the cached value is read while
+ * the process is still single-threaded: reading the umask needs a get+set round
+ * trip (umask(0); umask(old)), which would race against receiver threads
+ * creating files if it happened during the first write.  Idempotent and safe to
+ * call more than once. */
+void file_umask_capture(void);
+/* Process-wide umask, captured once (thread-safe).  Used to derive the mode of
+ * a brand-new destination like rsync: source_mode & 0777 & ~umask.  Falls back
+ * to file_umask_capture() (behind pthread_once) if capture was never called. */
+unsigned file_process_umask(void);
 /* Open `path` read-only for transfer, honouring --open-noatime when set. */
 int file_open_for_read(const char* path);
 bool file_write_to_disk(const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long long data_size,
                         bool inplace, bool sparse);
 
-/* Symlink trust-boundary helpers (Phase 4, symlink wave).  --munge-links
+/* Symlink trust-boundary helpers (Phase 4, symlink wave; rsync parity).
- * sender-side marker: every transmitted symlink target is prefixed with this
+ * --munge-links is a RECEIVER-side rewrite: rsync prefixes every stored symlink
- * while the flag is on; the receiver strips it to restore the real target. */
+ * target with this marker, making the link unusable while the referenced
-#define SYMLINK_MUNGE_PREFIX "#SYMLINK/"
+ * directory does not exist.  A SENDER receiving a munged source strips it back
+ * off before transmitting (so a munged tree round-trips through the receiver's
+ * re-munging). */
+#define SYMLINK_MUNGE_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"
 
 char* file_symlink_munge(const char* target);
+/* rsync 3.4.1 unsafe_symlink(): true when `target` escapes the transfer tree
+ * rooted at `link_path` (the symlink's transfer-relative path incl. its name).
+ * Absolute/empty targets and targets climbing above the transfer root (via
+ * "..") are unsafe, as are internal "/../" components and trailing "/..". */
+bool file_symlink_unsafe(const char* target, const char* link_path);
 /* True when a lexical target is relative and contains no ".." component, so it
  * can never escape the receive root once created beneath it. */
 bool file_symlink_target_contained(const char* target);
@@ -46,8 +65,9 @@ bool file_symlink_target_contained(const char* target);
  * returns true when a marker was removed. */
 bool file_symlink_unmunge(char* target);
 /* Create a symlink at `path` -> `target`, confined below the authorized root
- * (O_NOFOLLOW parent walk, symlinkat; the target is never followed).  Returns
+ * (O_NOFOLLOW parent walk, symlinkat; the target is never followed).  The link
- * false when a directory already occupies `path`. */
+ * value is copied verbatim (rsync -l); only the placement path is confined.
+ * Returns false when a directory already occupies `path`. */
 bool file_symlink_at_secure(const char* path, const char* target);
 /* --keep-dirlinks (-K) receiver process-wide policy: allow an in-root existing
  * symlink-to-directory to be followed as a directory. */
@@ -67,6 +87,11 @@ bool file_path_exists_secure(const char* path);
 bool file_stat_secure(const char* path, struct stat* st);
 bool file_destination_is_newer_secure(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata);
 int file_open_secure_parent(const char* path, char** leaf_out, bool create_dirs);
+/* Protocol 2.28.0 variant: also increments *dirs_created for every missing
+ * parent directory this walk creates that lies strictly below `count_floor`
+ * (a receive-root-relative path, or NULL to count all of them). */
+int file_open_secure_parent_counted(const char* path, char** leaf_out, bool create_dirs,
+                                    unsigned* dirs_created, const char* count_floor);
 bool file_ensure_directory_secure(const char* path);
 bool file_directory_exists_secure(const char* path);
 bool file_rename_secure(const char* old_path, const char* new_path);
@@ -75,37 +100,44 @@ bool file_rename_secure(const char* old_path, const char* new_path);
    regular file.  See the .c for the exact success semantics. */
 bool file_remove_tree_secure(const char* path);
 /* Open a private 0700 directory (creating it on demand) that must live below
-   the authorized root.  Used for the --temp-dir scratch directory and the
+   the authorized root.  Used for the --delay-updates staging directory. */
-   --delay-updates staging directory. */
 int file_open_private_dir(const char* dir_path);
 
+/* Open an existing --temp-dir scratch directory (relative or absolute; no
+   creation).  When an authorized receive root is configured the directory's
+   REAL path (symlinks resolved) must lie within it, so a client-planted
+   symlink cannot redirect receiver scratch files outside the sandbox; an
+   in-root symlink to another filesystem is still allowed for rsync's EXDEV
+   fallback. */
+int file_open_temp_dir(const char* dir_path);
+
 /* The file_to_disk_secure* variants write a temporary copy in the destination
-   directory and atomically rename it over `path`.  temp_dir is an absolute,
+   directory and atomically rename it over `path`.  temp_dir is a scratch
-   root-confined scratch directory (already validated by the caller): when it
+   directory (an absolute path, or one the caller already resolved against the
-   is non-NULL the temporary copy is instead created there (with a name unique
+   destination root): when it is non-NULL the temporary copy is instead created
-   across the whole scratch directory) and atomically renamed into the
+   there (with a name unique across the whole scratch directory) and atomically
-   destination directory once fully written and fsynced.  A rename across
+   renamed into the destination directory once fully written and fsynced.  When
-   filesystems (EXDEV) fails the write with an error; the file is never
+   that rename/link fails with EXDEV (the scratch dir is on another filesystem)
-   silently copied into place.  Pass NULL for the historical same-directory
+   the write falls back to a non-atomic copy directly in the destination
-   behavior.  --inplace writes never use temp_dir. */
+   directory, matching rsync.  Pass NULL for the same-directory behavior.
+   --inplace writes never use temp_dir. */
 bool file_to_disk_secure(const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long long data_size,
                          bool inplace, bool sparse, bool preallocate, const FileMetadata* metadata,
-                         bool preserve_executability, const char* temp_dir);
+                         FileAttrPolicy policy, const char* temp_dir);
 bool file_to_disk_secure_with_fsync(const char* path, const void* data,
                                     unsigned long long data_size, bool inplace, bool sparse,
                                     bool preallocate, const FileMetadata* metadata,
-                                    bool preserve_executability, bool use_fsync,
+                                    FileAttrPolicy policy, bool use_fsync, const char* temp_dir);
-                                    const char* temp_dir);
 /* With update enabled, an existing newer destination is left untouched.  The
    check is descriptor-based for inplace writes; atomic replacement still has
    an unavoidable final rename race without filesystem locking. */
 bool file_to_disk_secure_update(const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long long data_size,
                                 bool inplace, bool sparse, bool preallocate,
-                                const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability,
+                                const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy,
                                 const char* temp_dir);
 bool file_to_disk_secure_no_replace(const char* path, const void* data,
                                     unsigned long long data_size, bool sparse, bool preallocate,
-                                    const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability,
+                                    const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy,
                                     const char* temp_dir);
 /* Receiver write-path variant that also applies per-file xattrs (-X/-A) and the
  * --fake-super stat xattr fd-relative before the final rename.  `update` /
@@ -113,10 +145,9 @@ bool file_to_disk_secure_no_replace(const char* path, const void* data,
  * enables --partial best-effort retention of a failed write's temp. */
 bool file_to_disk_secure_attrs(const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long long data_size,
                                bool inplace, bool sparse, bool preallocate,
-                               const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability,
+                               const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy, bool update,
-                               bool update, bool no_replace, bool use_fsync,
+                               bool no_replace, bool use_fsync, const FileXattrList* xattrs,
-                               const FileXattrList* xattrs, bool fake_super, bool keep_partial,
+                               bool fake_super, bool keep_partial, const char* temp_dir);
-                               const char* temp_dir);
 /* Atomic --link-dest install: replace `path` with a hard link to `basis_path`
    (via a temp name + rename); fall back to a byte-identical local copy from
    `data` when the link is impossible (EXDEV/EPERM/unsupported filesystem).
@@ -125,16 +156,65 @@ bool file_to_disk_secure_attrs(const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long
    never re-allocated). */
 bool file_to_disk_secure_link(const char* path, const char* basis_path, const void* data,
                               unsigned long long data_size, bool preallocate,
-                              const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability,
+                              const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy, bool use_fsync,
-                              bool use_fsync, const char* temp_dir);
+                              const char* temp_dir);
 /* Like file_to_disk_secure_link, but the byte-copy fallback also applies the
  * per-file xattrs (-X/-A) and --fake-super stat xattr (fd-relative).  On a
  * successful hard link no attributes are applied (the shared inode already
  * carries the basis's). */
 bool file_to_disk_secure_link_attrs(const char* path, const char* basis_path, const void* data,
                                     unsigned long long data_size, bool preallocate,
-                                    const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability,
+                                    const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy,
                                     bool use_fsync, const FileXattrList* xattrs, bool fake_super,
                                     const char* temp_dir);
+/* Streaming --copy-dest install: atomically materialize `path` by copying the
+ * bytes of `basis_path` through a bounded buffer (no whole-file buffering, so
+ * an arbitrarily large basis works), applying the SOURCE metadata and the
+ * per-file xattrs / --fake-super record.  `update` honors a newer destination;
+ * a --temp-dir scratch location falls back to a direct write on EXDEV. */
+bool file_copy_basis_stream_attrs(const char* path, const char* basis_path,
+                                  unsigned long long expected_size, bool preallocate,
+                                  const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy, bool update,
+                                  bool use_fsync, const FileXattrList* xattrs, bool fake_super,
+                                  const char* temp_dir);
+/* Receive one length-prefixed whole-file data frame, streaming the payload
+ * through a bounded buffer when it (or its known logical size) exceeds
+ * `stream_limit`.  On success exactly one of *out_buffer / *out_spool is set:
+ *   - *out_buffer: the historical charged whole-buffer Data (caller destroys);
+ *   - *out_spool: an owned temp path holding the payload, installed through the
+ *     File's basis_copy field with File.data_spool set so file_destroy unlinks
+ *     it.  The destination policy/metadata/atomic-store handling is then the
+ *     existing bounded-buffer basis install (file_copy_basis_stream_attrs).
+ * `expected_size` (0 = unknown) is the logical size from the check frame;
+ * `dest_path` locates the spool next to the destination; `compress` selects
+ * incremental decompression.  Returns false on any framing/I/O/size error. */
+bool file_receive_payload(int fd, bool compress, unsigned long long expected_size,
+                          const char* dest_path, unsigned long long stream_limit, Data** out_buffer,
+                          char** out_spool, unsigned long long* out_size);
+/* Create a confined spool temp file next to `dest_path`; returns an open write
+ * fd and an owned absolute path (to be installed via File.basis_copy with
+ * File.data_spool set, and unlinked by file_destroy). */
+int file_spool_for_payload(const char* dest_path, char** out_spool_path);
+/* Protocol 2.28.0 receiver-stat variants: like the two above but additionally
+ * report through `dirs_created` (when non-NULL) how many parent directories the
+ * confined secure walk had to create that lie strictly below `count_floor` (a
+ * receive-root-relative prefix, or NULL for all).  Used to reproduce rsync's
+ * `Number of created files` directory count on a fresh destination. */
+bool file_to_disk_secure_attrs_counted(
+    const char* path, const void* data, unsigned long long data_size, bool inplace, bool sparse,
+    bool preallocate, const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy, bool update,
+    bool no_replace, bool use_fsync, const FileXattrList* xattrs, bool fake_super,
+    bool keep_partial, const char* temp_dir, unsigned* dirs_created, const char* count_floor,
+    uint32_t fake_super_rdev_major, uint32_t fake_super_rdev_minor);
+bool file_to_disk_secure_link_attrs_counted(const char* path, const char* basis_path,
+                                            const void* data, unsigned long long data_size,
+                                            bool preallocate, const FileMetadata* metadata,
+                                            FileAttrPolicy policy, bool use_fsync,
+                                            const FileXattrList* xattrs, bool fake_super,
+                                            const char* temp_dir, unsigned* dirs_created,
+                                            const char* count_floor);
+/* The logical transfer root expressed receive-root-relative, or NULL when the
+ * wire paths carry no mirror scaffolding above it.  Caller frees non-NULL. */
+char* file_transfer_root_floor(const Config* config);
 
 #endif

src/shared/file_attr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#ifndef FILE_ATTR_H
+#define FILE_ATTR_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/*
+ * Per-attribute receiver policy for applying a transmitted FileMetadata.  This
+ * is the split-out replacement for the former single use_metadata bundle: each
+ * flag is applied independently, matching rsync's -p/-t/-o/-g/-E/-U semantics.
+ * `use_metadata` remains the transport/presence gate (whether the metadata frame
+ * travelled at all); this struct decides which attributes are ACTUALLY applied.
+ *
+ * It lives in its own header (rather than metadata.h) because xattr.h's
+ * fake_super_restore_fd() takes one and metadata.h <-> file_types.h form an
+ * include cycle that must not be entered from xattr.h.
+ *
+ * The mode leg is: perms wins over executability; an exec-bits-only change is
+ * made only when perms is off; when neither is set the receiver deliberately
+ * sets no source mode.  file.c then substitutes the pre-existing destination
+ * mode for a brand-new destination with metadata it uses the sanitized
+ * source-mode-&-umask base (S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH cleared), and the fixed 0644
+ * default only when no metadata is available at all, so a no--p overwrite
+ * does not lose the destination's perms.
+ */
+typedef struct FileAttrPolicy {
+  bool perms;         /* config->preserve_perms: apply the source mode bits */
+  bool times;         /* config->preserve_times: apply the source mtime */
+  bool atimes;        /* config->preserve_atimes (-U): apply the source atime */
+  bool executability; /* config->use_executability (-E): exec-bits-only mode */
+  /* privilege_super_mode_permitted(): when false (SUPER_MODE_OFF / --no-super,
+     or a daemon that did not grant `client owner = yes`), the setuid/setgid/
+     sticky bits are stripped from every applied mode (source mode and any
+     --chmod result) even under --perms.  When true, rsync's exact semantics are
+     preserved: -p copies the special bits and the kernel decides. */
+  bool super_permitted;
+} FileAttrPolicy;
+
+/* Build the per-attribute policy from a connection's Config.  A NULL config
+ * yields the all-off policy (no attribute application). */
+FileAttrPolicy file_attr_policy_from_config(const Config* config);
+
+#endif

src/shared/file_list.c

@@ -240,3 +240,29 @@ bool file_list_affects(const FileListSet* set, const char* rel) {
      entry (binary search for the first entry at or after `rel` + '/'). */
   return path_index_has_descendant(&set->index, rel);
 }
+
+bool file_list_dir_in_scope(const FileListSet* set, const char* rel) {
+  if (!set || set->whole_tree)
+    return true;
+  if (!rel || rel[0] == '\0')
+    return false;
+  /* `rel` itself is listed, or one of its ancestor prefixes is an exact listed
+     directory (a listed prefix of a directory path is necessarily a
+     directory). */
+  size_t len = strlen(rel);
+  while (len > 0) {
+    const char* slash = NULL;
+    for (size_t i = len; i-- > 0;) {
+      if (rel[i] == '/') {
+        slash = rel + i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!slash)
+      break;
+    len = (size_t)(slash - rel);
+    if (path_index_contains_n(&set->index, rel, len))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return path_index_contains(&set->index, rel);
+}

src/shared/file_list.h

@@ -40,4 +40,14 @@ void file_list_destroy(FileListSet* set);
  * this returns true, files are transferred only when it returns true. */
 bool file_list_affects(const FileListSet* set, const char* rel);
 
+/* True when the DIRECTORY `rel` (path relative to the source root) is inside a
+ * listed directory subtree: `rel` itself is a listed entry, or one of `rel`'s
+ * ancestor directory prefixes is an exact listed entry.  Unlike
+ * file_list_affects this does NOT treat an ancestor of a listed entry as
+ * affected, so an implied parent directory of a listed file is not synchronized
+ * (rsync deletes nothing in it).  With no set or a whole-tree set every
+ * directory is in scope.  This is the delete-walker's "synchronized directory"
+ * predicate. */
+bool file_list_dir_in_scope(const FileListSet* set, const char* rel);
+
 #endif

src/shared/file_receive.h

@@ -2,10 +2,19 @@
 #define FILE_RECEIVE_H
 
 #include "config.h"
+#include "delete_commit.h"
+#include "file_save.h"
 #include "file_types.h"
+#include "incremental_check.h"
+#include "utils.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
-/* Server-side file receive/save path. */
+/* Server-side file receive/save path.
+ *
+ * This header is the public facade for the file_receive module family: the
+ * wire receive dispatch (this file) plus the save-to-disk (file_save.h), the
+ * incremental check (incremental_check.h) and the delete-commit
+ * (delete_commit.h) modules. */
 
 /* Cumulative caps for the deferred directory-time accumulator.  The sender may
  * legitimately split a large tree across repeated STATUS_DIR_TIMES frames, so a
@@ -22,15 +31,6 @@ File* file_receive_dir_time(int file_descriptor, const Config* config);
 File* file_receive_hardlink(int file_descriptor);
 File* file_receive_symlink(int file_descriptor, const Config* config);
 File* file_receive_special(int file_descriptor);
-bool file_special_rdev_valid(int32_t major, int32_t minor, mode_t mode);
-File* receive_incremental_check(int fd, const Config* config, bool* skipped);
-/* Extended variant used by the receiver.  `would_transfer` (may be NULL) is set
- * true only on the server-contacting --dry-run path when the file is not up to
- * date: the receiver has already sent STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER and returns NULL
- * without storing anything.  On that path `*skipped` is true for an up-to-date
- * (STATUS_OK) file and both flags are false for a genuine error. */
-File* receive_incremental_check_ex(int fd, const Config* config, bool* skipped,
-                                   bool* would_transfer);
 
 /* P7 Wave D directory-time accumulator.  The receiver collects the metadata of
  * every directory it creates/receives (STATUS_MKDIR with metadata and/or the
@@ -42,80 +42,36 @@ File* receive_incremental_check_ex(int fd, const Config* config, bool* skipped,
 typedef struct {
   char** paths;           /* owned, destination-relative wire paths */
   FileMetadata* entries;  /* owned, parallel to paths */
+  FileXattrList** xattrs; /* owned, parallel to paths; NULL when none */
   size_t count;
   size_t capacity;
   size_t bytes; /* cumulative strlen of every retained path */
 } DirTimeList;
 
 /* Capture gate shared by the sender-side and receiver-side sinks: directory
- * metadata is accumulated only when --times/--metadata is in effect and
+ * metadata is accumulated only when a directory attribute is requested
- * -O/--omit-dir-times does not suppress it.  Kept here, next to the accumulator
+ * (-p/--perms for directory modes, or -t/--times for directory mtimes with
- * it guards, so both call sites express the same condition. */
+ * -O/--omit-dir-times not suppressing them) and metadata rides the wire.  Kept
-bool dir_times_should_capture(const Config* config);
+ * here, next to the accumulator it guards, so both call sites express the same
+ * condition. */
+bool dir_metadata_should_capture(const Config* config);
 
 void dir_time_list_init(DirTimeList* list);
 void dir_time_list_free(DirTimeList* list);
-/* Deep-copy one directory's path + metadata into the list.  Returns false on
+/* Deep-copy one directory's path + metadata (and, when non-NULL, its captured
- * allocation failure OR when the cumulative entry/byte caps would be exceeded
+ * xattr/ACL block) into the list.  Returns false on allocation failure OR when
- * (the caller fails the transfer). */
+ * the cumulative entry/byte caps would be exceeded (the caller fails the
-bool dir_time_list_add(DirTimeList* list, const char* wire_path, const FileMetadata* metadata);
+ * transfer). */
-/* Apply every accumulated directory's mtime (and atime when captured) beneath
+bool dir_time_list_add(DirTimeList* list, const char* wire_path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
- * `root_directory`, confined fd-relative.  Best-effort per entry: an absent
+                       const FileXattrList* xattrs);
- * directory (an empty/pruned source dir that was deliberately not created) or a
+/* Apply every accumulated directory's metadata beneath `root_directory`,
- * non-directory at the path is skipped QUIETLY, an unreachable one with a
+ * confined fd-relative: ownership through the negotiated identity policy,
- * warning, and never fatal. */
+ * times (mtime, plus atime when -U captured one under -t), the mode (through
-void dir_time_list_apply(const DirTimeList* list, const char* root_directory);
+ * --chmod when configured, under -p), and the captured xattrs/ACLs (under
-
+ * -X/-A).  Best-effort per entry: an absent directory (an empty/pruned source
-/* A received delete-manifest frame: the keep-set (`keeps`, destination-relative
+ * dir that was deliberately not created) or a non-directory at the path is
-   paths the sender transferred/keeps) plus `protected`, destination-relative
+ * skipped QUIETLY, an unreachable one with a warning, and never fatal. */
-   prefixes the sender asks the receiver never to delete (paths excluded on the
+void dir_metadata_list_apply(const DirTimeList* list, const char* root_directory,
-   source, protected at any depth).  When --delete-excluded is given the sender
-   transmits an empty protected list so excluded destination mirrors are treated
-   as ordinary extras.  With --delete-missing-args a third section (`missing`)
-   carries the destination mirrors of explicitly-listed source entries that do
-   not exist: each is an exact deletion request, independent of the ordinary
-   extras walk (never blocked by the protected prefixes) and processed when the
-   manifest is committed. */
-typedef struct DeleteManifest {
-  ArrayList* keeps;
-  ArrayList* protected;
-  ArrayList* missing;
-} DeleteManifest;
-
-void delete_manifest_free(DeleteManifest* manifest);
-/* Read a delete-manifest frame: keep count + keeps, then protected count +
-   protected prefixes, then missing count + missing paths (self-delimiting; the
-   leading STATUS_MANIFEST code has been consumed).  Returns an owned
-   DeleteManifest, or NULL after signalling STATUS_ERROR on a malformed frame. */
-DeleteManifest* receive_manifest_entries(int fd);
-/* Remove destination entries under config->receive_root_directory that are not
-   in `manifest` (bounded, all-or-nothing walk; staging-dir, basis-dir and
-   protected-prefix skips).  `--max-delete` and `--force` are honored here.  The
-   caller decides WHEN to run it based on the negotiated delete timing.  Returns
-   false (and the transfer fails) when the deletion cannot be committed. */
-bool manifest_delete_extras(const Config* config, DeleteManifest* manifest);
-/* --delete-missing-args exact-path deletions: remove each destination mirror
-   in `manifest->missing` (never blocked by the protected prefixes, staging dir
-   and basis dirs excluded).  A regular file/symlink is unlinked; an empty
-   directory is removed; a NON-empty directory is removed recursively only when
-   --delete or --force is in effect, otherwise it is left with a warning (rsync
-   parity).  A missing path is a no-op.  Returns false only on a genuine
-   confinement or I/O error (the run then fails); tolerated per-path cases are
-   reported and skipped. */
-bool manifest_delete_missing_args(const Config* config, DeleteManifest* manifest);
-/* Run every deletion family the manifest carries: the --delete-missing-args
-   exact-path deletions first (user requests are not blocked by exclusion
-   protection), then the ordinary extras walk when --delete is active.  Returns
-   true when nothing to do or everything committed. */
-bool manifest_delete_all(const Config* config, DeleteManifest* manifest);
-
-/* Outcome of a single file_save_to_disk operation.  The receiver needs to
-   distinguish "written" from "skipped" so --remove-source-files can be told
-   which sources were actually stored. */
-typedef enum { FILE_SAVE_ERROR = 0, FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN = 1, FILE_SAVE_SKIPPED = 2 } FileSaveResult;
-
-FileSaveResult file_save_to_disk_full(const char* root_directory, const File* file,
                              const Config* config);
-bool file_save_to_disk(const char* root_directory, const File* file, const Config* config);
 
 #endif

src/shared/file_save.h

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#ifndef FILE_SAVE_H
+#define FILE_SAVE_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "file_types.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Save-to-disk module: regular-file/symlink/hardlink/special install, xattr
+ * application, --fake-super and the --delay-updates staging path.  These
+ * declarations are re-exported by the file_receive.h facade. */
+
+/* Outcome of a single file_save_to_disk operation.  The receiver needs to
+   distinguish "written" from "skipped" so --remove-source-files can be told
+   which sources were actually stored.  FILE_SAVE_FAILED is a per-entry failure
+   (for example a device node that mknodat() refused with EPERM/EACCES): it is
+   logged and counted by the receiver but does NOT abort the transfer, matching
+   rsync's continue-and-exit-partial behavior. */
+typedef enum {
+  FILE_SAVE_ERROR = 0,
+  FILE_SAVE_WRITTEN = 1,
+  FILE_SAVE_SKIPPED = 2,
+  FILE_SAVE_FAILED = 3
+} FileSaveResult;
+
+bool file_special_rdev_valid(int32_t major, int32_t minor, mode_t mode);
+
+FileSaveResult file_save_to_disk_full(const char* root_directory, const File* file,
+                                      const Config* config);
+/* Protocol 2.28.0 variant: also reports through `created` (when non-NULL)
+ * whether the destination entry did not exist before this save, and through
+ * `created_dirs` how many parent directories the confined walk created, so the
+ * receiver can build rsync's `Number of created files` breakdown.  The plain
+ * file_save_to_disk_full() is this with both out-params NULL. */
+FileSaveResult file_save_to_disk_full_ex(const char* root_directory, const File* file,
+                                         const Config* config, bool* created,
+                                         unsigned* created_dirs);
+bool file_save_to_disk(const char* root_directory, const File* file, const Config* config);
+
+/* Protocol 2.28.0 receiver counter accumulator: fold one successfully saved
+ * entry into `stats`, adding its receiver-observed literal bytes and, when
+ * `created`, the matching created-by-type counter (regular file / symlink /
+ * special) plus `created_dirs` implicitly-created parent directories.
+ * Non-first hardlink siblings contribute no literal bytes. */
+void receiver_stats_note_saved(ReceiverStats* stats, const File* file, bool created,
+                               unsigned created_dirs);
+
+#endif

src/shared/file_send.c

@@ -44,12 +44,138 @@ bool file_send_single_calls(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata,
                                           send_path, NULL, -1, 0, false);
 }
 
+/* Stream-compress a whole source file into a temp file, then transmit it as the
+ * normal length-prefixed data frame.  Used when the source was too large to
+ * load (File.data.data == NULL): the source is read in bounded chunks through a
+ * streaming codec, so neither the raw nor the compressed image is held in
+ * memory.  The compressed length must be known before the frame is sent (the
+ * wire is length-prefixed), so the stream lands in a private temp file first. */
+bool file_send_compressed_stream_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata,
+                                           int compression_level, bool send_path,
+                                           char* const* skip_suffixes, int skip_count,
+                                           int compression_threads, bool send_xattrs) {
+  /* The caller has already decided this file compresses; the skip list is part
+     of the public signature for symmetry with the buffered path. */
+  (void)skip_suffixes;
+  (void)skip_count;
+  if (!file || !file->path || !file->data || file->data->size == 0 || file->data->data != NULL)
+    return false;
+  CompressionAlgo algo = compression_get_algo();
+  CompressionStreamCompressor* compressor =
+      compression_stream_compressor_create(algo, compression_level, compression_threads);
+  if (!compressor) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "streaming compression is not available for this codec; "
+                                 "the source was not loaded for the buffered path");
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  int src = file_open_for_read(file->path);
+  if (src < 0) {
+    compression_stream_compressor_destroy(compressor);
+    return false;
+  }
+  struct stat src_st;
+  if (fstat(src, &src_st) != 0 || !S_ISREG(src_st.st_mode) ||
+      (unsigned long long)src_st.st_size < file->data->size) {
+    close(src);
+    compression_stream_compressor_destroy(compressor);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  const char* tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR");
+  if (!tmpdir || tmpdir[0] == '\0')
+    tmpdir = "/tmp";
+  size_t tmplen = strlen(tmpdir) + strlen("/fastsync-z-XXXXXX") + 1;
+  char* tmpl = malloc(tmplen);
+  if (!tmpl) {
+    close(src);
+    compression_stream_compressor_destroy(compressor);
+    return false;
+  }
+  snprintf(tmpl, tmplen, "%s/fastsync-z-XXXXXX", tmpdir);
+  int tmp_fd = mkstemp(tmpl);
+  if (tmp_fd < 0) {
+    log_perror("Could not create compression temp file");
+    free(tmpl);
+    close(src);
+    compression_stream_compressor_destroy(compressor);
+    return false;
+  }
+  unlink(tmpl);
+  free(tmpl);
+
+  bool ok = compression_stream_compressor_begin(compressor, file->data->size, tmp_fd);
+  unsigned char buf[64 * 1024];
+  unsigned long long remaining = file->data->size;
+  while (ok && remaining > 0) {
+    size_t want = remaining < sizeof(buf) ? (size_t)remaining : sizeof(buf);
+    ssize_t got = read(src, buf, want);
+    if (got <= 0) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (!compression_stream_compressor_feed(compressor, buf, (size_t)got, tmp_fd))
+      ok = false;
+    remaining -= (unsigned long long)got;
+  }
+  if (ok)
+    ok = compression_stream_compressor_finish(compressor, tmp_fd);
+  close(src);
+  compression_stream_compressor_destroy(compressor);
+  if (!ok) {
+    close(tmp_fd);
+    return false;
+  }
+  struct stat tmp_st;
+  if (fstat(tmp_fd, &tmp_st) != 0 || tmp_st.st_size < 0) {
+    close(tmp_fd);
+    return false;
+  }
+  unsigned long long compressed_size = (unsigned long long)tmp_st.st_size;
+  if (lseek(tmp_fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == (off_t)-1) {
+    close(tmp_fd);
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  ok = true;
+  if (send_path && !send_wire_str(file_descriptor, file_wire_path(file)))
+    ok = false;
+  if (ok && use_metadata && !metadata_send(file_descriptor, file->metadata))
+    ok = false;
+  if (ok && send_xattrs && !xattr_send(file_descriptor, file ? file->xattrs : NULL))
+    ok = false;
+  if (ok && !send_n_data(file_descriptor, &compressed_size, sizeof(compressed_size)))
+    ok = false;
+  unsigned long long left = compressed_size;
+  while (ok && left > 0) {
+    size_t want = left < sizeof(buf) ? (size_t)left : sizeof(buf);
+    ssize_t got = read(tmp_fd, buf, want);
+    if (got <= 0 || !send_n_data(file_descriptor, buf, (size_t)got)) {
+      ok = false;
+      break;
+    }
+    left -= (unsigned long long)got;
+  }
+  close(tmp_fd);
+  return ok;
+}
+
 bool file_send_single_calls_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata,
                                       int compression_level, bool send_path,
                                       char* const* skip_suffixes, int skip_count,
                                       int compression_threads, bool send_xattrs) {
-  if (!file || !file->path || !file->data || (file->data->size != 0 && !file->data->data))
+  if (!file || !file->path || !file->data)
     return false;
+  /* A source too large to load is streamed: compression streams through a
+   * temp file, no compression must have taken the sendfile path instead. */
+  if (file->data->size != 0 && file->data->data == NULL) {
+    if (compression_level <= 0 ||
+        compression_should_skip_with_suffixes(file->path, skip_suffixes, skip_count))
+      return false;
+    return file_send_compressed_stream_with_skip(file, file_descriptor, use_metadata,
+                                                 compression_level, send_path, skip_suffixes,
+                                                 skip_count, compression_threads, send_xattrs);
+  }
   const Data* data_to_send = file->data;
   Data* compressed_data = NULL;
   if (compression_level > 0 &&
@@ -124,8 +250,12 @@ bool file_send_sendfile_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_meta
   }
 
   /* sendfile cannot encrypt TLS records.  Keep the framing identical but
-     route encrypted transfers through the deadline-aware IO layer. */
+     route encrypted transfers through the deadline-aware IO layer.  Resolve
-  if (io_get_ssl() != NULL) {
+     the transport from the bound session, not the thread-local io_ssl: a
+     worker thread running a TLS transfer has its SSL only on the session it
+     bound, so io_get_ssl() would be NULL there and the raw sendfile() path
+     would be taken on an encrypted socket. */
+  if (protocol_current_ssl() != NULL) {
     unsigned char buffer[64 * 1024];
     unsigned long long remaining = file_size;
     bool ok = true;
@@ -143,10 +273,17 @@ bool file_send_sendfile_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_meta
   }
 
   off_t offset = 0;
+  /* A non-positive --timeout disables the deadline: poll blocks until the
+   * socket is writable (rsync's --timeout=0 default). */
+  int io_timeout_sec = protocol_get_io_timeout_sec();
   struct timespec deadline;
+  if (io_timeout_sec > 0) {
     clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &deadline);
-  deadline.tv_sec += protocol_get_io_timeout_sec();
+    deadline.tv_sec += io_timeout_sec;
+  }
   while ((unsigned long long)offset < file_size) {
+    int timeout = -1;
+    if (io_timeout_sec > 0) {
       struct timespec now;
       clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &now);
       long long remaining = (long long)(deadline.tv_sec - now.tv_sec) * 1000LL +
@@ -155,9 +292,12 @@ bool file_send_sendfile_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_meta
         close(fd);
         return false;
       }
+      timeout = remaining > INT_MAX ? INT_MAX : (int)remaining;
+    }
     struct pollfd pfd = {.fd = file_descriptor, .events = POLLOUT};
-    int timeout = remaining > INT_MAX ? INT_MAX : (int)remaining;
     int polled = poll(&pfd, 1, timeout);
+    if (polled < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+      continue;
     if (polled <= 0 || (pfd.revents & (POLLERR | POLLHUP | POLLNVAL))) {
       close(fd);
       return false;
@@ -174,6 +314,8 @@ bool file_send_sendfile_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_meta
       close(fd);
       return false;
     }
+    protocol_note_bytes_written((unsigned long long)sent);
+    protocol_throttle_bytes(file_descriptor, (size_t)sent);
   }
 
   close(fd);

src/shared/file_send.h

@@ -13,6 +13,12 @@ bool file_send_single_calls_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_
                                       int compression_level, bool send_path,
                                       char* const* skip_suffixes, int skip_count,
                                       int compression_threads, bool send_xattrs);
+/* Stream-compress an unloaded whole source file into a temp file and send it as
+ * the usual data frame (see file_send.c). */
+bool file_send_compressed_stream_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata,
+                                           int compression_level, bool send_path,
+                                           char* const* skip_suffixes, int skip_count,
+                                           int compression_threads, bool send_xattrs);
 bool file_send_sendfile(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata, int compression_level,
                         bool send_path);
 bool file_send_sendfile_with_skip(File* file, int file_descriptor, bool use_metadata,

src/shared/file_types.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #define FILE_TYPES_H
 
 #include "data.h"
+#include "format.h"
 #include "xattr.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
@@ -56,6 +57,16 @@ typedef struct {
    * equals the incoming file, and `data` is kept as the cross-filesystem
    * fallback (a local copy) if the hard link cannot be created. */
   char* basis_link;
+  /* Receiver-only, --copy-dest: when set (and basis_link is NULL), stream the
+   * basis file's bytes into the destination instead of `data`/`data->size`.
+   * This lets a basis larger than any whole-file bound materialize without
+   * buffering it; the source metadata on `metadata` is applied afterwards. */
+  char* basis_copy;
+  /* Receiver-only.  When set, `basis_copy` points at a receiver-created spool
+   * temp file holding a STREAMED whole-file payload (rather than a --copy-dest
+   * basis).  file_destroy unlinks it after the install consumes it, so an
+   * over-limit file leaves no scratch behind. */
+  bool data_spool;
   /* --hard-links (-H), sender + receiver wire state.  link_group is a run-local
    * id shared by every member of one source inode (0 = not part of a group).
    * The FIRST member (link_first == true) carries its data on the wire and is
@@ -86,6 +97,21 @@ typedef struct {
    * Receiver: parsed off the wire, attached here, and applied fd-relative on
    * the written file.  NULL/0 == the file carries no xattrs. */
   FileXattrList* xattrs;
+  /* Sender-side output-parity state (never serialized): the receiver-reported
+   * pre-transfer destination snapshot for this entry, filled by the per-file
+   * STATUS_CHECK exchange when report_dest_info is set.  `known` is false when
+   * no report was requested/received, in which case -i/--out-format treats the
+   * entry conservatively as newly created. */
+  OutputDestState dest_state;
+  /* Receiver-only wire-stats tally: the number of bytes reconstructed from the
+   * basis file (matched delta blocks) for this entry.  0 when the file was sent
+   * whole.  Accumulated into ReceiverStats.matched_data by the receiver sink. */
+  unsigned long long matched_bytes;
+  /* Receiver-only (protocol 2.28.0) wire-stats tally: the literal delta fragment
+   * bytes this entry carried (DELTA_INSTR_LITERAL).  0 when the file was sent
+   * whole; the sink then falls back to the whole payload size.  Accumulated
+   * into ReceiverStats.literal_bytes. */
+  unsigned long long literal_bytes;
 } File;
 
 /* The path that should be sent on the wire and used for the receiver-side

src/shared/filter.h

@@ -4,59 +4,130 @@
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 
-/* rsync-style filter rule engine (client-side file selection).
+/* rsync-style filter rule engine (client-side file selection and the
+ * receiver-side protection set it feeds).
  *
- * Supported rule syntax (documented subset):
+ * Rule syntax (see the rsync man page FILTER RULES section):
- *   [+|-] [anchored '/' prefix] pattern [trailing '/' for dir-only]
+ *   RULE [PATTERN_OR_FILENAME]
- *
+ *   RULE,MODIFIERS [PATTERN_OR_FILENAME]
- *   "+ PATTERN"   include rule (first match wins)
+ * Short RULE names may attach MODIFIERS directly ("-sr foo"); the long name
- *   "- PATTERN"   exclude rule
+ * form requires the comma.  The pattern/filename is separated from the rule by
- *   "PATTERN"     implicit exclude rule (rsync default)
+ * one space or underscore.  Rule names:
- *   "include PATTERN" / "exclude PATTERN"  word forms
+ *   exclude/-   exclude (by default both sender-hide and receiver-protect)
- *   leading '/' after the +/- anchors the pattern to its owner directory
+ *   include/+   include (by default both sender-show and receiver-risk)
- *     (the transfer root for command-line/-C rules, the directory that
+ *   hide/H      sender-only exclude
- *      contains a .rsync-filter file for per-directory rules)
+ *   show/S      sender-only include
- *   a trailing '/' makes the rule match directories only
+ *   protect/P   receiver-only exclude (protect from deletion)
- *
+ *   risk/R      receiver-only include (allow deletion)
- * Rejected explicitly (no silent no-ops): the rsync merge/dir-merge/list-clear
+ *   merge/.     read a client-side merge file for more rules
- * shorthands written as a rule that starts with ':' or '.' or '!', the
+ *   dir-merge/: per-directory merge file (registered for the scanner)
- * merge/dir-merge/hide/show/protect/risk/clear words, and every include/exclude
+ *   clear/!     clear the current rule list (takes no argument)
- * rule modifier other than '/' (! C s r p x). The pattern must be separated
+ * Modifiers: '/' absolute anchor, '!' negate match, 'C' inject CVS defaults,
- * from +/- by a space (or a single '/' anchor), exactly like rsync's
+ * 's' sender side, 'r' receiver side, 'p' perishable.  The rsync 'x'
- * "-s foo"/"-p ..." modifier syntax is refused.
+ * (xattr-name) modifier is not implemented and is rejected explicitly
+ * everywhere.  The merge-only modifiers are accepted only on merge/dir-merge
+ * rules (rejected on every other rule, matching rsync): 'e' excludes the merge
+ * file itself, 'n' makes the merged rules non-inheriting (they apply only to
+ * the directory that holds the merge file), 'w' word-splits the merge file on
+ * whitespace instead of lines, and '-' reads the merge file as a list of bare
+ * exclude patterns with no rule prefixes.
+ * A trailing '/' makes a pattern match directories only.  A leading '/' anchors
+ * the pattern to its owner directory.
  */
 
 typedef enum {
   FILTER_ACTION_NONE = 0, /* no rule matched */
   FILTER_ACTION_EXCLUDE = -1,
-  FILTER_ACTION_INCLUDE = 1
+  FILTER_ACTION_INCLUDE = 1,
+  /* Receiver-side-only verdicts: the entry is transferred but its destination
+   * mirror is protected from --delete (PROTECT) or explicitly left at risk
+   * (RISK). */
+  FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT = 2,
+  FILTER_ACTION_RISK = 3,
 } FilterAction;
 
+#define FILTER_SIDE_SENDER 1u
+#define FILTER_SIDE_RECEIVER 2u
+
 typedef struct {
-  FilterAction action;
+  FilterAction action; /* EXCLUDE or INCLUDE (the base pattern action) */
+  unsigned sides;      /* FILTER_SIDE_SENDER | FILTER_SIDE_RECEIVER */
   bool anchored;       /* pattern anchored to the rule's owner directory */
   bool dir_only;       /* pattern had a trailing '/': matches directories only */
+  bool negate;         /* '!' modifier: match succeeds when the pattern does not */
+  bool perishable;     /* 'p' modifier (ignored in deleted directories) */
+  bool no_inherit;     /* 'n' on the owning dir-merge: applies only in `owner` */
   char* owner;         /* owning directory rel path ("" == transfer root) */
   char* pattern;       /* cleaned glob pattern (no leading '/', no trailing '/') */
 } FilterRule;
 
+/* One per-directory merge-file registration ("dir-merge NAME"/": NAME", "merge
+ * NAME"/". NAME" and -F's .rsync-filter) together with the merge-only modifiers
+ * parsed from the rule.  The scanner reads `name` in every directory it
+ * traverses and applies `no_prefixes`/`include`/`word_split`/`no_inherit`/
+ * `exclude_self` while merging the file's rules. */
 typedef struct {
+  char* name;
+  bool no_prefixes;  /* '-' : file holds only bare exclude patterns */
+  bool include;      /* '+' : file holds only bare include patterns */
+  bool word_split;   /* 'w' : split the file on whitespace, not lines */
+  bool no_inherit;   /* 'n' : the merged rules do not inherit below their dir */
+  bool exclude_self; /* 'e' : exclude the merge file itself from the transfer */
+} FilterDirMerge;
+
+typedef struct FilterRuleList {
   FilterRule** items; /* owned array of rule pointers */
   int count;
   int capacity;
+  /* Per-directory merge-file registrations.  Owned; the scanner reads each
+   * name in every directory it traverses. */
+  FilterDirMerge* dir_merges;
+  int dir_merge_count;
+  int dir_merge_capacity;
 } FilterRuleList;
 
+/* Context needed while parsing a rule list (merge files, --delete-excluded). */
+typedef struct {
+  bool delete_excluded; /* --delete-excluded: default sides become sender-only */
+  bool cvs_exclude;     /* -C: expand the CVS default excludes */
+} FilterParseOptions;
+
 /* Parse a single filter-rule line (no trailing newline required). Returns an
- * owned rule, or NULL on unsupported/invalid syntax with a message in `err`. */
+ * owned rule, or NULL on unsupported/invalid syntax with a message in `err`.
-FilterRule* filter_rule_parse(const char* line, char* err, size_t err_size);
+ * `opts` may be NULL (no merge expansion / no delete-excluded). */
+FilterRule* filter_rule_parse(const char* line, const FilterParseOptions* opts, char* err,
+                              size_t err_size);
 void filter_rule_free(FilterRule* rule);
+/* Deep-copy a rule (owned pattern/owner).  Returns NULL on allocation failure. */
+FilterRule* filter_rule_clone(const FilterRule* rule);
+/* Replace a rule's owner directory (owned copy of `owner`, "" for the transfer
+ * root).  Returns false on allocation failure, leaving the rule unchanged.
+ * Used to re-express a mirrored per-directory rule in the receiver's
+ * destination-relative coordinate system. */
+bool filter_rule_set_owner(FilterRule* rule, const char* owner);
 
 FilterRuleList* filter_rule_list_create(void);
 /* Append a fully-parsed rule (takes ownership). Returns false on OOM. */
 bool filter_rule_list_add(FilterRuleList* list, FilterRule* rule);
-/* Parse `line` and append it. Returns false and fills `err` on bad syntax. */
+/* Register a per-directory merge-file basename (idempotent, no modifiers).
-bool filter_rule_list_parse_append(FilterRuleList* list, const char* line, char* err,
+ * Returns false on OOM.  Used by the scanner to read custom "dir-merge" files. */
-                                   size_t err_size);
+bool filter_rule_list_add_dir_merge(FilterRuleList* list, const char* name);
+/* Register a per-directory merge file with its merge-only modifiers.  On a
+ * duplicate name the existing registration is kept (rsync's first wins) and true
+ * is returned.  When `exclude_self` is set an implicit exclude rule for the
+ * merge file's basename is appended to the list at this position, matching
+ * rsync's `e` modifier.  Returns false on OOM. */
+bool filter_rule_list_add_dir_merge_ex(FilterRuleList* list, const char* name, bool no_prefixes,
+                                       bool include, bool word_split, bool no_inherit,
+                                       bool exclude_self);
+/* Parse `line` and append it.  Handles "clear"/"!" (resets the list), "merge
+ * FILE"/". FILE" (splices the file's rules) and "dir-merge NAME"/": NAME"
+ * (registers a per-directory filename).  Returns false and fills `err` on bad
+ * syntax or an unreadable merge file.  `merge_base_dir` resolves a relative
+ * merge-file path (NULL means the process working directory). */
+bool filter_rule_list_parse_append(FilterRuleList* list, const char* line,
+                                   const FilterParseOptions* opts, const char* merge_base_dir,
+                                   char* err, size_t err_size);
 void filter_rule_list_free(FilterRuleList* list);
 
 /* Build the command-line filter set: `rule_texts` (--filter=RULE in the order
@@ -64,20 +135,54 @@ void filter_rule_list_free(FilterRuleList* list);
  * cvs_exclude is true.  All rules are owned by "" (the transfer root).
  * Returns NULL on unsupported rule text (message in `err`). */
 FilterRuleList* filter_base_build(const char* const* rule_texts, int rule_count, bool cvs_exclude,
+                                  bool delete_excluded, char* err, size_t err_size);
+
+/* Read "<dir_path>/<name>" and return its rules, each owned by `owner_rel`.  A
+ * missing file yields an empty list with *exists=false; an unreadable file is
+ * treated as missing.  Returns NULL only on parse or allocation failure
+ * (message in `err`).  `opts` may be NULL. */
+FilterRuleList* filter_file_read_named(const char* dir_path, const char* name,
+                                       const char* owner_rel, const FilterParseOptions* opts,
+                                       bool* exists, char* err, size_t err_size);
+
+/* Append the rules of "<dir_path>/<name>" into an existing list (each owned by
+ * `owner_rel`).  A missing file yields *exists=false and no error.  Returns
+ * false only on parse/allocation failure (message in `err`). */
+bool filter_file_append(FilterRuleList* list, const char* dir_path, const char* name,
+                        const char* owner_rel, const FilterParseOptions* opts, bool* exists,
                         char* err, size_t err_size);
 
-/* Read "<dir_path>/.rsync-filter" and return its rules, each owned by
+/* Append a per-directory merge file honoring its merge-only modifiers: `-`
- * `owner_rel`. A missing file yields an empty list with *exists=false; an
+ * reads every (word-split, when `w`) token as a bare exclude, `+` as a bare
- * unreadable file is treated as missing. Returns NULL only on parse or
+ * include, and `n` marks each read rule non-inheriting.  A plain name behaves
- * allocation failure (message in `err`). */
+ * like filter_file_append.  A missing file yields *exists=false with no error;
+ * returns false only on a parse/allocation failure (message in `err`). */
+bool filter_dir_merge_append(FilterRuleList* list, const char* dir_path, const FilterDirMerge* spec,
+                             const char* owner_rel, const FilterParseOptions* opts, bool* exists,
+                             char* err, size_t err_size);
+
+/* filter_file_read_named with the default ".rsync-filter" name. */
 FilterRuleList* filter_file_read(const char* dir_path, const char* owner_rel, bool* exists,
                                  char* err, size_t err_size);
 
-/* Evaluate an entry against one ordered rule list. Returns FILTER_ACTION_NONE
+/* Evaluate an entry against one ordered rule list for one side.  Returns
- * when no rule matched, otherwise the first matching rule's action.
+ * FILTER_ACTION_NONE when no rule matched, otherwise the first matching rule's
- * `rel_path` is the entry's path relative to the transfer root ("" == root),
+ * action (for the receiver side an EXCLUDE is reported as
- * `leaf` its final name, `is_dir` whether it is a directory. */
+ * FILTER_ACTION_PROTECT and an INCLUDE as FILTER_ACTION_RISK).  `rel_path` is
-FilterAction filter_rules_apply(const FilterRuleList* list, const char* rel_path, const char* leaf,
+ * the entry's path relative to the transfer root ("" == root), `leaf` its final
-                                bool is_dir);
+ * name, `is_dir` whether it is a directory. */
+FilterAction filter_rules_apply_side(const FilterRuleList* list, const char* rel_path,
+                                     const char* leaf, bool is_dir, unsigned side);
+
+/* Evaluate a received per-directory rule set for the receiver side, using
+ * rsync's per-directory-before-ancestors order: the entry's containing
+ * directory's rules are tried first, then each ancestor's, then the receive
+ * root's.  `dir_rules` is a flat list whose rules carry `owner`; a rule applies
+ * only when `owner` is exactly the directory being examined (a no-inherit rule
+ * therefore applies only to that directory's direct children).  Returns the
+ * first matching rule's receiver verdict (PROTECT/RISK) or FILTER_ACTION_NONE.
+ * The caller evaluates the command-line base rules after this chain. */
+FilterAction filter_dir_rules_apply_side(const FilterRuleList* dir_rules, const char* rel_path,
+                                         const char* leaf, bool is_dir);
 
 #endif

src/shared/format.c

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+#include "format.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool format_human_size_decimal(unsigned long long bytes, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size) {
+  if (!buffer || buffer_size == 0)
+    return false;
+  if (bytes < 1000ULL) {
+    int written = snprintf(buffer, buffer_size, "%llu", bytes);
+    return written >= 0 && (size_t)written < buffer_size;
+  }
+  static const char units[] = "KMGTPE";
+  double value = (double)bytes;
+  size_t divisions = 0;
+  while (value >= 1000.0 && divisions < sizeof(units) - 1) {
+    value /= 1000.0;
+    divisions++;
+  }
+  int written = snprintf(buffer, buffer_size, "%.2f%c", value, units[divisions - 1]);
+  return written >= 0 && (size_t)written < buffer_size;
+}
+
+bool format_big_num(unsigned long long value, bool human_readable, char* buffer,
+                    size_t buffer_size) {
+  if (human_readable)
+    return format_human_size_decimal(value, buffer, buffer_size);
+  char digits[32];
+  int written = snprintf(digits, sizeof(digits), "%llu", value);
+  if (written < 0 || (size_t)written >= sizeof(digits))
+    return false;
+  size_t len = (size_t)written;
+  size_t separators = len > 1 ? (len - 1) / 3 : 0;
+  size_t total = len + separators;
+  if (total + 1 > buffer_size)
+    return false;
+  size_t out = total;
+  buffer[out] = '\0';
+  size_t digits_since_sep = 0;
+  for (size_t i = len; i > 0; i--) {
+    buffer[--out] = digits[i - 1];
+    digits_since_sep++;
+    if (digits_since_sep == 3 && i > 1) {
+      buffer[--out] = ',';
+      digits_since_sep = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool format_rsync_datetime(time_t when, bool dash, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size) {
+  if (!buffer || buffer_size == 0)
+    return false;
+  struct tm broken_down;
+  if (localtime_r(&when, &broken_down) == NULL)
+    return false;
+  const char* format = dash ? "%Y/%m/%d-%H:%M:%S" : "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S";
+  return strftime(buffer, buffer_size, format, &broken_down) != 0;
+}
+
+bool format_dest_state_send(int fd, const OutputDestState* state) {
+  if (!state)
+    return false;
+  int32_t has_old = state->existed ? 1 : 0;
+  int32_t target_matches = state->target_matches ? 1 : 0;
+  uint64_t size = (uint64_t)state->size;
+  int64_t mtime = (int64_t)state->mtime_sec;
+  int64_t mtime_nsec = state->mtime_nsec;
+  uint32_t mode = state->mode;
+  int32_t uid = state->uid;
+  int32_t gid = state->gid;
+  return send_n_data(fd, &has_old, sizeof(has_old)) &&
+         send_n_data(fd, &target_matches, sizeof(target_matches)) &&
+         send_n_data(fd, &size, sizeof(size)) && send_n_data(fd, &mtime, sizeof(mtime)) &&
+         send_n_data(fd, &mtime_nsec, sizeof(mtime_nsec)) && send_n_data(fd, &mode, sizeof(mode)) &&
+         send_n_data(fd, &uid, sizeof(uid)) && send_n_data(fd, &gid, sizeof(gid));
+}
+
+bool format_dest_state_receive(int fd, OutputDestState* state) {
+  if (!state)
+    return false;
+  int32_t has_old = 0;
+  int32_t target_matches = 0;
+  uint64_t size = 0;
+  int64_t mtime = 0;
+  int64_t mtime_nsec = 0;
+  uint32_t mode = 0;
+  int32_t uid = 0;
+  int32_t gid = 0;
+  if (!receive_n_data(fd, &has_old, sizeof(has_old)) ||
+      !receive_n_data(fd, &target_matches, sizeof(target_matches)) ||
+      !receive_n_data(fd, &size, sizeof(size)) || !receive_n_data(fd, &mtime, sizeof(mtime)) ||
+      !receive_n_data(fd, &mtime_nsec, sizeof(mtime_nsec)) ||
+      !receive_n_data(fd, &mode, sizeof(mode)) || !receive_n_data(fd, &uid, sizeof(uid)) ||
+      !receive_n_data(fd, &gid, sizeof(gid)))
+    return false;
+  memset(state, 0, sizeof(*state));
+  state->known = true;
+  state->existed = has_old != 0;
+  state->target_matches = target_matches != 0;
+  state->size = size;
+  state->mtime_sec = mtime;
+  state->mtime_nsec = mtime_nsec;
+  state->mode = mode;
+  state->uid = uid;
+  state->gid = gid;
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool format_stats_send(int fd, const ReceiverStats* stats) {
+  if (!stats)
+    return false;
+  unsigned long long fields[12] = {
+      stats->matched_data, stats->deleted_files, stats->would_delete_count, stats->literal_bytes,
+      stats->created_reg,  stats->created_dir,   stats->created_link,       stats->created_special,
+      stats->deleted_reg,  stats->deleted_dir,   stats->deleted_link,       stats->deleted_special,
+  };
+  return send_n_data(fd, fields, sizeof(fields));
+}
+
+bool format_stats_receive(int fd, ReceiverStats* stats) {
+  if (!stats)
+    return false;
+  unsigned long long fields[12] = {0};
+  if (!receive_n_data(fd, fields, sizeof(fields)))
+    return false;
+  memset(stats, 0, sizeof(*stats));
+  stats->matched_data = fields[0];
+  stats->deleted_files = fields[1];
+  stats->would_delete_count = fields[2];
+  stats->literal_bytes = fields[3];
+  stats->created_reg = fields[4];
+  stats->created_dir = fields[5];
+  stats->created_link = fields[6];
+  stats->created_special = fields[7];
+  stats->deleted_reg = fields[8];
+  stats->deleted_dir = fields[9];
+  stats->deleted_link = fields[10];
+  stats->deleted_special = fields[11];
+  return true;
+}

src/shared/format.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#ifndef FORMAT_H
+#define FORMAT_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* Low-level output-formatting primitives shared by the change-event model
+ * (change_list.c) and the transfer driver (client_send.c).
+ *
+ * The functions here are pure/string-level except for the STATUS_DEST_INFO
+ * codec, which lets the receiver report the pre-transfer destination entry so
+ * the sender can render rsync-accurate --itemize-changes / --out-format
+ * columns (see protocol.h). */
+
+/* Pre-transfer destination snapshot, reported by the receiver when the wire
+ * config carries report_dest_info.  `known` distinguishes "no report was
+ * requested/received" from "the destination did not exist" (`existed == false`
+ * with `known == true`).
+ *
+ * `target_matches` is meaningful only for a symlink destination (protocol
+ * 2.30.0): the receiver compares its on-disk link target with the incoming
+ * target and reports whether they are equal, so the sender can render rsync's
+ * `cLc........` (target changed) versus `.L..t......` (attributes only) and
+ * suppress an unchanged symlink's line entirely.  It is always false for every
+ * other entry kind. */
+typedef struct {
+  bool known;
+  bool existed;
+  bool target_matches;
+  unsigned long long size;
+  long long mtime_sec;
+  long long mtime_nsec;
+  uint32_t mode;
+  int32_t uid;
+  int32_t gid;
+} OutputDestState;
+
+/* rsync's -h/--human-readable size (decimal, base 1000): integers below 1000
+ * print verbatim; larger values use the largest unit that keeps the value
+ * below 1000 (K/M/G/T/P/E) with exactly two decimals, so 1500000 -> "1.50M"
+ * and 999999 -> "1000.00K" (matching rsync's human_num).  Returns false when
+ * the buffer is too small (nothing is written). */
+bool format_human_size_decimal(unsigned long long bytes, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size);
+
+/* rsync's general number formatting (big_num).  When `human_readable` is true
+ * this is format_human_size_decimal; otherwise the integer is rendered with a
+ * ',' thousands separator every three digits (rsync's separator in the C
+ * locale).  Returns false on an undersized buffer. */
+bool format_big_num(unsigned long long value, bool human_readable, char* buffer,
+                    size_t buffer_size);
+
+/* rsync's %M/%t timestamp.  When `dash` is true the separator between the date
+ * and the time is '-' (the %M form: "YYYY/MM/DD-HH:MM:SS"); otherwise it is a
+ * space (the %t form: "YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS").  Local time.  Returns false on a
+ * bad time or an undersized buffer. */
+bool format_rsync_datetime(time_t when, bool dash, char* buffer, size_t buffer_size);
+
+/* Fixed-width STATUS_DEST_INFO record codec (int32 has_old, uint64 size,
+ * int64 mtime, int64 mtime_nsec, uint32 mode, int32 uid, int32 gid).  The
+ * status frame itself is sent/received by the caller.  Returns false on I/O
+ * failure. */
+bool format_dest_state_send(int fd, const OutputDestState* state);
+bool format_dest_state_receive(int fd, OutputDestState* state);
+
+/* End-of-transfer receiver counters reported through STATUS_STATS (protocol
+ * 2.25.0, extended in 2.28.0 and 2.30.0) when the wire config carries
+ * report_stats.  `would_delete_count` is the number of destination-relative
+ * paths the receiver would have deleted in a -n/--dry-run --delete run; that
+ * many wire strings immediately follow the fixed record (sent/read by the
+ * caller).
+ *
+ * Protocol 2.28.0 adds the receiver-observed counters the sender cannot see:
+ * `literal_bytes` is the file data the receiver actually stored literally
+ * (whole files plus the literal fragments of a delta) and the four `created_*`
+ * counters split the destination entries the receiver newly created by type,
+ * reproducing rsync's `Number of created files` breakdown and an exact
+ * `Literal data` for a delta run.
+ *
+ * Protocol 2.30.0 appends the four `deleted_*` counters: the same reg/dir/link/
+ * special split for the entries the receiver ACTUALLY removed, so `--stats` can
+ * render rsync's `Number of deleted files: X (reg: A, dir: B, link: C,
+ * special: D)` parenthetical.  The scalar `deleted_files` stays the authoritative
+ * total (the breakdown is a strict partition of it). */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned long long matched_data;
+  unsigned long long deleted_files;
+  unsigned long long would_delete_count;
+  unsigned long long literal_bytes;
+  unsigned long long created_reg;
+  unsigned long long created_dir;
+  unsigned long long created_link;
+  unsigned long long created_special;
+  unsigned long long deleted_reg;
+  unsigned long long deleted_dir;
+  unsigned long long deleted_link;
+  unsigned long long deleted_special;
+} ReceiverStats;
+
+/* Fixed-width STATUS_STATS counter record.  The status frame and the optional
+ * would-delete path list are sent/received by the caller.  Returns false on I/O
+ * failure. */
+bool format_stats_send(int fd, const ReceiverStats* stats);
+bool format_stats_receive(int fd, ReceiverStats* stats);
+
+/* Sender-side file-list accounting for rsync's `--stats` block.  Filled while
+ * the scan/send loops walk each entry: the flist counters describe every
+ * scanned source entry (transferred or skipped), while the transferred/literal
+ * counters describe only the regular files the receiver actually stored.  The
+ * type split lets the client print rsync's `Number of files` breakdown; the
+ * receiver-only counters (matched data, deleted, created) come from
+ * STATUS_STATS. */
+typedef struct {
+  unsigned long long flist_reg;
+  unsigned long long flist_dir;
+  unsigned long long flist_link;
+  unsigned long long flist_special;
+  unsigned long long total_file_size;       /* sum of entry sizes (link target len) */
+  unsigned long long transferred_regular;   /* regular files actually stored */
+  unsigned long long transferred_file_size; /* source size of those files */
+  /* Whole-file accuracy: the `--stats` "Literal data" row.  The sender counts
+   * the source size of every stored file, so a whole-file transfer matches
+   * rsync.  A delta run actually ships only the literal fragments of the diff
+   * (the rest is matched/copied), so here the value is an upper bound, not
+   * rsync's literal-byte total; see RSYNC_COMPAT.md's `--stats` row. */
+  unsigned long long literal_data;
+} TransferStats;
+
+#endif

src/shared/identity.c

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 #include "utils.h"
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
@@ -12,6 +13,8 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
+static bool identity_id_fits_int32(unsigned long id);
+
 /* The active identity snapshot lives in a per-process global.  The TCP server
  * forks one child process per connection, so a connection never shares this
  * with another; within a connection the multithreaded receiver reads it without
@@ -36,14 +39,34 @@ typedef struct {
   bool copy_as_set;
   int32_t copy_as_uid;
   int32_t copy_as_gid;
+  /* -o/--owner and -g/--group: preserve the source owner/group through the
+   * normal name/identity resolution path.  Split out of the former
+   * use_metadata bundle; unlike --numeric-ids/--chown/--usermap/--groupmap/-a
+   * these are a preserve-source request, not an arbitrary client-chosen owner,
+   * so they are tracked separately from the explicit ownership gate. */
+  bool preserve_owner;
+  bool preserve_group;
+  /* --fake-super: when active the receiver must only RECORD the (resolved)
+   * ownership in the reserved xattr, never perform a real chown.  Snapshotted
+   * so the fd-relative ownership helpers can suppress the chown without a
+   * Config argument. */
+  bool fake_super;
   bool set;
 } IdentityActive;
 
 static IdentityActive g_identity;
 
 static void identity_active_reset(void) {
+  if (g_identity.usermap) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < g_identity.usermap_count; i++)
+      free(g_identity.usermap[i].to_name);
     free(g_identity.usermap);
+  }
+  if (g_identity.groupmap) {
+    for (int i = 0; i < g_identity.groupmap_count; i++)
+      free(g_identity.groupmap[i].to_name);
     free(g_identity.groupmap);
+  }
   g_identity.usermap = NULL;
   g_identity.groupmap = NULL;
   g_identity.usermap_count = 0;
@@ -57,6 +80,9 @@ static void identity_active_reset(void) {
   g_identity.copy_as_set = false;
   g_identity.copy_as_uid = 0;
   g_identity.copy_as_gid = 0;
+  g_identity.preserve_owner = false;
+  g_identity.preserve_group = false;
+  g_identity.fake_super = false;
   g_identity.set = false;
 }
 
@@ -77,32 +103,57 @@ bool identity_set_active(const Config* config) {
   g_identity.copy_as_set = config->copy_as_set;
   g_identity.copy_as_uid = config->copy_as_uid;
   g_identity.copy_as_gid = config->copy_as_gid;
+  g_identity.preserve_owner = config->preserve_owner;
+  g_identity.preserve_group = config->preserve_group;
+  g_identity.fake_super = config->fake_super;
   if (config->usermap_count > 0) {
     g_identity.usermap = calloc((size_t)config->usermap_count, sizeof(IdentityMap));
     if (!g_identity.usermap)
       goto alloc_failed;
-    memcpy(g_identity.usermap, config->usermap,
+    for (int i = 0; i < config->usermap_count; i++) {
-           (size_t)config->usermap_count * sizeof(IdentityMap));
+      g_identity.usermap[i] = config->usermap[i];
+      g_identity.usermap[i].to_name =
+          config->usermap[i].to_name ? str_dup(config->usermap[i].to_name) : NULL;
+      if (config->usermap[i].to_name && !g_identity.usermap[i].to_name) {
+        g_identity.usermap_count = i; /* free only the entries already duplicated */
+        goto alloc_failed;
+      }
+    }
     g_identity.usermap_count = config->usermap_count;
   }
   if (config->groupmap_count > 0) {
     g_identity.groupmap = calloc((size_t)config->groupmap_count, sizeof(IdentityMap));
     if (!g_identity.groupmap)
       goto alloc_failed;
-    memcpy(g_identity.groupmap, config->groupmap,
+    for (int i = 0; i < config->groupmap_count; i++) {
-           (size_t)config->groupmap_count * sizeof(IdentityMap));
+      g_identity.groupmap[i] = config->groupmap[i];
+      g_identity.groupmap[i].to_name =
+          config->groupmap[i].to_name ? str_dup(config->groupmap[i].to_name) : NULL;
+      if (config->groupmap[i].to_name && !g_identity.groupmap[i].to_name) {
+        g_identity.groupmap_count = i;
+        goto alloc_failed;
+      }
+    }
     g_identity.groupmap_count = config->groupmap_count;
   }
   g_identity.set = true;
   /* A root receiver would honor any client-supplied ownership request (a
-     --usermap/--groupmap/--chown/--copy-as, or raw ids under --numeric-ids).
+     --usermap/--groupmap/--chown/--copy-as, or raw ids under --numeric-ids)
-     Surface that prominently; a privileged daemon applying arbitrary client
+     ONLY when super-user activities are permitted.  --no-super (or a daemon
-     ownership is a deliberate, opt-in choice the operator should be aware of. */
+     veto that forced SUPER_MODE_OFF) forbids the chown even for root, so do
-  if (geteuid() == 0)
+     not claim the ownership will be honored in that case. */
+  if (geteuid() == 0) {
+    if (privilege_super_mode_permitted(g_identity.super_mode))
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
                   "identity mapping active and running as root: client-supplied "
                   "ownership (usermap/groupmap/chown/numeric-ids) will be honored; "
                   "run the daemon as an unprivileged user unless intended");
+    else
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+                  "identity mapping active and running as root, but super-user activities are "
+                  "disabled (--no-super): requested ownership will NOT be applied; run the "
+                  "daemon as an unprivileged user unless intended");
+  }
   /* --super explicitly requests super-user activities, but FastSync never
      elevates privileges: when the receiver is not already root the kernel will
      refuse those confined attempts and each is skipped per entry.  Warn exactly
@@ -138,25 +189,55 @@ bool privilege_super_mode_permitted(SuperMode mode) {
 }
 
 bool identity_active_enabled(void) {
-  /* numeric_ids is included: this set only gates identity_apply_ownership,
+  /* --numeric-ids is deliberately NOT included: it is a mapping MODIFIER (use
-     which runs only when metadata is present (a -M/--preserve transfer).  A
+   * the transmitted numeric id raw instead of a name lookup), not a request to
-     standalone --numeric-ids (no ownership-affecting flag) carries no
+   * change ownership.  rsync's --numeric-ids on its own never chowns anything;
-     metadata, never reaches identity_apply_ownership, and therefore correctly
+   * it only changes how an already-requested -o/-g/map resolves.  Ownership is
-     stays inert; combined with -M it activates raw-id application.  --super /
+   * activated only by an explicit request: --chown/--usermap/--groupmap/
-     --no-super does NOT enable ownership: it only permits or forbids the
+   * --copy-as or a preserve-source -o/--owner / -g/--group.  --super/--no-super
-     already-requested super-user activities, so a --super with no explicit
+   * likewise does NOT enable ownership: it only permits or forbids the
-     identity flag must never silently apply client-chosen ownership. */
+   * already-requested super-user activities. */
   return g_identity.set &&
-         (g_identity.numeric_ids || g_identity.chown_uid_set || g_identity.chown_gid_set ||
+         (g_identity.chown_uid_set || g_identity.chown_gid_set || g_identity.usermap_count > 0 ||
-          g_identity.usermap_count > 0 || g_identity.groupmap_count > 0 || g_identity.copy_as_set);
+          g_identity.groupmap_count > 0 || g_identity.copy_as_set || g_identity.preserve_owner ||
+          g_identity.preserve_group);
+}
+
+bool identity_owner_requested(void) {
+  return g_identity.set && (g_identity.copy_as_set || g_identity.chown_uid_set ||
+                            g_identity.preserve_owner || g_identity.usermap_count > 0);
+}
+
+bool identity_group_requested(void) {
+  return g_identity.set && (g_identity.copy_as_set || g_identity.chown_gid_set ||
+                            g_identity.preserve_group || g_identity.groupmap_count > 0);
 }
 
 bool identity_ownership_requested(const Config* config) {
   if (!config)
     return false;
-  /* Every value that makes the receiver act on a client-chosen owner, plus an
+  /* General-awareness predicate: every value that makes the receiver act on a
-   * explicit --super (super-user device-node activities).  Pure config, so the
+   * client-chosen owner, plus an explicit --super (super-user device-node
-   * daemon gate can evaluate it before identity_set_active(). */
+   * activities) and the preserve-source -o/-g requests.  Pure config, so callers
+   * can evaluate it before identity_set_active().  The daemon module gate uses
+   * the narrower identity_explicit_ownership_requested() below, which treats a
+   * plain -o/-g/-a as a preserve-source request rather than arbitrary
+   * client-chosen ownership. */
+  return config->numeric_ids || config->chown_uid_set || config->chown_gid_set ||
+         config->usermap_count > 0 || config->groupmap_count > 0 || config->copy_as_set ||
+         config->preserve_owner || config->preserve_group || config->fake_super ||
+         config->super_mode == SUPER_MODE_ON;
+}
+
+bool identity_explicit_ownership_requested(const Config* config) {
+  if (!config)
+    return false;
+  /* The narrow set the daemon gate refuses for a non-opted module: a request
+   * that lets the CLIENT choose an arbitrary owner/group (rather than preserve
+   * the source's own).  Deliberately EXCLUDES preserve_owner/preserve_group so a
+   * plain -a/-o/-g push is not refused; for those the gate instead forces
+   * super-user ownership activity off (no chown happens) unless the module has
+   * `client owner = yes`. */
   return config->numeric_ids || config->chown_uid_set || config->chown_gid_set ||
          config->usermap_count > 0 || config->groupmap_count > 0 || config->copy_as_set ||
          config->fake_super || config->super_mode == SUPER_MODE_ON;
@@ -177,6 +258,29 @@ bool identity_copy_as_refused(const Config* config) {
   return geteuid() != 0 || config->super_mode == SUPER_MODE_OFF;
 }
 
+/* Validate one received FROM:TO map rule.  `from` is a single id, the LOW end
+ * of an inclusive range, IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY, or IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED; a
+ * sentinel FROM must carry the same value in from_hi.  `to` is a non-negative
+ * id, IDENTITY_CURRENT, or ignored when a bounded receiver-resolved `to_name`
+ * is present. */
+static bool identity_wire_map_valid(const IdentityMap* map) {
+  if (!map)
+    return false;
+  if (map->from < IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED)
+    return false;
+  if (map->from < 0) {
+    if (map->from_hi != map->from)
+      return false;
+  } else if (map->from_hi < map->from) {
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (map->to < IDENTITY_CURRENT)
+    return false;
+  if (map->to_name && strlen(map->to_name) > IDENTITY_MAX_NAME_LEN)
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
 bool identity_wire_valid(const Config* config) {
   if (!config)
     return false;
@@ -188,11 +292,11 @@ bool identity_wire_valid(const Config* config) {
   if (config->chown_gid_set && config->chown_gid < IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY)
     return false;
   for (int i = 0; i < config->usermap_count; i++) {
-    if (config->usermap[i].from < IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY || config->usermap[i].to < IDENTITY_CURRENT)
+    if (!identity_wire_map_valid(&config->usermap[i]))
       return false;
   }
   for (int i = 0; i < config->groupmap_count; i++) {
-    if (config->groupmap[i].from < IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY || config->groupmap[i].to < IDENTITY_CURRENT)
+    if (!identity_wire_map_valid(&config->groupmap[i]))
       return false;
   }
   /* Defense-in-depth: a --copy-as block must never carry a negative (sentinel)
@@ -250,19 +354,266 @@ static int identity_resolve_token(const char* token, bool is_group, int32_t* out
   return 0;
 }
 
-static int identity_append_rule(IdentityMap** map, int* count, int32_t from, int32_t to) {
+static bool identity_all_digits(const char* token) {
+  if (!token || *token == '\0')
+    return false;
+  for (const char* p = token; *p; p++)
+    if (*p < '0' || *p > '9')
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool identity_token_has_glob(const char* token) {
+  return token && (strchr(token, '*') || strchr(token, '?') || strchr(token, '['));
+}
+
+/* Parse a --usermap/--groupmap FROM token into a matcher (from/from_hi).  rsync
+ * accepts a name, a numeric id, an inclusive LOW-HIGH range, '*' (any id), or an
+ * empty token (ids with no name on the sender).  Returns 0 on success, -1 on a
+ * malformed token or an unresolvable sender-side name. */
+static int identity_parse_from(const char* token, bool is_group, int32_t* out_from,
+                               int32_t* out_hi) {
+  if (token[0] == '\0') {
+    *out_from = IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED;
+    *out_hi = IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if (strcmp(token, "*") == 0) {
+    *out_from = IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY;
+    *out_hi = IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  const char* num = token[0] == '@' ? token + 1 : token;
+  if (identity_all_digits(num)) {
+    int32_t id;
+    if (identity_resolve_token(token, is_group, &id) != 0)
+      return -1;
+    *out_from = id;
+    *out_hi = id;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* An inclusive LOW-HIGH numeric range. */
+  const char* dash = strchr(num, '-');
+  if (dash && dash != num && dash[1] != '\0' && strchr(dash + 1, '-') == NULL) {
+    size_t lo_len = (size_t)(dash - num);
+    size_t hi_len = strlen(dash + 1);
+    char low[16];
+    char high[16];
+    if (lo_len < sizeof(low) && hi_len < sizeof(high)) {
+      memcpy(low, num, lo_len);
+      low[lo_len] = '\0';
+      memcpy(high, dash + 1, hi_len);
+      high[hi_len] = '\0';
+      if (identity_all_digits(low) && identity_all_digits(high)) {
+        char* endptr = NULL;
+        errno = 0;
+        long lo = strtol(low, &endptr, 10);
+        if (errno != 0 || !endptr || *endptr != '\0')
+          return -1;
+        errno = 0;
+        long hi = strtol(high, &endptr, 10);
+        if (errno != 0 || !endptr || *endptr != '\0' || hi < lo || hi > INT32_MAX)
+          return -1;
+        *out_from = (int32_t)lo;
+        *out_hi = (int32_t)hi;
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Not a numeric LOW-HIGH range: fall through and treat as a name (a
+     * hyphenated account name like "wayne-smith" must still resolve). */
+  }
+  /* A sender-side name.  A FROM name wildcard other than the bare '*' is handled
+   * by identity_expand_from_glob() in the caller (it expands against the
+   * sender's account database at CLI-parse time), so this function only sees the
+   * bare '*' or a literal name here. */
+  int32_t id;
+  if (identity_resolve_token(token, is_group, &id) != 0)
+    return -1;
+  *out_from = id;
+  *out_hi = id;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parse a --usermap/--groupmap TO token.  '*', a bare numeric id, or an @N id is
+ * stored numerically; every other non-empty token is a NAME resolved on the
+ * RECEIVER at apply time (rsync resolves TO names against the receiving side).
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on an empty/malformed token. */
+static int identity_parse_to(const char* token, bool is_group, int32_t* out_to, char** out_name) {
+  if (token[0] == '\0') {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%smap TO value is missing", is_group ? "--group" : "--user");
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if (strcmp(token, "*") == 0) {
+    *out_to = IDENTITY_CURRENT;
+    *out_name = NULL;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  const char* num = token[0] == '@' ? token + 1 : token;
+  if (identity_all_digits(num)) {
+    int32_t id;
+    if (identity_resolve_token(token, is_group, &id) != 0)
+      return -1;
+    *out_to = id;
+    *out_name = NULL;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if (identity_token_has_glob(token)) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%smap TO '%s' may not contain a wildcard",
+                is_group ? "--group" : "--user", token);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  char* name = str_dup(token);
+  if (!name)
+    return -1;
+  *out_to = 0;
+  *out_name = name;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int identity_append_rule(IdentityMap** map, int* count, const IdentityMap* rule) {
   if (*count >= MAX_IDENTITY_MAP)
     return -1;
   IdentityMap* grown = realloc(*map, (size_t)(*count + 1) * sizeof(IdentityMap));
   if (!grown)
     return -1;
   *map = grown;
-  (*map)[*count].from = from;
+  (*map)[*count] = *rule;
-  (*map)[*count].to = to;
   (*count)++;
   return 0;
 }
 
+/* True when `lo` and `hi` are adjacent ids (no overflow at INT32_MAX). */
+static bool identity_ids_adjacent(int32_t lo, int32_t hi) {
+  return lo < INT32_MAX && hi == lo + 1;
+}
+
+static int identity_id_cmp(const void* a, const void* b) {
+  int32_t x = *(const int32_t*)a;
+  int32_t y = *(const int32_t*)b;
+  return (x > y) - (x < y);
+}
+
+static bool identity_ids_push(int32_t** ids, size_t* count, size_t* cap, int32_t id) {
+  if (*count == *cap) {
+    size_t grown_cap = *cap ? *cap * 2 : 16;
+    int32_t* grown = realloc(*ids, grown_cap * sizeof(int32_t));
+    if (!grown)
+      return false;
+    *ids = grown;
+    *cap = grown_cap;
+  }
+  (*ids)[(*count)++] = id;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Expand a FROM name wildcard (rsync's match against sender-side account names)
+ * into one rule per contiguous run of matching numeric ids, all sharing the same
+ * TO side.  FastSync transmits numeric ids only, so the wildcard must be
+ * resolved here -- at CLI-parse time -- against the SENDER's passwd/group
+ * database; the receiver has no sender names to match.  Contiguous matched ids
+ * are collapsed into a single LOW-HIGH range (a range of adjacent ids contains
+ * exactly the ids it spans, so this is semantically exact).  Returns 0 on
+ * success, -1 on an allocation failure, a wildcard that matches no sender
+ * account, or an expansion that would push the map past MAX_IDENTITY_MAP. */
+static int identity_expand_from_glob(Config* config, const char* glob, bool is_group,
+                                     const IdentityMap* to_rule) {
+  const char* optname = is_group ? "--groupmap" : "--usermap";
+  size_t cap = 0;
+  size_t n = 0;
+  int32_t* ids = NULL;
+  bool alloc_failed = false;
+
+  if (is_group) {
+    setgrent();
+    struct group* gr;
+    while ((gr = getgrent()) != NULL) {
+      if (fnmatch(glob, gr->gr_name, 0) != 0)
+        continue;
+      if (!identity_id_fits_int32((unsigned long)gr->gr_gid))
+        continue;
+      if (!identity_ids_push(&ids, &n, &cap, (int32_t)gr->gr_gid)) {
+        alloc_failed = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    endgrent();
+  } else {
+    setpwent();
+    struct passwd* pw;
+    while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) {
+      if (fnmatch(glob, pw->pw_name, 0) != 0)
+        continue;
+      if (!identity_id_fits_int32((unsigned long)pw->pw_uid))
+        continue;
+      if (!identity_ids_push(&ids, &n, &cap, (int32_t)pw->pw_uid)) {
+        alloc_failed = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    endpwent();
+  }
+
+  if (alloc_failed) {
+    free(ids);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s: memory allocation failed expanding FROM '%s'", optname, glob);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if (n == 0) {
+    free(ids);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s FROM '%s': no source account name matches the wildcard",
+                optname, glob);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  qsort(ids, n, sizeof(int32_t), identity_id_cmp);
+  size_t unique = 0;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+    if (unique == 0 || ids[unique - 1] != ids[i])
+      ids[unique++] = ids[i];
+  }
+  n = unique;
+
+  int runs = 0;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+    if (i == 0 || !identity_ids_adjacent(ids[i - 1], ids[i]))
+      runs++;
+  }
+
+  IdentityMap** map = is_group ? &config->groupmap : &config->usermap;
+  int* count = is_group ? &config->groupmap_count : &config->usermap_count;
+  if (*count > MAX_IDENTITY_MAP - runs) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
+                "%s FROM '%s': the name wildcard expands to %d rule(s), which would exceed "
+                "the maximum of %d map rules",
+                optname, glob, runs, MAX_IDENTITY_MAP);
+    free(ids);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < n;) {
+    size_t j = i;
+    while (j + 1 < n && identity_ids_adjacent(ids[j], ids[j + 1]))
+      j++;
+    IdentityMap rule;
+    rule.from = ids[i];
+    rule.from_hi = ids[j];
+    rule.to = to_rule->to;
+    rule.to_name = to_rule->to_name ? str_dup(to_rule->to_name) : NULL;
+    if (to_rule->to_name && !rule.to_name) {
+      free(ids);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if (identity_append_rule(map, count, &rule) != 0) {
+      free(rule.to_name);
+      free(ids);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    i = j + 1;
+  }
+  free(ids);
+  return 0;
+}
+
 int identity_parse_map(Config* config, const char* value, bool is_group) {
   if (!config || !value || *value == '\0') {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%smap requires a value", is_group ? "--group" : "--user");
@@ -275,7 +626,7 @@ int identity_parse_map(Config* config, const char* value, bool is_group) {
   char* saveptr = NULL;
   for (char* rule = strtok_r(list, ",", &saveptr); rule; rule = strtok_r(NULL, ",", &saveptr)) {
     char* colon = strchr(rule, ':');
-    if (!colon || colon == rule) {
+    if (!colon) {
       /* Log before freeing: `rule` points into the str_dup'd list. */
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s rules must be FROM:TO (got '%s')", optname, rule);
       free(list);
@@ -284,25 +635,49 @@ int identity_parse_map(Config* config, const char* value, bool is_group) {
     *colon = '\0';
     char* from_token = rule;
     char* to_token = colon + 1;
-    if (*to_token == '\0') {
+    IdentityMap parsed;
-      free(list);
+    memset(&parsed, 0, sizeof(parsed));
-      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s rule 'FROM:' is missing the TO value (got '%s')", optname,
+    /* A FROM name wildcard (anything with a glob metacharacter other than the
+     * bare '*') is expanded against the sender's account database here, while
+     * the sender's passwd/group DB is still available; the resulting numeric
+     * rules travel on the wire like an explicit list.  The TO side is parsed
+     * first so every expanded rule shares it. */
+    if (strcmp(from_token, "*") != 0 && identity_token_has_glob(from_token)) {
+      if (identity_parse_to(to_token, is_group, &parsed.to, &parsed.to_name) != 0) {
+        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s could not parse TO '%s' in '%s'", optname, to_token,
                     value);
+        free(list);
         return -1;
       }
-    int32_t from_id, to_id;
+      if (identity_expand_from_glob(config, from_token, is_group, &parsed) != 0) {
-    if (identity_resolve_token(from_token, is_group, &from_id) != 0 ||
+        free(parsed.to_name);
-        identity_resolve_token(to_token, is_group, &to_id) != 0) {
         free(list);
+        return -1;
+      }
+      /* Every rule emitted by the expansion took its own str_dup of the name,
+       * so the parse-time copy is unreachable on success: release it here (the
+       * failure path above already does).  `parsed.to_name` is NULL for a
+       * numeric TO. */
+      free(parsed.to_name);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (identity_parse_from(from_token, is_group, &parsed.from, &parsed.from_hi) != 0) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
-                  "%s could not resolve '%s' (name must exist on the source; use "
+                  "%s could not resolve FROM '%s' in '%s' (a name must exist on the "
-                  "@N for a numeric id)",
+                  "source; use @N for a numeric id)",
-                  optname, value);
+                  optname, from_token, value);
+      free(list);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if (identity_parse_to(to_token, is_group, &parsed.to, &parsed.to_name) != 0) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s could not parse TO '%s' in '%s'", optname, to_token, value);
+      free(list);
       return -1;
     }
     if (identity_append_rule(is_group ? &config->groupmap : &config->usermap,
-                             is_group ? &config->groupmap_count : &config->usermap_count, from_id,
+                             is_group ? &config->groupmap_count : &config->usermap_count,
-                             to_id) != 0) {
+                             &parsed) != 0) {
+      free(parsed.to_name);
       free(list);
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s has too many rules (max %d)", optname, MAX_IDENTITY_MAP);
       return -1;
@@ -366,6 +741,67 @@ static int identity_split_chown(const char* value, char** puser, char** pgroup)
   return 0;
 }
 
+/* --chown is rsync's shorthand for "--usermap=*:USER --groupmap=*:GROUP", so a
+ * name TO value must be resolved on the RECEIVER, not on the sender.  Append the
+ * equivalent map rule (FROM matches every id).  The numeric/'*' forms are stored
+ * numerically exactly as rsync's id_parse/user_to_uid would.  Returns 0 on
+ * success, -1 on a malformed numeric token or allocation failure. */
+static int identity_append_chown_rule(Config* config, bool is_group, const char* token) {
+  IdentityMap rule;
+  memset(&rule, 0, sizeof(rule));
+  rule.from = IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY;
+  rule.from_hi = IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY;
+  if (strcmp(token, "*") == 0) {
+    rule.to = IDENTITY_CURRENT;
+  } else if (identity_all_digits(token[0] == '@' ? token + 1 : token)) {
+    if (identity_resolve_token(token, is_group, &rule.to) != 0) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown numeric id is out of range: %s", token);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    rule.to = 0;
+    rule.to_name = str_dup(token);
+    if (!rule.to_name)
+      return -1;
+  }
+  if (identity_append_rule(is_group ? &config->groupmap : &config->usermap,
+                           is_group ? &config->groupmap_count : &config->usermap_count,
+                           &rule) != 0) {
+    free(rule.to_name);
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown has too many rules (max %d)", MAX_IDENTITY_MAP);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Resolve/record one --chown side.  The source-side numeric value is kept in
+ * chown_uid/chown_gid purely as a fallback (the appended map rule resolves the
+ * name on the receiver and wins); a name that does not exist on the sender is
+ * accepted and left to receiver-side resolution, matching rsync. */
+static int identity_parse_chown_side(Config* config, bool is_group, const char* token) {
+  if (identity_append_chown_rule(config, is_group, token) != 0)
+    return -1;
+  bool numeric = identity_all_digits(token[0] == '@' ? token + 1 : token);
+  int32_t resolved;
+  if (identity_resolve_token(token, is_group, &resolved) == 0) {
+    if (is_group) {
+      config->chown_gid = resolved;
+      config->chown_gid_set = true;
+    } else {
+      config->chown_uid = resolved;
+      config->chown_uid_set = true;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if (numeric) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown could not resolve numeric id '%s'", token);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  /* Unknown sender-side name: rsync accepts it and resolves it (or warns) on
+   * the receiver; do the same instead of failing the whole run. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
 int identity_parse_chown(Config* config, const char* value) {
   if (!config || !value || *value == '\0') {
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown requires a value (USER:GROUP, USER, or :GROUP)");
@@ -404,33 +840,19 @@ int identity_parse_chown(Config* config, const char* value) {
     if (*user == '\0') {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown requires a user or group (got '%s')", value);
       ret = -1;
-    } else if (identity_resolve_token(user, false, &config->chown_uid) != 0) {
+    } else if (identity_parse_chown_side(config, false, user) != 0) {
-      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR,
-                  "--chown could not resolve user '%s' (use a name that exists "
-                  "on the source, '*', or @N)",
-                  value);
       ret = -1;
-    } else {
-      config->chown_uid_set = true;
     }
   } else {
     /* --chown=USER:GROUP, --chown=:GROUP, --chown=USER: */
-    if (*user != '\0') {
+    if (*user != '\0' && identity_parse_chown_side(config, false, user) != 0) {
-      if (identity_resolve_token(user, false, &config->chown_uid) != 0) {
-        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown could not resolve user '%s'", value);
       ret = -1;
       goto done;
     }
-      config->chown_uid_set = true;
+    if (*group != '\0' && identity_parse_chown_side(config, true, group) != 0) {
-    }
-    if (*group != '\0') {
-      if (identity_resolve_token(group, true, &config->chown_gid) != 0) {
-        log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown could not resolve group '%s'", value);
       ret = -1;
       goto done;
     }
-      config->chown_gid_set = true;
-    }
     if (!*user && !*group) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "--chown must set a user, a group, or both (got '%s')", value);
       ret = -1;
@@ -567,9 +989,6 @@ int identity_parse_copy_as(Config* config, const char* value) {
   config->copy_as_set = true;
   config->copy_as_uid = uid;
   config->copy_as_gid = gid;
-  /* Ownership application needs the metadata path (the source uid/gid must be
-   * transmitted); imply it exactly like --chown/--usermap/--groupmap. */
-  config->use_metadata = true;
   ret = 0;
 
 done:
@@ -580,34 +999,120 @@ done:
 
 /* ---- Receiver-side ownership application ---- */
 
-static bool identity_map_lookup(const IdentityMap* map, int count, int32_t source_id,
+/* True when a map rule's FROM matcher accepts `id`.  A sentinel FROM never
+ * carries a range.  IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED mirrors rsync's empty FROM: it
+ * matches only ids that have no name in the account database (rsync matches the
+ * sender's names; FastSync transmits numeric ids only, so it approximates this
+ * with the receiver's database -- documented in RSYNC_COMPAT.md). */
+static bool identity_map_from_matches(const IdentityMap* map, int32_t id, bool is_group) {
+  if (map->from == IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY)
+    return true;
+  if (map->from == IDENTITY_MATCH_UNNAMED)
+    return is_group ? (getgrgid((gid_t)id) == NULL) : (getpwuid((uid_t)id) == NULL);
+  return id >= map->from && id <= map->from_hi;
+}
+
+/* First matching rule wins.  A rule whose TO is a receiver-side name resolves it
+ * against the receiver's account database here; an unresolvable TO name is
+ * skipped with a warning and the next rule is considered (rsync prints "Unknown
+ * --usermap name on receiver" and leaves the id unmapped rather than aborting). */
+static bool identity_map_lookup(const IdentityMap* map, int count, int32_t source_id, bool is_group,
                                 int32_t* out_to) {
   for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-    if (map[i].from == IDENTITY_MATCH_ANY || map[i].from == source_id) {
+    if (!identity_map_from_matches(&map[i], source_id, is_group))
+      continue;
+    if (map[i].to_name) {
+      if (is_group) {
+        struct group* gr = getgrnam(map[i].to_name);
+        if (!gr) {
+          log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "Unknown --groupmap name on receiver: %s", map[i].to_name);
+          continue;
+        }
+        *out_to = (int32_t)gr->gr_gid;
+      } else {
+        struct passwd* pw = getpwnam(map[i].to_name);
+        if (!pw) {
+          log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "Unknown --usermap name on receiver: %s", map[i].to_name);
+          continue;
+        }
+        *out_to = (int32_t)pw->pw_uid;
+      }
+    } else {
       *out_to = map[i].to;
+    }
     return true;
   }
-  }
   return false;
 }
 
+/* Resolve the owner side from the negotiated policy.  Sets *out and returns
+ * true when an owner-affecting request is active (a usermap, --chown USER, or
+ * -o/--owner); returns false (leaving *out untouched) when the owner side is
+ * not requested, so callers can pass (uid_t)-1 to fchown and leave it as-is.
+ * --numeric-ids only changes the RESOLUTION (raw id instead of a name lookup);
+ * it never makes the side requested. */
+static bool identity_resolve_owner(int32_t source_uid, uid_t* out) {
+  if (!(g_identity.chown_uid_set || g_identity.preserve_owner || g_identity.usermap_count > 0))
+    return false;
+  int32_t target;
+  if (identity_map_lookup(g_identity.usermap, g_identity.usermap_count, source_uid, false,
+                          &target)) {
+    *out = target == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? geteuid() : (uid_t)target;
+  } else if (g_identity.chown_uid_set) {
+    *out = g_identity.chown_uid == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? geteuid() : (uid_t)g_identity.chown_uid;
+  } else if (g_identity.numeric_ids) {
+    *out = (uid_t)source_uid;
+  } else {
+    /* Best-effort name mapping against the receiver's own database.  When the
+     * transmitted (numeric) id has no name here, fall back to the raw numeric id
+     * so -o still preserves the source owner. */
+    struct passwd* pw = getpwuid((uid_t)source_uid);
+    if (pw) {
+      const struct passwd* mapped = getpwnam(pw->pw_name);
+      *out = mapped ? mapped->pw_uid : (uid_t)source_uid;
+    } else {
+      *out = (uid_t)source_uid;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Group-side counterpart of identity_resolve_owner(). */
+static bool identity_resolve_group(int32_t source_gid, gid_t* out) {
+  if (!(g_identity.chown_gid_set || g_identity.preserve_group || g_identity.groupmap_count > 0))
+    return false;
+  int32_t target;
+  if (identity_map_lookup(g_identity.groupmap, g_identity.groupmap_count, source_gid, true,
+                          &target)) {
+    *out = target == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? getegid() : (gid_t)target;
+  } else if (g_identity.chown_gid_set) {
+    *out = g_identity.chown_gid == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? getegid() : (gid_t)g_identity.chown_gid;
+  } else if (g_identity.numeric_ids) {
+    *out = (gid_t)source_gid;
+  } else {
+    struct group* gr = getgrgid((gid_t)source_gid);
+    if (gr) {
+      const struct group* mapped = getgrnam(gr->gr_name);
+      *out = mapped ? mapped->gr_gid : (gid_t)source_gid;
+    } else {
+      *out = (gid_t)source_gid;
+    }
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
 /* Resolve the target ownership from the negotiated policy against the entry's
  * current stat.  Shared by the fd (regular file) and no-follow (symlink) apply
  * paths.  Returns false when no side is to be changed. */
 static bool identity_resolve_targets(const struct stat* st, int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid,
                                      uid_t* out_uid, gid_t* out_gid) {
-  bool set_uid = false;
-  bool set_gid = false;
-  uid_t uid = 0;
-  gid_t gid = 0;
-
   /* --copy-as (P7 Wave E) has the highest priority: it forces BOTH the owner
    * and group of every written entry to the requested ids, beating usermap /
    * groupmap / --chown / --numeric-ids and the best-effort name lookup.  Only
    * skip when the entry already carries exactly those ids. */
   if (g_identity.copy_as_set) {
-    uid = (uid_t)g_identity.copy_as_uid;
+    uid_t uid = (uid_t)g_identity.copy_as_uid;
-    gid = (gid_t)g_identity.copy_as_gid;
+    gid_t gid = (gid_t)g_identity.copy_as_gid;
     if (st->st_uid == uid && st->st_gid == gid)
       return false;
     *out_uid = uid;
@@ -615,67 +1120,52 @@ static bool identity_resolve_targets(const struct stat* st, int32_t source_uid,
     return true;
   }
 
-  int32_t target;
+  /* Each side is resolved independently: -o/-g and the explicit identity flags
-  if (identity_map_lookup(g_identity.usermap, g_identity.usermap_count, source_uid, &target)) {
+   * request the owner/group respectively, and a side that is NOT requested must
-    uid = target == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? geteuid() : (uid_t)target;
+   * be left exactly as it is (`-1` to fchown on that side).  This is what lets
-    set_uid = true;
+   * plain -g change only the group, or -o only the owner. */
-  } else if (g_identity.chown_uid_set) {
+  uid_t uid = (uid_t)-1;
-    uid = g_identity.chown_uid == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? geteuid() : (uid_t)g_identity.chown_uid;
+  gid_t gid = (gid_t)-1;
-    set_uid = true;
+  bool owner_requested = identity_resolve_owner(source_uid, &uid);
-  } else if (g_identity.numeric_ids) {
+  bool group_requested = identity_resolve_group(source_gid, &gid);
-    uid = (uid_t)source_uid;
+  if (!owner_requested && !group_requested)
-    set_uid = true;
-  } else {
-    /* Best-effort name mapping against the receiver's own database: if the
-     * transmitted (numeric) id resolves to a name present on this machine,
-     * re-resolve it.  On a shared-account host this is the identity operation;
-     * when the id has no name here, the user side is left alone. */
-    struct passwd* pw = getpwuid((uid_t)source_uid);
-    if (pw) {
-      const struct passwd* mapped = getpwnam(pw->pw_name);
-      if (mapped) {
-        uid = mapped->pw_uid;
-        set_uid = true;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (identity_map_lookup(g_identity.groupmap, g_identity.groupmap_count, source_gid, &target)) {
-    gid = target == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? getegid() : (gid_t)target;
-    set_gid = true;
-  } else if (g_identity.chown_gid_set) {
-    gid = g_identity.chown_gid == IDENTITY_CURRENT ? getegid() : (gid_t)g_identity.chown_gid;
-    set_gid = true;
-  } else if (g_identity.numeric_ids) {
-    gid = (gid_t)source_gid;
-    set_gid = true;
-  } else {
-    struct group* gr = getgrgid((gid_t)source_gid);
-    if (gr) {
-      const struct group* mapped = getgrnam(gr->gr_name);
-      if (mapped) {
-        gid = mapped->gr_gid;
-        set_gid = true;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (!set_uid && !set_gid)
     return false;
-  /* An unset side keeps the file's current id so the other side can change. */
+
-  if (!set_uid)
+  /* Only change ownership when a requested side actually differs (avoid
-    uid = st->st_uid;
+   * needless syscalls and any chance of clearing setuid/setgid on an
-  if (!set_gid)
+   * already-correct entry). */
-    gid = st->st_gid;
+  bool changed = (owner_requested && uid != st->st_uid) || (group_requested && gid != st->st_gid);
-  /* Only change ownership when the target differs (avoid needless syscalls and
+  if (!changed)
-   * any chance of clearing setuid/setgid on an already-correct entry). */
-  if (st->st_uid == uid && st->st_gid == gid)
     return false;
   *out_uid = uid;
   *out_gid = gid;
   return true;
 }
 
+/* --fake-super storage resolution: the receiver records the ownership it WOULD
+ * have applied.  A requested side uses the resolved mapping (--copy-as /
+ * usermap / --chown / -o/-g, with --numeric-ids as the raw-id modifier); a side
+ * that was not requested keeps the source's own id, so a plain --fake-super run
+ * records the source owner untouched. */
+void identity_resolve_storage_ids(int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid, uint32_t* out_uid,
+                                  uint32_t* out_gid) {
+  if (g_identity.copy_as_set) {
+    *out_uid = (uint32_t)g_identity.copy_as_uid;
+    *out_gid = (uint32_t)g_identity.copy_as_gid;
+    return;
+  }
+  uid_t uid = (uid_t)source_uid;
+  gid_t gid = (gid_t)source_gid;
+  uid_t resolved_uid;
+  gid_t resolved_gid;
+  if (identity_resolve_owner(source_uid, &resolved_uid))
+    uid = resolved_uid;
+  if (identity_resolve_group(source_gid, &resolved_gid))
+    gid = resolved_gid;
+  *out_uid = (uint32_t)uid;
+  *out_gid = (uint32_t)gid;
+}
+
 static void identity_log_chown_failure(const char* what, uid_t uid, gid_t gid) {
   /* EPERM/EACCES are expected when the receiver is not privileged (e.g. the CI
    * `nobody` user): warn and continue, never abort the transfer.  Any other
@@ -710,8 +1200,12 @@ bool identity_apply_ownership(int fd, int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid) {
   /* Ownership application is OFF unless the client requested an identity flag.
    * This is the controlled gate: a default (or plain -M) transfer never changes
    * ownership, byte-for-byte preserving FastSync's existing behavior.  --no-super
-   * additionally forbids it even when the receiver is root. */
+   * additionally forbids it even when the receiver is root.  --fake-super never
-  if (!identity_active_enabled() || !privilege_super_permitted() || fd < 0)
+   * performs a REAL chown: that would defeat the point of the flag (record the
+   * source ownership on an unprivileged receiver for a later privileged
+   * restore); the resolved ownership is stored in the reserved xattr instead by
+   * fake_super_store_fd(). */
+  if (!identity_active_enabled() || g_identity.fake_super || !privilege_super_permitted() || fd < 0)
     return true;
   struct stat st;
   if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0)
@@ -731,7 +1225,8 @@ bool identity_apply_ownership(int fd, int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid) {
 
 bool identity_apply_ownership_link(int parent_fd, const char* leaf, int32_t source_uid,
                                    int32_t source_gid) {
-  if (!identity_active_enabled() || !privilege_super_permitted() || parent_fd < 0 || !leaf)
+  if (!identity_active_enabled() || g_identity.fake_super || !privilege_super_permitted() ||
+      parent_fd < 0 || !leaf)
     return true;
   struct stat st;
   if (fstatat(parent_fd, leaf, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)

src/shared/identity.h

@@ -6,6 +6,11 @@
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
+/* Maximum length of a receiver-resolved identity name in a FROM:TO map's TO
+ * field.  Bounded so a malicious/huge name can never cross the wire (see
+ * identity_wire_map_valid). */
+#define IDENTITY_MAX_NAME_LEN 255
+
 /*
  * Identity mapping: --numeric-ids / --usermap / --groupmap / --chown / --copy-as.
  *
@@ -25,8 +30,14 @@
 
 /* Parse one --usermap= / --groupmap= value (comma-separated FROM:TO rules,
  * first match wins) into config->usermap / config->groupmap.  is_group selects
- * the group tables and name databases.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on a
+ * the group tables and name databases.  A FROM name wildcard (containing `*`,
- * malformed spec or an unresolvable name (never a silent no-op). */
+ * `?` or `[...]`, but not the bare `*`) is expanded against the SENDER's
+ * account database at parse time into one or more numeric id/range rules
+ * (contiguous ids collapse to a range) sharing the same TO, because only
+ * numeric ids cross the wire; the expansion is capped at MAX_IDENTITY_MAP and a
+ * wildcard matching no account is an error.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on a
+ * malformed spec, an unresolvable name, an unmatched wildcard, or a map that
+ * would exceed MAX_IDENTITY_MAP (never a silent no-op). */
 int identity_parse_map(Config* config, const char* value, bool is_group);
 
 /* Parse --chown=USER:GROUP.  Supports USER:GROUP, USER (owner only), :GROUP
@@ -80,16 +91,37 @@ void identity_clear_active(void);
  * snapshot.  Ownership stays OFF ("do not apply") for every transfer that
  * requests none of them, preserving FastSync's existing behavior.  --super /
  * --no-super alone does NOT enable ownership; an explicit identity flag
- * (--numeric-ids / --chown / --usermap / --groupmap / --copy-as) is required. */
+ * (--numeric-ids / --chown / --usermap / --groupmap / --copy-as) or a
+ * preserve-source -o/--owner / -g/--group request is required. */
 bool identity_active_enabled(void);
 
-/* Pure, config-only predicate: true when the client requested ANY
+/* Per-side predicates over the ACTIVE per-connection snapshot (call
- * client-chosen ownership or super-user activity (--numeric-ids, --chown,
+ * identity_set_active() first).  They mirror the owner_requested /
- * --usermap/--groupmap, --copy-as, --fake-super, or an explicit --super).  Used
+ * group_requested conditions inside identity_resolve_targets() exactly, so
- * by the daemon module gate to decide whether a module's per-module opt-in is
+ * callers that must apply only one side (e.g. the --fake-super owner replay)
- * required; it never reads the per-connection snapshot. */
+ * can pass (uid_t)-1 / (gid_t)-1 for the side that was NOT requested and leave
+ * it untouched.  The owner side is requested by --copy-as, --chown USER,
+ * --numeric-ids, -o/--owner, or a non-empty --usermap; the group side by
+ * --copy-as, --chown :GROUP, --numeric-ids, -g/--group, or a non-empty
+ * --groupmap. */
+bool identity_owner_requested(void);
+bool identity_group_requested(void);
+
+/* Pure, config-only predicate: true when the client requested ANY client-chosen
+ * ownership or super-user activity (--numeric-ids, --chown, --usermap/--groupmap,
+ * --copy-as, --fake-super, an explicit --super, or a preserve-source -o/-g).
+ * General awareness only; the daemon module gate uses the narrower
+ * identity_explicit_ownership_requested() below.  Never reads the snapshot. */
 bool identity_ownership_requested(const Config* config);
 
+/* Pure, config-only predicate for the narrow set that lets the CLIENT choose an
+ * arbitrary owner/group: --numeric-ids, --chown, --usermap/--groupmap,
+ * --copy-as, --fake-super, or an explicit --super.  Deliberately EXCLUDES a
+ * plain -o/--owner / -g/--group (or -a) preserve-source request, which the
+ * daemon gate handles by forcing super-user ownership activity off rather than
+ * refusing the whole transfer.  Never reads the snapshot. */
+bool identity_explicit_ownership_requested(const Config* config);
+
 /* Apply the negotiated ownership to an already-written file descriptor.
  * source_uid/source_gid are the transmitted numeric ids.  Resolution order:
  * --copy-as (highest priority, forces both ids), then a matching
@@ -106,6 +138,14 @@ bool identity_ownership_requested(const Config* config);
  * is active returns true. */
 bool identity_apply_ownership(int fd, int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid);
 
+/* Resolve the ownership that --fake-super should RECORD in the reserved xattr
+ * (rather than chown for real).  A requested side (--copy-as / usermap /
+ * --chown / -o / -g, with --numeric-ids as the raw-id modifier) yields the
+ * resolved target; a side that was not requested keeps the transmitted source
+ * id.  Must be called after identity_set_active(). */
+void identity_resolve_storage_ids(int32_t source_uid, int32_t source_gid, uint32_t* out_uid,
+                                  uint32_t* out_gid);
+
 /* P7 Wave D: the no-follow (symlink) counterpart.  Resolves the same
  * usermap/groupmap/chown/numeric-ids/copy-as policy but applies it with
  * fchownat(..., AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) so a symlink's own ownership is changed

src/shared/incremental_check.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#ifndef INCREMENTAL_CHECK_H
+#define INCREMENTAL_CHECK_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "file_types.h"
+#include "protocol.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Incremental-check module: the per-file STATUS_CHECK state machine, the
+ * incremental delta / alternate-basis / fuzzy matching helpers and the shared
+ * xattr receive helper.  These declarations are re-exported by the
+ * file_receive.h facade. */
+
+/* Whole-file payload bound shared by the plain receive path and the
+ * incremental check paths. */
+#define MAX_FILE_DATA_SIZE MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE
+
+/* Receive a file's xattr block (when the config enables xattr transport) and
+ * attach it to `file`.  Returns false on a malformed/oversized frame. */
+bool receive_file_xattrs(File* file, int fd, const Config* config);
+
+File* receive_incremental_check(int fd, const Config* config, bool* skipped);
+/* Extended variant used by the receiver.  `would_transfer` (may be NULL) is set
+ * true only on the server-contacting --dry-run path when the file is not up to
+ * date: the receiver has already sent STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER and returns NULL
+ * without storing anything.  On that path `*skipped` is true for an up-to-date
+ * (STATUS_OK) file and both flags are false for a genuine error. */
+File* receive_incremental_check_ex(int fd, const Config* config, bool* skipped,
+                                   bool* would_transfer);
+
+/* Testable basis quick-check / verification policy.  file_basis_quick_match is
+ * rsync's metadata quick-check for a basis candidate (equal size is required
+ * separately by the caller; this adds the --size-only / mtime / --modify-window
+ * leg).  file_basis_content_required reports whether a hit must ALSO be
+ * confirmed by a whole-file content digest (--verify-basis; false is the
+ * default rsync-parity behavior). */
+bool file_basis_quick_match(const Config* config, const struct stat* st, time_t check_mtime,
+                            long check_mtime_nsec);
+bool file_basis_content_required(const Config* config);
+
+#endif

src/shared/log.c

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
 #include "log.h"
+#include "utils.h"
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ static bool info_flags_explicit = false;
 static FILE* log_fp = NULL;
 static _Thread_local bool eight_bit_output;
 static LogStderrMode stderr_mode = LOG_STDERR_ERRORS;
+static LogClientMsgSink client_msg_sink = NULL;
 
 /* Serializes access to log_fp and makes each emitted line atomic: the
  * timestamp prefix, formatted body, and trailing newline are written as one
@@ -77,6 +79,51 @@ LogStderrMode log_get_stderr_mode(void) {
   return stderr_mode;
 }
 
+void log_set_client_msg_sink(LogClientMsgSink sink) {
+  client_msg_sink = sink;
+}
+
+LogClientMsgSink log_get_client_msg_sink(void) {
+  return client_msg_sink;
+}
+
+/* Format just the message body (no prefix/newline) into a freshly allocated
+ * buffer.  Shared by log_message (which may hand the body to a client-message
+ * sink) and log_client_message.  Returns NULL on allocation/format failure. */
+static char* format_log_body(const char* format, va_list args) {
+  va_list copy;
+  va_copy(copy, args);
+  int body_len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, copy);
+  va_end(copy);
+  if (body_len < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  char* body = malloc((size_t)body_len + 1);
+  if (!body)
+    return NULL;
+  vsnprintf(body, (size_t)body_len + 1, format, args);
+  return body;
+}
+
+/* Assemble a complete log line (prefix + body + newline) from an already
+ * formatted body.  Returns NULL on allocation failure. */
+static char* format_log_line_from_body(LogLevel log_level, const struct tm* t, const char* body) {
+  char prefix[64];
+  int prefix_len = snprintf(
+      prefix, sizeof(prefix), "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d [%s]: ", t->tm_year + 1900,
+      t->tm_mon + 1, t->tm_mday, t->tm_hour, t->tm_min, t->tm_sec, log_level_strings[log_level]);
+  if (prefix_len < 0 || prefix_len >= (int)sizeof(prefix))
+    return NULL;
+  size_t body_len = strlen(body);
+  char* line = malloc((size_t)prefix_len + body_len + 2); /* body + '\n' + NUL */
+  if (!line)
+    return NULL;
+  memcpy(line, prefix, (size_t)prefix_len);
+  memcpy(line + prefix_len, body, body_len);
+  line[(size_t)prefix_len + body_len] = '\n';
+  line[(size_t)prefix_len + body_len + 1] = '\0';
+  return line;
+}
+
 /* Format one complete log line (timestamp prefix + body + newline) into a
  * freshly allocated buffer.  This is pure CPU/malloc work and must happen
  * OUTSIDE the log mutex: the mutex only guards the log_fp pointer, so a
@@ -84,26 +131,11 @@ LogStderrMode log_get_stderr_mode(void) {
  * on allocation/formatting failure. */
 static char* format_log_line(LogLevel log_level, const struct tm* t, const char* format,
                              va_list args) {
-  char prefix[64];
+  char* body = format_log_body(format, args);
-  int prefix_len = snprintf(
+  if (!body)
-      prefix, sizeof(prefix), "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d [%s]: ", t->tm_year + 1900,
-      t->tm_mon + 1, t->tm_mday, t->tm_hour, t->tm_min, t->tm_sec, log_level_strings[log_level]);
-  if (prefix_len < 0 || prefix_len >= (int)sizeof(prefix))
     return NULL;
-  va_list copy;
+  char* line = format_log_line_from_body(log_level, t, body);
-  va_copy(copy, args);
+  free(body);
-  int body_len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, copy);
-  va_end(copy);
-  if (body_len < 0)
-    return NULL;
-  size_t total = (size_t)prefix_len + (size_t)body_len;
-  char* line = malloc(total + 2); /* body bytes + '\n' + NUL */
-  if (!line)
-    return NULL;
-  memcpy(line, prefix, (size_t)prefix_len);
-  vsnprintf(line + prefix_len, (size_t)body_len + 1, format, args);
-  line[total] = '\n';
-  line[total + 1] = '\0';
   return line;
 }
 
@@ -121,6 +153,26 @@ static void emit_log_line(FILE* console, const char* line) {
   mtx_unlock(&log_mutex);
 }
 
+void log_client_message(const char* message) {
+  if (!message)
+    return;
+  /* The body is peer-controlled: escape every non-printable byte (newlines,
+     CR, ANSI ESC, ...) so a hostile client cannot forge log lines or inject
+     terminal control sequences.  output_escape() is the codebase's canonical
+     escaper and leaves printable text untouched. */
+  char* escaped = output_escape(message, log_get_8_bit_output());
+  if (!escaped)
+    return;
+  /* Route through the ordinary log level / destination gate (log_message):
+     this respects --log-file, the configured stderr mode and the level
+     threshold instead of always writing to stderr.  The wire body carries no
+     severity, so the forwarded diagnostic is emitted as a warning -- the
+     lowest level the default gate admits, which keeps the peer's messages
+     visible without bypassing --quiet. */
+  log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "%s", escaped);
+  free(escaped);
+}
+
 void log_message(LogLevel log_level, const char* format, ...) {
   if (log_level < current_log_level)
     return;
@@ -138,8 +190,23 @@ void log_message(LogLevel log_level, const char* format, ...) {
 
   va_list args;
   va_start(args, format);
-  char* line = format_log_line(log_level, &t, format, args);
+  char* body = format_log_body(format, args);
   va_end(args);
+  if (!body)
+    return;
+  /* LOG_STDERR_CLIENT: hand the diagnostic to the client-message channel.  A
+     sink that takes ownership suppresses the local write; otherwise (no sink
+     yet, or the peer connection is not up) fall through to local output so the
+     diagnostic is never lost. */
+  if (stderr_mode == LOG_STDERR_CLIENT) {
+    LogClientMsgSink sink = client_msg_sink;
+    if (sink && sink(body)) {
+      free(body);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  char* line = format_log_line_from_body(log_level, &t, body);
+  free(body);
   if (!line)
     return;
   emit_log_line(dest_io, line);

src/shared/log.h

@@ -5,15 +5,40 @@
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 
+/* Ask the compiler to type-check the printf-style arguments of the variadic
+ * logging helpers.  Only enabled for GNU-compatible compilers (gcc/clang). */
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define LOG_PRINTF_ATTR(fmt_idx, first_vararg_idx)                                                 \
+  __attribute__((format(printf, fmt_idx, first_vararg_idx)))
+#else
+#define LOG_PRINTF_ATTR(fmt_idx, first_vararg_idx)
+#endif
+
 typedef enum { LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, LOG_LEVEL_INFO, LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, LOG_LEVEL_ERROR } LogLevel;
-typedef enum { LOG_STDERR_ERRORS, LOG_STDERR_ALL } LogStderrMode;
+/* --stderr=MODE destinations.  ERRORS keeps errors on stderr and everything
+ * else on stdout; ALL sends every message to stderr; CLIENT routes the client's
+ * own diagnostics over the protocol stream to the peer's stderr (rsync's
+ * --stderr=client / --no-msgs2stderr). */
+typedef enum { LOG_STDERR_ERRORS, LOG_STDERR_ALL, LOG_STDERR_CLIENT } LogStderrMode;
 
 typedef enum {
   LOG_DEBUG_IO = 1u << 0,
   LOG_DEBUG_PROTO = 1u << 1,
   LOG_DEBUG_PACK = 1u << 2,
   LOG_DEBUG_UTIL = 1u << 3,
-  LOG_DEBUG_ALL = (1u << 4) - 1,
+  /* rsync --debug categories that now map to a natural FastSync event:
+   * flist (file-list scan progress), del (deletions), hash/deltasum
+   * (whole-file hashing and delta-sum generation), recv (receiver
+   * responses/signatures), filter (selection/exclusion decisions) and send
+   * (files handed to the sender).  Only emitted when the category is
+   * explicitly enabled; a normal run stays silent. */
+  LOG_DEBUG_FLIST = 1u << 4,
+  LOG_DEBUG_DEL = 1u << 5,
+  LOG_DEBUG_HASH = 1u << 6,
+  LOG_DEBUG_RECV = 1u << 7,
+  LOG_DEBUG_FILTER = 1u << 8,
+  LOG_DEBUG_SEND = 1u << 9,
+  LOG_DEBUG_ALL = (1u << 10) - 1,
 } LogDebugFlag;
 
 typedef enum {
@@ -21,10 +46,33 @@ typedef enum {
   LOG_INFO_MISC = 1u << 1,
   LOG_INFO_SKIP = 1u << 2,
   LOG_INFO_STATS = 1u << 3,
-  LOG_INFO_ALL = LOG_INFO_COPY | LOG_INFO_MISC | LOG_INFO_SKIP | LOG_INFO_STATS,
+  /* rsync categories that map to a FastSync event (emitted in rsync's line
+   * format): del (deletions), remove (sender-side source removal), name
+   * (transferred entry names), flist (file-list header), nonreg (skipped
+   * non-regular files), progress (per-file progress).  rsync's `backup`
+   * category is accepted for CLI parity but stays silent: the receiver does the
+   * backing-up and FastSync has no backup event to report from the sender. */
+  LOG_INFO_DEL = 1u << 4,
+  LOG_INFO_REMOVE = 1u << 5,
+  LOG_INFO_NAME = 1u << 6,
+  LOG_INFO_FLIST = 1u << 7,
+  LOG_INFO_NONREG = 1u << 8,
+  LOG_INFO_PROGRESS = 1u << 9,
+  /* Marker for `--info=name2` and higher: also print rsync's
+     "NAME is uptodate" line for entries the receiver already has.  It rides in
+     the info_level bitset (there is no separate Config field) and is never set
+     by --info=all (which selects level 1). */
+  LOG_INFO_NAME_UPTODATE = 1u << 10,
+  /* --info=mount: print rsync's `[sender] skipping mount-point dir NAME` when
+   * -xx/--one-file-system drops a mount-point directory (FastSync's client is
+   * the sender). */
+  LOG_INFO_MOUNT = 1u << 11,
+  LOG_INFO_ALL = LOG_INFO_COPY | LOG_INFO_MISC | LOG_INFO_SKIP | LOG_INFO_STATS | LOG_INFO_DEL |
+                 LOG_INFO_REMOVE | LOG_INFO_NAME | LOG_INFO_FLIST | LOG_INFO_NONREG |
+                 LOG_INFO_PROGRESS | LOG_INFO_MOUNT,
 } LogInfoFlag;
 
-void log_message(LogLevel log_level, const char* message, ...);
+void log_message(LogLevel log_level, const char* message, ...) LOG_PRINTF_ATTR(2, 3);
 void log_perror(const char* context);
 void set_log_level(LogLevel level);
 void set_log_debug_flags(uint32_t flags);
@@ -33,14 +81,29 @@ uint32_t get_log_debug_flags(void);
  * the debug log level is enabled AND the flag is selected.  Hot paths use this
  * to skip expensive message formatting/escaping when the line is filtered. */
 bool log_debug_enabled(LogDebugFlag flag);
-void log_debug_message(LogDebugFlag flag, const char* message, ...);
+void log_debug_message(LogDebugFlag flag, const char* message, ...) LOG_PRINTF_ATTR(2, 3);
 void set_log_info_flags(uint32_t flags);
 uint32_t get_log_info_flags(void);
-void log_info_message(LogInfoFlag flag, const char* message, ...);
+void log_info_message(LogInfoFlag flag, const char* message, ...) LOG_PRINTF_ATTR(2, 3);
 void log_set_file(FILE* fp);
 void log_set_8_bit_output(bool enabled);
 bool log_get_8_bit_output(void);
 void log_set_stderr_mode(LogStderrMode mode);
 LogStderrMode log_get_stderr_mode(void);
+/* Write a message a peer forwarded over the client-message channel to this
+ * process's stderr (and log file), with the standard log prefix.  Used by the
+ * server side of rsync's --stderr=client. */
+void log_client_message(const char* message);
+
+/* Sink for LOG_STDERR_CLIENT.  log_message() passes the un-prefixed message
+ * body to the installed sink; a `true` return means the sink took ownership
+ * (e.g. queued it for protocol transmission) and the message must NOT also be
+ * written locally.  A `false` return (or a NULL sink) makes log_message fall
+ * back to the normal local destination, so a diagnostic emitted before the peer
+ * connection exists is never lost (rsync's documented fallback).  The sink may
+ * be called from any thread and must be tolerant of that. */
+typedef bool (*LogClientMsgSink)(const char* message);
+void log_set_client_msg_sink(LogClientMsgSink sink);
+LogClientMsgSink log_get_client_msg_sink(void);
 
 #endif

src/shared/metadata.c

@@ -209,22 +209,71 @@ FileMetadata* metadata_receive(int file_descriptor, int* ok) {
   return m;
 }
 
-static mode_t metadata_mode(const FileMetadata* metadata, mode_t current_mode,
+bool metadata_mode_for_policy(mode_t source_mode, mode_t current_mode, FileAttrPolicy policy,
-                            bool preserve_executability) {
+                              mode_t* out_mode) {
+  const mode_t special_bits = (mode_t)(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX);
   const mode_t execute_bits = S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH;
-  if (preserve_executability)
+  if (policy.perms) {
-    return (current_mode & 0777 & ~execute_bits) | (metadata->mode & execute_bits);
+    /* rsync --perms copies the source's permission and special bits exactly,
-  return metadata->mode & 0777 & ~(S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH);
+     * including group/other write and setuid/setgid/sticky.  The kernel may
+     * still clear setgid when the receiver is not in the file's group; the
+     * caller logs a failed chmod rather than silently masking the bits here.
+     * Setuid/setgid/sticky are super-user activities: when the connection did
+     * not permit them (SUPER_MODE_OFF / --no-super) they are stripped, so a
+     * client can never install a privileged bit on a receiver that forbade
+     * super-user activities.  This also covers bits introduced by --chmod,
+     * whose result is fed in as source_mode. */
+    mode_t bits = source_mode & (mode_t)(special_bits | 0777);
+    if (!policy.super_permitted)
+      bits &= ~special_bits;
+    *out_mode = bits;
+    return true;
+  }
+  if (policy.executability) {
+    /* -E/--executability (rsync 3.4 rule): do NOT copy the source's execute
+     * bits per class.  If the source is executable at all, derive the execute
+     * bits from the DESTINATION's own read bits (so a class that can read may
+     * execute); otherwise clear every execute bit.  This runs on the
+     * destination-derived base (pre-existing dest mode, or source&~umask for a
+     * new file), and leaves the special bits untouched.  --perms wins when both
+     * are set (handled above).  The destination's own special bits survive
+     * unless super-user activities are forbidden. */
+    mode_t base = current_mode & (mode_t)(special_bits | 0777);
+    if (!policy.super_permitted)
+      base &= ~special_bits;
+    if (source_mode & 0111)
+      *out_mode = base | ((base & 0444) >> 2);
+    else
+      *out_mode = base & ~execute_bits;
+    return true;
+  }
+  /* Neither requested: no source mode is applied at all. */
+  return false;
 }
 
-void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
+FileAttrPolicy file_attr_policy_from_config(const Config* config) {
-                           bool preserve_executability) {
+  FileAttrPolicy policy = {0};
+  if (config) {
+    policy.perms = config->preserve_perms;
+    policy.times = config->preserve_times;
+    policy.atimes = config->preserve_atimes;
+    policy.executability = config->use_executability;
+    policy.super_permitted = privilege_super_mode_permitted(config->super_mode);
+  }
+  return policy;
+}
+
+void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy) {
   if (metadata == NULL)
     return;
+  bool apply_mode = false;
+  mode_t safe_mode = 0;
+  if (policy.perms || policy.executability) {
     struct stat current;
     mode_t current_mode = stat(path, &current) == 0 ? current.st_mode : 0;
-  mode_t safe_mode = metadata_mode(metadata, current_mode, preserve_executability);
+    apply_mode = metadata_mode_for_policy(metadata->mode, current_mode, policy, &safe_mode);
-  if (chmod(path, safe_mode) != 0) {
+  }
+  if (apply_mode && chmod(path, safe_mode) != 0) {
     char* escaped_path = output_escape(path, log_get_8_bit_output());
     log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "Failed to chmod %s: %s",
                 escaped_path ? escaped_path : "<allocation failed>", strerror(errno));
@@ -232,21 +281,17 @@ void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
   }
   /* Never apply client-supplied ownership.  The descriptor API below is the
      receiver write path; retain this legacy API only for compatibility. */
-  struct timespec times[2];
+  if (policy.times || (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid)) {
-  times[0].tv_sec = 0;
+    struct timespec times[2] = {{.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT},
-  times[0].tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT;
+                                {.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT}};
+    if (policy.times) {
       times[1].tv_sec = metadata->mtime_sec;
       times[1].tv_nsec = metadata->mtime_nsec;
-  if (metadata->atime_valid) {
+    }
+    if (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid) {
       times[0].tv_sec = metadata->atime_sec;
       times[0].tv_nsec = metadata->atime_nsec;
     }
-  if (metadata->crtime_valid) {
-    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG,
-                "crtime (birth time) %lld.%09ld transmitted for %s but not applied: no portable "
-                "setter exists",
-                (long long)metadata->crtime_sec, metadata->crtime_nsec, path);
-  }
     if (utimensat(AT_FDCWD, path, times, 0) != 0) {
       char* escaped_path = output_escape(path, log_get_8_bit_output());
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, "Failed to set timestamps on %s: %s",
@@ -254,9 +299,16 @@ void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
       free(escaped_path);
     }
   }
+  if (metadata->crtime_valid) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG,
+                "crtime (birth time) %lld.%09ld transmitted for %s but not applied: no portable "
+                "setter exists",
+                (long long)metadata->crtime_sec, metadata->crtime_nsec, path);
+  }
+}
 
 bool file_restore_symlink_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
-                                   bool omit_link_times) {
+                                   FileAttrPolicy policy, bool omit_link_times) {
   if (path == NULL || metadata == NULL)
     return !identity_copy_as_active();
   char* leaf = NULL;
@@ -269,18 +321,27 @@ bool file_restore_symlink_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadat
      best-effort. */
   bool owned = identity_apply_ownership_link(parent_fd, leaf, (int32_t)metadata->uid,
                                              (int32_t)metadata->gid);
-  /* Symlink mode: not settable on Linux (fchmodat AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW returns
+  /* Symlink mode: only when -p is in effect.  It is not settable on Linux
-     EOPNOTSUPP/ENOTSUP); attempt it for platforms that support it and quietly
+     (fchmodat AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW returns EOPNOTSUPP/ENOTSUP); attempt it for
-     ignore the unsupported case so the transfer never fails over it. */
+     platforms that support it and quietly ignore the unsupported case so the
-  mode_t link_mode = metadata->mode & 0777;
+     transfer never fails over it. */
+  if (policy.perms) {
+    mode_t link_mode = metadata->mode & (mode_t)(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | 0777);
+    if (!policy.super_permitted)
+      link_mode &= ~(mode_t)(S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX);
     if (fchmodat(parent_fd, leaf, link_mode, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0 && errno != EOPNOTSUPP &&
         errno != ENOTSUP && errno != ENOSYS) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, "Could not set symlink mode on %s: %s", path, strerror(errno));
     }
-  if (!omit_link_times) {
+  }
+  if (!omit_link_times && (policy.times || (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid))) {
     struct timespec times[2] = {{.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT},
-                                {.tv_sec = metadata->mtime_sec, .tv_nsec = metadata->mtime_nsec}};
+                                {.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT}};
-    if (metadata->atime_valid) {
+    if (policy.times) {
+      times[1].tv_sec = metadata->mtime_sec;
+      times[1].tv_nsec = metadata->mtime_nsec;
+    }
+    if (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid) {
       times[0].tv_sec = metadata->atime_sec;
       times[0].tv_nsec = metadata->atime_nsec;
     }
@@ -296,19 +357,13 @@ bool file_restore_symlink_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadat
   return owned;
 }
 
-bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability) {
+bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy) {
   if (fd < 0 || metadata == NULL)
     return metadata == NULL;
   bool ok = true;
-  struct stat current;
-  if (fstat(fd, &current) != 0)
-    return false;
-  mode_t safe_mode = metadata_mode(metadata, current.st_mode, preserve_executability);
-  if (fchmod(fd, safe_mode) != 0)
-    ok = false;
   /* Client uid/gid values are deliberately not authoritative UNLESS the client
      explicitly opted in with an identity flag (--numeric-ids / --usermap /
-     --groupmap / --chown).  identity_apply_ownership is the controlled,
+     --groupmap / --chown / -o/-g).  identity_apply_ownership is the controlled,
      privilege-gated path: it consults the negotiated policy, resolves the
      target ids, and applies them via an fd-relative fchown() that is confined
      to the just-written file (EPERM/EACCES are logged, never fatal) -- EXCEPT
@@ -316,14 +371,19 @@ bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserv
      marks this entry as failed instead of reporting a wrong-owner write as
      success.  With no identity flag set it is a no-op, so a default or plain -M
      transfer keeps FastSync's existing behavior of never applying client
-     ownership. */
+     ownership.  Ownership runs BEFORE the mode because a chown clears
+     setuid/setgid; rsync likewise chowns first and then restores the source
+     mode (including its special bits). */
   if (!identity_apply_ownership(fd, (int32_t)metadata->uid, (int32_t)metadata->gid))
     ok = false;
-  struct timespec times[2] = {{.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT},
+  if (policy.perms || policy.executability) {
-                              {.tv_sec = metadata->mtime_sec, .tv_nsec = metadata->mtime_nsec}};
+    struct stat current;
-  if (metadata->atime_valid) {
+    if (fstat(fd, &current) != 0)
-    times[0].tv_sec = metadata->atime_sec;
+      return false;
-    times[0].tv_nsec = metadata->atime_nsec;
+    mode_t safe_mode = 0;
+    bool apply_mode = metadata_mode_for_policy(metadata->mode, current.st_mode, policy, &safe_mode);
+    if (apply_mode && fchmod(fd, safe_mode) != 0)
+      ok = false;
   }
   /* --crtimes captures and transmits the source birth time, but there is no
    * portable way to set a birth time (utimensat can only set atime/mtime), so
@@ -335,7 +395,19 @@ bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserv
                 "crtime (birth time) %lld.%09ld transmitted but not applied: no portable setter",
                 (long long)metadata->crtime_sec, metadata->crtime_nsec);
   }
+  if (policy.times || (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid)) {
+    struct timespec times[2] = {{.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT},
+                                {.tv_sec = 0, .tv_nsec = UTIME_OMIT}};
+    if (policy.times) {
+      times[1].tv_sec = metadata->mtime_sec;
+      times[1].tv_nsec = metadata->mtime_nsec;
+    }
+    if (policy.atimes && metadata->atime_valid) {
+      times[0].tv_sec = metadata->atime_sec;
+      times[0].tv_nsec = metadata->atime_nsec;
+    }
     if (futimens(fd, times) != 0)
       ok = false;
+  }
   return ok;
 }

src/shared/metadata.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 #define METADATA_H
 
 #include "file.h"
+#include "file_attr.h"
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
@@ -49,19 +50,31 @@ void metadata_to_buf(char** buf, const FileMetadata* m);
 FileMetadata* metadata_from_buf(const uint8_t* buf, size_t len);
 bool metadata_send(int file_descriptor, const FileMetadata* m);
 FileMetadata* metadata_receive(int file_descriptor, int* ok);
-void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
+void file_restore_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy);
-                           bool preserve_executability);
+bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, FileAttrPolicy policy);
-bool file_restore_metadata_fd(int fd, const FileMetadata* metadata, bool preserve_executability);
+
+/* Shared mode-policy helper: the single source of truth for the receiver's
+ * mode rule.  Given a source mode and the destination's CURRENT mode, returns
+ * true and stores the exact mode to apply in *out_mode when `policy` requests
+ * a change, or false when it requests neither --perms nor --executability (the
+ * caller then leaves the destination mode alone).  --perms wins over -E; the
+ * -E rule derives exec bits from the destination's read bits (rsync 3.4);
+ * group/other write is never granted from a client-supplied mode.  Shared by
+ * file_restore_metadata_fd() and the --fake-super replay so the two cannot
+ * diverge. */
+bool metadata_mode_for_policy(mode_t source_mode, mode_t current_mode, FileAttrPolicy policy,
+                              mode_t* out_mode);
 /* P7 Wave D: apply a SYMLINK's own metadata using no-follow primitives only
  * (utimensat/lchown/fchmodat with AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW), confined fd-relative
- * under the authorized root.  `omit_link_times` (-J/--omit-link-times)
+ * under the authorized root.  The link's mode is applied only when policy.perms;
- * suppresses the timestamps; the link's mode/ownership are still attempted
+ * policy.times (further suppressed by `omit_link_times` for -J) applies the
- * (ownership stays gated by the identity policy and by default is not applied).
+ * mtime with policy.atimes controlling the atime slot; ownership stays gated by
+ * the identity policy and by default is not applied.
  * A null metadata or an unfollowable parent is a harmless no-op.  Returns false
  * only when a REQUIRED --copy-as ownership application failed, so the caller can
  * report the entry as failed instead of claiming a wrong-owner success. */
 bool file_restore_symlink_metadata(const char* path, const FileMetadata* metadata,
-                                   bool omit_link_times);
+                                   FileAttrPolicy policy, bool omit_link_times);
 
 /* Compare timestamps using rsync's whole-second modification window. */
 bool metadata_mtime_matches(time_t left_sec, long left_nsec, time_t right_sec, long right_nsec,

src/shared/multiprocessing.c

@@ -30,20 +30,31 @@ PipelineContextSender* pipeline_context_sender_create(Config* config, Queue* que
   context->max_queue_bytes = 0;
   context->manifest = NULL;
   context->excluded_paths = NULL;
+  context->size_skipped_paths = NULL;
+  context->synced_dirs = NULL;
+  context->plan_dirs = NULL;
   context->missing_args = NULL;
+  context->per_dir_rules = NULL;
   context->scan_had_io_error = false;
   context->remove_source_files = NULL;
   context->early_delete = false;
+  context->prescan_chunks = NULL;
+  context->delete_plans = NULL;
+  context->delete_suppressed = false;
   context->scan_stopped_early = false;
   context->total_files = 0;
   context->progress_bytes = 0;
   context->total_bytes = 0;
+  memset(&context->stats, 0, sizeof(context->stats));
   context->sender_done = false;
   atomic_init(&context->cancelled, false);
   protocol_session_init(&context->allocation_session, -1, -1);
   protocol_session_set_max_alloc(&context->allocation_session, config->max_alloc);
   context->dir_entries = NULL;
   context->dir_entries_mutex_init = false;
+  atomic_init(&context->dir_count, 0);
+  context->delete_limit = false;
+  context->partial = false;
   int init = 0;
   if (config->use_metadata) {
     context->dir_entries = array_list_create(file_destroy);
@@ -78,11 +89,13 @@ PipelineContextSender* pipeline_context_sender_create(Config* config, Queue* que
   return context;
 
 fail:
-  log_perror("Error initializing synchronization objects");
+  log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "Error initializing synchronization objects");
   if (context->dir_entries_mutex_init)
     mtx_destroy(&context->dir_entries_mutex);
   if (context->dir_entries)
     array_list_delete(context->dir_entries);
+  if (init >= 7)
+    mtx_destroy(&context->mutex_progress);
   if (init >= 6)
     cnd_destroy(&context->condition_not_empty_loader);
   if (init >= 5)
@@ -184,10 +197,22 @@ void pipeline_context_sender_destroy(PipelineContextSender* context) {
   if (context->manifest) {
     array_list_delete(context->manifest);
   }
+  if (context->prescan_chunks)
+    array_list_delete(context->prescan_chunks);
+  if (context->delete_plans)
+    delete_plan_sender_destroy(context->delete_plans);
   if (context->excluded_paths)
     array_list_delete(context->excluded_paths);
+  if (context->size_skipped_paths)
+    array_list_delete(context->size_skipped_paths);
+  if (context->synced_dirs)
+    array_list_delete(context->synced_dirs);
+  if (context->plan_dirs)
+    array_list_delete(context->plan_dirs);
   if (context->missing_args)
     array_list_delete(context->missing_args);
+  if (context->per_dir_rules)
+    filter_rule_list_free(context->per_dir_rules);
   if (context->remove_source_files)
     array_list_delete(context->remove_source_files);
   if (context->dir_entries)

src/shared/multiprocessing.h

@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@
 #include "array_list.h"
 #include "chunk.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "delete_plan.h"
 #include "file.h"
+#include "format.h"
 #include "protocol.h"
 #include "queue.h"
 #include "stop_condition.h"
@@ -42,27 +44,74 @@ typedef struct {
      scanner's exclusion sink) or, in the early modes, by the path-only pre-scan
      on the calling thread before the pipeline starts. */
   ArrayList* excluded_paths;
+  /* --max-size/--min-size pruned source paths.  These are ALWAYS sent as
+     protected prefixes (even with --delete-excluded), so the destination
+     mirrors of size-skipped files survive --delete like rsync.  Populated by
+     the scanner thread (workers append under mutex_scanner) or, in the early
+     modes, by the path-only pre-scan on the calling thread. */
+  ArrayList* size_skipped_paths;
+  /* Destination-relative paths of the directories the source scan synchronized
+     for this run (the receive root is the "." sentinel).  Sent with the
+     manifest so the receiver confines its extras walk to them, matching rsync's
+     "delete only in synchronized directories" (notably for --files-from).
+     Populated by the scanner thread or the early pre-scan. */
+  ArrayList* synced_dirs;
+  /* Destination-relative paths of every traversed source directory, for the
+     per-directory delete plan keep set (so an empty source directory survives
+     --delete rather than being removed as an extra).  Prebuilt by the path-only
+     pre-scan on the calling thread. */
+  ArrayList* plan_dirs;
   /* --delete-missing-args: the destination-relative mirrors of the --files-from
      entries that are missing under the source.  Computed by the preflight on
      the calling thread before the pipeline starts; the sender thread transmits
      them in the manifest frame's third section and the receiver deletes each as
      an explicit request. */
   ArrayList* missing_args;
+  /* Per-directory filter rules the source scan compiled (protocol 2.30.0),
+     sent with the delete manifest/plan config so the receiver can re-derive the
+     per-directory protect/risk set.  NULL when --delete is off.  Populated by
+     the scanner (parallel workers append under mutex_scanner) or the early
+     pre-scan. */
+  FilterRuleList* per_dir_rules;
   /* A source I/O error (unreadable directory) was recorded during the scan.
      Set by the pre-scan (before the threads start) or by the scanner thread
      under mutex_scanner; the caller turns it into a non-zero exit when
      --ignore-errors kept the run going. */
   bool scan_had_io_error;
   ArrayList* remove_source_files;
-  /* True when --delete-before/--delete-during require the keep-set manifest to
+  /* True when --delete-before requires the whole-tree keep-set manifest to be
-     be transmitted before any file data: context->manifest is then prebuilt by
+     transmitted before any file data: context->manifest is then prebuilt by a
-     a path-only pre-scan on the calling thread and the pipeline scanner must
+     path-only pre-scan on the calling thread and the pipeline scanner must not
-     not append to it.  Set once before the worker threads start. */
+     append to it.  Set once before the worker threads start. */
   bool early_delete;
+  /* --delete-before: the path-only pre-scan that built the early keep-set,
+     retained as the pipeline's file list (owning Chunk*; consumed and NULLed by
+     the scanner thread) so the data pass replays rsync's single file list
+     instead of re-reading the source.  NULL in every other mode, where the
+     scanner thread scans normally.  Set once before the worker threads start
+     and freed with the context. */
+  ArrayList* prescan_chunks;
+  /* Non-NULL for --delete-during/--delete-delay: the per-directory plan set
+     prebuilt by the path-only pre-scan on the calling thread.  The sender
+     thread transmits the root plan before any data and the remaining plans
+     alongside the chunks.  Set once before the worker threads start. */
+  DeletePlanSender* delete_plans;
+  /* A scan I/O error without --ignore-errors suppressed deletion: the prebuilt
+     keep-set/plans were dropped, and the streaming scanner must not build a
+     fresh manifest or re-send the per-directory plans.  Set once before the
+     worker threads start. */
+  bool delete_suppressed;
   mtx_t mutex_progress;
   int total_files;
   unsigned long long progress_bytes;
   unsigned long long total_bytes;
+  /* Per-type flist / transferred accounting for the rsync --stats breakdown and
+     the progress `to-chk` denominator.  Owned by the sender thread: it is the
+     only writer (the entry/transfer notes in send_chunks_multithreaded) and it
+     reads the totals in its completion tail, so no lock is needed.  This is NOT
+     guarded by mutex_progress (which covers total_files/progress_bytes/
+     total_bytes/sender_done). */
+  TransferStats stats;
   bool sender_done;
   atomic_bool cancelled;
   ProtocolSession allocation_session;
@@ -83,6 +132,19 @@ typedef struct {
   ArrayList* dir_entries;
   mtx_t dir_entries_mutex;
   bool dir_entries_mutex_init;
+  /* --stats directory accounting for a `-r` scan (no directory metadata):
+     shared by the parallel scanner workers, read by the sender thread once the
+     scanner is done.  See ScannerOptions.dir_count. */
+  atomic_ullong dir_count;
+  /* Set by the sender thread when the receiver reported a --max-delete-capped
+     deletion (STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT): the transfer succeeded and the process must
+     exit 25 like rsync.  Read by the caller after the sender thread is joined. */
+  bool delete_limit;
+  /* Set by the sender thread when the receiver reported STATUS_PARTIAL (a
+     per-entry receiver failure that did not abort the stream): the transfer
+     otherwise succeeded, successfully stored --remove-source-files sources were
+     removed, and the process must exit 23 like rsync.  Read after join. */
+  bool partial;
 } PipelineContextSender;
 
 /* `config` is borrowed and must outlive the context: destroy does NOT free it,

src/shared/protocol.c

@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@
 #include <time.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
-#define RECEIVE_TIMEOUT_SEC 60 /* 60 second per-message timeout */
+#define RECEIVE_TIMEOUT_SEC 60 /* built-in fallback for explicit -timed calls only */
-#define SEND_TIMEOUT_SEC 60
 
 static __thread int io_read_fd = -1;
 static __thread int io_write_fd = -1;
@@ -30,8 +29,159 @@ static unsigned long long io_bwlimit = 0;
 static mtx_t bw_mutex;
 static once_flag bw_mutex_once = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
 
+/* Process-wide wire byte counters, used by the client to render rsync's
+ * --stats/--progress totals and the --out-format %b/%c tokens.  The zero-copy
+ * sendfile path bypasses protocol_send_n_data, so it reports its bytes through
+ * protocol_note_bytes_written. */
+static atomic_ullong io_bytes_written = 0;
+static atomic_ullong io_bytes_read = 0;
+
 static unsigned long long global_bwlimit(void);
 
+/* Runtime whole-file receive bound (see protocol.h).  Resolved once; an
+ * override can only LOWER the ceiling, never raise it above the protocol
+ * constant, so the wire/security bound is unchanged.  A parse failure or a
+ * non-positive value leaves the default in place. */
+unsigned long long protocol_whole_file_receive_limit(void) {
+  static atomic_ullong cached = 0;
+  unsigned long long value = atomic_load_explicit(&cached, memory_order_relaxed);
+  if (value != 0)
+    return value;
+  value = MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE;
+  const char* env = getenv("FASTSYNC_MAX_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE");
+  if (env && env[0] != '\0') {
+    char* end = NULL;
+    unsigned long long parsed = strtoull(env, &end, 10);
+    if (end && *end == '\0' && parsed > 0 && parsed < value)
+      value = parsed;
+  }
+  atomic_store_explicit(&cached, value, memory_order_relaxed);
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
+ * Transport vtable implementations.
+ *
+ * Each op performs exactly one transfer attempt.  WANT_READ/WANT_WRITE and an
+ * EINTR-interrupted syscall are reported as PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY (with
+ * *wait_events set to the poll event the caller must wait on); a clean peer
+ * close is PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED and anything else is PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR.  This
+ * keeps every WANT_READ/WANT_WRITE and EINTR retry exactly where it was before
+ * the vtable was introduced, just moved behind the function pointer.
+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static ssize_t plain_io_send(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t size,
+                             short* wait_events) {
+  ssize_t written = write(session->write_fd, data, size);
+  if (written < 0) {
+    if (errno == EINTR)
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR;
+  }
+  if (written == 0)
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR;
+  *wait_events = POLLOUT;
+  return written;
+}
+
+static ssize_t plain_io_recv(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t size,
+                             short* wait_events) {
+  ssize_t received = read(session->read_fd, data, size);
+  if (received < 0) {
+    if (errno == EINTR)
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR;
+  }
+  if (received == 0)
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED;
+  *wait_events = POLLIN;
+  return received;
+}
+
+static bool plain_io_has_pending(const ProtocolSession* session) {
+  (void)session;
+  return false;
+}
+
+static ssize_t tls_io_send(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t size,
+                           short* wait_events) {
+  /* SSL_write takes an int length; clamp a >INT_MAX request into chunks so the
+   * size_t downcast can never truncate into a negative/partial write. */
+  size_t chunk = size > (size_t)INT_MAX ? (size_t)INT_MAX : size;
+  ssize_t written = SSL_write(session->ssl, data, (int)chunk);
+  if (written <= 0) {
+    int ssl_err = SSL_get_error(session->ssl, (int)written);
+    if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE) {
+      *wait_events = POLLOUT;
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    }
+    if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ) {
+      *wait_events = POLLIN;
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    }
+    /* A signal (e.g. Ctrl-C) interrupts the blocking TLS write: retry so the
+     * send loop can observe the abort flag at the next checkpoint.  Only an
+     * actual negative return is an interrupted syscall; a 0-byte SSL_write is
+     * not a valid EINTR retry. */
+    if (written < 0 && ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL && errno == EINTR)
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR;
+  }
+  *wait_events = POLLOUT;
+  return written;
+}
+
+static ssize_t tls_io_recv(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t size, short* wait_events) {
+  /* SSL_read takes an int length; clamp a >INT_MAX request into chunks
+   * (mirrors the send path) so the size_t downcast can never truncate into a
+   * negative/partial read. */
+  size_t chunk = size > (size_t)INT_MAX ? (size_t)INT_MAX : size;
+  ssize_t received = SSL_read(session->ssl, data, (int)chunk);
+  if (received <= 0) {
+    int ssl_err = SSL_get_error(session->ssl, (int)received);
+    if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE) {
+      *wait_events = POLLOUT;
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    }
+    if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ) {
+      *wait_events = POLLIN;
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    }
+    /* A signal interrupts the blocking TLS read: retry (mirrors the send path)
+     * so the loop reaches its next abort/deadline checkpoint.  Only an actual
+     * negative return is an interrupted syscall: a 0-byte SSL_read is an
+     * unexpected EOF (the peer closed without close_notify), which OpenSSL also
+     * reports as SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL with errno possibly still EINTR from an
+     * earlier interrupted poll/read.  Retrying that would busy-spin the
+     * status-read loop until its deadline, so classify it as closed instead. */
+    if (received < 0 && ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL && errno == EINTR)
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY;
+    /* A zero-length SSL_read is the peer's clean close_notify (or EOF without
+     * one); report it distinctly so the caller can log it as a close. */
+    if (received == 0)
+      return PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED;
+    return PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR;
+  }
+  *wait_events = POLLIN;
+  return received;
+}
+
+static bool tls_io_has_pending(const ProtocolSession* session) {
+  return session->ssl != NULL && SSL_pending(session->ssl) > 0;
+}
+
+static const ProtocolIoOps plain_io_ops = {
+    .send = plain_io_send,
+    .recv = plain_io_recv,
+    .has_pending = plain_io_has_pending,
+};
+
+static const ProtocolIoOps tls_io_ops = {
+    .send = tls_io_send,
+    .recv = tls_io_recv,
+    .has_pending = tls_io_has_pending,
+};
+
 static bool protocol_reserve_memory(ProtocolSession* session, size_t charge) {
   unsigned long long allocated = atomic_load(&session->total_allocated_bytes);
   while (true) {
@@ -73,6 +223,7 @@ void io_set_fds(int read_fd, int write_fd) {
   legacy_io_session.read_fd = read_fd;
   legacy_io_session.write_fd = write_fd;
   legacy_io_session.ssl = NULL;
+  legacy_io_session.ops = &plain_io_ops;
   legacy_io_session.eight_bit_output = false;
   atomic_store(&legacy_io_session.total_allocated_bytes, 0);
   legacy_io_session.max_alloc = DEFAULT_MAX_ALLOC;
@@ -85,6 +236,7 @@ void protocol_session_init(ProtocolSession* session, int read_fd, int write_fd)
   memset(session, 0, sizeof(*session));
   session->read_fd = read_fd;
   session->write_fd = write_fd;
+  session->ops = &plain_io_ops;
   session->max_alloc = DEFAULT_MAX_ALLOC;
   session->io_timeout_sec = RECEIVE_TIMEOUT_SEC;
   atomic_init(&session->total_allocated_bytes, 0);
@@ -99,8 +251,14 @@ void protocol_session_set_io_timeout(ProtocolSession* session, int sec) {
 
 int protocol_get_io_timeout_sec(void) {
   const ProtocolSession* session = bound_session ? bound_session : &legacy_io_session;
-  int sec = session->io_timeout_sec;
+  /* 0 (or negative) means the session timeout is disabled, matching rsync's
-  return sec > 0 ? sec : RECEIVE_TIMEOUT_SEC;
+   * --timeout=0 default.  Callers must treat a non-positive result as "wait
+   * without a deadline" instead of substituting a built-in window. */
+  return session->io_timeout_sec > 0 ? session->io_timeout_sec : 0;
+}
+
+int protocol_server_io_timeout_sec(int client_timeout) {
+  return client_timeout > 0 ? client_timeout : SERVER_IO_TIMEOUT_SEC;
 }
 
 void protocol_session_set_max_alloc(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long max_alloc) {
@@ -110,7 +268,8 @@ void protocol_session_set_max_alloc(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long
 }
 
 static bool allocation_allowed(const ProtocolSession* session, size_t size) {
-  return (unsigned long long)size <= session->max_alloc;
+  /* max_alloc == 0 is rsync's --max-alloc=0 "no limit". */
+  return session->max_alloc == 0 || (unsigned long long)size <= session->max_alloc;
 }
 
 static void* protocol_alloc_for_session(const ProtocolSession* session, size_t size) {
@@ -145,8 +304,12 @@ void protocol_session_unbind(void) {
 }
 
 void protocol_session_set_ssl(ProtocolSession* session, SSL* ssl) {
-  if (session)
+  if (!session)
+    return;
   session->ssl = ssl;
+  /* Select the transport dispatch once, here, instead of branching on the SSL
+   * pointer inside every I/O loop. */
+  session->ops = ssl ? &tls_io_ops : &plain_io_ops;
 }
 
 static void bw_mutex_init(void) {
@@ -170,12 +333,28 @@ void io_set_bwlimit(unsigned long long bytes_per_sec) {
   mtx_unlock(&bw_mutex);
 }
 
+unsigned long long io_get_bwlimit(void) {
+  return global_bwlimit();
+}
+
+/* rsync's throttle (io.c sleep_for_bwlimit) sleeps once its unslept debt
+ * reaches ~100 ms of bandwidth, so its effective initial burst is about 0.1 s
+ * worth of bytes, not a full second.  FastSync models the same with a token
+ * bucket whose capacity is bwlimit/10, so a throttled run paces like rsync
+ * instead of sending a full second's worth up front. */
+static long long bw_burst_capacity(unsigned long long bwlimit) {
+  if (bwlimit == 0)
+    return 0;
+  long long burst = (long long)(bwlimit / 10);
+  return burst > 0 ? burst : 1;
+}
+
 void protocol_session_set_bwlimit(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long bytes_per_sec) {
   if (!session)
     return;
   session->bwlimit =
       bytes_per_sec > (unsigned long long)LLONG_MAX ? (unsigned long long)LLONG_MAX : bytes_per_sec;
-  session->bw_tokens = (long long)session->bwlimit;
+  session->bw_tokens = bw_burst_capacity(session->bwlimit);
   struct timespec now;
   clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &now);
   session->bw_last_refill_sec = now.tv_sec;
@@ -209,8 +388,9 @@ static void bw_throttle_session(ProtocolSession* session, size_t bytes_written)
 
   long long tokens_to_add = (long long)((double)session->bwlimit * elapsed_ns / 1000000000.0);
   session->bw_tokens += tokens_to_add;
-  if (session->bw_tokens > (long long)session->bwlimit)
+  long long burst = bw_burst_capacity(session->bwlimit);
-    session->bw_tokens = (long long)session->bwlimit;
+  if (session->bw_tokens > burst)
+    session->bw_tokens = burst;
 
   session->bw_tokens -= bytes_written;
 
@@ -221,7 +401,11 @@ static void bw_throttle_session(ProtocolSession* session, size_t bytes_written)
       poll(NULL, 0, (int)(deficit_us / 1000));
     else
       usleep((useconds_t)deficit_us);
+    /* Reset the bucket AFTER the sleep: crediting the sleep duration as elapsed
+       refill time would cancel half the throttle (the next call would see the
+       whole sleep as refill and immediately grant a fresh burst). */
     session->bw_tokens = 0;
+    clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &now);
     session->bw_last_refill_sec = now.tv_sec;
     session->bw_last_refill_nsec = now.tv_nsec;
   }
@@ -236,6 +420,32 @@ SSL* io_get_ssl(void) {
   return io_ssl;
 }
 
+SSL* protocol_current_ssl(void) {
+  /* The bound session is the authoritative transport for a worker thread: it
+   * was explicitly handed to protocol_session_bind() and carries its own SSL,
+   * whereas io_ssl is thread-local and NULL in a thread that never performed
+   * the handshake.  Only a session whose selected dispatch is TLS may supply
+   * the SSL: a bound plaintext session has ssl == NULL and must not shadow a
+   * live thread-local io_ssl, or file_send.c would take the raw sendfile(2)
+   * path on a socket this thread is driving with TLS.  With no TLS session
+   * bound (plaintext session, or the fd-shim path), fall back to io_ssl. */
+  if (bound_session && bound_session->ops == &tls_io_ops && bound_session->ssl)
+    return bound_session->ssl;
+  return io_ssl;
+}
+
+unsigned long long protocol_bytes_written(void) {
+  return atomic_load(&io_bytes_written);
+}
+
+unsigned long long protocol_bytes_read(void) {
+  return atomic_load(&io_bytes_read);
+}
+
+void protocol_note_bytes_written(unsigned long long bytes) {
+  atomic_fetch_add(&io_bytes_written, bytes);
+}
+
 static ProtocolSession* legacy_session(int read_fd, int write_fd) {
   if (bound_session)
     return bound_session;
@@ -252,9 +462,21 @@ static ProtocolSession* legacy_session(int read_fd, int write_fd) {
     protocol_session_set_bwlimit(&legacy_io_session, global_bwlimit());
   }
   legacy_io_session.ssl = io_ssl;
+  legacy_io_session.ops = io_ssl ? &tls_io_ops : &plain_io_ops;
   return &legacy_io_session;
 }
 
+/* Pace an out-of-band write that bypassed protocol_send_n_data (the plaintext
+ * sendfile fast path).  The bound/legacy session is resolved exactly as the
+ * preceding send_n_data(fd, ...) resolved it, so the same token-bucket state is
+ * throttled and the TLS and plaintext transports share identical --bwlimit
+ * semantics.  Passing the wire fd (rather than -1) is essential: the sendfile
+ * send left legacy_io_session.write_fd bound to it, so resolving with -1 would
+ * mismatch, re-initialize the session and hand out a second first-call burst. */
+void protocol_throttle_bytes(int file_descriptor, size_t bytes) {
+  bw_throttle_session(legacy_session(-1, file_descriptor), bytes);
+}
+
 bool send_n_data(int file_descriptor, const void* data, size_t data_size) {
   return protocol_send_n_data(legacy_session(-1, file_descriptor), data, data_size);
 }
@@ -278,13 +500,18 @@ bool protocol_send_n_data(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t dat
   if (!data && data_size != 0)
     return false;
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_IO, "    Sending n Data: %zu", data_size);
-  if (!session)
+  if (!session || !session->ops)
     return false;
-  int timeout_sec = session->io_timeout_sec > 0 ? session->io_timeout_sec : SEND_TIMEOUT_SEC;
+  const ProtocolIoOps* ops = session->ops;
+  /* A non-positive session timeout disables the deadline entirely (rsync's
+   * --timeout=0 default); poll then blocks until the socket becomes writable. */
+  int timeout_sec = session->io_timeout_sec > 0 ? session->io_timeout_sec : 0;
   int fd = session->write_fd;
   struct timespec deadline;
+  if (timeout_sec > 0) {
     clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &deadline);
     deadline.tv_sec += timeout_sec;
+  }
   short wait_events = POLLOUT;
   ssize_t total_bytes_send = 0;
   while ((size_t)total_bytes_send < data_size) {
@@ -292,7 +519,7 @@ bool protocol_send_n_data(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t dat
     if (session->bwlimit > 0 && chunk > 65536)
       chunk = 65536;
     struct pollfd pfd = {.fd = fd, .events = wait_events};
-    int poll_result = poll(&pfd, 1, deadline_remaining_ms(&deadline));
+    int poll_result = poll(&pfd, 1, timeout_sec > 0 ? deadline_remaining_ms(&deadline) : -1);
     if (poll_result == 0 || (poll_result < 0 && errno != EINTR)) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Send timeout or poll failure");
       return false;
@@ -301,49 +528,39 @@ bool protocol_send_n_data(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t dat
       continue;
     if (pfd.revents & (POLLERR | POLLNVAL))
       return false;
-    ssize_t bytes_send;
+    ssize_t bytes_send =
-    if (session->ssl) {
+        ops->send(session, (const char*)data + total_bytes_send, chunk, &wait_events);
-      /* SSL_write takes an int length; clamp a >INT_MAX request into chunks so
+    if (bytes_send == PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY)
-       * the size_t downcast can never truncate into a negative/partial write. */
+      continue;
-      size_t ssl_chunk = chunk > (size_t)INT_MAX ? (size_t)INT_MAX : chunk;
-      bytes_send = SSL_write(session->ssl, (const char*)data + total_bytes_send, (int)ssl_chunk);
-    } else {
-      bytes_send = write(fd, (const char*)data + total_bytes_send, chunk);
-    }
     if (bytes_send <= 0) {
-      if (session->ssl) {
-        int ssl_err = SSL_get_error(session->ssl, (int)bytes_send);
-        if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE || ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ) {
-          wait_events = ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE ? POLLOUT : POLLIN;
-          continue;
-        }
-        /* A signal (e.g. Ctrl-C) interrupts the blocking TLS write: retry so
-           the send loop can observe the abort flag at the next checkpoint. */
-        if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL && errno == EINTR)
-          continue;
-      } else if (errno == EINTR) {
-        continue;
-      }
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Could not send data");
       return false;
     }
     bw_throttle_session(session, (size_t)bytes_send);
     total_bytes_send += bytes_send;
-    if (session->ssl)
-      wait_events = POLLOUT;
   }
-  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_IO, "    Send n Data: %zu", total_bytes_send);
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_IO, "    Send n Data: %zd", total_bytes_send);
+  atomic_fetch_add(&io_bytes_written, (unsigned long long)total_bytes_send);
   return true;
 }
 
 bool protocol_receive_n_data_timed(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t data_size,
                                    int timeout_sec);
+static bool protocol_receive_n_data_until(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t data_size,
+                                          const struct timespec* deadline);
 
 bool protocol_receive_n_data(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t data_size) {
-  /* Honor the session's configured deadline; protocol_receive_n_data_timed
+  /* Honor the session's configured deadline.  A non-positive value disables the
-   * re-applies the built-in 60 s default when the value is <= 0. */
+   * deadline (rsync's --timeout=0 default): wait without a poll timeout.  The
-  int timeout_sec = session ? session->io_timeout_sec : 0;
+   * explicit _timed variants keep their own 0 -> built-in-default contract. */
-  return protocol_receive_n_data_timed(session, data, data_size, timeout_sec);
+  if (!session)
+    return false;
+  if (session->io_timeout_sec <= 0)
+    return protocol_receive_n_data_until(session, data, data_size, NULL);
+  struct timespec deadline;
+  clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &deadline);
+  deadline.tv_sec += session->io_timeout_sec;
+  return protocol_receive_n_data_until(session, data, data_size, &deadline);
 }
 
 /* Read exactly `data_size` bytes from `session` before `deadline` elapses
@@ -353,16 +570,18 @@ bool protocol_receive_n_data(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t data_s
 static bool protocol_receive_n_data_until(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t data_size,
                                           const struct timespec* deadline) {
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_IO, "    Receiving n Data: %zu", data_size);
-  if (!session || !deadline)
+  if (!session || !session->ops)
     return false;
+  const ProtocolIoOps* ops = session->ops;
   int fd = session->read_fd;
 
   size_t total_bytes_received = 0;
   short wait_events = POLLIN;
   while (total_bytes_received < data_size) {
-    if (!session->ssl || SSL_pending(session->ssl) == 0) {
+    if (!ops->has_pending(session)) {
       struct pollfd pfd = {.fd = fd, .events = wait_events};
-      int poll_result = poll(&pfd, 1, deadline_remaining_ms(deadline));
+      /* A NULL deadline means "wait indefinitely" (timeout disabled). */
+      int poll_result = poll(&pfd, 1, deadline ? deadline_remaining_ms(deadline) : -1);
       if (poll_result == 0) {
         log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Receive timeout");
         return false;
@@ -377,39 +596,22 @@ static bool protocol_receive_n_data_until(ProtocolSession* session, void* data,
         return false;
     }
 
-    ssize_t bytes_received;
+    ssize_t bytes_received = ops->recv(session, (char*)data + total_bytes_received,
-    if (session->ssl)
+                                       data_size - total_bytes_received, &wait_events);
-      bytes_received = SSL_read(session->ssl, (char*)data + total_bytes_received,
+    if (bytes_received == PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY)
-                                data_size - total_bytes_received);
-    else
-      bytes_received =
-          read(fd, (char*)data + total_bytes_received, data_size - total_bytes_received);
-    if (bytes_received <= 0) {
-      if (session->ssl) {
-        int ssl_err = SSL_get_error(session->ssl, (int)bytes_received);
-        if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE || ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ) {
-          wait_events = ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE ? POLLOUT : POLLIN;
       continue;
-        }
+    if (bytes_received == PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED) {
-        /* A signal interrupts the blocking TLS read: retry (mirrors the send
-           path and protocol_read_status_until) so the loop reaches its next
-           abort/deadline checkpoint instead of failing spuriously. */
-        if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL && errno == EINTR)
-          continue;
-      } else if (errno == EINTR) {
-        continue;
-      }
-      if (bytes_received == 0)
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Connection closed while receiving data");
-      else
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (bytes_received <= 0) {
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Could not receive bytes");
       return false;
     }
     total_bytes_received += (size_t)bytes_received;
-    if (session->ssl)
-      wait_events = POLLIN;
   }
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_IO, "    Received n Data: %zu", total_bytes_received);
+  atomic_fetch_add(&io_bytes_read, (unsigned long long)total_bytes_received);
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -479,11 +681,28 @@ static const char* status_to_string(Status status) {
     return "ERROR_DETAIL";
   case STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER:
     return "DRY_RUN_TRANSFER";
+  case STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT:
+    return "DELETE_LIMIT";
+  case STATUS_DEST_INFO:
+    return "DEST_INFO";
+  case STATUS_CLIENT_MSG:
+    return "CLIENT_MSG";
+  case STATUS_PARTIAL:
+    return "PARTIAL";
   default:
     return "UNKNOWN";
   }
 }
 
+/* Reject a raw wire status outside the known enum range before it is handed to
+ * callers, so an unknown/corrupt frame fails as a protocol error instead of
+ * being silently interpreted as an unexpected-but-valid verdict.  STATUS_OK is
+ * the first enumerator and STATUS_PARTIAL the last, so the range check accepts
+ * every status the protocol defines. */
+static bool status_is_valid(Status status) {
+  return status >= STATUS_OK && status <= STATUS_PARTIAL;
+}
+
 /* Shared string send/receive implementation.  `redact` selects whether the
  * payload body is written to the LOG_DEBUG_PROTO debug log: daemon auth material
  * (the username and the proof/signature fields) sets it so a --verbose log never
@@ -567,21 +786,15 @@ bool protocol_send_data(ProtocolSession* session, const Data* data) {
     return false;
   if (!protocol_send_n_data(session, data->data, data_size))
     return false;
-  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Send %lld data", data_size);
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Send %llu data", data_size);
   return true;
 }
 
-Data* protocol_receive_data_limited(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long maximum_size) {
+Data* protocol_receive_data_alloc(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long size) {
   if (!session)
     return NULL;
-  unsigned long long size = 0;
+  if (size > MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE)
-  if (!protocol_receive_n_data(session, &size, sizeof(unsigned long long)))
     return NULL;
-  if (size > MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE || size > maximum_size) {
-    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Data size %llu exceeds maximum %llu", size,
-                (unsigned long long)MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE);
-    return NULL;
-  }
   if (size > SIZE_MAX)
     return NULL;
   size_t allocation_size = size == 0 ? 1 : (size_t)size;
@@ -596,12 +809,6 @@ Data* protocol_receive_data_limited(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long
     protocol_release_memory_for_session(session, allocation_size);
     return NULL;
   }
-  if (!protocol_receive_n_data(session, data, (size_t)size)) {
-    free(data);
-    protocol_release_memory_for_session(session, allocation_size);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Received %lld data", size);
   Data* result = data_create(data, (size_t)size);
   if (!result) {
     protocol_release_memory_for_session(session, allocation_size);
@@ -612,6 +819,32 @@ Data* protocol_receive_data_limited(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long
   return result;
 }
 
+Data* protocol_receive_data_body(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long size) {
+  Data* result = protocol_receive_data_alloc(session, size);
+  if (!result)
+    return NULL;
+  if (!protocol_receive_n_data(session, result->data, (size_t)size)) {
+    data_destroy(result);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Received %llu data", size);
+  return result;
+}
+
+Data* protocol_receive_data_limited(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long maximum_size) {
+  if (!session)
+    return NULL;
+  unsigned long long size = 0;
+  if (!protocol_receive_n_data(session, &size, sizeof(unsigned long long)))
+    return NULL;
+  if (size > MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE || size > maximum_size) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Data size %llu exceeds maximum %llu", size,
+                (unsigned long long)MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return protocol_receive_data_body(session, size);
+}
+
 bool protocol_send_int(ProtocolSession* session, int data) {
   if (!protocol_send_n_data(session, &data, sizeof(int)))
     return false;
@@ -702,13 +935,20 @@ static bool protocol_capture_error_detail(ProtocolSession* session, Status* stat
 bool protocol_receive_status(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status) {
   if (!session || !status)
     return false;
-  int timeout_sec = session->io_timeout_sec > 0 ? session->io_timeout_sec : RECEIVE_TIMEOUT_SEC;
   struct timespec deadline;
+  const struct timespec* deadline_ptr = NULL;
+  if (session->io_timeout_sec > 0) {
     clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &deadline);
-  deadline.tv_sec += timeout_sec;
+    deadline.tv_sec += session->io_timeout_sec;
-  if (!protocol_receive_n_data_until(session, status, sizeof(Status), &deadline))
+    deadline_ptr = &deadline;
+  }
+  if (!protocol_receive_n_data_until(session, status, sizeof(Status), deadline_ptr))
     return false;
-  if (!protocol_capture_error_detail(session, status, &deadline, NULL))
+  if (!status_is_valid(*status)) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received unknown protocol status %d", *status);
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (!protocol_capture_error_detail(session, status, deadline_ptr, NULL))
     return false;
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Received Status: %s", status_to_string(*status));
   return true;
@@ -729,6 +969,10 @@ bool protocol_receive_status_timed(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status, int
   deadline.tv_sec += timeout_sec;
   if (!protocol_receive_n_data_until(session, status, sizeof(Status), &deadline))
     return false;
+  if (!status_is_valid(*status)) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received unknown protocol status %d", *status);
+    return false;
+  }
   if (!protocol_capture_error_detail(session, status, &deadline, NULL))
     return false;
   log_debug_message(LOG_DEBUG_PROTO, "Received Status: %s", status_to_string(*status));
@@ -742,13 +986,16 @@ bool protocol_receive_status_timed(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status, int
  * reply across a frame boundary.  Returns false on timeout/EOF/error. */
 static bool protocol_read_status_until(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status,
                                        const struct timespec* deadline) {
+  if (!session || !session->ops)
+    return false;
+  const ProtocolIoOps* ops = session->ops;
   Status received = STATUS_ERROR;
   size_t got = 0;
   short wait_events = POLLIN;
   while (got < sizeof(Status)) {
-    if (!session->ssl || SSL_pending(session->ssl) == 0) {
+    if (!ops->has_pending(session)) {
-      int remaining_ms = deadline_remaining_ms(deadline);
+      int remaining_ms = deadline ? deadline_remaining_ms(deadline) : -1;
-      if (remaining_ms <= 0) {
+      if (remaining_ms == 0) {
         log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Receive timeout while reading status");
         return false;
       }
@@ -766,21 +1013,11 @@ static bool protocol_read_status_until(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status,
       if (pfd.revents & (POLLERR | POLLNVAL))
         return false;
     }
-    ssize_t bytes_received;
+    ssize_t bytes_received =
-    if (session->ssl)
+        ops->recv(session, (char*)&received + got, sizeof(Status) - got, &wait_events);
-      bytes_received = SSL_read(session->ssl, (char*)&received + got, sizeof(Status) - got);
+    if (bytes_received == PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY)
-    else
+      continue;
-      bytes_received = read(session->read_fd, (char*)&received + got, sizeof(Status) - got);
     if (bytes_received <= 0) {
-      if (session->ssl) {
-        int ssl_err = SSL_get_error(session->ssl, (int)bytes_received);
-        if (ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ || ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE) {
-          wait_events = ssl_err == SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE ? POLLOUT : POLLIN;
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-      if (bytes_received < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-        continue;
       log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Connection closed while receiving status");
       return false;
     }
@@ -809,7 +1046,7 @@ bool protocol_receive_status_keepalive(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status,
   while (true) {
     if (abort_check && abort_check())
       return false;
-    if (!session->ssl || SSL_pending(session->ssl) == 0) {
+    if (!session->ops || !session->ops->has_pending(session)) {
       int remaining_ms = deadline_remaining_ms(&deadline);
       if (remaining_ms <= 0) {
         log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Receive timeout after %ds", timeout_sec);
@@ -842,6 +1079,10 @@ bool protocol_receive_status_keepalive(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status,
     Status received;
     if (!protocol_read_status_until(session, &received, &deadline))
       return false;
+    if (!status_is_valid(received)) {
+      log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "Received unknown protocol status %d", received);
+      return false;
+    }
     if (!protocol_capture_error_detail(session, &received, &deadline, abort_check))
       return false;
     if (received == STATUS_KEEPALIVE) {
@@ -908,6 +1149,12 @@ Data* receive_data(int fd) {
 Data* receive_data_limited(int fd, unsigned long long maximum_size) {
   return protocol_receive_data_limited(legacy_session(fd, -1), maximum_size);
 }
+Data* receive_data_body(int fd, unsigned long long size) {
+  return protocol_receive_data_body(legacy_session(fd, -1), size);
+}
+Data* receive_data_alloc(int fd, unsigned long long size) {
+  return protocol_receive_data_alloc(legacy_session(fd, -1), size);
+}
 bool send_int(int fd, int data) {
   return protocol_send_int(legacy_session(-1, fd), data);
 }
@@ -942,6 +1189,19 @@ bool send_error_detail(int fd, const char* message) {
   return send_status(fd, STATUS_ERROR_DETAIL) && send_str(fd, message);
 }
 
+bool send_client_message(int fd, const char* message) {
+  if (!message)
+    message = "";
+  char bounded[MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES + 1];
+  size_t len = strlen(message);
+  if (len > MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES) {
+    memcpy(bounded, message, MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES);
+    bounded[MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES] = '\0';
+    message = bounded;
+  }
+  return send_status(fd, STATUS_CLIENT_MSG) && send_str(fd, message);
+}
+
 const char* protocol_last_error(void) {
   return io_error_detail;
 }

src/shared/protocol.h

@@ -15,6 +15,12 @@
  * this for a rejection and the detail frame stays a small, fixed bound. */
 #define MAX_ERROR_DETAIL_BYTES 4096
 
+/* Hard cap on a client diagnostic forwarded over the STATUS_CLIENT_MSG channel
+ * (protocol 2.30.0, rsync's --stderr=client).  The body is reused from the
+ * bounded-string wire helper and sliced to this many bytes before it is sent,
+ * so a peer can never be made to retain more than this per message. */
+#define MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES 4096
+
 /* Maximum uncompressed file payload accepted by the receiver's whole-file
  * paths.  A single whole file is charged against the per-connection memory
  * reservation (MAX_CONNECTION_MEMORY) and against the server allocation
@@ -26,14 +32,33 @@
 /* Maximum allowed data payload size for receive_data (whole-file bound) */
 #define MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE
 
+/* Runtime whole-file receive bound.  It defaults to MAX_RECEIVE_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE
+ * and exists so the test suite can lower the ceiling (via the
+ * FASTSYNC_MAX_WHOLE_FILE_SIZE environment variable, a byte count) and exercise
+ * the streaming path with a small, fast transfer.  A payload at or below the
+ * bound keeps the historical whole-buffer path; a larger one is streamed
+ * through a bounded buffer.  The value is resolved once per process and never
+ * exceeds the compile-time ceiling, so a malicious environment cannot raise it
+ * beyond the protocol limit. */
+unsigned long long protocol_whole_file_receive_limit(void);
+
 /* Maximum chunk size (64 MB) — prevents unbounded allocation from the wire */
 #define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (64ULL * 1024 * 1024)
+/* Files larger than this are not kept fully in memory while loading: the
+ * loader skips them so the sender streams from the path, and file_checksum
+ * hashes them from disk in bounded buffers instead of forcing a full load. */
+#define STREAM_THRESHOLD (64ULL * 1024 * 1024)
 #define MAX_MANIFEST_ENTRIES (1024 * 1024)
 /* Aggregate bytes retained by one received deletion manifest. */
 #define MAX_MANIFEST_BYTES (16ULL * 1024 * 1024)
 #define DEFAULT_MAX_ALLOC (1ULL * 1024 * 1024 * 1024)
 /* Server policy ceiling for a client-provided allocation limit. */
 #define MAX_SERVER_ALLOC (256ULL * 1024 * 1024)
+/* Server-owned floor for the per-message I/O deadline.  A client --timeout=0
+   (rsync's default) disables the client's own deadlines, but a server session
+   must never be held open forever by a silent peer (slow-loris), so the server
+   floors the effective deadline at this value. */
+#define SERVER_IO_TIMEOUT_SEC 60
 /* Bounded cumulative per-connection receive budget.  In-flight wire buffers,
    decompression buffers and queued (not yet written) file payloads for a
    connection must stay within this ceiling. */
@@ -41,16 +66,48 @@
 
 typedef struct ssl_st SSL;
 
+typedef struct ProtocolSession ProtocolSession;
+
+/*
+ * Transport vtable: the per-session set of I/O primitives the three protocol
+ * loops (send, receive, status-read) dispatch through.  The ops are selected
+ * once, when the session is initialized or its SSL is installed, so the loops
+ * never branch on the transport at runtime.  A plaintext session uses the
+ * read()/write() ops; a TLS session uses the SSL_read()/SSL_write() ops.
+ *
+ * `send`/`recv` attempt exactly one transfer and return:
+ *   > 0                    bytes transferred,
+ *   PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY      no progress; poll on *wait_events and retry,
+ *   PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED     peer closed the stream,
+ *   PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR      fatal transport error.
+ * `has_pending` reports bytes already buffered by the transport (a TLS record
+ * residue); the receive loops skip the poll() gate when it is true.
+ */
+typedef struct ProtocolIoOps {
+  ssize_t (*send)(ProtocolSession* session, const void* data, size_t size, short* wait_events);
+  ssize_t (*recv)(ProtocolSession* session, void* data, size_t size, short* wait_events);
+  bool (*has_pending)(const ProtocolSession* session);
+} ProtocolIoOps;
+
+/* Negative sentinels returned by ProtocolIoOps.send/recv (see above). */
+enum {
+  PROTOCOL_IO_RETRY = -1,
+  PROTOCOL_IO_CLOSED = -2,
+  PROTOCOL_IO_ERROR = -3,
+};
+
 /*
  * Explicit owner of protocol I/O.  A session does not own the descriptors or
  * SSL object; it only describes the transport used by a transfer.  This makes
  * it safe to pass the transport to a worker without relying on inherited
  * thread-local state.
  */
-typedef struct ProtocolSession {
+struct ProtocolSession {
   int read_fd;
   int write_fd;
   SSL* ssl;
+  /* Transport dispatch selected by protocol_session_init()/set_ssl(). */
+  const ProtocolIoOps* ops;
   unsigned long long bwlimit;
   long long bw_tokens;
   long long bw_last_refill_sec;
@@ -59,12 +116,14 @@ typedef struct ProtocolSession {
   bool eight_bit_output;
   unsigned long long max_alloc;
   /* Per-session deadline (seconds) applied to every protocol send/receive by
-   * protocol_send_n_data / protocol_receive_n_data.  Defaults to the built-in
+   * protocol_send_n_data / protocol_receive_n_data.  The initialized default is
-   * 60 s window; a value <= 0 falls back to that default.  Set from the
+   * the built-in 60 s window; a value <= 0 disables the deadline (rsync's
-   * negotiated Config->timeout so --timeout is honored by the poll()-driven
+   * --timeout=0).  Set from the negotiated Config->timeout so --timeout is
-   * protocol I/O, not just the socket SO_RCVTIMEO/SO_SNDTIMEO. */
+   * honored by the poll()-driven protocol I/O, not just the socket
+   * SO_RCVTIMEO/SO_SNDTIMEO.  The server does not propagate a client 0 here: it
+   * installs protocol_server_io_timeout_sec() so its sessions keep a floor. */
   int io_timeout_sec;
-} ProtocolSession;
+};
 
 typedef int Status;
 enum NET_STATUS {
@@ -80,8 +139,13 @@ enum NET_STATUS {
   STATUS_KEEPALIVE,
   STATUS_ABORT,
   STATUS_CHECK_BATCH,
-  /* An explicit directory entry (--dirs): the sender transmits only the path;
+  /* An explicit directory entry (--dirs / an empty source directory): the sender
-   * the receiver creates the directory below the receive root. */
+   * transmits the path and, when metadata/xattrs are negotiated, their blocks;
+   * the receiver creates the directory below the receive root.  Protocol 2.30.0
+   * inserts an int32 probe flag right after the status when report_dest_info is
+   * negotiated: probe=1 is a report-only frame (path only; the receiver answers
+   * STATUS_DEST_INFO and creates nothing), probe=0 is a real create that is
+   * answered with the directory's pre-transfer state before it is created. */
   STATUS_MKDIR,
   /* --append / --append-verify tail resume.  STATUS_APPEND is sent by the
    * receiver after a per-file STATUS_CHECK when the existing destination file
@@ -155,13 +219,110 @@ enum NET_STATUS {
    * (the receiver reads none in dry-run).  STATUS_OK keeps its meaning in this
    * path ("already up to date / nothing to do").  Appended after
    * STATUS_ERROR_DETAIL so no existing status is renumbered. */
-  STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER
+  STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER,
+  /* --max-delete budget exhausted (protocol 2.23.0).  Sent by the receiver as
+   * the terminal success status INSTEAD of STATUS_OK when a --delete/
+   * --delete-missing-args commit removed up to the --max-delete bound but had
+   * to skip further extras.  The transfer itself succeeded and all file data is
+   * stored; the sender maps this to rsync's exit code 25 ("the --max-delete
+   * limit stopped deletions").  Appended after STATUS_DRY_RUN_TRANSFER so no
+   * existing status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT,
+  /* Destination-state report for output parity (protocol 2.23.0; extended to
+   * directories/symlinks in 2.30.0).  When the wire config carries
+   * report_dest_info=true, the receiver answers every per-file STATUS_CHECK
+   * request with STATUS_DEST_INFO FIRST, followed by a fixed record describing
+   * the pre-transfer destination entry (int32 has_old; int32 target_matches;
+   * uint64 size; int64 mtime; int64 mtime_nsec; uint32 mode; int32 uid;
+   * int32 gid).  The ordinary STATUS_OK/STATUS_NEXT/... verdict follows, so the
+   * sender can render rsync-accurate -i/--out-format columns (new vs modified,
+   * and which of size/time/perms/owner/group differ) without changing the
+   * transfer decision itself.  Protocol 2.30.0 also uses this record for
+   * STATUS_MKDIR and STATUS_SYMLINK: the sender consumes it into the entry's
+   * dest_state before emitting its change line, and target_matches reports
+   * whether an existing symlink's on-disk target already equals the incoming
+   * one (so the sender can render `cLc........` vs `.L..t......` and suppress
+   * an unchanged symlink).  Appended after STATUS_DELETE_LIMIT so no existing
+   * status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_DEST_INFO,
+  /* Per-directory delete plan (protocol 2.24.0).  The sender of a
+   * --delete-during/--delete-delay transfer streams one frame per source
+   * directory in directory order instead of a single whole-tree keep-set
+   * manifest.  The receiver applies the plan when it arrives
+   * (--delete-during removes that directory's extras immediately) or records
+   * the extras and applies them only after the whole transfer succeeded
+   * (--delete-delay).  Payload: an int32 has_config flag (1 on the first plan
+   * of the run, 0 afterwards); when set, the three global config sections
+   * (protected-prefix count+paths, size-skipped count+paths, missing-args
+   * count+paths); then an int32 apply flag (1 for a real plan, 0 for a
+   * config-only carrier frame that must not walk a directory); then the
+   * destination-relative directory path wire string
+   * ("." for the receive root); then the child-directory count + names and the
+   * child-file count + names that must be kept.  Appended after
+   * STATUS_DEST_INFO so no existing status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_DELETE_PLAN,
+  /* End-of-transfer receiver counter report (protocol 2.25.0).  When the wire
+   * config carries report_stats=true, the receiver sends this status once,
+   * immediately before its terminal success status, followed by a fixed stats
+   * record (see format_stats_send/receive in format.h) and, when the run is a
+   * --dry-run with --delete, the would-delete path list.  Protocol 2.30.0
+   * appends the four deleted_reg/dir/link/special counters to that record, so
+   * --stats can render rsync's `Number of deleted files` per-type breakdown.
+   * Appended after STATUS_DELETE_PLAN so no existing status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_STATS,
+  /* Client diagnostic channel (protocol 2.30.0, rsync's --stderr=client /
+   * --no-msgs2stderr).  When the client's --stderr mode is `client`, the
+   * client forwards its own diagnostics over this client->server frame
+   * (STATUS_CLIENT_MSG followed by a bounded length-prefixed string, capped at
+   * MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES) instead of writing them to its local stderr.  The
+   * receiver reads the string and writes it to the server's stderr (respecting
+   * the server log destination).  Appended after STATUS_STATS so no existing
+   * status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_CLIENT_MSG,
+  /* Receiver-side partial transfer (protocol 2.30.0).  Sent by the receiver as
+   * the terminal status INSTEAD of STATUS_OK when one or more entries failed
+   * per-entry without aborting the stream (currently a --devices mknod
+   * EPERM/EACCES).  The transfer otherwise succeeded and every successfully
+   * stored file was acknowledged, so the sender may still remove
+   * --remove-source-files sources; the sender maps this to rsync's exit code
+   * 23 ("partial transfer due to error"), distinct from a fatal STATUS_ERROR.
+   * Appended after STATUS_CLIENT_MSG so no existing status is renumbered. */
+  STATUS_PARTIAL
 };
 
 void io_set_fds(int read_fd, int write_fd);
 void io_set_bwlimit(unsigned long long bytes_per_sec);
+unsigned long long io_get_bwlimit(void);
 void io_set_ssl(SSL* ssl);
 SSL* io_get_ssl(void);
+/* SSL object of the transport in effect on this thread: the currently bound
+ * session's SSL when a TLS session is bound, otherwise the legacy thread-local
+ * io_ssl.  NULL for a plaintext transport.  Unlike io_get_ssl(), this resolves
+ * worker threads that bound a TLS session via protocol_session_set_ssl()/
+ * protocol_session_bind() but never called io_set_ssl() themselves (C11
+ * _Thread_local state is not inherited by a new thread).  A bound session only
+ * wins when its selected dispatch is TLS; a bound plaintext session (ssl ==
+ * NULL) falls back to io_ssl so it can never mask a live encrypted transport.
+ * Callers that must choose a TLS-only code path (e.g. file_send.c's sendfile
+ * fallback) must use this instead of io_get_ssl(). */
+SSL* protocol_current_ssl(void);
+
+/* Process-wide wire byte counters.  protocol_send_n_data/protocol_receive_n_data
+ * update them; the zero-copy sendfile path reports through
+ * protocol_note_bytes_written.  Used by the client to render rsync's
+ * --stats/--progress totals and the --out-format %b/%c tokens. */
+unsigned long long protocol_bytes_written(void);
+unsigned long long protocol_bytes_read(void);
+void protocol_note_bytes_written(unsigned long long bytes);
+/* Apply --bwlimit pacing to bytes written outside protocol_send_n_data (the
+ * plaintext zero-copy sendfile fast path).  `file_descriptor` is the wire fd
+ * the bytes were written to, so the legacy session is resolved exactly as the
+ * preceding send_n_data call resolved it (the bound TLS session still wins when
+ * set); resolving with the same fd avoids re-initializing the legacy session
+ * and granting a second first-call burst.  Runs the same token-bucket throttle,
+ * so the sendfile transport is paced identically to the buffered/TLS paths.  A
+ * no-op when the effective session has no bandwidth limit. */
+void protocol_throttle_bytes(int file_descriptor, size_t bytes);
 
 void protocol_session_init(ProtocolSession* session, int read_fd, int write_fd);
 /* Transitional bridge for helpers whose signatures still carry only an fd. */
@@ -170,15 +331,20 @@ void protocol_session_unbind(void);
 void protocol_session_set_ssl(ProtocolSession* session, SSL* ssl);
 void protocol_session_set_bwlimit(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long bytes_per_sec);
 void protocol_session_set_max_alloc(ProtocolSession* session, unsigned long long max_alloc);
-/* Override the per-message send/receive deadline for this session.
+/* Override the per-message send/receive deadline for this session.  The value
- * `sec` <= 0 restores the built-in 60 s default (used for --timeout=0/unset).
+ * is stored verbatim: a positive value sets the deadline, `sec` <= 0 disables
- * An explicit long deadline (e.g. the delete-ack wait) is applied per-call by
+ * it (rsync's --timeout=0).  An explicit long deadline (e.g. the delete-ack
- * protocol_receive_status_timed and is unaffected by this setter. */
+ * wait) is applied per-call by protocol_receive_status_timed and is unaffected
+ * by this setter. */
 void protocol_session_set_io_timeout(ProtocolSession* session, int sec);
-/* Effective per-message I/O deadline (seconds) for the currently-bound session,
+/* Effective per-message I/O deadline (seconds) for the currently-bound session.
- * falling back to the built-in default.  Used by the plaintext sendfile path
+ * Zero means the deadline is disabled (rsync's --timeout=0).  Used by the
- * which bypasses the protocol send primitive. */
+ * plaintext sendfile path which bypasses the protocol send primitive. */
 int protocol_get_io_timeout_sec(void);
+/* The server-side effective deadline for a client-requested timeout: a positive
+ * client value is honored, otherwise the SERVER_IO_TIMEOUT_SEC floor applies so
+ * a silent peer can never hold a session open forever. */
+int protocol_server_io_timeout_sec(int client_timeout);
 void* protocol_alloc(size_t size);
 void* protocol_realloc(void* ptr, size_t size);
 void protocol_session_set_8_bit_output(ProtocolSession* session, bool enabled);
@@ -200,6 +366,9 @@ bool protocol_send_int(ProtocolSession* session, int data);
 bool protocol_receive_int(ProtocolSession* session, int* data);
 bool protocol_send_status(ProtocolSession* session, Status status);
 bool protocol_receive_status(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status);
+/* As protocol_receive_status, but with an explicit per-message deadline
+ * (seconds) instead of the session's configured io_timeout_sec. */
+bool protocol_receive_status_timed(ProtocolSession* session, Status* status, int timeout_sec);
 bool send_n_data(int file_descriptor, const void* data, size_t data_size);
 bool receive_n_data(int file_descriptor, void* data, size_t data_size);
 
@@ -211,6 +380,15 @@ char* receive_str_redacted(int file_descriptor);
 bool send_data(int file_descriptor, const Data* data);
 Data* receive_data(int file_descriptor);
 Data* receive_data_limited(int file_descriptor, unsigned long long maximum_size);
+/* Read exactly `size` bytes as a charged Data body.  The length-prefixed
+ * receive_data_limited() reads the header itself; this variant is for callers
+ * that must inspect the declared size (and possibly stream the body instead)
+ * before allocating.  `size` must already be within MAX_DATA_PAYLOAD_SIZE. */
+Data* receive_data_body(int file_descriptor, unsigned long long size);
+/* Allocate (and charge) a `size`-byte Data body without reading it; the caller
+ * fills `result->data` itself.  Used when a frame's leading bytes must be
+ * inspected before the rest of the body is read. */
+Data* receive_data_alloc(int file_descriptor, unsigned long long size);
 bool send_int(int file_descriptor, int data);
 bool receive_int(int file_descriptor, int* data);
 bool send_status(int file_descriptor, Status status);
@@ -219,6 +397,11 @@ bool receive_status(int file_descriptor, Status* status);
  * length-prefixed string.  Over-long messages are sliced and NULL is treated
  * as "".  Returns false if the status or the string could not be sent. */
 bool send_error_detail(int file_descriptor, const char* message);
+/* Send STATUS_CLIENT_MSG followed by a bounded (<= MAX_CLIENT_MSG_BYTES)
+ * length-prefixed string carrying a client diagnostic.  Over-long messages are
+ * sliced and NULL is treated as "".  Returns false if the status or the string
+ * could not be sent. */
+bool send_client_message(int file_descriptor, const char* message);
 /* Human-readable reason captured from the most recent STATUS_ERROR_DETAIL
  * received on this thread, or "" when the last status was a bare STATUS_ERROR
  * (or no detail was seen).  Thread-local, and valid until the next non-keepalive

src/shared/queue.c

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ bool queue_enqueue_multithreaded_cancel(Queue* queue, void* item, mtx_t* mutex,
 
 void* queue_dequeue(Queue* queue) {
   if (queue == NULL || queue_is_empty(queue)) {
-    log_perror("ERROR: Could not dequeue from null or empty queue.");
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "ERROR: Could not dequeue from null or empty queue.");
     return NULL;
   }
 
@@ -139,6 +139,23 @@ void* queue_dequeue(Queue* queue) {
   return item;
 }
 
+bool queue_push(Queue* queue, void* item) {
+  return queue_enqueue(queue, item);
+}
+
+void* queue_pop(Queue* queue) {
+  if (queue == NULL || queue_is_empty(queue)) {
+    log_message(LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, "%s", "ERROR: Could not pop from null or empty queue.");
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  queue->rear = (queue->rear - 1 + queue->capacity) % queue->capacity;
+  void* item = queue->items[queue->rear];
+  queue->items[queue->rear] = NULL;
+  queue->size--;
+  return item;
+}
+
 void* queue_dequeue_multithreaded(Queue* queue, mtx_t* mutex, cnd_t* condition_not_empty,
                                   cnd_t* condition_not_full, const bool* other_thread_done) {
   mtx_lock(mutex);

src/shared/queue.h

@@ -28,4 +28,11 @@ void* queue_dequeue(Queue* queue);
 void* queue_dequeue_multithreaded(Queue* queue, mtx_t* mutex, cnd_t* condition_not_empty,
                                   cnd_t* condition_not_full, const bool* other_thread_done);
 
+/* LIFO stack operations over the same ring buffer.  queue_push() is the enqueue
+   primitive; queue_pop() removes from the rear, so a sequence of pushes is
+   returned in reverse order.  Used by the sequential scanner's depth-first
+   traversal. */
+bool queue_push(Queue* queue, void* item);
+void* queue_pop(Queue* queue);
+
 #endif

src/shared/stop_condition.c

@@ -44,6 +44,181 @@ static bool parse_two_digits(const char* s, int* out) {
   return true;
 }
 
+/* True when the current character of the cursor is a decimal digit. */
+static bool is_digit(const char* cp) {
+  return *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9';
+}
+
+/* rsync 3.4.1's flexible --stop-at date parser (ported from
+ * options.c:parse_time).  Returns a time_t, or (time_t)-1 on a malformed value.
+ * Accepted forms include Y-M-DTh:m, Y/M/DTh:m, Y-M-D, M-D, D, h:m, :m and
+ * "T h:m"; a 1- or 2-digit year and omitted fields are resolved to the next
+ * matching point in time in the local timezone.  Seconds are NOT accepted
+ * (rsync rejects them too); FastSync keeps its own HH:MM:SS spelling as an
+ * extension handled by the caller.  `now` is passed in so tests are
+ * deterministic; production passes time(NULL). */
+static time_t parse_time_rsync(const char* value, time_t now) {
+  const char* cp;
+  time_t val;
+  struct tm today;
+  if (!localtime_r(&now, &today))
+    return (time_t)-1;
+  struct tm t;
+  int in_date, old_mday, n;
+
+  memset(&t, 0, sizeof t);
+  t.tm_year = t.tm_mon = t.tm_mday = -1;
+  t.tm_hour = t.tm_min = t.tm_isdst = -1;
+  cp = value;
+  if (*cp == 'T' || *cp == 't' || *cp == ':') {
+    in_date = *cp == ':' ? 0 : -1;
+    cp++;
+  } else
+    in_date = 1;
+  for (;; cp++) {
+    if (!is_digit(cp))
+      return (time_t)-1;
+    n = 0;
+    do {
+      n = n * 10 + *cp++ - '0';
+    } while (is_digit(cp));
+    if (*cp == ':')
+      in_date = 0;
+    if (in_date > 0) {
+      if (t.tm_year != -1)
+        return (time_t)-1;
+      t.tm_year = t.tm_mon;
+      t.tm_mon = t.tm_mday;
+      t.tm_mday = n;
+      if (!*cp)
+        break;
+      if (*cp == 'T' || *cp == 't') {
+        if (!cp[1])
+          break;
+        in_date = -1;
+      } else if (*cp != '-' && *cp != '/')
+        return (time_t)-1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (t.tm_hour != -1)
+      return (time_t)-1;
+    t.tm_hour = t.tm_min;
+    t.tm_min = n;
+    if (!*cp) {
+      if (in_date < 0)
+        return (time_t)-1;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (*cp != ':')
+      return (time_t)-1;
+    in_date = 0;
+  }
+
+  in_date = 0;
+  if (t.tm_year < 0) {
+    t.tm_year = today.tm_year;
+    in_date = 1;
+  } else if (t.tm_year < 100) {
+    while (t.tm_year < today.tm_year)
+      t.tm_year += 100;
+  } else
+    t.tm_year -= 1900;
+  if (t.tm_mon < 0) {
+    t.tm_mon = today.tm_mon;
+    in_date = 2;
+  } else
+    t.tm_mon--;
+  if (t.tm_mday < 0) {
+    t.tm_mday = today.tm_mday;
+    in_date = 3;
+  }
+
+  n = 0;
+  if (t.tm_min < 0) {
+    t.tm_hour = t.tm_min = 0;
+  } else if (t.tm_hour < 0) {
+    if (in_date != 3)
+      return (time_t)-1;
+    in_date = 0;
+    t.tm_hour = today.tm_hour;
+    n = 60 * 60;
+  }
+
+  /* mktime() may roll a too-large tm_mday into the following month; undo that
+   * in the "next match" loop below. */
+  old_mday = t.tm_mday;
+  if (t.tm_hour > 23 || t.tm_min > 59 || t.tm_mon < 0 || t.tm_mon >= 12 || t.tm_mday < 1 ||
+      t.tm_mday > 31 || (val = mktime(&t)) == (time_t)-1)
+    return (time_t)-1;
+
+  while (in_date && (val <= now || t.tm_mday < old_mday)) {
+    switch (in_date) {
+    case 3:
+      old_mday = ++t.tm_mday;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      if (t.tm_mday < old_mday)
+        t.tm_mday = old_mday; /* the month already got bumped forward */
+      else if (++t.tm_mon == 12) {
+        t.tm_mon = 0;
+        t.tm_year++;
+      }
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      if (t.tm_mday < old_mday) {
+        /* mon==1 mday==29 got bumped to mon==2 */
+        if (t.tm_mon != 2 || old_mday != 29)
+          return (time_t)-1;
+        t.tm_mon = 1;
+        t.tm_mday = 29;
+      }
+      t.tm_year++;
+      break;
+    }
+    if ((val = mktime(&t)) == (time_t)-1) {
+      if (in_date != 3 || t.tm_mday <= 28)
+        return (time_t)-1;
+      t.tm_mday = old_mday = 1;
+      in_date = 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if (n) {
+    while (val <= now)
+      val += n;
+  }
+  return val;
+}
+
+/* FastSync's HH:MM or HH:MM:SS spelling on the current local day.  rsync's own
+ * --stop-at accepts only HH:MM, so this is a strict superset extension. */
+static bool parse_clock_time(const char* value, time_t now, time_t* out_deadline) {
+  size_t len = strlen(value);
+  if (len != 5 && len != 8)
+    return false;
+  if (value[2] != ':' || (len == 8 && value[5] != ':'))
+    return false;
+  int hh, mm, ss = 0;
+  if (!parse_two_digits(value, &hh) || !parse_two_digits(value + 3, &mm))
+    return false;
+  if (len == 8 && !parse_two_digits(value + 6, &ss))
+    return false;
+  if (hh > 23 || mm > 59 || ss > 59)
+    return false;
+
+  struct tm today;
+  if (!localtime_r(&now, &today))
+    return false;
+  today.tm_hour = hh;
+  today.tm_min = mm;
+  today.tm_sec = ss;
+  today.tm_isdst = -1;
+  time_t deadline = mktime(&today);
+  if (deadline == (time_t)-1)
+    return false;
+  *out_deadline = deadline;
+  return true;
+}
+
 bool stop_parse_at_time(const char* value, time_t now, time_t* out_deadline) {
   if (!value || !out_deadline)
     return false;
@@ -91,28 +266,13 @@ bool stop_parse_at_time(const char* value, time_t now, time_t* out_deadline) {
     return true;
   }
 
-  /* HH:MM or HH:MM:SS on the current local day. */
+  /* HH:MM or HH:MM:SS on the current local day (FastSync extension). */
-  size_t len = strlen(value);
+  if (parse_clock_time(value, now, out_deadline))
-  if (len != 5 && len != 8)
+    return true;
-    return false;
-  if (value[2] != ':' || (len == 8 && value[5] != ':'))
-    return false;
-  int hh, mm, ss = 0;
-  if (!parse_two_digits(value, &hh) || !parse_two_digits(value + 3, &mm))
-    return false;
-  if (len == 8 && !parse_two_digits(value + 6, &ss))
-    return false;
-  if (hh > 23 || mm > 59 || ss > 59)
-    return false;
 
-  struct tm today;
+  /* rsync's full/partial date-and-time form (e.g. 2000-12-31T23:59, 12-31,
-  if (!localtime_r(&now, &today))
+   * 14:00, :59, 1, 1-30). */
-    return false;
+  time_t deadline = parse_time_rsync(value, now);
-  today.tm_hour = hh;
-  today.tm_min = mm;
-  today.tm_sec = ss;
-  today.tm_isdst = -1;
-  time_t deadline = mktime(&today);
   if (deadline == (time_t)-1)
     return false;
   *out_deadline = deadline;